| File: | clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h |
| Warning: | line 4693, column 18 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===-- SemaCoroutine.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Coroutines --------------===// | ||||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 8 | // | ||||||||
| 9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for C++ Coroutines. | ||||||||
| 10 | // | ||||||||
| 11 | // This file contains references to sections of the Coroutines TS, which | ||||||||
| 12 | // can be found at http://wg21.link/coroutines. | ||||||||
| 13 | // | ||||||||
| 14 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 15 | |||||||||
| 16 | #include "CoroutineStmtBuilder.h" | ||||||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | ||||||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||||||||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | ||||||||
| 21 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||||
| 22 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||||
| 23 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
| 24 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||||
| 25 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||||
| 26 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
| 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" | ||||||||
| 28 | |||||||||
| 29 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
| 30 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
| 31 | |||||||||
| 32 | static LookupResult lookupMember(Sema &S, const char *Name, CXXRecordDecl *RD, | ||||||||
| 33 | SourceLocation Loc, bool &Res) { | ||||||||
| 34 | DeclarationName DN = S.PP.getIdentifierInfo(Name); | ||||||||
| 35 | LookupResult LR(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupMemberName); | ||||||||
| 36 | // Suppress diagnostics when a private member is selected. The same warnings | ||||||||
| 37 | // will be produced again when building the call. | ||||||||
| 38 | LR.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
| 39 | Res = S.LookupQualifiedName(LR, RD); | ||||||||
| 40 | return LR; | ||||||||
| 41 | } | ||||||||
| 42 | |||||||||
| 43 | static bool lookupMember(Sema &S, const char *Name, CXXRecordDecl *RD, | ||||||||
| 44 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 45 | bool Res; | ||||||||
| 46 | lookupMember(S, Name, RD, Loc, Res); | ||||||||
| 47 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 48 | } | ||||||||
| 49 | |||||||||
| 50 | /// Look up the std::coroutine_traits<...>::promise_type for the given | ||||||||
| 51 | /// function type. | ||||||||
| 52 | static QualType lookupPromiseType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
| 53 | SourceLocation KwLoc) { | ||||||||
| 54 | const FunctionProtoType *FnType = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 55 | const SourceLocation FuncLoc = FD->getLocation(); | ||||||||
| 56 | // FIXME: Cache std::coroutine_traits once we've found it. | ||||||||
| 57 | NamespaceDecl *StdExp = S.lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); | ||||||||
| 58 | if (!StdExp) { | ||||||||
| 59 | S.Diag(KwLoc, diag::err_implied_coroutine_type_not_found) | ||||||||
| 60 | << "std::experimental::coroutine_traits"; | ||||||||
| 61 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 62 | } | ||||||||
| 63 | |||||||||
| 64 | ClassTemplateDecl *CoroTraits = S.lookupCoroutineTraits(KwLoc, FuncLoc); | ||||||||
| 65 | if (!CoroTraits) { | ||||||||
| 66 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 67 | } | ||||||||
| 68 | |||||||||
| 69 | // Form template argument list for coroutine_traits<R, P1, P2, ...> according | ||||||||
| 70 | // to [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]3 | ||||||||
| 71 | TemplateArgumentListInfo Args(KwLoc, KwLoc); | ||||||||
| 72 | auto AddArg = [&](QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 73 | Args.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc( | ||||||||
| 74 | TemplateArgument(T), S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KwLoc))); | ||||||||
| 75 | }; | ||||||||
| 76 | AddArg(FnType->getReturnType()); | ||||||||
| 77 | // If the function is a non-static member function, add the type | ||||||||
| 78 | // of the implicit object parameter before the formal parameters. | ||||||||
| 79 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||||
| 80 | if (MD->isInstance()) { | ||||||||
| 81 | // [over.match.funcs]4 | ||||||||
| 82 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||||
| 83 | // parameter is | ||||||||
| 84 | // -- "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||||
| 85 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||||
| 86 | // -- "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||||
| 87 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||||
| 88 | QualType T = MD->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 89 | T = FnType->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue | ||||||||
| 90 | ? S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T) | ||||||||
| 91 | : S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T, /*SpelledAsLValue*/ true); | ||||||||
| 92 | AddArg(T); | ||||||||
| 93 | } | ||||||||
| 94 | } | ||||||||
| 95 | for (QualType T : FnType->getParamTypes()) | ||||||||
| 96 | AddArg(T); | ||||||||
| 97 | |||||||||
| 98 | // Build the template-id. | ||||||||
| 99 | QualType CoroTrait = | ||||||||
| 100 | S.CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName(CoroTraits), KwLoc, Args); | ||||||||
| 101 | if (CoroTrait.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 102 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 103 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(KwLoc, CoroTrait, | ||||||||
| 104 | diag::err_coroutine_type_missing_specialization)) | ||||||||
| 105 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 106 | |||||||||
| 107 | auto *RD = CoroTrait->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
| 108 | assert(RD && "specialization of class template is not a class?")(static_cast <bool> (RD && "specialization of class template is not a class?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RD && \"specialization of class template is not a class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 109 | |||||||||
| 110 | // Look up the ::promise_type member. | ||||||||
| 111 | LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("promise_type"), KwLoc, | ||||||||
| 112 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 113 | S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); | ||||||||
| 114 | auto *Promise = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); | ||||||||
| 115 | if (!Promise) { | ||||||||
| 116 | S.Diag(FuncLoc, | ||||||||
| 117 | diag::err_implied_std_coroutine_traits_promise_type_not_found) | ||||||||
| 118 | << RD; | ||||||||
| 119 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 120 | } | ||||||||
| 121 | // The promise type is required to be a class type. | ||||||||
| 122 | QualType PromiseType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Promise); | ||||||||
| 123 | |||||||||
| 124 | auto buildElaboratedType = [&]() { | ||||||||
| 125 | auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(S.Context, nullptr, StdExp); | ||||||||
| 126 | NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(S.Context, NNS, false, | ||||||||
| 127 | CoroTrait.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
| 128 | return S.Context.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, NNS, PromiseType); | ||||||||
| 129 | }; | ||||||||
| 130 | |||||||||
| 131 | if (!PromiseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 132 | S.Diag(FuncLoc, | ||||||||
| 133 | diag::err_implied_std_coroutine_traits_promise_type_not_class) | ||||||||
| 134 | << buildElaboratedType(); | ||||||||
| 135 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 136 | } | ||||||||
| 137 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(FuncLoc, buildElaboratedType(), | ||||||||
| 138 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_type_incomplete)) | ||||||||
| 139 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 140 | |||||||||
| 141 | return PromiseType; | ||||||||
| 142 | } | ||||||||
| 143 | |||||||||
| 144 | /// Look up the std::experimental::coroutine_handle<PromiseType>. | ||||||||
| 145 | static QualType lookupCoroutineHandleType(Sema &S, QualType PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 146 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 147 | if (PromiseType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 148 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 149 | |||||||||
| 150 | NamespaceDecl *StdExp = S.lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); | ||||||||
| 151 | assert(StdExp && "Should already be diagnosed")(static_cast <bool> (StdExp && "Should already be diagnosed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("StdExp && \"Should already be diagnosed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 151, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 152 | |||||||||
| 153 | LookupResult Result(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("coroutine_handle"), | ||||||||
| 154 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 155 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Result, StdExp)) { | ||||||||
| 156 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_implied_coroutine_type_not_found) | ||||||||
| 157 | << "std::experimental::coroutine_handle"; | ||||||||
| 158 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 159 | } | ||||||||
| 160 | |||||||||
| 161 | ClassTemplateDecl *CoroHandle = Result.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>(); | ||||||||
| 162 | if (!CoroHandle) { | ||||||||
| 163 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
| 164 | // We found something weird. Complain about the first thing we found. | ||||||||
| 165 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||||
| 166 | S.Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_coroutine_handle); | ||||||||
| 167 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 168 | } | ||||||||
| 169 | |||||||||
| 170 | // Form template argument list for coroutine_handle<Promise>. | ||||||||
| 171 | TemplateArgumentListInfo Args(Loc, Loc); | ||||||||
| 172 | Args.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc( | ||||||||
| 173 | TemplateArgument(PromiseType), | ||||||||
| 174 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(PromiseType, Loc))); | ||||||||
| 175 | |||||||||
| 176 | // Build the template-id. | ||||||||
| 177 | QualType CoroHandleType = | ||||||||
| 178 | S.CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName(CoroHandle), Loc, Args); | ||||||||
| 179 | if (CoroHandleType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 180 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 181 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CoroHandleType, | ||||||||
| 182 | diag::err_coroutine_type_missing_specialization)) | ||||||||
| 183 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
| 184 | |||||||||
| 185 | return CoroHandleType; | ||||||||
| 186 | } | ||||||||
| 187 | |||||||||
| 188 | static bool isValidCoroutineContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 189 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||||
| 190 | // [expr.await]p2 dictates that 'co_await' and 'co_yield' must be used within | ||||||||
| 191 | // a function body. | ||||||||
| 192 | // FIXME: This also covers [expr.await]p2: "An await-expression shall not | ||||||||
| 193 | // appear in a default argument." But the diagnostic QoI here could be | ||||||||
| 194 | // improved to inform the user that default arguments specifically are not | ||||||||
| 195 | // allowed. | ||||||||
| 196 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||||
| 197 | if (!FD
| ||||||||
| 198 | S.Diag(Loc, isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext) | ||||||||
| 199 | ? diag::err_coroutine_objc_method | ||||||||
| 200 | : diag::err_coroutine_outside_function) << Keyword; | ||||||||
| 201 | return false; | ||||||||
| 202 | } | ||||||||
| 203 | |||||||||
| 204 | // An enumeration for mapping the diagnostic type to the correct diagnostic | ||||||||
| 205 | // selection index. | ||||||||
| 206 | enum InvalidFuncDiag { | ||||||||
| 207 | DiagCtor = 0, | ||||||||
| 208 | DiagDtor, | ||||||||
| 209 | DiagMain, | ||||||||
| 210 | DiagConstexpr, | ||||||||
| 211 | DiagAutoRet, | ||||||||
| 212 | DiagVarargs, | ||||||||
| 213 | DiagConsteval, | ||||||||
| 214 | }; | ||||||||
| 215 | bool Diagnosed = false; | ||||||||
| 216 | auto DiagInvalid = [&](InvalidFuncDiag ID) { | ||||||||
| 217 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_invalid_func_context) << ID << Keyword; | ||||||||
| 218 | Diagnosed = true; | ||||||||
| 219 | return false; | ||||||||
| 220 | }; | ||||||||
| 221 | |||||||||
| 222 | // Diagnose when a constructor, destructor | ||||||||
| 223 | // or the function 'main' are declared as a coroutine. | ||||||||
| 224 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||||
| 225 | // [class.ctor]p11: "A constructor shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||||
| 226 | if (MD
| ||||||||
| 227 | return DiagInvalid(DiagCtor); | ||||||||
| 228 | // [class.dtor]p17: "A destructor shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||||
| 229 | else if (MD
| ||||||||
| 230 | return DiagInvalid(DiagDtor); | ||||||||
| 231 | // [basic.start.main]p3: "The function main shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||||
| 232 | else if (FD->isMain()) | ||||||||
| 233 | return DiagInvalid(DiagMain); | ||||||||
| 234 | |||||||||
| 235 | // Emit a diagnostics for each of the following conditions which is not met. | ||||||||
| 236 | // [expr.const]p2: "An expression e is a core constant expression unless the | ||||||||
| 237 | // evaluation of e [...] would evaluate one of the following expressions: | ||||||||
| 238 | // [...] an await-expression [...] a yield-expression." | ||||||||
| 239 | if (FD->isConstexpr()) | ||||||||
| 240 | DiagInvalid(FD->isConsteval() ? DiagConsteval : DiagConstexpr); | ||||||||
| 241 | // [dcl.spec.auto]p15: "A function declared with a return type that uses a | ||||||||
| 242 | // placeholder type shall not be a coroutine." | ||||||||
| 243 | if (FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) | ||||||||
| 244 | DiagInvalid(DiagAutoRet); | ||||||||
| 245 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]p1: "The parameter-declaration-clause of the | ||||||||
| 246 | // coroutine shall not terminate with an ellipsis that is not part of a | ||||||||
| 247 | // parameter-declaration." | ||||||||
| 248 | if (FD->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
| 249 | DiagInvalid(DiagVarargs); | ||||||||
| 250 | |||||||||
| 251 | return !Diagnosed; | ||||||||
| 252 | } | ||||||||
| 253 | |||||||||
| 254 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 255 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 256 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
| 257 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Coawait); | ||||||||
| 258 | LookupResult Operators(SemaRef, OpName, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 259 | Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||||||
| 260 | SemaRef.LookupName(Operators, S); | ||||||||
| 261 | |||||||||
| 262 | assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous")(static_cast <bool> (!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Operators.isAmbiguous() && \"Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 263 | const auto &Functions = Operators.asUnresolvedSet(); | ||||||||
| 264 | bool IsOverloaded = | ||||||||
| 265 | Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||||||
| 266 | (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin())); | ||||||||
| 267 | Expr *CoawaitOp = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create( | ||||||||
| 268 | SemaRef.Context, /*NamingClass*/ nullptr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||||||
| 269 | DeclarationNameInfo(OpName, Loc), /*RequiresADL*/ true, IsOverloaded, | ||||||||
| 270 | Functions.begin(), Functions.end()); | ||||||||
| 271 | assert(CoawaitOp)(static_cast <bool> (CoawaitOp) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CoawaitOp", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 271, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 272 | return CoawaitOp; | ||||||||
| 273 | } | ||||||||
| 274 | |||||||||
| 275 | /// Build a call to 'operator co_await' if there is a suitable operator for | ||||||||
| 276 | /// the given expression. | ||||||||
| 277 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitCall(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 278 | Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 279 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup) { | ||||||||
| 280 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||||||
| 281 | Functions.append(Lookup->decls_begin(), Lookup->decls_end()); | ||||||||
| 282 | return SemaRef.CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Coawait, Functions, E); | ||||||||
| 283 | } | ||||||||
| 284 | |||||||||
| 285 | static ExprResult buildOperatorCoawaitCall(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 286 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 287 | ExprResult R = buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(SemaRef, S, Loc); | ||||||||
| 288 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 289 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 290 | return buildOperatorCoawaitCall(SemaRef, Loc, E, | ||||||||
| 291 | cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(R.get())); | ||||||||
| 292 | } | ||||||||
| 293 | |||||||||
| 294 | static ExprResult buildCoroutineHandle(Sema &S, QualType PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 295 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 296 | QualType CoroHandleType = lookupCoroutineHandleType(S, PromiseType, Loc); | ||||||||
| 297 | if (CoroHandleType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 298 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 299 | |||||||||
| 300 | DeclContext *LookupCtx = S.computeDeclContext(CoroHandleType); | ||||||||
| 301 | LookupResult Found(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("from_address"), Loc, | ||||||||
| 302 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 303 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx)) { | ||||||||
| 304 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_handle_missing_member) | ||||||||
| 305 | << "from_address"; | ||||||||
| 306 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 307 | } | ||||||||
| 308 | |||||||||
| 309 | Expr *FramePtr = | ||||||||
| 310 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_frame, {}); | ||||||||
| 311 | |||||||||
| 312 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
| 313 | ExprResult FromAddr = | ||||||||
| 314 | S.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Found, /*NeedsADL=*/false); | ||||||||
| 315 | if (FromAddr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 316 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 317 | |||||||||
| 318 | return S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, FromAddr.get(), Loc, FramePtr, Loc); | ||||||||
| 319 | } | ||||||||
| 320 | |||||||||
| 321 | struct ReadySuspendResumeResult { | ||||||||
| 322 | enum AwaitCallType { ACT_Ready, ACT_Suspend, ACT_Resume }; | ||||||||
| 323 | Expr *Results[3]; | ||||||||
| 324 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; | ||||||||
| 325 | bool IsInvalid; | ||||||||
| 326 | }; | ||||||||
| 327 | |||||||||
| 328 | static ExprResult buildMemberCall(Sema &S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 329 | StringRef Name, MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 330 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(&S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), Loc); | ||||||||
| 331 | |||||||||
| 332 | // FIXME: Fix BuildMemberReferenceExpr to take a const CXXScopeSpec&. | ||||||||
| 333 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
| 334 | ExprResult Result = S.BuildMemberReferenceExpr( | ||||||||
| 335 | Base, Base->getType(), Loc, /*IsPtr=*/false, SS, | ||||||||
| 336 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 337 | /*Scope=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
| 338 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 339 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 340 | |||||||||
| 341 | // We meant exactly what we asked for. No need for typo correction. | ||||||||
| 342 | if (auto *TE = dyn_cast<TypoExpr>(Result.get())) { | ||||||||
| 343 | S.clearDelayedTypo(TE); | ||||||||
| 344 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member) | ||||||||
| 345 | << NameInfo.getName() << Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl() | ||||||||
| 346 | << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 347 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 348 | } | ||||||||
| 349 | |||||||||
| 350 | return S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, Result.get(), Loc, Args, Loc, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 351 | } | ||||||||
| 352 | |||||||||
| 353 | // See if return type is coroutine-handle and if so, invoke builtin coro-resume | ||||||||
| 354 | // on its address. This is to enable experimental support for coroutine-handle | ||||||||
| 355 | // returning await_suspend that results in a guaranteed tail call to the target | ||||||||
| 356 | // coroutine. | ||||||||
| 357 | static Expr *maybeTailCall(Sema &S, QualType RetType, Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 358 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 359 | if (RetType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
| 360 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 361 | Type const *T = RetType.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 362 | if (!T->isClassType() && !T->isStructureType()) | ||||||||
| 363 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 364 | |||||||||
| 365 | // FIXME: Add convertability check to coroutine_handle<>. Possibly via | ||||||||
| 366 | // EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(BTT_IsConvertible, ...) which is at the moment | ||||||||
| 367 | // a private function in SemaExprCXX.cpp | ||||||||
| 368 | |||||||||
| 369 | ExprResult AddressExpr = buildMemberCall(S, E, Loc, "address", None); | ||||||||
| 370 | if (AddressExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 371 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 372 | |||||||||
| 373 | Expr *JustAddress = AddressExpr.get(); | ||||||||
| 374 | |||||||||
| 375 | // Check that the type of AddressExpr is void* | ||||||||
| 376 | if (!JustAddress->getType().getTypePtr()->isVoidPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 377 | S.Diag(cast<CallExpr>(JustAddress)->getCalleeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 378 | diag::warn_coroutine_handle_address_invalid_return_type) | ||||||||
| 379 | << JustAddress->getType(); | ||||||||
| 380 | |||||||||
| 381 | // Clean up temporary objects so that they don't live across suspension points | ||||||||
| 382 | // unnecessarily. We choose to clean up before the call to | ||||||||
| 383 | // __builtin_coro_resume so that the cleanup code are not inserted in-between | ||||||||
| 384 | // the resume call and return instruction, which would interfere with the | ||||||||
| 385 | // musttail call contract. | ||||||||
| 386 | JustAddress = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(JustAddress); | ||||||||
| 387 | return S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_resume, | ||||||||
| 388 | JustAddress); | ||||||||
| 389 | } | ||||||||
| 390 | |||||||||
| 391 | /// Build calls to await_ready, await_suspend, and await_resume for a co_await | ||||||||
| 392 | /// expression. | ||||||||
| 393 | /// The generated AST tries to clean up temporary objects as early as | ||||||||
| 394 | /// possible so that they don't live across suspension points if possible. | ||||||||
| 395 | /// Having temporary objects living across suspension points unnecessarily can | ||||||||
| 396 | /// lead to large frame size, and also lead to memory corruptions if the | ||||||||
| 397 | /// coroutine frame is destroyed after coming back from suspension. This is done | ||||||||
| 398 | /// by wrapping both the await_ready call and the await_suspend call with | ||||||||
| 399 | /// ExprWithCleanups. In the end of this function, we also need to explicitly | ||||||||
| 400 | /// set cleanup state so that the CoawaitExpr is also wrapped with an | ||||||||
| 401 | /// ExprWithCleanups to clean up the awaiter associated with the co_await | ||||||||
| 402 | /// expression. | ||||||||
| 403 | static ReadySuspendResumeResult buildCoawaitCalls(Sema &S, VarDecl *CoroPromise, | ||||||||
| 404 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 405 | OpaqueValueExpr *Operand = new (S.Context) | ||||||||
| 406 | OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, E->getType(), VK_LValue, E->getObjectKind(), E); | ||||||||
| 407 | |||||||||
| 408 | // Assume valid until we see otherwise. | ||||||||
| 409 | // Further operations are responsible for setting IsInalid to true. | ||||||||
| 410 | ReadySuspendResumeResult Calls = {{}, Operand, /*IsInvalid=*/false}; | ||||||||
| 411 | |||||||||
| 412 | using ACT = ReadySuspendResumeResult::AwaitCallType; | ||||||||
| 413 | |||||||||
| 414 | auto BuildSubExpr = [&](ACT CallType, StringRef Func, | ||||||||
| 415 | MultiExprArg Arg) -> Expr * { | ||||||||
| 416 | ExprResult Result = buildMemberCall(S, Operand, Loc, Func, Arg); | ||||||||
| 417 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 418 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||||
| 419 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 420 | } | ||||||||
| 421 | Calls.Results[CallType] = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 422 | return Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 423 | }; | ||||||||
| 424 | |||||||||
| 425 | CallExpr *AwaitReady = | ||||||||
| 426 | cast_or_null<CallExpr>(BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Ready, "await_ready", None)); | ||||||||
| 427 | if (!AwaitReady
| ||||||||
| 428 | return Calls; | ||||||||
| 429 | if (!AwaitReady->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 430 | // [expr.await]p3 [...] | ||||||||
| 431 | // — await-ready is the expression e.await_ready(), contextually converted | ||||||||
| 432 | // to bool. | ||||||||
| 433 | ExprResult Conv = S.PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(AwaitReady); | ||||||||
| 434 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 435 | S.Diag(AwaitReady->getDirectCallee()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 436 | diag::note_await_ready_no_bool_conversion); | ||||||||
| 437 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||||
| 438 | << AwaitReady->getDirectCallee() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 439 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||||
| 440 | } else | ||||||||
| 441 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Ready] = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Conv.get()); | ||||||||
| 442 | } | ||||||||
| 443 | |||||||||
| 444 | ExprResult CoroHandleRes = | ||||||||
| 445 | buildCoroutineHandle(S, CoroPromise->getType(), Loc); | ||||||||
| 446 | if (CoroHandleRes.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 447 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||||
| 448 | return Calls; | ||||||||
| 449 | } | ||||||||
| 450 | Expr *CoroHandle = CoroHandleRes.get(); | ||||||||
| 451 | CallExpr *AwaitSuspend = cast_or_null<CallExpr>( | ||||||||
| 452 | BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Suspend, "await_suspend", CoroHandle)); | ||||||||
| 453 | if (!AwaitSuspend) | ||||||||
| 454 | return Calls; | ||||||||
| 455 | if (!AwaitSuspend->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 456 | // [expr.await]p3 [...] | ||||||||
| 457 | // - await-suspend is the expression e.await_suspend(h), which shall be | ||||||||
| 458 | // a prvalue of type void, bool, or std::coroutine_handle<Z> for some | ||||||||
| 459 | // type Z. | ||||||||
| 460 | QualType RetType = AwaitSuspend->getCallReturnType(S.Context); | ||||||||
| 461 | |||||||||
| 462 | // Experimental support for coroutine_handle returning await_suspend. | ||||||||
| 463 | if (Expr *TailCallSuspend = | ||||||||
| 464 | maybeTailCall(S, RetType, AwaitSuspend, Loc)) | ||||||||
| 465 | // Note that we don't wrap the expression with ExprWithCleanups here | ||||||||
| 466 | // because that might interfere with tailcall contract (e.g. inserting | ||||||||
| 467 | // clean up instructions in-between tailcall and return). Instead | ||||||||
| 468 | // ExprWithCleanups is wrapped within maybeTailCall() prior to the resume | ||||||||
| 469 | // call. | ||||||||
| 470 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Suspend] = TailCallSuspend; | ||||||||
| 471 | else { | ||||||||
| 472 | // non-class prvalues always have cv-unqualified types | ||||||||
| 473 | if (RetType->isReferenceType() || | ||||||||
| 474 | (!RetType->isBooleanType() && !RetType->isVoidType())) { | ||||||||
| 475 | S.Diag(AwaitSuspend->getCalleeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 476 | diag::err_await_suspend_invalid_return_type) | ||||||||
| 477 | << RetType; | ||||||||
| 478 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||||
| 479 | << AwaitSuspend->getDirectCallee(); | ||||||||
| 480 | Calls.IsInvalid = true; | ||||||||
| 481 | } else | ||||||||
| 482 | Calls.Results[ACT::ACT_Suspend] = | ||||||||
| 483 | S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(AwaitSuspend); | ||||||||
| 484 | } | ||||||||
| 485 | } | ||||||||
| 486 | |||||||||
| 487 | BuildSubExpr(ACT::ACT_Resume, "await_resume", None); | ||||||||
| 488 | |||||||||
| 489 | // Make sure the awaiter object gets a chance to be cleaned up. | ||||||||
| 490 | S.Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
| 491 | |||||||||
| 492 | return Calls; | ||||||||
| 493 | } | ||||||||
| 494 | |||||||||
| 495 | static ExprResult buildPromiseCall(Sema &S, VarDecl *Promise, | ||||||||
| 496 | SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, | ||||||||
| 497 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 498 | |||||||||
| 499 | // Form a reference to the promise. | ||||||||
| 500 | ExprResult PromiseRef = S.BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||||||
| 501 | Promise, Promise->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
| 502 | if (PromiseRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 503 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 504 | |||||||||
| 505 | return buildMemberCall(S, PromiseRef.get(), Loc, Name, Args); | ||||||||
| 506 | } | ||||||||
| 507 | |||||||||
| 508 | VarDecl *Sema::buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 509 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 509, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 510 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
| 511 | bool IsThisDependentType = [&] { | ||||||||
| 512 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||||||
| 513 | return MD->isInstance() && MD->getThisType()->isDependentType(); | ||||||||
| 514 | else | ||||||||
| 515 | return false; | ||||||||
| 516 | }(); | ||||||||
| 517 | |||||||||
| 518 | QualType T = FD->getType()->isDependentType() || IsThisDependentType | ||||||||
| 519 | ? Context.DependentTy | ||||||||
| 520 | : lookupPromiseType(*this, FD, Loc); | ||||||||
| 521 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 522 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 523 | |||||||||
| 524 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, FD, FD->getLocation(), FD->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 525 | &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("__promise"), T, | ||||||||
| 526 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), SC_None); | ||||||||
| 527 | VD->setImplicit(); | ||||||||
| 528 | CheckVariableDeclarationType(VD); | ||||||||
| 529 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
| 530 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 531 | |||||||||
| 532 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||||
| 533 | |||||||||
| 534 | // Build a list of arguments, based on the coroutine function's arguments, | ||||||||
| 535 | // that if present will be passed to the promise type's constructor. | ||||||||
| 536 | llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 4> CtorArgExprs; | ||||||||
| 537 | |||||||||
| 538 | // Add implicit object parameter. | ||||||||
| 539 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||||||
| 540 | if (MD->isInstance() && !isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) { | ||||||||
| 541 | ExprResult ThisExpr = ActOnCXXThis(Loc); | ||||||||
| 542 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 543 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 544 | ThisExpr = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Deref, ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 545 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 546 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 547 | CtorArgExprs.push_back(ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 548 | } | ||||||||
| 549 | } | ||||||||
| 550 | |||||||||
| 551 | // Add the coroutine function's parameters. | ||||||||
| 552 | auto &Moves = ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves; | ||||||||
| 553 | for (auto *PD : FD->parameters()) { | ||||||||
| 554 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
| 555 | continue; | ||||||||
| 556 | |||||||||
| 557 | auto RefExpr = ExprEmpty(); | ||||||||
| 558 | auto Move = Moves.find(PD); | ||||||||
| 559 | assert(Move != Moves.end() &&(static_cast <bool> (Move != Moves.end() && "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Move != Moves.end() && \"Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 560, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 560 | "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map")(static_cast <bool> (Move != Moves.end() && "Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Move != Moves.end() && \"Coroutine function parameter not inserted into move map\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 560, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 561 | // If a reference to the function parameter exists in the coroutine | ||||||||
| 562 | // frame, use that reference. | ||||||||
| 563 | auto *MoveDecl = | ||||||||
| 564 | cast<VarDecl>(cast<DeclStmt>(Move->second)->getSingleDecl()); | ||||||||
| 565 | RefExpr = | ||||||||
| 566 | BuildDeclRefExpr(MoveDecl, MoveDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||||
| 567 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, FD->getLocation()); | ||||||||
| 568 | if (RefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 569 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 570 | CtorArgExprs.push_back(RefExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 571 | } | ||||||||
| 572 | |||||||||
| 573 | // If we have a non-zero number of constructor arguments, try to use them. | ||||||||
| 574 | // Otherwise, fall back to the promise type's default constructor. | ||||||||
| 575 | if (!CtorArgExprs.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 576 | // Create an initialization sequence for the promise type using the | ||||||||
| 577 | // constructor arguments, wrapped in a parenthesized list expression. | ||||||||
| 578 | Expr *PLE = ParenListExpr::Create(Context, FD->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 579 | CtorArgExprs, FD->getLocation()); | ||||||||
| 580 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VD); | ||||||||
| 581 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( | ||||||||
| 582 | VD->getLocation(), /*DirectInit=*/true, PLE); | ||||||||
| 583 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, CtorArgExprs, | ||||||||
| 584 | /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, | ||||||||
| 585 | /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); | ||||||||
| 586 | |||||||||
| 587 | // Attempt to initialize the promise type with the arguments. | ||||||||
| 588 | // If that fails, fall back to the promise type's default constructor. | ||||||||
| 589 | if (InitSeq) { | ||||||||
| 590 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, CtorArgExprs); | ||||||||
| 591 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 592 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 593 | } else if (Result.get()) { | ||||||||
| 594 | VD->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result.get())); | ||||||||
| 595 | VD->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); | ||||||||
| 596 | CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VD); | ||||||||
| 597 | } | ||||||||
| 598 | } else | ||||||||
| 599 | ActOnUninitializedDecl(VD); | ||||||||
| 600 | } else | ||||||||
| 601 | ActOnUninitializedDecl(VD); | ||||||||
| 602 | |||||||||
| 603 | FD->addDecl(VD); | ||||||||
| 604 | return VD; | ||||||||
| 605 | } | ||||||||
| 606 | |||||||||
| 607 | /// Check that this is a context in which a coroutine suspension can appear. | ||||||||
| 608 | static FunctionScopeInfo *checkCoroutineContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 609 | StringRef Keyword, | ||||||||
| 610 | bool IsImplicit = false) { | ||||||||
| 611 | if (!isValidCoroutineContext(S, Loc, Keyword)) | ||||||||
| 612 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 613 | |||||||||
| 614 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 614, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 615 | |||||||||
| 616 | auto *ScopeInfo = S.getCurFunction(); | ||||||||
| 617 | assert(ScopeInfo && "missing function scope for function")(static_cast <bool> (ScopeInfo && "missing function scope for function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ScopeInfo && \"missing function scope for function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 617, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 618 | |||||||||
| 619 | if (ScopeInfo->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isInvalid() && !IsImplicit) | ||||||||
| 620 | ScopeInfo->setFirstCoroutineStmt(Loc, Keyword); | ||||||||
| 621 | |||||||||
| 622 | if (ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||||
| 623 | return ScopeInfo; | ||||||||
| 624 | |||||||||
| 625 | if (!S.buildCoroutineParameterMoves(Loc)) | ||||||||
| 626 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 627 | |||||||||
| 628 | ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise = S.buildCoroutinePromise(Loc); | ||||||||
| 629 | if (!ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||||
| 630 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 631 | |||||||||
| 632 | return ScopeInfo; | ||||||||
| 633 | } | ||||||||
| 634 | |||||||||
| 635 | /// Recursively check \p E and all its children to see if any call target | ||||||||
| 636 | /// (including constructor call) is declared noexcept. Also any value returned | ||||||||
| 637 | /// from the call has a noexcept destructor. | ||||||||
| 638 | static void checkNoThrow(Sema &S, const Stmt *E, | ||||||||
| 639 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Decl *> &ThrowingDecls) { | ||||||||
| 640 | auto checkDeclNoexcept = [&](const Decl *D, bool IsDtor = false) { | ||||||||
| 641 | // In the case of dtor, the call to dtor is implicit and hence we should | ||||||||
| 642 | // pass nullptr to canCalleeThrow. | ||||||||
| 643 | if (Sema::canCalleeThrow(S, IsDtor ? nullptr : cast<Expr>(E), D)) { | ||||||||
| 644 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
| 645 | // co_await promise.final_suspend() could end up calling | ||||||||
| 646 | // __builtin_coro_resume for symmetric transfer if await_suspend() | ||||||||
| 647 | // returns a handle. In that case, even __builtin_coro_resume is not | ||||||||
| 648 | // declared as noexcept and may throw, it does not throw _into_ the | ||||||||
| 649 | // coroutine that just suspended, but rather throws back out from | ||||||||
| 650 | // whoever called coroutine_handle::resume(), hence we claim that | ||||||||
| 651 | // logically it does not throw. | ||||||||
| 652 | if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_resume) | ||||||||
| 653 | return; | ||||||||
| 654 | } | ||||||||
| 655 | if (ThrowingDecls.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 656 | // First time seeing an error, emit the error message. | ||||||||
| 657 | S.Diag(cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 658 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_final_suspend_requires_nothrow); | ||||||||
| 659 | } | ||||||||
| 660 | ThrowingDecls.insert(D); | ||||||||
| 661 | } | ||||||||
| 662 | }; | ||||||||
| 663 | auto SC = E->getStmtClass(); | ||||||||
| 664 | if (SC == Expr::CXXConstructExprClass) { | ||||||||
| 665 | auto const *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)->getConstructor(); | ||||||||
| 666 | checkDeclNoexcept(Ctor); | ||||||||
| 667 | // Check the corresponding destructor of the constructor. | ||||||||
| 668 | checkDeclNoexcept(Ctor->getParent()->getDestructor(), true); | ||||||||
| 669 | } else if (SC == Expr::CallExprClass || SC == Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass || | ||||||||
| 670 | SC == Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass) { | ||||||||
| 671 | if (!cast<CallExpr>(E)->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
| 672 | checkDeclNoexcept(cast<CallExpr>(E)->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||||||
| 673 | auto ReturnType = cast<CallExpr>(E)->getCallReturnType(S.getASTContext()); | ||||||||
| 674 | // Check the destructor of the call return type, if any. | ||||||||
| 675 | if (ReturnType.isDestructedType() == | ||||||||
| 676 | QualType::DestructionKind::DK_cxx_destructor) { | ||||||||
| 677 | const auto *T = | ||||||||
| 678 | cast<RecordType>(ReturnType.getCanonicalType().getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
| 679 | checkDeclNoexcept( | ||||||||
| 680 | dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl())->getDestructor(), true); | ||||||||
| 681 | } | ||||||||
| 682 | } | ||||||||
| 683 | } | ||||||||
| 684 | for (const auto *Child : E->children()) { | ||||||||
| 685 | if (!Child) | ||||||||
| 686 | continue; | ||||||||
| 687 | checkNoThrow(S, Child, ThrowingDecls); | ||||||||
| 688 | } | ||||||||
| 689 | } | ||||||||
| 690 | |||||||||
| 691 | bool Sema::checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend) { | ||||||||
| 692 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 4> ThrowingDecls; | ||||||||
| 693 | // We first collect all declarations that should not throw but not declared | ||||||||
| 694 | // with noexcept. We then sort them based on the location before printing. | ||||||||
| 695 | // This is to avoid emitting the same note multiple times on the same | ||||||||
| 696 | // declaration, and also provide a deterministic order for the messages. | ||||||||
| 697 | checkNoThrow(*this, FinalSuspend, ThrowingDecls); | ||||||||
| 698 | auto SortedDecls = llvm::SmallVector<const Decl *, 4>{ThrowingDecls.begin(), | ||||||||
| 699 | ThrowingDecls.end()}; | ||||||||
| 700 | sort(SortedDecls, [](const Decl *A, const Decl *B) { | ||||||||
| 701 | return A->getEndLoc() < B->getEndLoc(); | ||||||||
| 702 | }); | ||||||||
| 703 | for (const auto *D : SortedDecls) { | ||||||||
| 704 | Diag(D->getEndLoc(), diag::note_coroutine_function_declare_noexcept); | ||||||||
| 705 | } | ||||||||
| 706 | return ThrowingDecls.empty(); | ||||||||
| 707 | } | ||||||||
| 708 | |||||||||
| 709 | bool Sema::ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *SC, SourceLocation KWLoc, | ||||||||
| 710 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||||
| 711 | if (!checkCoroutineContext(*this, KWLoc, Keyword)) | ||||||||
| 712 | return false; | ||||||||
| 713 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||||
| 714 | assert(ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise)(static_cast <bool> (ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 714, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 715 | |||||||||
| 716 | // If we have existing coroutine statements then we have already built | ||||||||
| 717 | // the initial and final suspend points. | ||||||||
| 718 | if (!ScopeInfo->NeedsCoroutineSuspends) | ||||||||
| 719 | return true; | ||||||||
| 720 | |||||||||
| 721 | ScopeInfo->setNeedsCoroutineSuspends(false); | ||||||||
| 722 | |||||||||
| 723 | auto *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
| 724 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getLocation(); | ||||||||
| 725 | // Build the initial suspend point | ||||||||
| 726 | auto buildSuspends = [&](StringRef Name) mutable -> StmtResult { | ||||||||
| 727 | ExprResult Suspend = | ||||||||
| 728 | buildPromiseCall(*this, ScopeInfo->CoroutinePromise, Loc, Name, None); | ||||||||
| 729 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 730 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 731 | Suspend = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, SC, Loc, Suspend.get()); | ||||||||
| 732 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 733 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 734 | Suspend = BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, Suspend.get(), | ||||||||
| 735 | /*IsImplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
| 736 | Suspend = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Suspend.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 737 | if (Suspend.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 738 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_suspend_implicitly_required) | ||||||||
| 739 | << ((Name == "initial_suspend") ? 0 : 1); | ||||||||
| 740 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) << Keyword; | ||||||||
| 741 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 742 | } | ||||||||
| 743 | return cast<Stmt>(Suspend.get()); | ||||||||
| 744 | }; | ||||||||
| 745 | |||||||||
| 746 | StmtResult InitSuspend = buildSuspends("initial_suspend"); | ||||||||
| 747 | if (InitSuspend.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 748 | return true; | ||||||||
| 749 | |||||||||
| 750 | StmtResult FinalSuspend = buildSuspends("final_suspend"); | ||||||||
| 751 | if (FinalSuspend.isInvalid() || !checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(FinalSuspend.get())) | ||||||||
| 752 | return true; | ||||||||
| 753 | |||||||||
| 754 | ScopeInfo->setCoroutineSuspends(InitSuspend.get(), FinalSuspend.get()); | ||||||||
| 755 | |||||||||
| 756 | return true; | ||||||||
| 757 | } | ||||||||
| 758 | |||||||||
| 759 | // Recursively walks up the scope hierarchy until either a 'catch' or a function | ||||||||
| 760 | // scope is found, whichever comes first. | ||||||||
| 761 | static bool isWithinCatchScope(Scope *S) { | ||||||||
| 762 | // 'co_await' and 'co_yield' keywords are disallowed within catch blocks, but | ||||||||
| 763 | // lambdas that use 'co_await' are allowed. The loop below ends when a | ||||||||
| 764 | // function scope is found in order to ensure the following behavior: | ||||||||
| 765 | // | ||||||||
| 766 | // void foo() { // <- function scope | ||||||||
| 767 | // try { // | ||||||||
| 768 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is OK within a function scope | ||||||||
| 769 | // } catch { // <- catch scope | ||||||||
| 770 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is not OK within a catch scope | ||||||||
| 771 | // []() { // <- function scope | ||||||||
| 772 | // co_await x; // <- 'co_await' is OK within a function scope | ||||||||
| 773 | // }(); | ||||||||
| 774 | // } | ||||||||
| 775 | // } | ||||||||
| 776 | while (S && !(S->getFlags() & Scope::FnScope)) { | ||||||||
| 777 | if (S->getFlags() & Scope::CatchScope) | ||||||||
| 778 | return true; | ||||||||
| 779 | S = S->getParent(); | ||||||||
| 780 | } | ||||||||
| 781 | return false; | ||||||||
| 782 | } | ||||||||
| 783 | |||||||||
| 784 | // [expr.await]p2, emphasis added: "An await-expression shall appear only in | ||||||||
| 785 | // a *potentially evaluated* expression within the compound-statement of a | ||||||||
| 786 | // function-body *outside of a handler* [...] A context within a function | ||||||||
| 787 | // where an await-expression can appear is called a suspension context of the | ||||||||
| 788 | // function." | ||||||||
| 789 | static void checkSuspensionContext(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 790 | StringRef Keyword) { | ||||||||
| 791 | // First emphasis of [expr.await]p2: must be a potentially evaluated context. | ||||||||
| 792 | // That is, 'co_await' and 'co_yield' cannot appear in subexpressions of | ||||||||
| 793 | // \c sizeof. | ||||||||
| 794 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
| 795 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_unevaluated_context) << Keyword; | ||||||||
| 796 | |||||||||
| 797 | // Second emphasis of [expr.await]p2: must be outside of an exception handler. | ||||||||
| 798 | if (isWithinCatchScope(S.getCurScope())) | ||||||||
| 799 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_coroutine_within_handler) << Keyword; | ||||||||
| 800 | } | ||||||||
| 801 | |||||||||
| 802 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 803 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_await")) { | ||||||||
| 804 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 805 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 806 | } | ||||||||
| 807 | |||||||||
| 808 | checkSuspensionContext(*this, Loc, "co_await"); | ||||||||
| 809 | |||||||||
| 810 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 811 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 812 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 813 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 814 | } | ||||||||
| 815 | ExprResult Lookup = buildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(*this, S, Loc); | ||||||||
| 816 | if (Lookup.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 817 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 818 | return BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, E, | ||||||||
| 819 | cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Lookup.get())); | ||||||||
| 820 | } | ||||||||
| 821 | |||||||||
| 822 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 823 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup) { | ||||||||
| 824 | auto *FSI = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_await"); | ||||||||
| 825 | if (!FSI) | ||||||||
| 826 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 827 | |||||||||
| 828 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 829 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 830 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 831 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 832 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 833 | } | ||||||||
| 834 | |||||||||
| 835 | auto *Promise = FSI->CoroutinePromise; | ||||||||
| 836 | if (Promise->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 837 | Expr *Res = | ||||||||
| 838 | new (Context) DependentCoawaitExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E, Lookup); | ||||||||
| 839 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 840 | } | ||||||||
| 841 | |||||||||
| 842 | auto *RD = Promise->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
| 843 | if (lookupMember(*this, "await_transform", RD, Loc)) { | ||||||||
| 844 | ExprResult R = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "await_transform", E); | ||||||||
| 845 | if (R.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 846 | Diag(Loc, | ||||||||
| 847 | diag::note_coroutine_promise_implicit_await_transform_required_here) | ||||||||
| 848 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 849 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 850 | } | ||||||||
| 851 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 852 | } | ||||||||
| 853 | ExprResult Awaitable = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, Loc, E, Lookup); | ||||||||
| 854 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 855 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 856 | |||||||||
| 857 | return BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||||
| 858 | } | ||||||||
| 859 | |||||||||
| 860 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 861 | bool IsImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 862 | auto *Coroutine = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_await", IsImplicit); | ||||||||
| 863 | if (!Coroutine) | ||||||||
| 864 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 865 | |||||||||
| 866 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 867 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 868 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 869 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 870 | } | ||||||||
| 871 | |||||||||
| 872 | if (E->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 873 | Expr *Res = new (Context) | ||||||||
| 874 | CoawaitExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E, IsImplicit); | ||||||||
| 875 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 876 | } | ||||||||
| 877 | |||||||||
| 878 | // If the expression is a temporary, materialize it as an lvalue so that we | ||||||||
| 879 | // can use it multiple times. | ||||||||
| 880 | if (E->isPRValue()) | ||||||||
| 881 | E = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(E->getType(), E, true); | ||||||||
| 882 | |||||||||
| 883 | // The location of the `co_await` token cannot be used when constructing | ||||||||
| 884 | // the member call expressions since it's before the location of `Expr`, which | ||||||||
| 885 | // is used as the start of the member call expression. | ||||||||
| 886 | SourceLocation CallLoc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
| 887 | |||||||||
| 888 | // Build the await_ready, await_suspend, await_resume calls. | ||||||||
| 889 | ReadySuspendResumeResult RSS = buildCoawaitCalls( | ||||||||
| 890 | *this, Coroutine->CoroutinePromise, CallLoc, E); | ||||||||
| 891 | if (RSS.IsInvalid) | ||||||||
| 892 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 893 | |||||||||
| 894 | Expr *Res = | ||||||||
| 895 | new (Context) CoawaitExpr(Loc, E, RSS.Results[0], RSS.Results[1], | ||||||||
| 896 | RSS.Results[2], RSS.OpaqueValue, IsImplicit); | ||||||||
| 897 | |||||||||
| 898 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 899 | } | ||||||||
| 900 | |||||||||
| 901 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 902 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_yield")) { | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 903 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 904 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 905 | } | ||||||||
| 906 | |||||||||
| 907 | checkSuspensionContext(*this, Loc, "co_yield"); | ||||||||
| 908 | |||||||||
| 909 | // Build yield_value call. | ||||||||
| 910 | ExprResult Awaitable = buildPromiseCall( | ||||||||
| 911 | *this, getCurFunction()->CoroutinePromise, Loc, "yield_value", E); | ||||||||
| 912 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 913 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 914 | |||||||||
| 915 | // Build 'operator co_await' call. | ||||||||
| 916 | Awaitable = buildOperatorCoawaitCall(*this, S, Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||||
| 917 | if (Awaitable.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 918 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 919 | |||||||||
| 920 | return BuildCoyieldExpr(Loc, Awaitable.get()); | ||||||||
| 921 | } | ||||||||
| 922 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 923 | auto *Coroutine = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_yield"); | ||||||||
| 924 | if (!Coroutine
| ||||||||
| 925 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 926 | |||||||||
| 927 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 928 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 929 | if (R.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 930 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 931 | } | ||||||||
| 932 | |||||||||
| 933 | if (E->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 934 | Expr *Res = new (Context) CoyieldExpr(Loc, Context.DependentTy, E); | ||||||||
| 935 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 936 | } | ||||||||
| 937 | |||||||||
| 938 | // If the expression is a temporary, materialize it as an lvalue so that we | ||||||||
| 939 | // can use it multiple times. | ||||||||
| 940 | if (E->isPRValue()) | ||||||||
| 941 | E = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(E->getType(), E, true); | ||||||||
| 942 | |||||||||
| 943 | // Build the await_ready, await_suspend, await_resume calls. | ||||||||
| 944 | ReadySuspendResumeResult RSS = buildCoawaitCalls( | ||||||||
| 945 | *this, Coroutine->CoroutinePromise, Loc, E); | ||||||||
| 946 | if (RSS.IsInvalid
| ||||||||
| 947 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 948 | |||||||||
| 949 | Expr *Res = | ||||||||
| 950 | new (Context) CoyieldExpr(Loc, E, RSS.Results[0], RSS.Results[1], | ||||||||
| 951 | RSS.Results[2], RSS.OpaqueValue); | ||||||||
| 952 | |||||||||
| 953 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 954 | } | ||||||||
| 955 | |||||||||
| 956 | StmtResult Sema::ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 957 | if (!ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(S, Loc, "co_return")) { | ||||||||
| 958 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 959 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 960 | } | ||||||||
| 961 | return BuildCoreturnStmt(Loc, E); | ||||||||
| 962 | } | ||||||||
| 963 | |||||||||
| 964 | StmtResult Sema::BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 965 | bool IsImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 966 | auto *FSI = checkCoroutineContext(*this, Loc, "co_return", IsImplicit); | ||||||||
| 967 | if (!FSI) | ||||||||
| 968 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 969 | |||||||||
| 970 | if (E && E->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && | ||||||||
| 971 | !E->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Overload)) { | ||||||||
| 972 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 973 | if (R.isInvalid()) return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 974 | E = R.get(); | ||||||||
| 975 | } | ||||||||
| 976 | |||||||||
| 977 | VarDecl *Promise = FSI->CoroutinePromise; | ||||||||
| 978 | ExprResult PC; | ||||||||
| 979 | if (E && (isa<InitListExpr>(E) || !E->getType()->isVoidType())) { | ||||||||
| 980 | getNamedReturnInfo(E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode::ForceOn); | ||||||||
| 981 | PC = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "return_value", E); | ||||||||
| 982 | } else { | ||||||||
| 983 | E = MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(E).get(); | ||||||||
| 984 | PC = buildPromiseCall(*this, Promise, Loc, "return_void", None); | ||||||||
| 985 | } | ||||||||
| 986 | if (PC.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 987 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 988 | |||||||||
| 989 | Expr *PCE = ActOnFinishFullExpr(PC.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get(); | ||||||||
| 990 | |||||||||
| 991 | Stmt *Res = new (Context) CoreturnStmt(Loc, E, PCE, IsImplicit); | ||||||||
| 992 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 993 | } | ||||||||
| 994 | |||||||||
| 995 | /// Look up the std::nothrow object. | ||||||||
| 996 | static Expr *buildStdNoThrowDeclRef(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 997 | NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace(); | ||||||||
| 998 | assert(Std && "Should already be diagnosed")(static_cast <bool> (Std && "Should already be diagnosed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Std && \"Should already be diagnosed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 998, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 999 | |||||||||
| 1000 | LookupResult Result(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("nothrow"), Loc, | ||||||||
| 1001 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 1002 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Std)) { | ||||||||
| 1003 | // FIXME: <experimental/coroutine> should have been included already. | ||||||||
| 1004 | // If we require it to include <new> then this diagnostic is no longer | ||||||||
| 1005 | // needed. | ||||||||
| 1006 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_coroutine_std_nothrow_type_not_found); | ||||||||
| 1007 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1008 | } | ||||||||
| 1009 | |||||||||
| 1010 | auto *VD = Result.getAsSingle<VarDecl>(); | ||||||||
| 1011 | if (!VD) { | ||||||||
| 1012 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
| 1013 | // We found something weird. Complain about the first thing we found. | ||||||||
| 1014 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||||
| 1015 | S.Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_nothrow); | ||||||||
| 1016 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1017 | } | ||||||||
| 1018 | |||||||||
| 1019 | ExprResult DR = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1020 | if (DR.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1021 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1022 | |||||||||
| 1023 | return DR.get(); | ||||||||
| 1024 | } | ||||||||
| 1025 | |||||||||
| 1026 | // Find an appropriate delete for the promise. | ||||||||
| 1027 | static FunctionDecl *findDeleteForPromise(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 1028 | QualType PromiseType) { | ||||||||
| 1029 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1030 | |||||||||
| 1031 | DeclarationName DeleteName = | ||||||||
| 1032 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); | ||||||||
| 1033 | |||||||||
| 1034 | auto *PointeeRD = PromiseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1035 | assert(PointeeRD && "PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type")(static_cast <bool> (PointeeRD && "PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointeeRD && \"PromiseType must be a CxxRecordDecl type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1035, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1036 | |||||||||
| 1037 | if (S.FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete)) | ||||||||
| 1038 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1039 | |||||||||
| 1040 | if (!OperatorDelete) { | ||||||||
| 1041 | // Look for a global declaration. | ||||||||
| 1042 | const bool CanProvideSize = S.isCompleteType(Loc, PromiseType); | ||||||||
| 1043 | const bool Overaligned = false; | ||||||||
| 1044 | OperatorDelete = S.FindUsualDeallocationFunction(Loc, CanProvideSize, | ||||||||
| 1045 | Overaligned, DeleteName); | ||||||||
| 1046 | } | ||||||||
| 1047 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, OperatorDelete); | ||||||||
| 1048 | return OperatorDelete; | ||||||||
| 1049 | } | ||||||||
| 1050 | |||||||||
| 1051 | |||||||||
| 1052 | void Sema::CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body) { | ||||||||
| 1053 | FunctionScopeInfo *Fn = getCurFunction(); | ||||||||
| 1054 | assert(Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && "not a coroutine")(static_cast <bool> (Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && "not a coroutine") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn && Fn->isCoroutine() && \"not a coroutine\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1055 | if (!Body) { | ||||||||
| 1056 | assert(FD->isInvalidDecl() &&(static_cast <bool> (FD->isInvalidDecl() && "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isInvalidDecl() && \"a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1057 | "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations")(static_cast <bool> (FD->isInvalidDecl() && "a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isInvalidDecl() && \"a null body is only allowed for invalid declarations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1058 | return; | ||||||||
| 1059 | } | ||||||||
| 1060 | // We have a function that uses coroutine keywords, but we failed to build | ||||||||
| 1061 | // the promise type. | ||||||||
| 1062 | if (!Fn->CoroutinePromise) | ||||||||
| 1063 | return FD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1064 | |||||||||
| 1065 | if (isa<CoroutineBodyStmt>(Body)) { | ||||||||
| 1066 | // Nothing todo. the body is already a transformed coroutine body statement. | ||||||||
| 1067 | return; | ||||||||
| 1068 | } | ||||||||
| 1069 | |||||||||
| 1070 | // Coroutines [stmt.return]p1: | ||||||||
| 1071 | // A return statement shall not appear in a coroutine. | ||||||||
| 1072 | if (Fn->FirstReturnLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 1073 | assert(Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() &&(static_cast <bool> (Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid () && "first coroutine location not set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() && \"first coroutine location not set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1074, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1074 | "first coroutine location not set")(static_cast <bool> (Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid () && "first coroutine location not set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc.isValid() && \"first coroutine location not set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1074, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1075 | Diag(Fn->FirstReturnLoc, diag::err_return_in_coroutine); | ||||||||
| 1076 | Diag(Fn->FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||||
| 1077 | << Fn->getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||||
| 1078 | } | ||||||||
| 1079 | CoroutineStmtBuilder Builder(*this, *FD, *Fn, Body); | ||||||||
| 1080 | if (Builder.isInvalid() || !Builder.buildStatements()) | ||||||||
| 1081 | return FD->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1082 | |||||||||
| 1083 | // Build body for the coroutine wrapper statement. | ||||||||
| 1084 | Body = CoroutineBodyStmt::Create(Context, Builder); | ||||||||
| 1085 | } | ||||||||
| 1086 | |||||||||
| 1087 | CoroutineStmtBuilder::CoroutineStmtBuilder(Sema &S, FunctionDecl &FD, | ||||||||
| 1088 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo &Fn, | ||||||||
| 1089 | Stmt *Body) | ||||||||
| 1090 | : S(S), FD(FD), Fn(Fn), Loc(FD.getLocation()), | ||||||||
| 1091 | IsPromiseDependentType( | ||||||||
| 1092 | !Fn.CoroutinePromise || | ||||||||
| 1093 | Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 1094 | this->Body = Body; | ||||||||
| 1095 | |||||||||
| 1096 | for (auto KV : Fn.CoroutineParameterMoves) | ||||||||
| 1097 | this->ParamMovesVector.push_back(KV.second); | ||||||||
| 1098 | this->ParamMoves = this->ParamMovesVector; | ||||||||
| 1099 | |||||||||
| 1100 | if (!IsPromiseDependentType) { | ||||||||
| 1101 | PromiseRecordDecl = Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1102 | assert(PromiseRecordDecl && "Type should have already been checked")(static_cast <bool> (PromiseRecordDecl && "Type should have already been checked" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PromiseRecordDecl && \"Type should have already been checked\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1102, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1103 | } | ||||||||
| 1104 | this->IsValid = makePromiseStmt() && makeInitialAndFinalSuspend(); | ||||||||
| 1105 | } | ||||||||
| 1106 | |||||||||
| 1107 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::buildStatements() { | ||||||||
| 1108 | assert(this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid")(static_cast <bool> (this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->IsValid && \"coroutine already invalid\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1109 | this->IsValid = makeReturnObject(); | ||||||||
| 1110 | if (this->IsValid && !IsPromiseDependentType) | ||||||||
| 1111 | buildDependentStatements(); | ||||||||
| 1112 | return this->IsValid; | ||||||||
| 1113 | } | ||||||||
| 1114 | |||||||||
| 1115 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::buildDependentStatements() { | ||||||||
| 1116 | assert(this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid")(static_cast <bool> (this->IsValid && "coroutine already invalid" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->IsValid && \"coroutine already invalid\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1116, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1117 | assert(!this->IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!this->IsPromiseDependentType && "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!this->IsPromiseDependentType && \"coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1118, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1118 | "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type")(static_cast <bool> (!this->IsPromiseDependentType && "coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!this->IsPromiseDependentType && \"coroutine cannot have a dependent promise type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1118, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1119 | this->IsValid = makeOnException() && makeOnFallthrough() && | ||||||||
| 1120 | makeGroDeclAndReturnStmt() && makeReturnOnAllocFailure() && | ||||||||
| 1121 | makeNewAndDeleteExpr(); | ||||||||
| 1122 | return this->IsValid; | ||||||||
| 1123 | } | ||||||||
| 1124 | |||||||||
| 1125 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makePromiseStmt() { | ||||||||
| 1126 | // Form a declaration statement for the promise declaration, so that AST | ||||||||
| 1127 | // visitors can more easily find it. | ||||||||
| 1128 | StmtResult PromiseStmt = | ||||||||
| 1129 | S.ActOnDeclStmt(S.ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Fn.CoroutinePromise), Loc, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1130 | if (PromiseStmt.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1131 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1132 | |||||||||
| 1133 | this->Promise = PromiseStmt.get(); | ||||||||
| 1134 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1135 | } | ||||||||
| 1136 | |||||||||
| 1137 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeInitialAndFinalSuspend() { | ||||||||
| 1138 | if (Fn.hasInvalidCoroutineSuspends()) | ||||||||
| 1139 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1140 | this->InitialSuspend = cast<Expr>(Fn.CoroutineSuspends.first); | ||||||||
| 1141 | this->FinalSuspend = cast<Expr>(Fn.CoroutineSuspends.second); | ||||||||
| 1142 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1143 | } | ||||||||
| 1144 | |||||||||
| 1145 | static bool diagReturnOnAllocFailure(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||||||
| 1146 | CXXRecordDecl *PromiseRecordDecl, | ||||||||
| 1147 | FunctionScopeInfo &Fn) { | ||||||||
| 1148 | auto Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
| 1149 | if (auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
| 1150 | auto *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1151 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||||||
| 1152 | if (Method->isStatic()) | ||||||||
| 1153 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1154 | else | ||||||||
| 1155 | Loc = Decl->getLocation(); | ||||||||
| 1156 | } | ||||||||
| 1157 | } | ||||||||
| 1158 | |||||||||
| 1159 | S.Diag( | ||||||||
| 1160 | Loc, | ||||||||
| 1161 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_get_return_object_on_allocation_failure) | ||||||||
| 1162 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1163 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||||
| 1164 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||||
| 1165 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1166 | } | ||||||||
| 1167 | |||||||||
| 1168 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeReturnOnAllocFailure() { | ||||||||
| 1169 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1170, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1170 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1170, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1171 | |||||||||
| 1172 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/8 | ||||||||
| 1173 | // The unqualified-id get_return_object_on_allocation_failure is looked up in | ||||||||
| 1174 | // the scope of class P by class member access lookup (3.4.5). ... | ||||||||
| 1175 | // If an allocation function returns nullptr, ... the coroutine return value | ||||||||
| 1176 | // is obtained by a call to ... get_return_object_on_allocation_failure(). | ||||||||
| 1177 | |||||||||
| 1178 | DeclarationName DN = | ||||||||
| 1179 | S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("get_return_object_on_allocation_failure"); | ||||||||
| 1180 | LookupResult Found(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupMemberName); | ||||||||
| 1181 | if (!S.LookupQualifiedName(Found, PromiseRecordDecl)) | ||||||||
| 1182 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1183 | |||||||||
| 1184 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
| 1185 | ExprResult DeclNameExpr = | ||||||||
| 1186 | S.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Found, /*NeedsADL=*/false); | ||||||||
| 1187 | if (DeclNameExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1188 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1189 | |||||||||
| 1190 | if (!diagReturnOnAllocFailure(S, DeclNameExpr.get(), PromiseRecordDecl, Fn)) | ||||||||
| 1191 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1192 | |||||||||
| 1193 | ExprResult ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure = | ||||||||
| 1194 | S.BuildCallExpr(nullptr, DeclNameExpr.get(), Loc, {}, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1195 | if (ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1196 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1197 | |||||||||
| 1198 | StmtResult ReturnStmt = | ||||||||
| 1199 | S.BuildReturnStmt(Loc, ReturnObjectOnAllocationFailure.get()); | ||||||||
| 1200 | if (ReturnStmt.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 1201 | S.Diag(Found.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) | ||||||||
| 1202 | << DN; | ||||||||
| 1203 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||||
| 1204 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||||
| 1205 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1206 | } | ||||||||
| 1207 | |||||||||
| 1208 | this->ReturnStmtOnAllocFailure = ReturnStmt.get(); | ||||||||
| 1209 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1210 | } | ||||||||
| 1211 | |||||||||
| 1212 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeNewAndDeleteExpr() { | ||||||||
| 1213 | // Form and check allocation and deallocation calls. | ||||||||
| 1214 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1215, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1215 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1215, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1216 | QualType PromiseType = Fn.CoroutinePromise->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1217 | |||||||||
| 1218 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PromiseType, diag::err_incomplete_type)) | ||||||||
| 1219 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1220 | |||||||||
| 1221 | const bool RequiresNoThrowAlloc = ReturnStmtOnAllocFailure != nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1222 | |||||||||
| 1223 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/7 | ||||||||
| 1224 | // Lookup allocation functions using a parameter list composed of the | ||||||||
| 1225 | // requested size of the coroutine state being allocated, followed by | ||||||||
| 1226 | // the coroutine function's arguments. If a matching allocation function | ||||||||
| 1227 | // exists, use it. Otherwise, use an allocation function that just takes | ||||||||
| 1228 | // the requested size. | ||||||||
| 1229 | |||||||||
| 1230 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1231 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1232 | FunctionDecl *UnusedResult = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1233 | bool PassAlignment = false; | ||||||||
| 1234 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> PlacementArgs; | ||||||||
| 1235 | |||||||||
| 1236 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/7 | ||||||||
| 1237 | // "The allocation function’s name is looked up in the scope of P. | ||||||||
| 1238 | // [...] If the lookup finds an allocation function in the scope of P, | ||||||||
| 1239 | // overload resolution is performed on a function call created by assembling | ||||||||
| 1240 | // an argument list. The first argument is the amount of space requested, | ||||||||
| 1241 | // and has type std::size_t. The lvalues p1 ... pn are the succeeding | ||||||||
| 1242 | // arguments." | ||||||||
| 1243 | // | ||||||||
| 1244 | // ...where "p1 ... pn" are defined earlier as: | ||||||||
| 1245 | // | ||||||||
| 1246 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/3 | ||||||||
| 1247 | // "For a coroutine f that is a non-static member function, let P1 denote the | ||||||||
| 1248 | // type of the implicit object parameter (13.3.1) and P2 ... Pn be the types | ||||||||
| 1249 | // of the function parameters; otherwise let P1 ... Pn be the types of the | ||||||||
| 1250 | // function parameters. Let p1 ... pn be lvalues denoting those objects." | ||||||||
| 1251 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&FD)) { | ||||||||
| 1252 | if (MD->isInstance() && !isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) { | ||||||||
| 1253 | ExprResult ThisExpr = S.ActOnCXXThis(Loc); | ||||||||
| 1254 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1255 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1256 | ThisExpr = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, UO_Deref, ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 1257 | if (ThisExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1258 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1259 | PlacementArgs.push_back(ThisExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 1260 | } | ||||||||
| 1261 | } | ||||||||
| 1262 | for (auto *PD : FD.parameters()) { | ||||||||
| 1263 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
| 1264 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1265 | |||||||||
| 1266 | // Build a reference to the parameter. | ||||||||
| 1267 | auto PDLoc = PD->getLocation(); | ||||||||
| 1268 | ExprResult PDRefExpr = | ||||||||
| 1269 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(PD, PD->getOriginalType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||||
| 1270 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, PDLoc); | ||||||||
| 1271 | if (PDRefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1272 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1273 | |||||||||
| 1274 | PlacementArgs.push_back(PDRefExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 1275 | } | ||||||||
| 1276 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Class, | ||||||||
| 1277 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 1278 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||||
| 1279 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult, /*Diagnose*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1280 | |||||||||
| 1281 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/7 | ||||||||
| 1282 | // "If no matching function is found, overload resolution is performed again | ||||||||
| 1283 | // on a function call created by passing just the amount of space required as | ||||||||
| 1284 | // an argument of type std::size_t." | ||||||||
| 1285 | if (!OperatorNew && !PlacementArgs.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 1286 | PlacementArgs.clear(); | ||||||||
| 1287 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Class, | ||||||||
| 1288 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 1289 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||||
| 1290 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult, /*Diagnose*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1291 | } | ||||||||
| 1292 | |||||||||
| 1293 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/7 | ||||||||
| 1294 | // "The allocation function’s name is looked up in the scope of P. If this | ||||||||
| 1295 | // lookup fails, the allocation function’s name is looked up in the global | ||||||||
| 1296 | // scope." | ||||||||
| 1297 | if (!OperatorNew) { | ||||||||
| 1298 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Global, | ||||||||
| 1299 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 1300 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||||
| 1301 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult); | ||||||||
| 1302 | } | ||||||||
| 1303 | |||||||||
| 1304 | bool IsGlobalOverload = | ||||||||
| 1305 | OperatorNew && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(OperatorNew->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 1306 | // If we didn't find a class-local new declaration and non-throwing new | ||||||||
| 1307 | // was is required then we need to lookup the non-throwing global operator | ||||||||
| 1308 | // instead. | ||||||||
| 1309 | if (RequiresNoThrowAlloc && (!OperatorNew || IsGlobalOverload)) { | ||||||||
| 1310 | auto *StdNoThrow = buildStdNoThrowDeclRef(S, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1311 | if (!StdNoThrow) | ||||||||
| 1312 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1313 | PlacementArgs = {StdNoThrow}; | ||||||||
| 1314 | OperatorNew = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1315 | S.FindAllocationFunctions(Loc, SourceRange(), /*NewScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, | ||||||||
| 1316 | /*DeleteScope*/ Sema::AFS_Both, PromiseType, | ||||||||
| 1317 | /*isArray*/ false, PassAlignment, PlacementArgs, | ||||||||
| 1318 | OperatorNew, UnusedResult); | ||||||||
| 1319 | } | ||||||||
| 1320 | |||||||||
| 1321 | if (!OperatorNew) | ||||||||
| 1322 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1323 | |||||||||
| 1324 | if (RequiresNoThrowAlloc) { | ||||||||
| 1325 | const auto *FT = OperatorNew->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 1326 | if (!FT->isNothrow(/*ResultIfDependent*/ false)) { | ||||||||
| 1327 | S.Diag(OperatorNew->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1328 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_new_requires_nothrow) | ||||||||
| 1329 | << OperatorNew; | ||||||||
| 1330 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_coroutine_promise_call_implicitly_required) | ||||||||
| 1331 | << OperatorNew; | ||||||||
| 1332 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1333 | } | ||||||||
| 1334 | } | ||||||||
| 1335 | |||||||||
| 1336 | if ((OperatorDelete = findDeleteForPromise(S, Loc, PromiseType)) == nullptr) | ||||||||
| 1337 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1338 | |||||||||
| 1339 | Expr *FramePtr = | ||||||||
| 1340 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_frame, {}); | ||||||||
| 1341 | |||||||||
| 1342 | Expr *FrameSize = | ||||||||
| 1343 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_size, {}); | ||||||||
| 1344 | |||||||||
| 1345 | // Make new call. | ||||||||
| 1346 | |||||||||
| 1347 | ExprResult NewRef = | ||||||||
| 1348 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(OperatorNew, OperatorNew->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1349 | if (NewRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1350 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1351 | |||||||||
| 1352 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> NewArgs(1, FrameSize); | ||||||||
| 1353 | for (auto Arg : PlacementArgs) | ||||||||
| 1354 | NewArgs.push_back(Arg); | ||||||||
| 1355 | |||||||||
| 1356 | ExprResult NewExpr = | ||||||||
| 1357 | S.BuildCallExpr(S.getCurScope(), NewRef.get(), Loc, NewArgs, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1358 | NewExpr = S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(NewExpr.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1359 | if (NewExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1360 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1361 | |||||||||
| 1362 | // Make delete call. | ||||||||
| 1363 | |||||||||
| 1364 | QualType OpDeleteQualType = OperatorDelete->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1365 | |||||||||
| 1366 | ExprResult DeleteRef = | ||||||||
| 1367 | S.BuildDeclRefExpr(OperatorDelete, OpDeleteQualType, VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1368 | if (DeleteRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1369 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1370 | |||||||||
| 1371 | Expr *CoroFree = | ||||||||
| 1372 | S.BuildBuiltinCallExpr(Loc, Builtin::BI__builtin_coro_free, {FramePtr}); | ||||||||
| 1373 | |||||||||
| 1374 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> DeleteArgs{CoroFree}; | ||||||||
| 1375 | |||||||||
| 1376 | // Check if we need to pass the size. | ||||||||
| 1377 | const auto *OpDeleteType = | ||||||||
| 1378 | OpDeleteQualType.getTypePtr()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 1379 | if (OpDeleteType->getNumParams() > 1) | ||||||||
| 1380 | DeleteArgs.push_back(FrameSize); | ||||||||
| 1381 | |||||||||
| 1382 | ExprResult DeleteExpr = | ||||||||
| 1383 | S.BuildCallExpr(S.getCurScope(), DeleteRef.get(), Loc, DeleteArgs, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1384 | DeleteExpr = | ||||||||
| 1385 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(DeleteExpr.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1386 | if (DeleteExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1387 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1388 | |||||||||
| 1389 | this->Allocate = NewExpr.get(); | ||||||||
| 1390 | this->Deallocate = DeleteExpr.get(); | ||||||||
| 1391 | |||||||||
| 1392 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1393 | } | ||||||||
| 1394 | |||||||||
| 1395 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeOnFallthrough() { | ||||||||
| 1396 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1397 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1398 | |||||||||
| 1399 | // [dcl.fct.def.coroutine]/4 | ||||||||
| 1400 | // The unqualified-ids 'return_void' and 'return_value' are looked up in | ||||||||
| 1401 | // the scope of class P. If both are found, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
| 1402 | bool HasRVoid, HasRValue; | ||||||||
| 1403 | LookupResult LRVoid = | ||||||||
| 1404 | lookupMember(S, "return_void", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc, HasRVoid); | ||||||||
| 1405 | LookupResult LRValue = | ||||||||
| 1406 | lookupMember(S, "return_value", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc, HasRValue); | ||||||||
| 1407 | |||||||||
| 1408 | StmtResult Fallthrough; | ||||||||
| 1409 | if (HasRVoid && HasRValue) { | ||||||||
| 1410 | // FIXME Improve this diagnostic | ||||||||
| 1411 | S.Diag(FD.getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1412 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_incompatible_return_functions) | ||||||||
| 1413 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1414 | S.Diag(LRVoid.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1415 | diag::note_member_first_declared_here) | ||||||||
| 1416 | << LRVoid.getLookupName(); | ||||||||
| 1417 | S.Diag(LRValue.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1418 | diag::note_member_first_declared_here) | ||||||||
| 1419 | << LRValue.getLookupName(); | ||||||||
| 1420 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1421 | } else if (!HasRVoid && !HasRValue) { | ||||||||
| 1422 | // FIXME: The PDTS currently specifies this case as UB, not ill-formed. | ||||||||
| 1423 | // However we still diagnose this as an error since until the PDTS is fixed. | ||||||||
| 1424 | S.Diag(FD.getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1425 | diag::err_coroutine_promise_requires_return_function) | ||||||||
| 1426 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1427 | S.Diag(PromiseRecordDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||||||
| 1428 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1429 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1430 | } else if (HasRVoid) { | ||||||||
| 1431 | // If the unqualified-id return_void is found, flowing off the end of a | ||||||||
| 1432 | // coroutine is equivalent to a co_return with no operand. Otherwise, | ||||||||
| 1433 | // flowing off the end of a coroutine results in undefined behavior. | ||||||||
| 1434 | Fallthrough = S.BuildCoreturnStmt(FD.getLocation(), nullptr, | ||||||||
| 1435 | /*IsImplicit*/false); | ||||||||
| 1436 | Fallthrough = S.ActOnFinishFullStmt(Fallthrough.get()); | ||||||||
| 1437 | if (Fallthrough.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1438 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1439 | } | ||||||||
| 1440 | |||||||||
| 1441 | this->OnFallthrough = Fallthrough.get(); | ||||||||
| 1442 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1443 | } | ||||||||
| 1444 | |||||||||
| 1445 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeOnException() { | ||||||||
| 1446 | // Try to form 'p.unhandled_exception();' | ||||||||
| 1447 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1448, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1448 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1448, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1449 | |||||||||
| 1450 | const bool RequireUnhandledException = S.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions; | ||||||||
| 1451 | |||||||||
| 1452 | if (!lookupMember(S, "unhandled_exception", PromiseRecordDecl, Loc)) { | ||||||||
| 1453 | auto DiagID = | ||||||||
| 1454 | RequireUnhandledException | ||||||||
| 1455 | ? diag::err_coroutine_promise_unhandled_exception_required | ||||||||
| 1456 | : diag:: | ||||||||
| 1457 | warn_coroutine_promise_unhandled_exception_required_with_exceptions; | ||||||||
| 1458 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1459 | S.Diag(PromiseRecordDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||||||
| 1460 | << PromiseRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 1461 | return !RequireUnhandledException; | ||||||||
| 1462 | } | ||||||||
| 1463 | |||||||||
| 1464 | // If exceptions are disabled, don't try to build OnException. | ||||||||
| 1465 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) | ||||||||
| 1466 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1467 | |||||||||
| 1468 | ExprResult UnhandledException = buildPromiseCall(S, Fn.CoroutinePromise, Loc, | ||||||||
| 1469 | "unhandled_exception", None); | ||||||||
| 1470 | UnhandledException = S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(UnhandledException.get(), Loc, | ||||||||
| 1471 | /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1472 | if (UnhandledException.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1473 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1474 | |||||||||
| 1475 | // Since the body of the coroutine will be wrapped in try-catch, it will | ||||||||
| 1476 | // be incompatible with SEH __try if present in a function. | ||||||||
| 1477 | if (!S.getLangOpts().Borland && Fn.FirstSEHTryLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 1478 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstSEHTryLoc, diag::err_seh_in_a_coroutine_with_cxx_exceptions); | ||||||||
| 1479 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||||
| 1480 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||||
| 1481 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1482 | } | ||||||||
| 1483 | |||||||||
| 1484 | this->OnException = UnhandledException.get(); | ||||||||
| 1485 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1486 | } | ||||||||
| 1487 | |||||||||
| 1488 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeReturnObject() { | ||||||||
| 1489 | // Build implicit 'p.get_return_object()' expression and form initialization | ||||||||
| 1490 | // of return type from it. | ||||||||
| 1491 | ExprResult ReturnObject = | ||||||||
| 1492 | buildPromiseCall(S, Fn.CoroutinePromise, Loc, "get_return_object", None); | ||||||||
| 1493 | if (ReturnObject.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1494 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1495 | |||||||||
| 1496 | this->ReturnValue = ReturnObject.get(); | ||||||||
| 1497 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1498 | } | ||||||||
| 1499 | |||||||||
| 1500 | static void noteMemberDeclaredHere(Sema &S, Expr *E, FunctionScopeInfo &Fn) { | ||||||||
| 1501 | if (auto *MbrRef = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
| 1502 | auto *MethodDecl = MbrRef->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1503 | S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) | ||||||||
| 1504 | << MethodDecl; | ||||||||
| 1505 | } | ||||||||
| 1506 | S.Diag(Fn.FirstCoroutineStmtLoc, diag::note_declared_coroutine_here) | ||||||||
| 1507 | << Fn.getFirstCoroutineStmtKeyword(); | ||||||||
| 1508 | } | ||||||||
| 1509 | |||||||||
| 1510 | bool CoroutineStmtBuilder::makeGroDeclAndReturnStmt() { | ||||||||
| 1511 | assert(!IsPromiseDependentType &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1512, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1512 | "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!IsPromiseDependentType && "cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsPromiseDependentType && \"cannot make statement while the promise type is dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1512, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1513 | assert(this->ReturnValue && "ReturnValue must be already formed")(static_cast <bool> (this->ReturnValue && "ReturnValue must be already formed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->ReturnValue && \"ReturnValue must be already formed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1513, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1514 | |||||||||
| 1515 | QualType const GroType = this->ReturnValue->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1516 | assert(!GroType->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!GroType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!GroType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1517, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1517 | "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!GroType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!GroType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1517, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1518 | |||||||||
| 1519 | QualType const FnRetType = FD.getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 1520 | assert(!FnRetType->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!FnRetType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!FnRetType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1521, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1521 | "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent")(static_cast <bool> (!FnRetType->isDependentType() && "get_return_object type must no longer be dependent") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!FnRetType->isDependentType() && \"get_return_object type must no longer be dependent\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1521, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1522 | |||||||||
| 1523 | if (FnRetType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 1524 | ExprResult Res = | ||||||||
| 1525 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(this->ReturnValue, Loc, /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1526 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1527 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1528 | |||||||||
| 1529 | this->ResultDecl = Res.get(); | ||||||||
| 1530 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1531 | } | ||||||||
| 1532 | |||||||||
| 1533 | if (GroType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 1534 | // Trigger a nice error message. | ||||||||
| 1535 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
| 1536 | InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(Loc, FnRetType, false); | ||||||||
| 1537 | S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ReturnValue); | ||||||||
| 1538 | noteMemberDeclaredHere(S, ReturnValue, Fn); | ||||||||
| 1539 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1540 | } | ||||||||
| 1541 | |||||||||
| 1542 | auto *GroDecl = VarDecl::Create( | ||||||||
| 1543 | S.Context, &FD, FD.getLocation(), FD.getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1544 | &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("__coro_gro"), GroType, | ||||||||
| 1545 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(GroType, Loc), SC_None); | ||||||||
| 1546 | GroDecl->setImplicit(); | ||||||||
| 1547 | |||||||||
| 1548 | S.CheckVariableDeclarationType(GroDecl); | ||||||||
| 1549 | if (GroDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
| 1550 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1551 | |||||||||
| 1552 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(GroDecl); | ||||||||
| 1553 | ExprResult Res = | ||||||||
| 1554 | S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ReturnValue); | ||||||||
| 1555 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1556 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1557 | |||||||||
| 1558 | Res = S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue*/ false); | ||||||||
| 1559 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1560 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1561 | |||||||||
| 1562 | S.AddInitializerToDecl(GroDecl, Res.get(), | ||||||||
| 1563 | /*DirectInit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 1564 | |||||||||
| 1565 | S.FinalizeDeclaration(GroDecl); | ||||||||
| 1566 | |||||||||
| 1567 | // Form a declaration statement for the return declaration, so that AST | ||||||||
| 1568 | // visitors can more easily find it. | ||||||||
| 1569 | StmtResult GroDeclStmt = | ||||||||
| 1570 | S.ActOnDeclStmt(S.ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(GroDecl), Loc, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1571 | if (GroDeclStmt.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1572 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1573 | |||||||||
| 1574 | this->ResultDecl = GroDeclStmt.get(); | ||||||||
| 1575 | |||||||||
| 1576 | ExprResult declRef = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(GroDecl, GroType, VK_LValue, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1577 | if (declRef.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1578 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1579 | |||||||||
| 1580 | StmtResult ReturnStmt = S.BuildReturnStmt(Loc, declRef.get()); | ||||||||
| 1581 | if (ReturnStmt.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 1582 | noteMemberDeclaredHere(S, ReturnValue, Fn); | ||||||||
| 1583 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1584 | } | ||||||||
| 1585 | if (cast<clang::ReturnStmt>(ReturnStmt.get())->getNRVOCandidate() == GroDecl) | ||||||||
| 1586 | GroDecl->setNRVOVariable(true); | ||||||||
| 1587 | |||||||||
| 1588 | this->ReturnStmt = ReturnStmt.get(); | ||||||||
| 1589 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1590 | } | ||||||||
| 1591 | |||||||||
| 1592 | // Create a static_cast\<T&&>(expr). | ||||||||
| 1593 | static Expr *castForMoving(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T = QualType()) { | ||||||||
| 1594 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 1595 | T = E->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1596 | QualType TargetType = S.BuildReferenceType( | ||||||||
| 1597 | T, /*SpelledAsLValue*/ false, SourceLocation(), DeclarationName()); | ||||||||
| 1598 | SourceLocation ExprLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
| 1599 | TypeSourceInfo *TargetLoc = | ||||||||
| 1600 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(TargetType, ExprLoc); | ||||||||
| 1601 | |||||||||
| 1602 | return S | ||||||||
| 1603 | .BuildCXXNamedCast(ExprLoc, tok::kw_static_cast, TargetLoc, E, | ||||||||
| 1604 | SourceRange(ExprLoc, ExprLoc), E->getSourceRange()) | ||||||||
| 1605 | .get(); | ||||||||
| 1606 | } | ||||||||
| 1607 | |||||||||
| 1608 | /// Build a variable declaration for move parameter. | ||||||||
| 1609 | static VarDecl *buildVarDecl(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, | ||||||||
| 1610 | IdentifierInfo *II) { | ||||||||
| 1611 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1612 | VarDecl *Decl = VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc, II, Type, | ||||||||
| 1613 | TInfo, SC_None); | ||||||||
| 1614 | Decl->setImplicit(); | ||||||||
| 1615 | return Decl; | ||||||||
| 1616 | } | ||||||||
| 1617 | |||||||||
| 1618 | // Build statements that move coroutine function parameters to the coroutine | ||||||||
| 1619 | // frame, and store them on the function scope info. | ||||||||
| 1620 | bool Sema::buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 1621 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && "not in a function scope")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext ) && "not in a function scope") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) && \"not in a function scope\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCoroutine.cpp" , 1621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1622 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
| 1623 | |||||||||
| 1624 | auto *ScopeInfo = getCurFunction(); | ||||||||
| 1625 | if (!ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves.empty()) | ||||||||
| 1626 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1627 | |||||||||
| 1628 | for (auto *PD : FD->parameters()) { | ||||||||
| 1629 | if (PD->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
| 1630 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1631 | |||||||||
| 1632 | ExprResult PDRefExpr = | ||||||||
| 1633 | BuildDeclRefExpr(PD, PD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||||
| 1634 | ExprValueKind::VK_LValue, Loc); // FIXME: scope? | ||||||||
| 1635 | if (PDRefExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1636 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1637 | |||||||||
| 1638 | Expr *CExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1639 | if (PD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl() || | ||||||||
| 1640 | PD->getType()->isRValueReferenceType()) | ||||||||
| 1641 | CExpr = castForMoving(*this, PDRefExpr.get()); | ||||||||
| 1642 | else | ||||||||
| 1643 | CExpr = PDRefExpr.get(); | ||||||||
| 1644 | |||||||||
| 1645 | auto D = buildVarDecl(*this, Loc, PD->getType(), PD->getIdentifier()); | ||||||||
| 1646 | AddInitializerToDecl(D, CExpr, /*DirectInit=*/true); | ||||||||
| 1647 | |||||||||
| 1648 | // Convert decl to a statement. | ||||||||
| 1649 | StmtResult Stmt = ActOnDeclStmt(ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(D), Loc, Loc); | ||||||||
| 1650 | if (Stmt.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1651 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1652 | |||||||||
| 1653 | ScopeInfo->CoroutineParameterMoves.insert(std::make_pair(PD, Stmt.get())); | ||||||||
| 1654 | } | ||||||||
| 1655 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1656 | } | ||||||||
| 1657 | |||||||||
| 1658 | StmtResult Sema::BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs Args) { | ||||||||
| 1659 | CoroutineBodyStmt *Res = CoroutineBodyStmt::Create(Context, Args); | ||||||||
| 1660 | if (!Res) | ||||||||
| 1661 | return StmtError(); | ||||||||
| 1662 | return Res; | ||||||||
| 1663 | } | ||||||||
| 1664 | |||||||||
| 1665 | ClassTemplateDecl *Sema::lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, | ||||||||
| 1666 | SourceLocation FuncLoc) { | ||||||||
| 1667 | if (!StdCoroutineTraitsCache) { | ||||||||
| 1668 | if (auto StdExp = lookupStdExperimentalNamespace()) { | ||||||||
| 1669 | LookupResult Result(*this, | ||||||||
| 1670 | &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("coroutine_traits"), | ||||||||
| 1671 | FuncLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 1672 | if (!LookupQualifiedName(Result, StdExp)) { | ||||||||
| 1673 | Diag(KwLoc, diag::err_implied_coroutine_type_not_found) | ||||||||
| 1674 | << "std::experimental::coroutine_traits"; | ||||||||
| 1675 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1676 | } | ||||||||
| 1677 | if (!(StdCoroutineTraitsCache = | ||||||||
| 1678 | Result.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>())) { | ||||||||
| 1679 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
| 1680 | NamedDecl *Found = *Result.begin(); | ||||||||
| 1681 | Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::err_malformed_std_coroutine_traits); | ||||||||
| 1682 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1683 | } | ||||||||
| 1684 | } | ||||||||
| 1685 | } | ||||||||
| 1686 | return StdCoroutineTraitsCache; | ||||||||
| 1687 | } |
| 1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
| 10 | // builds ASTs. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 16 | |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Basic/DarwinSDKInfo.h" |
| 41 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
| 42 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
| 43 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h" |
| 44 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
| 45 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
| 46 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 47 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
| 48 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
| 49 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
| 50 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
| 51 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 52 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
| 53 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
| 54 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
| 55 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
| 56 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 57 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h" |
| 58 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
| 59 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
| 60 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 61 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 62 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
| 63 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
| 64 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 65 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
| 66 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 67 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
| 68 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h" |
| 69 | #include <deque> |
| 70 | #include <memory> |
| 71 | #include <string> |
| 72 | #include <tuple> |
| 73 | #include <vector> |
| 74 | |
| 75 | namespace llvm { |
| 76 | class APSInt; |
| 77 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
| 78 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
| 79 | class SmallBitVector; |
| 80 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
| 81 | } |
| 82 | |
| 83 | namespace clang { |
| 84 | class ADLResult; |
| 85 | class ASTConsumer; |
| 86 | class ASTContext; |
| 87 | class ASTMutationListener; |
| 88 | class ASTReader; |
| 89 | class ASTWriter; |
| 90 | class ArrayType; |
| 91 | class ParsedAttr; |
| 92 | class BindingDecl; |
| 93 | class BlockDecl; |
| 94 | class CapturedDecl; |
| 95 | class CXXBasePath; |
| 96 | class CXXBasePaths; |
| 97 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
| 98 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
| 99 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
| 100 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
| 101 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
| 102 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
| 103 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
| 104 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
| 105 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
| 106 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
| 107 | class CXXTemporary; |
| 108 | class CXXTryStmt; |
| 109 | class CallExpr; |
| 110 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
| 111 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 112 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 113 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 114 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
| 115 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
| 116 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
| 117 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
| 118 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
| 119 | class Decl; |
| 120 | class DeclAccessPair; |
| 121 | class DeclContext; |
| 122 | class DeclRefExpr; |
| 123 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
| 124 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
| 125 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
| 126 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
| 127 | class Designation; |
| 128 | class EnableIfAttr; |
| 129 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
| 130 | class Expr; |
| 131 | class ExtVectorType; |
| 132 | class FormatAttr; |
| 133 | class FriendDecl; |
| 134 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 135 | class FunctionProtoType; |
| 136 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
| 137 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
| 138 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
| 139 | class InitListExpr; |
| 140 | class InitializationKind; |
| 141 | class InitializationSequence; |
| 142 | class InitializedEntity; |
| 143 | class IntegerLiteral; |
| 144 | class LabelStmt; |
| 145 | class LambdaExpr; |
| 146 | class LangOptions; |
| 147 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
| 148 | class LookupResult; |
| 149 | class MacroInfo; |
| 150 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
| 151 | class ModuleLoader; |
| 152 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
| 153 | class NamedDecl; |
| 154 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 155 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 156 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
| 157 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 158 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
| 159 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 160 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 161 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 162 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
| 163 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
| 164 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 165 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
| 166 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 167 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
| 168 | class OMPRequiresDecl; |
| 169 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
| 170 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
| 171 | class OMPClause; |
| 172 | struct OMPVarListLocTy; |
| 173 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
| 174 | enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char; |
| 175 | enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned; |
| 176 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
| 177 | class OverloadExpr; |
| 178 | class ParenListExpr; |
| 179 | class ParmVarDecl; |
| 180 | class Preprocessor; |
| 181 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
| 182 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
| 183 | class QualType; |
| 184 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
| 185 | class Stmt; |
| 186 | class StringLiteral; |
| 187 | class SwitchStmt; |
| 188 | class TemplateArgument; |
| 189 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
| 190 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
| 191 | class TemplateDecl; |
| 192 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
| 193 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 194 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
| 195 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
| 196 | class Token; |
| 197 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
| 198 | class TypedefDecl; |
| 199 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
| 200 | class TypeLoc; |
| 201 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
| 202 | class UnqualifiedId; |
| 203 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
| 204 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
| 205 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
| 206 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
| 207 | class UsingDecl; |
| 208 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
| 209 | class ValueDecl; |
| 210 | class VarDecl; |
| 211 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 212 | class VisibilityAttr; |
| 213 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
| 214 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
| 215 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
| 216 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | namespace sema { |
| 219 | class AccessedEntity; |
| 220 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
| 221 | class Capture; |
| 222 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
| 223 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
| 224 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
| 225 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
| 226 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
| 227 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
| 228 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
| 229 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
| 230 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
| 231 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | |
| 234 | namespace threadSafety { |
| 235 | class BeforeSet; |
| 236 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
| 237 | } |
| 238 | |
| 239 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
| 240 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
| 241 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
| 242 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
| 245 | /// file. |
| 246 | struct FileNullability { |
| 247 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
| 248 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
| 249 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
| 252 | /// placing fix-its. |
| 253 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
| 256 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
| 259 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
| 260 | }; |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
| 263 | /// information in that file. |
| 264 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
| 265 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
| 266 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
| 267 | |
| 268 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
| 269 | struct { |
| 270 | FileID File; |
| 271 | FileNullability Nullability; |
| 272 | } Cache; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | public: |
| 275 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
| 276 | // Check the single-element cache. |
| 277 | if (file == Cache.File) |
| 278 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 279 | |
| 280 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
| 281 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
| 282 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
| 283 | } |
| 284 | |
| 285 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
| 286 | Cache.File = file; |
| 287 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
| 288 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 289 | } |
| 290 | }; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /// Tracks expected type during expression parsing, for use in code completion. |
| 293 | /// The type is tied to a particular token, all functions that update or consume |
| 294 | /// the type take a start location of the token they are looking at as a |
| 295 | /// parameter. This avoids updating the type on hot paths in the parser. |
| 296 | class PreferredTypeBuilder { |
| 297 | public: |
| 298 | PreferredTypeBuilder(bool Enabled) : Enabled(Enabled) {} |
| 299 | |
| 300 | void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
| 301 | void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
| 302 | void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D); |
| 303 | /// Handles e.g. BaseType{ .D = Tok... |
| 304 | void enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, QualType BaseType, |
| 305 | const Designation &D); |
| 306 | /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running |
| 307 | /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed. |
| 308 | /// |
| 309 | /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a |
| 310 | /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same |
| 311 | /// location happen while function_ref is alive. |
| 312 | /// |
| 313 | /// The callback should also emit signature help as a side-effect, but only |
| 314 | /// if the completion point has been reached. |
| 315 | void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 316 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType); |
| 317 | |
| 318 | void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc); |
| 319 | void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 320 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 321 | void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op); |
| 322 | void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base); |
| 323 | void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS); |
| 324 | /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc. |
| 325 | void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType); |
| 326 | |
| 327 | /// Get the expected type associated with this location, if any. |
| 328 | /// |
| 329 | /// If the location is a function argument, determining the expected type |
| 330 | /// involves considering all function overloads and the arguments so far. |
| 331 | /// In this case, signature help for these function overloads will be reported |
| 332 | /// as a side-effect (only if the completion point has been reached). |
| 333 | QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const { |
| 334 | if (!Enabled || Tok != ExpectedLoc) |
| 335 | return QualType(); |
| 336 | if (!Type.isNull()) |
| 337 | return Type; |
| 338 | if (ComputeType) |
| 339 | return ComputeType(); |
| 340 | return QualType(); |
| 341 | } |
| 342 | |
| 343 | private: |
| 344 | bool Enabled; |
| 345 | /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type. |
| 346 | SourceLocation ExpectedLoc; |
| 347 | /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc. |
| 348 | QualType Type; |
| 349 | /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered |
| 350 | /// if Type is null. |
| 351 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType; |
| 352 | }; |
| 353 | |
| 354 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
| 355 | class Sema final { |
| 356 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 357 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | ///Source of additional semantic information. |
| 360 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
| 361 | |
| 362 | ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
| 363 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
| 364 | |
| 365 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
| 366 | |
| 367 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
| 370 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
| 371 | /// not have external linkage. |
| 372 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
| 373 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
| 374 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
| 375 | return true; |
| 376 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
| 377 | // of the new declaration here. |
| 378 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
| 379 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 380, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 380 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 380, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 381 | return true; |
| 382 | } |
| 383 | return false; |
| 384 | } |
| 385 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
| 386 | |
| 387 | void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem, |
| 388 | QualType ResultTy, |
| 389 | ArrayRef<QualType> Args); |
| 390 | |
| 391 | public: |
| 392 | /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here |
| 393 | /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code, |
| 394 | /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants. |
| 395 | /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp |
| 396 | /// |
| 397 | /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca |
| 398 | /// instructions, and global values. |
| 399 | static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 30; |
| 400 | static const unsigned MaximumAlignment = 1u << MaxAlignmentExponent; |
| 401 | |
| 402 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
| 403 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
| 404 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
| 405 | |
| 406 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
| 407 | FPOptions CurFPFeatures; |
| 408 | |
| 409 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
| 410 | Preprocessor &PP; |
| 411 | ASTContext &Context; |
| 412 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
| 413 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
| 414 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
| 417 | bool CollectStats; |
| 418 | |
| 419 | /// Code-completion consumer. |
| 420 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
| 423 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
| 426 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
| 427 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
| 428 | |
| 429 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
| 430 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
| 431 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
| 436 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
| 437 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
| 438 | |
| 439 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
| 440 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
| 443 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
| 444 | |
| 445 | /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by |
| 446 | /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created |
| 447 | /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction |
| 448 | /// fails. |
| 449 | llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs; |
| 450 | |
| 451 | /// pragma clang section kind |
| 452 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
| 453 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
| 454 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
| 455 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
| 456 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
| 457 | PCSK_Text = 4, |
| 458 | PCSK_Relro = 5 |
| 459 | }; |
| 460 | |
| 461 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
| 462 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
| 463 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
| 464 | }; |
| 465 | |
| 466 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
| 467 | std::string SectionName; |
| 468 | bool Valid = false; |
| 469 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 470 | }; |
| 471 | |
| 472 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
| 473 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
| 474 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
| 475 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection; |
| 476 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
| 477 | |
| 478 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
| 479 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
| 480 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
| 481 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
| 482 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
| 483 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
| 484 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
| 485 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
| 486 | }; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | // #pragma pack and align. |
| 489 | class AlignPackInfo { |
| 490 | public: |
| 491 | // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the |
| 492 | // platform. |
| 493 | enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k }; |
| 494 | |
| 495 | // #pragma pack info constructor |
| 496 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL) |
| 497 | : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) { |
| 498 | assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.")(static_cast <bool> (Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Num == PackNumber && \"The pack number has been truncated.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 498, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 499 | } |
| 500 | |
| 501 | // #pragma align info constructor |
| 502 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL) |
| 503 | : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M), |
| 504 | PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {} |
| 505 | |
| 506 | explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {} |
| 507 | |
| 508 | AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {} |
| 509 | |
| 510 | // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit |
| 511 | // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to |
| 512 | // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly. |
| 513 | static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) { |
| 514 | std::uint32_t Encoding{}; |
| 515 | if (Info.IsXLStack()) |
| 516 | Encoding |= IsXLMask; |
| 517 | |
| 518 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | if (Info.IsPackAttr()) |
| 521 | Encoding |= PackAttrMask; |
| 522 | |
| 523 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4; |
| 524 | |
| 525 | return Encoding; |
| 526 | } |
| 527 | |
| 528 | static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) { |
| 529 | bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask); |
| 530 | AlignPackInfo::Mode M = |
| 531 | static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1); |
| 532 | int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4; |
| 533 | |
| 534 | if (Encoding & PackAttrMask) |
| 535 | return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL); |
| 536 | |
| 537 | return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL); |
| 538 | } |
| 539 | |
| 540 | bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; } |
| 541 | |
| 542 | bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; } |
| 545 | |
| 546 | unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; } |
| 547 | |
| 548 | bool IsPackSet() const { |
| 549 | // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack |
| 550 | // attriute on a decl. |
| 551 | return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0; |
| 552 | } |
| 553 | |
| 554 | bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; } |
| 555 | |
| 556 | bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
| 557 | return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) == |
| 558 | std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr, |
| 559 | Info.XLStack); |
| 560 | } |
| 561 | |
| 562 | bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
| 563 | return !(*this == Info); |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | |
| 566 | private: |
| 567 | /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute, |
| 568 | /// not a pragma align attribute. |
| 569 | bool PackAttr; |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect. |
| 572 | Mode AlignMode; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /// \brief The pack number of the stack. |
| 575 | unsigned char PackNumber; |
| 576 | |
| 577 | /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack. |
| 578 | bool XLStack; |
| 579 | |
| 580 | /// \brief Uninitialized pack value. |
| 581 | static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1; |
| 582 | |
| 583 | // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo. |
| 584 | static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001}; |
| 585 | static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006}; |
| 586 | static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008}; |
| 587 | static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0}; |
| 588 | }; |
| 589 | |
| 590 | template<typename ValueType> |
| 591 | struct PragmaStack { |
| 592 | struct Slot { |
| 593 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
| 594 | ValueType Value; |
| 595 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 596 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
| 597 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
| 598 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
| 599 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
| 600 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
| 601 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
| 602 | }; |
| 603 | |
| 604 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 605 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) { |
| 606 | if (Action == PSK_Reset) { |
| 607 | CurrentValue = DefaultValue; |
| 608 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
| 609 | return; |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | if (Action & PSK_Push) |
| 612 | Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation, |
| 613 | PragmaLocation); |
| 614 | else if (Action & PSK_Pop) { |
| 615 | if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) { |
| 616 | // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there. |
| 617 | auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) { |
| 618 | return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel; |
| 619 | }); |
| 620 | // If we found the label so pop from there. |
| 621 | if (I != Stack.rend()) { |
| 622 | CurrentValue = I->Value; |
| 623 | CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation; |
| 624 | Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end()); |
| 625 | } |
| 626 | } else if (!Stack.empty()) { |
| 627 | // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry. |
| 628 | CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value; |
| 629 | CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation; |
| 630 | Stack.pop_back(); |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | } |
| 633 | if (Action & PSK_Set) { |
| 634 | CurrentValue = Value; |
| 635 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
| 636 | } |
| 637 | } |
| 638 | |
| 639 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
| 640 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
| 641 | // |
| 642 | // struct S { |
| 643 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
| 644 | // void Method {} |
| 645 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
| 646 | // }; |
| 647 | // |
| 648 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
| 649 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
| 650 | // syntax. |
| 651 | // |
| 652 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
| 653 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
| 654 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 655, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 655 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 655, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 656 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
| 657 | } |
| 658 | |
| 659 | // Constructors. |
| 660 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
| 661 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
| 662 | |
| 663 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
| 664 | |
| 665 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
| 666 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
| 667 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
| 668 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 669 | }; |
| 670 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
| 671 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
| 674 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
| 675 | /// |
| 676 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
| 677 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
| 678 | /// structors |
| 679 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
| 680 | /// objects |
| 681 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack; |
| 682 | PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack; |
| 683 | // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include. |
| 684 | struct AlignPackIncludeState { |
| 685 | AlignPackInfo CurrentValue; |
| 686 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 687 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
| 688 | }; |
| 689 | SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack; |
| 690 | // Segment #pragmas. |
| 691 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
| 692 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
| 693 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
| 694 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
| 695 | |
| 696 | // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures. |
| 697 | PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack; |
| 698 | FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() { |
| 699 | FPOptionsOverride result; |
| 700 | if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) { |
| 701 | result = FPOptionsOverride(); |
| 702 | } else { |
| 703 | result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | return result; |
| 706 | } |
| 707 | |
| 708 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
| 709 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
| 710 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
| 711 | public: |
| 712 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
| 713 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
| 714 | |
| 715 | private: |
| 716 | Sema &S; |
| 717 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
| 718 | bool ShouldAct; |
| 719 | }; |
| 720 | |
| 721 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
| 722 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
| 723 | |
| 724 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
| 725 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
| 726 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
| 727 | |
| 728 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
| 729 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
| 730 | |
| 731 | /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute. |
| 732 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
| 733 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 734 | ParsedAttr *Attribute; |
| 735 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
| 736 | bool IsUsed; |
| 737 | }; |
| 738 | |
| 739 | /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries. |
| 740 | struct PragmaAttributeGroup { |
| 741 | /// The location of the push attribute. |
| 742 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 743 | /// The namespace of this push group. |
| 744 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace; |
| 745 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries; |
| 746 | }; |
| 747 | |
| 748 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
| 751 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
| 752 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
| 753 | |
| 754 | /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
| 755 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
| 756 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
| 757 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
| 758 | |
| 759 | /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
| 760 | /// |
| 761 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
| 762 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
| 763 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
| 764 | |
| 765 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
| 766 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
| 769 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. |
| 770 | SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference |
| 773 | /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and |
| 774 | /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions |
| 775 | /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression. |
| 776 | /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression. |
| 777 | using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>, |
| 778 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>; |
| 779 | MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 780 | |
| 781 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope; |
| 782 | |
| 783 | /// Stack containing information about each of the nested |
| 784 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
| 785 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
| 786 | |
| 787 | /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current |
| 788 | /// context. |
| 789 | unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const { |
| 792 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart, |
| 793 | FunctionScopes.end()); |
| 794 | } |
| 795 | |
| 796 | /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered |
| 797 | /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a |
| 798 | /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function |
| 799 | /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in |
| 800 | /// the FunctionScopes stack. |
| 801 | SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos; |
| 802 | |
| 803 | /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current |
| 804 | /// context. |
| 805 | unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0; |
| 806 | |
| 807 | ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const { |
| 808 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() + |
| 809 | InventedParameterInfosStart, |
| 810 | InventedParameterInfos.end()); |
| 811 | } |
| 812 | |
| 813 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 814 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
| 815 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
| 816 | |
| 817 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
| 818 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
| 819 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
| 820 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
| 821 | |
| 822 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
| 823 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
| 824 | |
| 825 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
| 828 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
| 831 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
| 832 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
| 833 | |
| 834 | /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
| 835 | /// |
| 836 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
| 837 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
| 838 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
| 839 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
| 840 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
| 841 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
| 844 | |
| 845 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
| 846 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
| 847 | /// same list more than once. |
| 848 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
| 851 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
| 852 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
| 853 | |
| 854 | /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
| 855 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
| 856 | |
| 857 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 858 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
| 859 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
| 860 | |
| 861 | /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
| 862 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU. |
| 865 | SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations; |
| 866 | |
| 867 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 868 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
| 869 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
| 872 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
| 873 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
| 874 | |
| 875 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 876 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
| 877 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
| 878 | |
| 879 | /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
| 880 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
| 881 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
| 882 | |
| 883 | /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
| 884 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
| 885 | /// function. |
| 886 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
| 887 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 888 | |
| 889 | /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had |
| 890 | /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they |
| 891 | /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl |
| 892 | /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to |
| 893 | /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete. |
| 894 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2> |
| 895 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 896 | |
| 897 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
| 898 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
| 899 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
| 900 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
| 901 | |
| 902 | /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
| 903 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
| 904 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
| 905 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
| 906 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
| 907 | void *OpaqueParser; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
| 910 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
| 911 | void *P) { |
| 912 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
| 913 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
| 914 | OpaqueParser = P; |
| 915 | } |
| 916 | |
| 917 | // Does the work necessary to deal with a SYCL kernel lambda. At the moment, |
| 918 | // this just marks the list of lambdas required to name the kernel. |
| 919 | void AddSYCLKernelLambda(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 920 | |
| 921 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 922 | |
| 923 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
| 924 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
| 925 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 926 | }; |
| 927 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
| 928 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
| 929 | |
| 930 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
| 931 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
| 932 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
| 933 | /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
| 934 | /// diagnostics should go. |
| 935 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
| 936 | |
| 937 | public: |
| 938 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
| 939 | |
| 940 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
| 941 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
| 942 | |
| 943 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
| 944 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
| 945 | |
| 946 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
| 947 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
| 948 | return CurPool; |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
| 952 | /// collected in this pool. |
| 953 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 954 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 955 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 956 | CurPool = &pool; |
| 957 | return state; |
| 958 | } |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
| 961 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
| 962 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
| 963 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 964 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 965 | } |
| 966 | |
| 967 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
| 968 | /// not delayed. |
| 969 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
| 970 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 971 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 972 | CurPool = nullptr; |
| 973 | return state; |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
| 977 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 978 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 978, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 979 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 980 | } |
| 981 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 982 | |
| 983 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
| 984 | class ContextRAII { |
| 985 | private: |
| 986 | Sema &S; |
| 987 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
| 988 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
| 989 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 990 | unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
| 991 | unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
| 992 | |
| 993 | public: |
| 994 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
| 995 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
| 996 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
| 997 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), |
| 998 | SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart), |
| 999 | SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart) |
| 1000 | { |
| 1001 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1001, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1002 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
| 1003 | if (NewThisContext) |
| 1004 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
| 1005 | // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context. |
| 1006 | S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size(); |
| 1007 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size(); |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | void pop() { |
| 1011 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
| 1012 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
| 1013 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
| 1014 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 1015 | S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
| 1016 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
| 1017 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
| 1018 | } |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | ~ContextRAII() { |
| 1021 | pop(); |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | }; |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 | /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate |
| 1026 | /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval |
| 1027 | /// functions aren't tracked when this is set. |
| 1028 | bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy |
| 1031 | /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object. |
| 1032 | bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | bool isConstantEvaluated() { |
| 1035 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() || |
| 1036 | isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
| 1040 | /// a function body. |
| 1041 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
| 1042 | Sema &S; |
| 1043 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
| 1044 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | public: |
| 1047 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
| 1048 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
| 1049 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
| 1050 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 1051 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
| 1052 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
| 1053 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
| 1054 | else |
| 1055 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1055, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1056 | } |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
| 1059 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1059, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
| 1062 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
| 1063 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
| 1064 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
| 1065 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
| 1068 | } |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
| 1071 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
| 1072 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
| 1073 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
| 1074 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
| 1075 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 1076 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | }; |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 1081 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
| 1082 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
| 1083 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 1086 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
| 1087 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
| 1088 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
| 1089 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
| 1093 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
| 1096 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
| 1097 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
| 1098 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
| 1099 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
| 1100 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
| 1105 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
| 1106 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
| 1107 | Scope *TUScope; |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
| 1110 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 1113 | /// standard library. |
| 1114 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 1117 | /// standard library. |
| 1118 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
| 1121 | /// of the standard library resides. |
| 1122 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
| 1125 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
| 1126 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in |
| 1129 | /// \<coroutine_traits> |
| 1130 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache; |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
| 1133 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
| 1136 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
| 1139 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
| 1142 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
| 1145 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
| 1148 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
| 1151 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
| 1154 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
| 1157 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
| 1160 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
| 1163 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
| 1166 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
| 1169 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
| 1172 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
| 1175 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
| 1178 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | /// id<NSCopying> type. |
| 1181 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
| 1184 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
| 1187 | /// have been declared. |
| 1188 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
| 1191 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
| 1192 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
| 1193 | /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
| 1194 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
| 1195 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
| 1196 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
| 1197 | /// run time. |
| 1198 | Unevaluated, |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
| 1201 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
| 1202 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
| 1203 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
| 1204 | UnevaluatedList, |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
| 1207 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
| 1208 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
| 1209 | DiscardedStatement, |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
| 1212 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
| 1213 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
| 1214 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
| 1217 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
| 1218 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
| 1219 | ConstantEvaluated, |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
| 1222 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
| 1223 | /// expression at run time. |
| 1224 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
| 1227 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
| 1228 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
| 1229 | /// |
| 1230 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
| 1231 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
| 1232 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
| 1233 | /// until the default argument is used. |
| 1234 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
| 1235 | }; |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>; |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | /// Data structure used to record current or nested |
| 1240 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
| 1241 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
| 1242 | /// The expression evaluation context. |
| 1243 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
| 1246 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
| 1249 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
| 1250 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
| 1253 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
| 1254 | unsigned NumTypos; |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
| 1259 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
| 1260 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
| 1263 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
| 1264 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
| 1265 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
| 1268 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
| 1269 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
| 1272 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
| 1273 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this |
| 1278 | /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if |
| 1279 | /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands. |
| 1280 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation. |
| 1283 | llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates; |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a |
| 1286 | /// context not already known to be immediately invoked. |
| 1287 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval; |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have |
| 1290 | /// to handle differently. |
| 1291 | enum ExpressionKind { |
| 1292 | EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other |
| 1293 | } ExprContext; |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
| 1296 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
| 1297 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
| 1298 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
| 1299 | ExpressionKind ExprContext) |
| 1300 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
| 1301 | NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0), |
| 1302 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {} |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
| 1305 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
| 1306 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
| 1307 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
| 1308 | } |
| 1309 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
| 1310 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
| 1311 | } |
| 1312 | }; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
| 1315 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded. |
| 1318 | void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec); |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
| 1321 | /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any. |
| 1322 | /// |
| 1323 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
| 1324 | /// block literal. |
| 1325 | std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *> |
| 1326 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC); |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
| 1330 | /// function. |
| 1331 | /// |
| 1332 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
| 1333 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
| 1334 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1335 | public: |
| 1336 | enum Kind { |
| 1337 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
| 1338 | Ambiguous, |
| 1339 | Success |
| 1340 | }; |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | private: |
| 1343 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | public: |
| 1346 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
| 1347 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
| 1348 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
| 1351 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
| 1354 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
| 1355 | }; |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
| 1358 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
| 1359 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1360 | public: |
| 1361 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
| 1362 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
| 1363 | {} |
| 1364 | }; |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
| 1367 | /// for C++ records. |
| 1368 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
| 1371 | /// attribute. |
| 1372 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | /// The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
| 1375 | /// |
| 1376 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
| 1377 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
| 1378 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
| 1379 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
| 1380 | /// checks. |
| 1381 | const TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
| 1386 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
| 1389 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
| 1392 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
| 1393 | /// |
| 1394 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
| 1395 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
| 1396 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
| 1397 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
| 1398 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
| 1401 | // argument locations. |
| 1402 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
| 1405 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
| 1406 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
| 1409 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
| 1410 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
| 1411 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
| 1414 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
| 1415 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
| 1418 | /// the end of translation unit. |
| 1419 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
| 1420 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
| 1423 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
| 1426 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
| 1427 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
| 1428 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
| 1429 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
| 1430 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
| 1431 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
| 1434 | /// of -Wselector. |
| 1435 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a |
| 1438 | /// block. |
| 1439 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1> |
| 1440 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs; |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
| 1443 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
| 1444 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
| 1445 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
| 1446 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
| 1447 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
| 1448 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
| 1449 | CXXDestructor, |
| 1450 | CXXInvalid |
| 1451 | }; |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
| 1454 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
| 1457 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
| 1458 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
| 1459 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions. |
| 1462 | enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char { |
| 1463 | /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator. |
| 1464 | None, |
| 1465 | /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of |
| 1466 | /// subobject comparisons. |
| 1467 | Equal, |
| 1468 | /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of |
| 1469 | /// subobject comparisons. |
| 1470 | ThreeWay, |
| 1471 | /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms |
| 1472 | /// of a == comparison. |
| 1473 | NotEqual, |
| 1474 | /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in |
| 1475 | /// terms of a <=> comparison. |
| 1476 | Relational, |
| 1477 | }; |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
| 1480 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
| 1481 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
| 1482 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
| 1483 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
| 1486 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
| 1487 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
| 1490 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
| 1493 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
| 1494 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
| 1497 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
| 1498 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
| 1499 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound |
| 1502 | /// statements. |
| 1503 | class FPFeaturesStateRAII { |
| 1504 | public: |
| 1505 | FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S); |
| 1506 | ~FPFeaturesStateRAII(); |
| 1507 | FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | private: |
| 1510 | Sema& S; |
| 1511 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
| 1512 | FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides; |
| 1513 | int OldEvalMethod; |
| 1514 | }; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | bool WarnedStackExhausted = false; |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | /// Increment when we find a reference; decrement when we find an ignored |
| 1521 | /// assignment. Ultimately the value is 0 if every reference is an ignored |
| 1522 | /// assignment. |
| 1523 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> RefsMinusAssignments; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | Optional<std::unique_ptr<DarwinSDKInfo>> CachedDarwinSDKInfo; |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | public: |
| 1528 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
| 1529 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
| 1530 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
| 1531 | ~Sema(); |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
| 1534 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
| 1535 | void Initialize(); |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | /// This virtual key function only exists to limit the emission of debug info |
| 1538 | /// describing the Sema class. GCC and Clang only emit debug info for a class |
| 1539 | /// with a vtable when the vtable is emitted. Sema is final and not |
| 1540 | /// polymorphic, but the debug info size savings are so significant that it is |
| 1541 | /// worth adding a vtable just to take advantage of this optimization. |
| 1542 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
| 1545 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
| 1546 | FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; } |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
| 1549 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
| 1550 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
| 1551 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
| 1552 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
| 1553 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
| 1554 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
| 1555 | DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1556 | StringRef Platform); |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
| 1559 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
| 1560 | /// |
| 1561 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
| 1562 | /// |
| 1563 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | void PrintStats() const; |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted. |
| 1568 | void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is |
| 1571 | /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates |
| 1572 | /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example, |
| 1573 | /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow. |
| 1574 | void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1575 | llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn); |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
| 1578 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
| 1579 | /// |
| 1580 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1581 | /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is |
| 1582 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1583 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
| 1584 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
| 1585 | /// well. |
| 1586 | class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
| 1587 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 1588 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | public: |
| 1591 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
| 1592 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
| 1593 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
| 1594 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
| 1597 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
| 1598 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
| 1599 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
| 1600 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op |
| 1601 | // in that case anwyay. |
| 1602 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default; |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() { |
| 1605 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
| 1606 | if (!isActive()) return; |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic |
| 1609 | // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
| 1610 | // |
| 1611 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
| 1612 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
| 1613 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
| 1614 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
| 1615 | // eliminate that code. |
| 1616 | Clear(); |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
| 1619 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
| 1620 | } |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
| 1623 | template <typename T> |
| 1624 | friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder & |
| 1625 | operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
| 1626 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
| 1627 | BaseDiag << Value; |
| 1628 | return Diag; |
| 1629 | } |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
| 1632 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
| 1633 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
| 1634 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
| 1635 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
| 1636 | const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
| 1637 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this; |
| 1638 | BaseDiag << std::move(V); |
| 1639 | return *this; |
| 1640 | } |
| 1641 | }; |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred. |
| 1644 | /// |
| 1645 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
| 1646 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
| 1647 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
| 1648 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
| 1649 | /// |
| 1650 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
| 1651 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
| 1652 | /// |
| 1653 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
| 1654 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
| 1655 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
| 1656 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
| 1657 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder { |
| 1658 | public: |
| 1659 | enum Kind { |
| 1660 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
| 1661 | K_Nop, |
| 1662 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
| 1663 | K_Immediate, |
| 1664 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
| 1665 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
| 1666 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
| 1667 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
| 1668 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
| 1669 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
| 1670 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
| 1671 | K_Deferred |
| 1672 | }; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1675 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
| 1676 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D); |
| 1677 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default; |
| 1678 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder(); |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
| 1683 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
| 1684 | /// |
| 1685 | /// Example usage: |
| 1686 | /// |
| 1687 | /// if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
| 1688 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 1689 | /// |
| 1690 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
| 1691 | /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself. |
| 1692 | operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); } |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | template <typename T> |
| 1695 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
| 1696 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
| 1697 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1698 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
| 1699 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1700 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second |
| 1701 | << Value; |
| 1702 | return Diag; |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
| 1706 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
| 1707 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
| 1708 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
| 1709 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
| 1710 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
| 1711 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1712 | *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V); |
| 1713 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1714 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V); |
| 1715 | return *this; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
| 1719 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
| 1720 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1721 | PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag); |
| 1722 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1723 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD; |
| 1724 | return Diag; |
| 1725 | } |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
| 1728 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1729 | ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint); |
| 1730 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1731 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
| 1732 | } |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
| 1735 | return ExprError(); |
| 1736 | } |
| 1737 | friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
| 1738 | return StmtError(); |
| 1739 | } |
| 1740 | operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); } |
| 1741 | operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); } |
| 1742 | operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); } |
| 1743 | operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); } |
| 1744 | operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); } |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | private: |
| 1747 | Sema &S; |
| 1748 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 1749 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1750 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
| 1751 | bool ShowCallStack; |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
| 1754 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
| 1755 | llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
| 1756 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId; |
| 1757 | }; |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined |
| 1760 | /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate. |
| 1761 | bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true; |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | /// Emit a diagnostic. |
| 1764 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1765 | bool DeferHint = false); |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | /// Emit a partial diagnostic. |
| 1768 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 1769 | bool DeferHint = false); |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | /// Build a partial diagnostic. |
| 1772 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | /// Whether deferrable diagnostics should be deferred. |
| 1775 | bool DeferDiags = false; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /// RAII class to control scope of DeferDiags. |
| 1778 | class DeferDiagsRAII { |
| 1779 | Sema &S; |
| 1780 | bool SavedDeferDiags = false; |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | public: |
| 1783 | DeferDiagsRAII(Sema &S, bool DeferDiags) |
| 1784 | : S(S), SavedDeferDiags(S.DeferDiags) { |
| 1785 | S.DeferDiags = DeferDiags; |
| 1786 | } |
| 1787 | ~DeferDiagsRAII() { S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags; } |
| 1788 | }; |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens |
| 1791 | /// in deferred diagnostics. |
| 1792 | bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const; |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
| 1797 | std::string |
| 1798 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1799 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
| 1802 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
| 1805 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates. |
| 1808 | IdentifierInfo * |
| 1809 | InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 1810 | unsigned Index); |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | private: |
| 1815 | /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred |
| 1816 | /// diagnostics should be emitted. |
| 1817 | llvm::SmallSetVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags; |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | public: |
| 1820 | // Emit all deferred diagnostics. |
| 1821 | void emitDeferredDiags(); |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | enum TUFragmentKind { |
| 1824 | /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration. |
| 1825 | Global, |
| 1826 | /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the |
| 1827 | /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration |
| 1828 | /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not). |
| 1829 | Normal, |
| 1830 | /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of |
| 1831 | /// the translation unit. |
| 1832 | Private |
| 1833 | }; |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1836 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1837 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind); |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
| 1844 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
| 1845 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
| 1848 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
| 1849 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
| 1850 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
| 1853 | RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K, |
| 1854 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short |
| 1857 | /// time after they've been popped. |
| 1858 | class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter { |
| 1859 | Sema *Self; |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | public: |
| 1862 | explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {} |
| 1863 | void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const; |
| 1864 | }; |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 | using PoppedFunctionScopePtr = |
| 1867 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>; |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr |
| 1870 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
| 1871 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
| 1872 | QualType BlockType = QualType()); |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
| 1875 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
| 1881 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 1882 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
| 1883 | void setFunctionHasMustTail(); |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 1886 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 | /// Retrieve the current block, if any. |
| 1893 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This |
| 1896 | /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and |
| 1897 | /// blocks. |
| 1898 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const; |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
| 1901 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
| 1902 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
| 1903 | /// lambda scopes. |
| 1904 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
| 1905 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
| 1908 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
| 1911 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | /// Retrieve the current function, if any, that should be analyzed for |
| 1914 | /// potential availability violations. |
| 1915 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext(); |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
| 1918 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
| 1921 | /// declaration. |
| 1922 | void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D, |
| 1923 | unsigned TemplateParameterDepth); |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
| 1926 | /// declaration. |
| 1927 | void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1932 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
| 1933 | // |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
| 1936 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1937 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
| 1938 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1939 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1940 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1941 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
| 1942 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1943 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
| 1944 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
| 1945 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1946 | QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1947 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
| 1948 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1949 | QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns, |
| 1950 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, |
| 1953 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided. |
| 1956 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
| 1957 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | /// Build a function type. |
| 1964 | /// |
| 1965 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
| 1966 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
| 1967 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
| 1968 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
| 1969 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
| 1970 | /// |
| 1971 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
| 1972 | /// |
| 1973 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
| 1974 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
| 1975 | /// function parameters. |
| 1976 | /// |
| 1977 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
| 1978 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
| 1979 | /// type that will have function type. |
| 1980 | /// |
| 1981 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
| 1982 | /// type, if known. |
| 1983 | /// |
| 1984 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
| 1985 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
| 1986 | /// |
| 1987 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
| 1988 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
| 1989 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 1990 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
| 1991 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 1992 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
| 1993 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
| 1996 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1997 | DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1998 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1999 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 2000 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
| 2001 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2002 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
| 2003 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2004 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
| 2005 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2006 | QualType BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
| 2009 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
| 2012 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 2013 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
| 2014 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 2015 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
| 2016 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
| 2017 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E); |
| 2018 | /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw. |
| 2019 | /// E, D and Loc are all optional. |
| 2020 | static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D, |
| 2021 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2022 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2023 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
| 2024 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2025 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 2026 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
| 2027 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
| 2028 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
| 2029 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 2030 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 2031 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 2032 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 2033 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
| 2034 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 2035 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 2036 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
| 2037 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
| 2038 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 2039 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 2040 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, |
| 2041 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
| 2042 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 2043 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
| 2044 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
| 2045 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 2046 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 2047 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
| 2048 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
| 2049 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
| 2050 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
| 2055 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
| 2056 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
| 2059 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
| 2060 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2063 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 2064 | }; |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
| 2067 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
| 2068 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
| 2069 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
| 2070 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
| 2071 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
| 2072 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| 2073 | return II; |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
| 2076 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
| 2077 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
| 2078 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
| 2079 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
| 2080 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
| 2083 | protected: |
| 2084 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 2085 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
| 2088 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
| 2089 | std::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
| 2090 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
| 2091 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
| 2092 | (void)Dummy; |
| 2093 | } |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | public: |
| 2096 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
| 2097 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
| 2098 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2098, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2099 | } |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 2102 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
| 2103 | emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
| 2104 | DB << T; |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | }; |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the |
| 2109 | /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D. Raise a diagnostic if the name |
| 2110 | /// is invalid for the given declaration. |
| 2111 | /// |
| 2112 | /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name. |
| 2113 | /// |
| 2114 | /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise. |
| 2115 | bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2116 | const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync); |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type |
| 2119 | /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless. |
| 2120 | /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have |
| 2121 | /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...". |
| 2122 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2123 | class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> { |
| 2124 | public: |
| 2125 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args) |
| 2126 | : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {} |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 2129 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID); |
| 2130 | this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
| 2131 | DB << T->isSizelessType() << T; |
| 2132 | } |
| 2133 | }; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | enum class CompleteTypeKind { |
| 2136 | /// Apply the normal rules for complete types. In particular, |
| 2137 | /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete. |
| 2138 | Normal, |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include |
| 2141 | /// sizeless built-in types. |
| 2142 | AcceptSizeless, |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in |
| 2145 | // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it. |
| 2146 | Default = AcceptSizeless |
| 2147 | }; |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | private: |
| 2150 | /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer |
| 2151 | /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as |
| 2152 | /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For |
| 2153 | /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the |
| 2154 | /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires |
| 2155 | /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address |
| 2156 | /// of them are eventually taken. |
| 2157 | void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); |
| 2158 | void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E); |
| 2159 | void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E); |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2162 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | struct ModuleScope { |
| 2165 | SourceLocation BeginLoc; |
| 2166 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
| 2167 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
| 2168 | bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false; |
| 2169 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
| 2170 | }; |
| 2171 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
| 2172 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish. |
| 2175 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces; |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
| 2178 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
| 2179 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | public: |
| 2185 | /// Get the module owning an entity. |
| 2186 | Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) { |
| 2187 | return Entity->getOwningModule(); |
| 2188 | } |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
| 2191 | /// visible at the specified location. |
| 2192 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false); |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module |
| 2197 | // visibility. |
| 2198 | void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { |
| 2199 | VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); |
| 2200 | } |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
| 2203 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2204 | return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
| 2205 | } |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
| 2208 | bool |
| 2209 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2210 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
| 2211 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2214 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 2217 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
| 2220 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
| 2221 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
| 2224 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
| 2225 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
| 2226 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
| 2227 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2228 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
| 2229 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
| 2230 | } |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
| 2233 | bool |
| 2234 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2235 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
| 2238 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
| 2239 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
| 2240 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
| 2241 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
| 2244 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
| 2245 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
| 2246 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
| 2249 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
| 2250 | /// an extension warning. |
| 2251 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
| 2252 | const NamedDecl *B); |
| 2253 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
| 2254 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2255 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD); |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2260 | CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) { |
| 2261 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr); |
| 2262 | } |
| 2263 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2264 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2265 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2266 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2269 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { |
| 2270 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) { |
| 2273 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID); |
| 2274 | } |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2277 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2278 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2279 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2280 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 2281 | } |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2284 | bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2285 | const Ts &... Args) { |
| 2286 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2287 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
| 2288 | } |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the |
| 2291 | /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated |
| 2292 | /// static data member of incomplete array type. |
| 2293 | /// |
| 2294 | /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or |
| 2295 | /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use |
| 2296 | /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an |
| 2297 | /// incomplete expression type. |
| 2298 | QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E); |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
| 2301 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind, |
| 2302 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2303 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2306 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2307 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2308 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
| 2309 | } |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2312 | bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2313 | const Ts &... Args) { |
| 2314 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2315 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
| 2316 | } |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2319 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2320 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2323 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2324 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2325 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2326 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 2330 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, |
| 2331 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr); |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2334 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
| 2335 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
| 2336 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2337 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
| 2338 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
| 2339 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
| 2340 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2343 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
| 2344 | // |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
| 2347 | SkipBodyInfo() |
| 2348 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
| 2349 | New(nullptr) {} |
| 2350 | bool ShouldSkip; |
| 2351 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
| 2352 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
| 2353 | NamedDecl *New; |
| 2354 | }; |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2363 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 2364 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
| 2365 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
| 2366 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
| 2367 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
| 2368 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
| 2369 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
| 2370 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
| 2371 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
| 2372 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
| 2373 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 2374 | Scope *S, |
| 2375 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 2376 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
| 2377 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
| 2380 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
| 2381 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
| 2382 | /// scope during instantiation. |
| 2383 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 2384 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2385 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
| 2388 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
| 2389 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
| 2390 | /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be |
| 2391 | /// something else. |
| 2392 | NC_Unknown, |
| 2393 | /// Classification failed; an error has been produced. |
| 2394 | NC_Error, |
| 2395 | /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword. |
| 2396 | NC_Keyword, |
| 2397 | /// The name was classified as a type. |
| 2398 | NC_Type, |
| 2399 | /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template |
| 2400 | /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to |
| 2401 | /// convert the declaration to an expression. |
| 2402 | NC_NonType, |
| 2403 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name. |
| 2404 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the |
| 2405 | /// result to an expression. |
| 2406 | NC_UndeclaredNonType, |
| 2407 | /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be |
| 2408 | /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to |
| 2409 | /// convert the result to an expression. |
| 2410 | NC_DependentNonType, |
| 2411 | /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression |
| 2412 | /// representing that overload set has been formed. |
| 2413 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable |
| 2414 | /// expression referencing the overload set. |
| 2415 | NC_OverloadSet, |
| 2416 | /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types. |
| 2417 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
| 2418 | /// The name was classified as a variable template name. |
| 2419 | NC_VarTemplate, |
| 2420 | /// The name was classified as a function template name. |
| 2421 | NC_FunctionTemplate, |
| 2422 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name. |
| 2423 | NC_UndeclaredTemplate, |
| 2424 | /// The name was classified as a concept name. |
| 2425 | NC_Concept, |
| 2426 | }; |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | class NameClassification { |
| 2429 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
| 2430 | union { |
| 2431 | ExprResult Expr; |
| 2432 | NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl; |
| 2433 | TemplateName Template; |
| 2434 | ParsedType Type; |
| 2435 | }; |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | public: |
| 2440 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | static NameClassification Error() { |
| 2445 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
| 2449 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) { |
| 2453 | NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet); |
| 2454 | Result.Expr = E; |
| 2455 | return Result; |
| 2456 | } |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2459 | NameClassification Result(NC_NonType); |
| 2460 | Result.NonTypeDecl = D; |
| 2461 | return Result; |
| 2462 | } |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() { |
| 2465 | return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType); |
| 2466 | } |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | static NameClassification DependentNonType() { |
| 2469 | return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType); |
| 2470 | } |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2473 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
| 2474 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2475 | return Result; |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2479 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
| 2480 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2481 | return Result; |
| 2482 | } |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2485 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
| 2486 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2487 | return Result; |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2491 | NameClassification Result(NC_Concept); |
| 2492 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2493 | return Result; |
| 2494 | } |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2497 | NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
| 2498 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2499 | return Result; |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
| 2505 | assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_OverloadSet) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_OverloadSet", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2505, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2506 | return Expr; |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | ParsedType getType() const { |
| 2510 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2510, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2511 | return Type; |
| 2512 | } |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const { |
| 2515 | assert(Kind == NC_NonType)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_NonType) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_NonType", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2515, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2516 | return NonTypeDecl; |
| 2517 | } |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
| 2520 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 2521 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 2522 | Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2523 | return Template; |
| 2524 | } |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
| 2527 | switch (Kind) { |
| 2528 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
| 2529 | return TNK_Type_template; |
| 2530 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
| 2531 | return TNK_Function_template; |
| 2532 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
| 2533 | return TNK_Var_template; |
| 2534 | case NC_Concept: |
| 2535 | return TNK_Concept_template; |
| 2536 | case NC_UndeclaredTemplate: |
| 2537 | return TNK_Undeclared_template; |
| 2538 | default: |
| 2539 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 2539); |
| 2540 | } |
| 2541 | } |
| 2542 | }; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
| 2545 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
| 2546 | /// |
| 2547 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
| 2548 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
| 2549 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
| 2550 | /// |
| 2551 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
| 2552 | /// |
| 2553 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
| 2554 | /// |
| 2555 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
| 2556 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
| 2557 | /// |
| 2558 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
| 2559 | /// |
| 2560 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
| 2561 | /// disambiguate the name. |
| 2562 | /// |
| 2563 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
| 2564 | NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2565 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2566 | const Token &NextToken, |
| 2567 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr); |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only) |
| 2570 | /// non-type declaration. |
| 2571 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2572 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 2573 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a |
| 2574 | /// dependent base class. |
| 2575 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2576 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2577 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2578 | bool IsAddressOfOperand); |
| 2579 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type |
| 2580 | /// declaration. |
| 2581 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2582 | NamedDecl *Found, |
| 2583 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2584 | const Token &NextToken); |
| 2585 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set. |
| 2586 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet); |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
| 2589 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
| 2590 | ClassTemplate, |
| 2591 | FunctionTemplate, |
| 2592 | VarTemplate, |
| 2593 | AliasTemplate, |
| 2594 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
| 2595 | Concept, |
| 2596 | DependentTemplate |
| 2597 | }; |
| 2598 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
| 2599 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
| 2602 | /// template-name. |
| 2603 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) { |
| 2604 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
| 2605 | return false; |
| 2606 | Dependent = false; |
| 2607 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2608 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2609 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2610 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2611 | Dependent = true; |
| 2612 | if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2613 | return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2614 | if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2615 | return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2616 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
| 2617 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
| 2618 | return false; |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
| 2621 | SourceLocation Less, |
| 2622 | SourceLocation Greater); |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | void warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2629 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
| 2630 | bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, |
| 2631 | QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2632 | unsigned FailedFoldDiagID); |
| 2633 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
| 2634 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
| 2635 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2636 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2637 | bool IsTemplateId); |
| 2638 | void |
| 2639 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
| 2640 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
| 2641 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2642 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2643 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2644 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2645 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
| 2648 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
| 2649 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 2650 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 2651 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
| 2652 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D, |
| 2653 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 2654 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
| 2655 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 2656 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
| 2659 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
| 2660 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | private: |
| 2665 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
| 2666 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
| 2667 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | public: |
| 2670 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
| 2671 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
| 2672 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
| 2673 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
| 2674 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
| 2675 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 2676 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2677 | LookupResult &Previous); |
| 2678 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 2679 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
| 2680 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2681 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2682 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2683 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2684 | bool &AddToScope, |
| 2685 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
| 2686 | NamedDecl * |
| 2687 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2688 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
| 2689 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
| 2690 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 2691 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
| 2692 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
| 2693 | Expr *Init); |
| 2694 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
| 2695 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
| 2696 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 2699 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2700 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2701 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2702 | bool &AddToScope); |
| 2703 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | enum class CheckConstexprKind { |
| 2706 | /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions. |
| 2707 | Diagnose, |
| 2708 | /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr |
| 2709 | /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions). |
| 2710 | CheckValid |
| 2711 | }; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2714 | CheckConstexprKind Kind); |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2717 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2718 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 2719 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2720 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 2721 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
| 2722 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
| 2723 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2724 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
| 2725 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
| 2726 | bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
| 2727 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT); |
| 2728 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
| 2729 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 2730 | Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2731 | bool IsDefinition); |
| 2732 | void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2733 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2734 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
| 2735 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2736 | QualType T); |
| 2737 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2738 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2739 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 2740 | StorageClass SC); |
| 2741 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
| 2742 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2743 | Expr *defarg); |
| 2744 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2745 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
| 2746 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2747 | ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
| 2748 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2749 | void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
| 2750 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is |
| 2753 | // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context. |
| 2754 | enum NonTrivialCUnionContext { |
| 2755 | // Function parameter. |
| 2756 | NTCUC_FunctionParam, |
| 2757 | // Function return. |
| 2758 | NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
| 2759 | // Default-initialized object. |
| 2760 | NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, |
| 2761 | // Variable with automatic storage duration. |
| 2762 | NTCUC_AutoVar, |
| 2763 | // Initializer expression that might copy from another object. |
| 2764 | NTCUC_CopyInit, |
| 2765 | // Assignment. |
| 2766 | NTCUC_Assignment, |
| 2767 | // Compound literal. |
| 2768 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, |
| 2769 | // Block capture. |
| 2770 | NTCUC_BlockCapture, |
| 2771 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type. |
| 2772 | NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
| 2773 | }; |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or |
| 2776 | /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or |
| 2777 | /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is |
| 2778 | /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize. |
| 2779 | void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion. |
| 2782 | enum NonTrivialCUnionKind { |
| 2783 | NTCUK_Init = 0x1, |
| 2784 | NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2, |
| 2785 | NTCUK_Copy = 0x4, |
| 2786 | }; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains |
| 2789 | /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context. |
| 2790 | void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2791 | NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, |
| 2792 | unsigned NonTrivialKind); |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
| 2795 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
| 2796 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
| 2799 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2800 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 2801 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 2802 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 2803 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
| 2804 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
| 2805 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
| 2806 | void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD); |
| 2807 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
| 2808 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2809 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2810 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
| 2813 | /// documentation comments. |
| 2814 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2815 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2818 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
| 2819 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
| 2820 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
| 2821 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2822 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2823 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2824 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2825 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
| 2826 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2827 | void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2828 | ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
| 2829 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
| 2830 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 2831 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
| 2832 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
| 2836 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
| 2837 | /// code for that function. |
| 2838 | /// |
| 2839 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
| 2840 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
| 2841 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
| 2842 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
| 2843 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
| 2846 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
| 2847 | /// code for that function. |
| 2848 | /// |
| 2849 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
| 2850 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
| 2851 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
| 2852 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
| 2855 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
| 2856 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
| 2857 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
| 2858 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
| 2861 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
| 2862 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
| 2865 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
| 2866 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
| 2869 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
| 2870 | /// specified threshold. |
| 2871 | void |
| 2872 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 2873 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
| 2876 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
| 2877 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
| 2878 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
| 2881 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 2882 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
| 2885 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
| 2886 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
| 2887 | }; |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
| 2890 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
| 2891 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2892 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
| 2893 | ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl); |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins |
| 2896 | /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit. |
| 2897 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
| 2898 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc); |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins |
| 2901 | /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit. |
| 2902 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
| 2903 | /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword. |
| 2904 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, |
| 2905 | SourceLocation PrivateLoc); |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | /// The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
| 2908 | /// |
| 2909 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This |
| 2910 | /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'. |
| 2911 | /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any. |
| 2912 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
| 2913 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
| 2914 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2915 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2916 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 2917 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2918 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2919 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M, |
| 2920 | ModuleIdPath Path = {}); |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
| 2923 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
| 2924 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2925 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | /// The parsed has entered a submodule. |
| 2928 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2929 | /// The parser has left a submodule. |
| 2930 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
| 2933 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
| 2934 | /// |
| 2935 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
| 2936 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
| 2937 | /// has forgotten to import. |
| 2938 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2939 | Module *Mod); |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
| 2942 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
| 2943 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
| 2944 | Declaration, |
| 2945 | Definition, |
| 2946 | DefaultArgument, |
| 2947 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
| 2948 | PartialSpecialization |
| 2949 | }; |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
| 2952 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
| 2953 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2954 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
| 2955 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2956 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
| 2957 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2960 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 2961 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
| 2962 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
| 2965 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
| 2966 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
| 2967 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
| 2970 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
| 2971 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
| 2972 | } |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
| 2975 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 2976 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | /// Scope actions. |
| 2979 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
| 2980 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2983 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2984 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2985 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 2986 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
| 2987 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2990 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 2991 | RecordDecl *Record, |
| 2992 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2995 | RecordDecl *Record); |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
| 2998 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
| 2999 | enum NonTagKind { |
| 3000 | NTK_NonStruct, |
| 3001 | NTK_NonClass, |
| 3002 | NTK_NonUnion, |
| 3003 | NTK_NonEnum, |
| 3004 | NTK_Typedef, |
| 3005 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
| 3006 | NTK_Template, |
| 3007 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
| 3008 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
| 3009 | }; |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
| 3012 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
| 3013 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| 3016 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
| 3017 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| 3018 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | enum TagUseKind { |
| 3021 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
| 3022 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
| 3023 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
| 3024 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
| 3025 | }; |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
| 3028 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 3029 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 3030 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 3031 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
| 3032 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
| 3033 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
| 3034 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
| 3035 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
| 3038 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 3039 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 3040 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 3041 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 3042 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
| 3045 | unsigned TagSpec, |
| 3046 | TagUseKind TUK, |
| 3047 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3048 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 3049 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 3050 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3053 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 3054 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
| 3055 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3056 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3059 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3060 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3061 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
| 3062 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
| 3063 | SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D, |
| 3064 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3065 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3066 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 3067 | const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr); |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 3070 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 3071 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3072 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3073 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3074 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
| 3075 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3076 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
| 3079 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
| 3082 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
| 3083 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
| 3086 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
| 3087 | }; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 3090 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 3091 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is. |
| 3094 | class DefaultedFunctionKind { |
| 3095 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8; |
| 3096 | DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8; |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | public: |
| 3099 | DefaultedFunctionKind() |
| 3100 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) { |
| 3101 | } |
| 3102 | DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM) |
| 3103 | : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {} |
| 3104 | DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp) |
| 3105 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {} |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; } |
| 3108 | bool isComparison() const { |
| 3109 | return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None; |
| 3110 | } |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | explicit operator bool() const { |
| 3113 | return isSpecialMember() || isComparison(); |
| 3114 | } |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; } |
| 3117 | DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; } |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics. |
| 3120 | unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const { |
| 3121 | static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor, |
| 3122 | "invalid should have highest index"); |
| 3123 | static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0, |
| 3124 | "none should be equal to zero"); |
| 3125 | return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison; |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | }; |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| 3132 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember(); |
| 3133 | } |
| 3134 | DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 3135 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison(); |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3139 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
| 3140 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3141 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3142 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
| 3145 | void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3146 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
| 3147 | SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
| 3150 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
| 3151 | /// struct, or union). |
| 3152 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
| 3155 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
| 3156 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
| 3157 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
| 3158 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
| 3163 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
| 3168 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
| 3169 | /// member declarations. |
| 3170 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3171 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
| 3172 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
| 3173 | bool IsAbstract, |
| 3174 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
| 3177 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
| 3178 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3179 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
| 3186 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
| 3187 | /// |
| 3188 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
| 3189 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 3190 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
| 3193 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
| 3194 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 3197 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 3198 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3199 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3200 | Expr *val); |
| 3201 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
| 3202 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
| 3203 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
| 3204 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
| 3207 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
| 3208 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 3209 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
| 3212 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3213 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
| 3214 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); |
| 3215 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
| 3216 | Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
| 3217 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
| 3220 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3221 | void PopDeclContext(); |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
| 3224 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
| 3225 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3226 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular |
| 3229 | /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts |
| 3230 | /// in the correct order. |
| 3231 | void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
| 3234 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
| 3235 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
| 3240 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
| 3241 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3242 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
| 3245 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
| 3246 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3247 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
| 3250 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
| 3251 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3252 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 3255 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
| 3258 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
| 3259 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
| 3260 | /// |
| 3261 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
| 3262 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
| 3263 | /// directly within it. |
| 3264 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
| 3265 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
| 3268 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
| 3269 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
| 3272 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| 3273 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3274 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
| 3277 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
| 3278 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
| 3279 | /// Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
| 3280 | AMK_None, |
| 3281 | /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
| 3282 | /// an exact match. |
| 3283 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
| 3284 | /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
| 3285 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
| 3286 | AMK_Override, |
| 3287 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
| 3288 | /// a protocol requirement. |
| 3289 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
| 3290 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
| 3291 | /// an optional protocol requirement. |
| 3292 | AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation |
| 3293 | }; |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute. |
| 3296 | /// |
| 3297 | /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute. |
| 3298 | /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged. |
| 3299 | /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority |
| 3300 | /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An |
| 3301 | /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration |
| 3302 | /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the |
| 3303 | /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match |
| 3304 | /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain |
| 3305 | /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are |
| 3306 | /// used to calculate that final vaue. |
| 3307 | enum AvailabilityPriority : int { |
| 3308 | /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the |
| 3309 | /// declaration. |
| 3310 | AP_Explicit = 0, |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
| 3313 | AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1, |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from |
| 3316 | /// an availability attribute for another platform. |
| 3317 | AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2 |
| 3318 | }; |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
| 3321 | AvailabilityAttr * |
| 3322 | mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3323 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, |
| 3324 | VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, |
| 3325 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, |
| 3326 | StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
| 3327 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority); |
| 3328 | TypeVisibilityAttr * |
| 3329 | mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3330 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
| 3331 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3332 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
| 3333 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3334 | StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl); |
| 3335 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3336 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3337 | MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3338 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3339 | bool BestCase, |
| 3340 | MSInheritanceModel Model); |
| 3341 | ErrorAttr *mergeErrorAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3342 | StringRef NewUserDiagnostic); |
| 3343 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3344 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
| 3345 | int FirstArg); |
| 3346 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3347 | StringRef Name); |
| 3348 | CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3349 | StringRef Name); |
| 3350 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3351 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3352 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
| 3353 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3354 | SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA, |
| 3355 | StringRef Name); |
| 3356 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3357 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3358 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
| 3359 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3360 | const InternalLinkageAttr &AL); |
| 3361 | WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr( |
| 3362 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL); |
| 3363 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr( |
| 3364 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL); |
| 3365 | EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL); |
| 3366 | EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3367 | const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL); |
| 3368 | BTFTagAttr *mergeBTFTagAttr(Decl *D, const BTFTagAttr &AL); |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
| 3371 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
| 3372 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
| 3373 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
| 3374 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
| 3375 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3376 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
| 3377 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3378 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
| 3379 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 3380 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3381 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
| 3382 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
| 3383 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
| 3384 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
| 3387 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
| 3388 | enum AssignmentAction { |
| 3389 | AA_Assigning, |
| 3390 | AA_Passing, |
| 3391 | AA_Returning, |
| 3392 | AA_Converting, |
| 3393 | AA_Initializing, |
| 3394 | AA_Sending, |
| 3395 | AA_Casting, |
| 3396 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
| 3397 | }; |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | /// C++ Overloading. |
| 3400 | enum OverloadKind { |
| 3401 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
| 3402 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
| 3403 | Ovl_Overload, |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
| 3406 | /// an existing declaration. |
| 3407 | Ovl_Match, |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
| 3410 | /// non-function. |
| 3411 | Ovl_NonFunction |
| 3412 | }; |
| 3413 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
| 3414 | FunctionDecl *New, |
| 3415 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
| 3416 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
| 3417 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
| 3418 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
| 3419 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true, |
| 3420 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true); |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | enum class AllowedExplicit { |
| 3423 | /// Allow no explicit functions to be used. |
| 3424 | None, |
| 3425 | /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors. |
| 3426 | Conversions, |
| 3427 | /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors. |
| 3428 | All |
| 3429 | }; |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
| 3432 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3433 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 3434 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
| 3435 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3436 | bool CStyle, |
| 3437 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3440 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3441 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3442 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3443 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3444 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 3445 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3446 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 3447 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3448 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 3449 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3450 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
| 3451 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
| 3452 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
| 3453 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
| 3454 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
| 3455 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
| 3458 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
| 3459 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3460 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 3461 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
| 3462 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
| 3463 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 3464 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3465 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3466 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 3467 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3468 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 3469 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
| 3470 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
| 3471 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3472 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
| 3473 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3474 | QualType &ResultTy); |
| 3475 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 3476 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution( |
| 3479 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From); |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT); |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 3484 | ExprResult Init); |
| 3485 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 3486 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 3487 | ExprResult Init, |
| 3488 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
| 3489 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
| 3490 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
| 3491 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3492 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 3493 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is |
| 3496 | /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension |
| 3497 | /// (when permitted) if not. |
| 3498 | void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init); |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
| 3501 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
| 3504 | enum CCEKind { |
| 3505 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
| 3506 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
| 3507 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
| 3508 | CCEK_ArrayBound, ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression. |
| 3509 | CCEK_ExplicitBool, ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
| 3510 | CCEK_Noexcept ///< Condition in a noexcept(bool) specifier. |
| 3511 | }; |
| 3512 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 3513 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
| 3514 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 3515 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, |
| 3516 | NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr); |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
| 3519 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
| 3520 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 3521 | public: |
| 3522 | bool Suppress; |
| 3523 | bool SuppressConversion; |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
| 3526 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
| 3527 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
| 3530 | /// for this conversion. |
| 3531 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 3534 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 3535 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3536 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
| 3539 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3540 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
| 3543 | /// is explicit. |
| 3544 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
| 3545 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
| 3548 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3549 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
| 3552 | /// functions. |
| 3553 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3554 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
| 3557 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3558 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
| 3561 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
| 3562 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
| 3563 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
| 3566 | }; |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 3569 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | public: |
| 3572 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
| 3573 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
| 3574 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
| 3575 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
| 3578 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3581 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 3582 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
| 3583 | } |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 3586 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 3587 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3588 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3589 | }; |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
| 3592 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
| 3593 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
| 3597 | OS_Array, |
| 3598 | OS_Dictionary, |
| 3599 | OS_Error |
| 3600 | }; |
| 3601 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
| 3604 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
| 3605 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
| 3606 | LK_Array, |
| 3607 | LK_Dictionary, |
| 3608 | LK_Numeric, |
| 3609 | LK_Boxed, |
| 3610 | LK_String, |
| 3611 | LK_Block, |
| 3612 | LK_None |
| 3613 | }; |
| 3614 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
| 3617 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3618 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 3619 | NamedDecl *Member); |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
| 3622 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
| 3623 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
| 3624 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind; |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3629 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3630 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3631 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3632 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3633 | bool AllowExplicit = true, |
| 3634 | bool AllowExplicitConversion = false, |
| 3635 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
| 3636 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
| 3637 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3638 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
| 3639 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3640 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3641 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 3642 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3643 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3644 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
| 3645 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3646 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 3647 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3648 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3649 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3650 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false, |
| 3651 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3652 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3653 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3654 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
| 3655 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3656 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3657 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3658 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3659 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3660 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
| 3661 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3662 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
| 3663 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3664 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 3665 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3666 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 3667 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3668 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3669 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3670 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3671 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3672 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3673 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
| 3674 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3675 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3676 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3677 | bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true, |
| 3678 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
| 3679 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3680 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions( |
| 3681 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 3682 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3683 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 3684 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
| 3685 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {}, |
| 3686 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3687 | void AddConversionCandidate( |
| 3688 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3689 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3690 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 3691 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 3692 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
| 3693 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3694 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3695 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 3696 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 3697 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
| 3698 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3699 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 3700 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 3701 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3702 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 3703 | void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( |
| 3704 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3705 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3706 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 3707 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3708 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3709 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3710 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3711 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3712 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3713 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
| 3714 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
| 3715 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3716 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3717 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 3718 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
| 3719 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3720 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3721 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3722 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3723 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
| 3726 | void NoteOverloadCandidate( |
| 3727 | NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
| 3728 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(), |
| 3729 | QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
| 3732 | // the expression Expr |
| 3733 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
| 3734 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
| 3737 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
| 3738 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 3739 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3740 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
| 3743 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
| 3744 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond); |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 3747 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 3748 | /// |
| 3749 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
| 3750 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
| 3751 | /// |
| 3752 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 3753 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3754 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
| 3755 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 3756 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 3759 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 3760 | /// |
| 3761 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
| 3762 | /// of a function. |
| 3763 | /// |
| 3764 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 3765 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 3766 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
| 3769 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
| 3770 | /// |
| 3771 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
| 3772 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3773 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3774 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
| 3777 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
| 3778 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
| 3779 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3780 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3781 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3782 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3785 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
| 3786 | QualType TargetType, |
| 3787 | bool Complain, |
| 3788 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
| 3789 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3792 | resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( |
| 3795 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3798 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
| 3799 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3800 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 3803 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
| 3804 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
| 3805 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3806 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
| 3807 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
| 3808 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
| 3812 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3813 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 3814 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
| 3815 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3816 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3819 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3820 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3821 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 3822 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates( |
| 3823 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3824 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
| 3827 | // range-based for loop. |
| 3828 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
| 3829 | FRS_Success, |
| 3830 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
| 3831 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
| 3832 | }; |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3835 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
| 3836 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 3837 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
| 3838 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 3839 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
| 3842 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3843 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3844 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3845 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3846 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
| 3847 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
| 3848 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3851 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3852 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 3853 | ExprResult *Result); |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 3856 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, |
| 3857 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, |
| 3858 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3859 | bool PerformADL = true); |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3862 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 3863 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3864 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3867 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3868 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3869 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 3870 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3871 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 3872 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3873 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
| 3874 | bool RequiresADL = true, |
| 3875 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true, |
| 3876 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr); |
| 3877 | ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3878 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3879 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
| 3880 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn); |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 3883 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 3884 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
| 3887 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3888 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3889 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3890 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
| 3891 | ExprResult |
| 3892 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3893 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3894 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 3897 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3898 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
| 3901 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
| 3902 | /// that best represents the call. |
| 3903 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3904 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
| 3907 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 3908 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
| 3909 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3910 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
| 3911 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | /// \name Name lookup |
| 3914 | /// |
| 3915 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
| 3916 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
| 3917 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
| 3918 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
| 3919 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
| 3920 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
| 3921 | /// |
| 3922 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
| 3923 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
| 3924 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
| 3925 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
| 3926 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
| 3927 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
| 3928 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
| 3929 | /// |
| 3930 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
| 3931 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
| 3932 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
| 3933 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
| 3934 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
| 3935 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
| 3936 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
| 3937 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
| 3938 | //@{ |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
| 3941 | enum LookupNameKind { |
| 3942 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
| 3943 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
| 3944 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
| 3945 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
| 3946 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
| 3947 | /// structs, and unions. |
| 3948 | LookupTagName, |
| 3949 | /// Label name lookup. |
| 3950 | LookupLabel, |
| 3951 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
| 3952 | /// class/struct/union members. |
| 3953 | LookupMemberName, |
| 3954 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
| 3955 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
| 3956 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
| 3957 | LookupOperatorName, |
| 3958 | /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary |
| 3959 | /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs. |
| 3960 | LookupDestructorName, |
| 3961 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
| 3962 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
| 3963 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
| 3964 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
| 3965 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
| 3966 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
| 3967 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
| 3968 | LookupNamespaceName, |
| 3969 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
| 3970 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
| 3971 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
| 3972 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
| 3973 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
| 3974 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
| 3975 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
| 3976 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
| 3977 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
| 3978 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
| 3979 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
| 3980 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
| 3981 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
| 3982 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
| 3983 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
| 3984 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
| 3985 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
| 3986 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
| 3987 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper. |
| 3988 | LookupOMPMapperName, |
| 3989 | /// Look up any declaration with any name. |
| 3990 | LookupAnyName |
| 3991 | }; |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
| 3994 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
| 3995 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
| 3996 | /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
| 3997 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
| 3998 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
| 3999 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
| 4000 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
| 4001 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
| 4002 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
| 4003 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
| 4004 | /// may also be found. |
| 4005 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
| 4006 | }; |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
| 4009 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
| 4010 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
| 4011 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
| 4012 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
| 4013 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
| 4014 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
| 4015 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
| 4016 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
| 4020 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
| 4021 | /// The lookup resulted in an error. |
| 4022 | LOLR_Error, |
| 4023 | /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
| 4024 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
| 4025 | /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
| 4026 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
| 4027 | LOLR_Cooked, |
| 4028 | /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
| 4029 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
| 4030 | LOLR_Raw, |
| 4031 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 4032 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
| 4033 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
| 4034 | LOLR_Template, |
| 4035 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 4036 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
| 4037 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
| 4038 | LOLR_StringTemplatePack, |
| 4039 | }; |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
| 4042 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
| 4043 | bool ConstArg, |
| 4044 | bool VolatileArg, |
| 4045 | bool RValueThis, |
| 4046 | bool ConstThis, |
| 4047 | bool VolatileThis); |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
| 4050 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
| 4051 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | private: |
| 4054 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | struct TypoExprState { |
| 4057 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
| 4058 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
| 4059 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
| 4060 | TypoExprState(); |
| 4061 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 4062 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 4063 | }; |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
| 4066 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
| 4069 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
| 4070 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 4071 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc); |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
| 4074 | // |
| 4075 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
| 4076 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
| 4077 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
| 4080 | /// source. |
| 4081 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
| 4084 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
| 4085 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
| 4086 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
| 4087 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4088 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 4089 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4090 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4091 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
| 4092 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 4093 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | public: |
| 4096 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
| 4099 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
| 4102 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
| 4103 | /// |
| 4104 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
| 4105 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
| 4106 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
| 4107 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4108 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
| 4109 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 4110 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 4111 | bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R); |
| 4112 | void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID); |
| 4113 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
| 4114 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
| 4115 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 4116 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
| 4117 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 4118 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 4119 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4120 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
| 4121 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 4122 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4123 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 4124 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 4125 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
| 4128 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 4131 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4134 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4135 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 4136 | unsigned Quals); |
| 4137 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 4138 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 4139 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 4140 | unsigned Quals); |
| 4141 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 4142 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 4143 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 4146 | bool IsUDSuffix); |
| 4147 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult |
| 4148 | LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
| 4149 | bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate, |
| 4150 | bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing, |
| 4151 | StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr); |
| 4152 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs. |
| 4155 | enum class FunctionEmissionStatus { |
| 4156 | Emitted, |
| 4157 | CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness |
| 4158 | OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness |
| 4159 | TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates |
| 4160 | Unknown, |
| 4161 | }; |
| 4162 | FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl, |
| 4163 | bool Final = false); |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check. |
| 4166 | bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4169 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 4172 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 4173 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 4174 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 4175 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 4176 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 4177 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 4178 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
| 4179 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
| 4182 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
| 4183 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
| 4184 | }; |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4187 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
| 4188 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4189 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4190 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 4191 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 4192 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 4193 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
| 4194 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4197 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 4198 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4199 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4200 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 4201 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 4202 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 4203 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 4204 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
| 4207 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
| 4208 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
| 4209 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
| 4210 | /// |
| 4211 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
| 4212 | /// |
| 4213 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
| 4214 | /// initializer. |
| 4215 | /// |
| 4216 | /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it |
| 4217 | /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs. |
| 4218 | /// |
| 4219 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
| 4220 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
| 4221 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
| 4222 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
| 4223 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
| 4224 | Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 4225 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
| 4226 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 4227 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
| 4230 | ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 4231 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
| 4232 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 4233 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
| 4234 | return ER.isInvalid() |
| 4235 | ? ER |
| 4236 | : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl, |
| 4237 | RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter); |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 4241 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 4242 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 4245 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 4246 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
| 4247 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
| 4252 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 4253 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
| 4254 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| 4257 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
| 4262 | //@} |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created. |
| 4265 | ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
| 4266 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, |
| 4267 | QualType T = QualType()); |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
| 4270 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4271 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
| 4272 | FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID, |
| 4273 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4274 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
| 4275 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 4276 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4277 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 4278 | Scope *S); |
| 4279 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( |
| 4280 | FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4281 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 4286 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
| 4287 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
| 4288 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
| 4289 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, |
| 4290 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 4291 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL, |
| 4292 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
| 4293 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
| 4294 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, |
| 4299 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the |
| 4300 | /// correct number of arguments were passed, etc. Returns true if the |
| 4301 | /// attribute has been diagnosed. |
| 4302 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A); |
| 4303 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Stmt *S, const ParsedAttr &A); |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
| 4306 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
| 4307 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
| 4308 | /// type as valid. |
| 4309 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value); |
| 4312 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
| 4313 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 4314 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
| 4315 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
| 4316 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum, |
| 4317 | StringRef &Str, |
| 4318 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
| 4319 | llvm::Error isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef Str); |
| 4320 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 4321 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 4322 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
| 4323 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
| 4324 | MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling); |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
| 4329 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
| 4330 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
| 4331 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
| 4332 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
| 4335 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
| 4336 | // one that came from a typedef. |
| 4337 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T); |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
| 4340 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
| 4341 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | /// Process the attributes before creating an attributed statement. Returns |
| 4344 | /// the semantic attributes that have been processed. |
| 4345 | void ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, |
| 4346 | const ParsedAttributesWithRange &InAttrs, |
| 4347 | SmallVectorImpl<const Attr *> &OutAttrs); |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4350 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 4351 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4354 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
| 4355 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
| 4358 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
| 4359 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4360 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 4361 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
| 4366 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
| 4367 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
| 4368 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
| 4369 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
| 4372 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
| 4373 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4374 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 4375 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
| 4378 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
| 4379 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4380 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 4381 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
| 4384 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
| 4387 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
| 4388 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
| 4389 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
| 4390 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 4391 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
| 4394 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
| 4395 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
| 4396 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
| 4397 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
| 4400 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
| 4401 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
| 4402 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
| 4405 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 4406 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
| 4407 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4408 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
| 4411 | /// class extensions. |
| 4412 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
| 4413 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4414 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4415 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 4416 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 4417 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 4418 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 4419 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 4420 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 4421 | unsigned &Attributes, |
| 4422 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 4423 | QualType T, |
| 4424 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 4425 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
| 4428 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
| 4429 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
| 4430 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 4431 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4432 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4433 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 4434 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 4435 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 4436 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 4437 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 4438 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 4439 | const unsigned Attributes, |
| 4440 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 4441 | QualType T, |
| 4442 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 4443 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 4444 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
| 4447 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
| 4448 | /// setter or getter. |
| 4449 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4450 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
| 4455 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
| 4456 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
| 4461 | MMS_loose, |
| 4462 | MMS_strict |
| 4463 | }; |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
| 4466 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
| 4467 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4468 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
| 4469 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
| 4472 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
| 4473 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
| 4474 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
| 4475 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
| 4476 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
| 4477 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4478 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 4479 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
| 4480 | bool ImmediateClass, |
| 4481 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
| 4484 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
| 4485 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
| 4486 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
| 4489 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers. |
| 4492 | LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const; |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | private: |
| 4495 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
| 4496 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
| 4497 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
| 4500 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
| 4501 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4502 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4503 | bool instance); |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | public: |
| 4506 | /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
| 4507 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
| 4508 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
| 4509 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
| 4510 | /// returns true. |
| 4511 | bool |
| 4512 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
| 4513 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
| 4514 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
| 4515 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | bool |
| 4518 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
| 4519 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4520 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | void |
| 4523 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
| 4524 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4525 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | private: |
| 4528 | /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
| 4529 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
| 4530 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
| 4531 | bool IsInstance, |
| 4532 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
| 4536 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
| 4537 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
| 4538 | if (RecordFailure) |
| 4539 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
| 4540 | return TypoCorrection(); |
| 4541 | } |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | public: |
| 4544 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
| 4545 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
| 4546 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
| 4547 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
| 4548 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 4549 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
| 4550 | } |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
| 4553 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 4554 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
| 4555 | } |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
| 4558 | /// pool. |
| 4559 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 4562 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 4563 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4564 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 4565 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4566 | /*instance*/true); |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 4570 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 4571 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4572 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 4573 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4574 | /*instance*/false); |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
| 4578 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
| 4579 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
| 4580 | /// implementation. |
| 4581 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
| 4584 | /// initialization. |
| 4585 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
| 4586 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4589 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
| 4590 | public: |
| 4591 | class FullExprArg { |
| 4592 | public: |
| 4593 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
| 4594 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | ExprResult release() { |
| 4597 | return E; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | Expr *operator->() { |
| 4603 | return E; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | private: |
| 4607 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
| 4608 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
| 4609 | friend class Sema; |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | Expr *E; |
| 4614 | }; |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 4617 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
| 4618 | } |
| 4619 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
| 4620 | return FullExprArg( |
| 4621 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get()); |
| 4622 | } |
| 4623 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 4624 | ExprResult FE = |
| 4625 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
| 4626 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
| 4627 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true); |
| 4631 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
| 4634 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 4637 | void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas(); |
| 4638 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 4639 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
| 4640 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
| 4643 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
| 4644 | public: |
| 4645 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
| 4646 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
| 4647 | } |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
| 4650 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | private: |
| 4654 | Sema &S; |
| 4655 | }; |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
| 4658 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
| 4659 | Sema &S; |
| 4660 | bool Active; |
| 4661 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
| 4662 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
| 4663 | if (Active) |
| 4664 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 4665 | } |
| 4666 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
| 4667 | }; |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
| 4670 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4671 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4672 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
| 4673 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
| 4674 | ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val); |
| 4675 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS, |
| 4676 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS, |
| 4677 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
| 4678 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 4681 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4682 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4683 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
| 4684 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | StmtResult BuildAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrsLoc, |
| 4687 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4688 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(const ParsedAttributesWithRange &AttrList, |
| 4689 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 | class ConditionResult; |
| 4692 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 4693 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4694 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4695 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 4696 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 4697 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4698 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4699 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 4700 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 4701 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4702 | ConditionResult Cond, |
| 4703 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4704 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 4705 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
| 4706 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4707 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4708 | Stmt *Body); |
| 4709 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 4710 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
| 4711 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4714 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4715 | Stmt *First, |
| 4716 | ConditionResult Second, |
| 4717 | FullExprArg Third, |
| 4718 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4719 | Stmt *Body); |
| 4720 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
| 4721 | Expr *collection); |
| 4722 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
| 4723 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
| 4724 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4725 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
| 4728 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
| 4729 | BFRK_Build, |
| 4730 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
| 4731 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
| 4732 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
| 4733 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
| 4734 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
| 4735 | BFRK_Check |
| 4736 | }; |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4739 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 4740 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4741 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
| 4742 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
| 4743 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4744 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 4745 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4746 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 4747 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4748 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4749 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
| 4750 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
| 4751 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
| 4752 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4753 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 4754 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 4757 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
| 4758 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 4759 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 4760 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
| 4761 | Expr *DestExp); |
| 4762 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4763 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 4766 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
| 4767 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
| 4768 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 4769 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
| 4770 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params, |
| 4771 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
| 4772 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
| 4773 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
| 4774 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
| 4775 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4776 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | struct NamedReturnInfo { |
| 4779 | const VarDecl *Candidate; |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | enum Status : uint8_t { None, MoveEligible, MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable }; |
| 4782 | Status S; |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | bool isMoveEligible() const { return S != None; }; |
| 4785 | bool isCopyElidable() const { return S == MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable; } |
| 4786 | }; |
| 4787 | enum class SimplerImplicitMoveMode { ForceOff, Normal, ForceOn }; |
| 4788 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo( |
| 4789 | Expr *&E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode Mode = SimplerImplicitMoveMode::Normal); |
| 4790 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(const VarDecl *VD); |
| 4791 | const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(NamedReturnInfo &Info, |
| 4792 | QualType ReturnType); |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | ExprResult |
| 4795 | PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 4796 | const NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, Expr *Value, |
| 4797 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves = false); |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
| 4800 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4801 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
| 4802 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
| 4803 | NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, |
| 4804 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves); |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
| 4807 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
| 4808 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
| 4809 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 4810 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
| 4811 | unsigned NumLabels, |
| 4812 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
| 4815 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
| 4816 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4817 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4818 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 4819 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
| 4820 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
| 4821 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 4822 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
| 4823 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 4824 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 4825 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
| 4826 | StringRef AsmString, |
| 4827 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
| 4828 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
| 4829 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
| 4830 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
| 4831 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4832 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
| 4833 | SourceLocation Location, |
| 4834 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
| 4837 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4838 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4839 | bool Invalid = false); |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
| 4844 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
| 4849 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
| 4852 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
| 4853 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4854 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
| 4855 | Expr *operand); |
| 4856 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4857 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
| 4858 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 4863 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4864 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4865 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
| 4870 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
| 4871 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 4872 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
| 4875 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 4876 | Stmt *Handler); |
| 4877 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4878 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
| 4879 | Stmt *Block); |
| 4880 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 4881 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 4882 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
| 4883 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
| 4890 | /// of it. |
| 4891 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
| 4894 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
| 4895 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
| 4896 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
| 4897 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | /// If VD is set but not otherwise used, diagnose, for a parameter or a |
| 4900 | /// variable. |
| 4901 | void DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
| 4904 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
| 4905 | /// |
| 4906 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
| 4907 | /// if (condition); |
| 4908 | /// do_stuff(); |
| 4909 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 4910 | const Stmt *Body, |
| 4911 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
| 4914 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
| 4915 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
| 4916 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
| 4919 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
| 4920 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 | /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
| 4923 | /// _Nonnull one. |
| 4924 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 4925 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
| 4928 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 4931 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
| 4936 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
| 4937 | ParsingClassDepth++; |
| 4938 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
| 4939 | } |
| 4940 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
| 4941 | ParsingClassDepth--; |
| 4942 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
| 4943 | } |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 4948 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
| 4949 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
| 4950 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
| 4951 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
| 4954 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
| 4957 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4962 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
| 4965 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 4966 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
| 4967 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
| 4968 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
| 4969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr); |
| 4970 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4971 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 4972 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
| 4973 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
| 4974 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4975 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4976 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 4979 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
| 4980 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
| 4981 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
| 4982 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
| 4983 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 4984 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
| 4985 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
| 4986 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
| 4987 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
| 4992 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E); |
| 4995 | void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E); |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
| 5000 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
| 5001 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
| 5002 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
| 5003 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
| 5004 | // named expressions. |
| 5005 | // |
| 5006 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
| 5007 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
| 5008 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
| 5009 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
| 5010 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
| 5011 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
| 5012 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
| 5013 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
| 5014 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
| 5015 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
| 5016 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
| 5017 | void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); |
| 5018 | void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5019 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex); |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E); |
| 5022 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
| 5025 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
| 5026 | }; |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
| 5029 | /// |
| 5030 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
| 5031 | /// |
| 5032 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
| 5033 | /// |
| 5034 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
| 5035 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
| 5036 | /// |
| 5037 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
| 5038 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
| 5039 | /// |
| 5040 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
| 5041 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
| 5042 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
| 5043 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
| 5044 | /// |
| 5045 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
| 5046 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
| 5047 | /// variable can be captured. |
| 5048 | /// |
| 5049 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
| 5050 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
| 5051 | /// captured. |
| 5052 | /// |
| 5053 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 5054 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 5055 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 5056 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 5057 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
| 5058 | /// |
| 5059 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
| 5060 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
| 5061 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
| 5062 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
| 5063 | QualType &CaptureType, |
| 5064 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
| 5065 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
| 5068 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5069 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
| 5070 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | /// Checks if the variable must be captured. |
| 5073 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
| 5076 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
| 5077 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
| 5080 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
| 5081 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
| 5082 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 5083 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
| 5084 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
| 5087 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
| 5088 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
| 5089 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 5090 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
| 5091 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
| 5094 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
| 5095 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the |
| 5098 | /// conversion. |
| 5099 | ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty); |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
| 5102 | /// evaluation context. |
| 5103 | /// |
| 5104 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
| 5105 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
| 5106 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
| 5107 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
| 5108 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
| 5109 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
| 5110 | /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements |
| 5111 | /// are reachable. |
| 5112 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
| 5113 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 | // Primary Expressions. |
| 5116 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
| 5119 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5120 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
| 5121 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr, |
| 5122 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 5125 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
| 5126 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5127 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 | bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R); |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | bool |
| 5132 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
| 5133 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 5134 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 5135 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
| 5138 | IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 5139 | ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
| 5142 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 5143 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5146 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5147 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5148 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
| 5149 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context, |
| 5152 | /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None. |
| 5153 | NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D); |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5156 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5157 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 5158 | DeclRefExpr * |
| 5159 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5160 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5161 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 5162 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5163 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 5164 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5165 | DeclRefExpr * |
| 5166 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5167 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5168 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 5169 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5170 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 5171 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | ExprResult |
| 5174 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
| 5175 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5176 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
| 5177 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
| 5178 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
| 5179 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
| 5180 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( |
| 5183 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R, |
| 5184 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S, |
| 5185 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr); |
| 5186 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5187 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5188 | LookupResult &R, |
| 5189 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5190 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
| 5191 | const Scope *S); |
| 5192 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5193 | const LookupResult &R, |
| 5194 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | ExprResult |
| 5197 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5198 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5199 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
| 5200 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5203 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5204 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5205 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5208 | LookupResult &R, |
| 5209 | bool NeedsADL, |
| 5210 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 5211 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
| 5212 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
| 5213 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5214 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 5215 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
| 5218 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
| 5219 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5220 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
| 5221 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5224 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK); |
| 5225 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5226 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | ExprResult BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5229 | SourceLocation LParen, |
| 5230 | SourceLocation RParen, |
| 5231 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
| 5232 | ExprResult ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5233 | SourceLocation LParen, |
| 5234 | SourceLocation RParen, |
| 5235 | ParsedType ParsedTy); |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5240 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
| 5241 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5242 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
| 5243 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| 5244 | SourceLocation R, |
| 5245 | MultiExprArg Val); |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
| 5248 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
| 5249 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
| 5250 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 5253 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 5254 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5255 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 5256 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
| 5257 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
| 5258 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 5259 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 5260 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5261 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 5262 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
| 5263 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| 5266 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5267 | Expr *InputExpr); |
| 5268 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5269 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
| 5270 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5271 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E); |
| 5274 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5277 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5278 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 5279 | SourceRange R); |
| 5280 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5281 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5282 | ExprResult |
| 5283 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5284 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 5285 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
| 5286 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
| 5289 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5292 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5293 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
| 5294 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5295 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
| 5296 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5297 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
| 5298 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5299 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5300 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5301 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 5304 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 5305 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 5306 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
| 5309 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
| 5310 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
| 5313 | Expr *LowerBound, |
| 5314 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
| 5315 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
| 5316 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
| 5317 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
| 5318 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5319 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5320 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
| 5321 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets); |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | /// Data structure for iterator expression. |
| 5324 | struct OMPIteratorData { |
| 5325 | IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr; |
| 5326 | SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc; |
| 5327 | ParsedType Type; |
| 5328 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range; |
| 5329 | SourceLocation AssignLoc; |
| 5330 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
| 5331 | SourceLocation SecColonLoc; |
| 5332 | }; |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
| 5335 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 5336 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data); |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
| 5339 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
| 5340 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
| 5341 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
| 5342 | // defines a custom operator->). |
| 5343 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
| 5344 | Scope *S; |
| 5345 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
| 5346 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
| 5347 | }; |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
| 5350 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 5351 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5352 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5353 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5354 | const Scope *S, |
| 5355 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | ExprResult |
| 5358 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5359 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5360 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5361 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
| 5362 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5363 | const Scope *S, |
| 5364 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
| 5365 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
| 5368 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5369 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
| 5370 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5371 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
| 5376 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5377 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
| 5380 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5381 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5382 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5383 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| 5384 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5385 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5388 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5389 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5390 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5391 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5392 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
| 5393 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | MemberExpr * |
| 5396 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5397 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5398 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5399 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5400 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
| 5401 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
| 5402 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5403 | MemberExpr * |
| 5404 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5405 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5406 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5407 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5408 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
| 5409 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
| 5410 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
| 5413 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
| 5414 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 5415 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 5416 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5417 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5418 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
| 5419 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 5420 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 5421 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
| 5424 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
| 5425 | /// locations. |
| 5426 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5427 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5428 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr); |
| 5429 | ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5430 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5431 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
| 5432 | bool IsExecConfig = false, |
| 5433 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
| 5434 | Expr *BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, |
| 5435 | MultiExprArg CallArgs); |
| 5436 | enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST }; |
| 5437 | ExprResult |
| 5438 | BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange, |
| 5439 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args, |
| 5440 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op, |
| 5441 | AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API); |
| 5442 | ExprResult |
| 5443 | BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5444 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5445 | Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false, |
| 5446 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
| 5449 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
| 5450 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5453 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
| 5454 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
| 5455 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5456 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 5457 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5458 | Expr *Op); |
| 5459 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
| 5462 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5463 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
| 5464 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5469 | ParsedType Ty, |
| 5470 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5471 | Expr *InitExpr); |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5474 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5475 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5476 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 5479 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
| 5480 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 5483 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
| 5484 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
| 5487 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
| 5488 | bool GNUSyntax, |
| 5489 | ExprResult Init); |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | private: |
| 5492 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | public: |
| 5495 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
| 5496 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5497 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5498 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5499 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5500 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5501 | void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5502 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
| 5507 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
| 5508 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
| 5509 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 5510 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
| 5513 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
| 5514 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
| 5517 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
| 5518 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5519 | ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
| 5520 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth); |
| 5521 | // Handle the final expression in a statement expression. |
| 5522 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E); |
| 5523 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
| 5526 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
| 5527 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
| 5528 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
| 5529 | union { |
| 5530 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
| 5531 | Expr *E; |
| 5532 | } U; |
| 5533 | }; |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
| 5536 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5537 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5538 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 5539 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5540 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
| 5541 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5542 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| 5543 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
| 5544 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 5545 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
| 5548 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5549 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
| 5550 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
| 5553 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
| 5554 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5555 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
| 5556 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 | // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), |
| 5559 | // __builtin_COLUMN() |
| 5560 | ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
| 5561 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5562 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr. |
| 5565 | ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
| 5566 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc, |
| 5567 | DeclContext *ParentContext); |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | // __null |
| 5570 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
| 5575 | enum IfExistsResult { |
| 5576 | /// The symbol exists. |
| 5577 | IER_Exists, |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | /// The symbol does not exist. |
| 5580 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
| 5583 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
| 5584 | IER_Dependent, |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | /// An error occurred. |
| 5587 | IER_Error |
| 5588 | }; |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | IfExistsResult |
| 5591 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5592 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | IfExistsResult |
| 5595 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5596 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5597 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5600 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 5601 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 5602 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 5603 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 5604 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5605 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 5606 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 5607 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
| 5612 | /// started. |
| 5613 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
| 5616 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
| 5617 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
| 5618 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
| 5621 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
| 5622 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
| 5625 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
| 5626 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 5627 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
| 5632 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 5633 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5634 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
| 5639 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 5640 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5641 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5642 | ExprResult BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, |
| 5643 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5644 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
| 5649 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
| 5650 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 5651 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 5652 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
| 5653 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 5654 | UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl); |
| 5655 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
| 5658 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
| 5663 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | private: |
| 5666 | // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category |
| 5667 | // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value |
| 5668 | // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator. |
| 5669 | llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories; |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 5672 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5673 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 5674 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase); |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 | public: |
| 5677 | enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage { |
| 5678 | /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator |
| 5679 | /// was selected. |
| 5680 | OperatorInExpression, |
| 5681 | /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This |
| 5682 | /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit |
| 5683 | /// fallback return value. |
| 5684 | DefaultedOperator, |
| 5685 | }; |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard |
| 5688 | /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=> |
| 5689 | /// builtins for that type. |
| 5690 | /// |
| 5691 | /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the |
| 5692 | /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs |
| 5693 | QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind, |
| 5694 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5695 | ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage); |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
| 5698 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
| 5699 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
| 5702 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
| 5703 | /// |
| 5704 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
| 5705 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
| 5708 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
| 5709 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5712 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5713 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 5714 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
| 5715 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
| 5720 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 5721 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
| 5722 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
| 5723 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5724 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 5725 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | void FilterUsingLookup(Scope *S, LookupResult &lookup); |
| 5728 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
| 5729 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(BaseUsingDecl *BUD, NamedDecl *Target, |
| 5730 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
| 5731 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
| 5732 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, BaseUsingDecl *BUD, |
| 5733 | NamedDecl *Target, |
| 5734 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5737 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
| 5738 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5739 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5740 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 5741 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, bool HasTypename, |
| 5742 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5743 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5744 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5745 | const LookupResult *R = nullptr, |
| 5746 | const UsingDecl *UD = nullptr); |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration( |
| 5749 | Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5750 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5751 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 5752 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation, |
| 5753 | bool IsUsingIfExists); |
| 5754 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5755 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5756 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, |
| 5757 | SourceLocation NameLoc, EnumDecl *ED); |
| 5758 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
| 5759 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
| 5764 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
| 5765 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
| 5766 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
| 5767 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
| 5768 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5771 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5772 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5773 | UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 5774 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 5775 | Decl *ActOnUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5776 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5777 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, const DeclSpec &); |
| 5778 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5779 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 5780 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 5781 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 5782 | TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
| 5785 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
| 5786 | /// |
| 5787 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
| 5788 | ExprResult |
| 5789 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5790 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 5791 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5792 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5793 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 5794 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 5795 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
| 5798 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
| 5799 | ExprResult |
| 5800 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5801 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 5802 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5803 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5804 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 5805 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 5806 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
| 5809 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
| 5810 | ExprResult |
| 5811 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5812 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 5813 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 5814 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5815 | bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5816 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
| 5817 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
| 5823 | /// Return true on error. |
| 5824 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 5825 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
| 5828 | /// the default expr if needed. |
| 5829 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 5830 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 5831 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
| 5834 | /// constructed variable. |
| 5835 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
| 5838 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
| 5839 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
| 5840 | // Pointer to allow copying |
| 5841 | Sema *Self; |
| 5842 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
| 5843 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
| 5844 | // throw() comes next. |
| 5845 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
| 5846 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
| 5847 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
| 5848 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
| 5849 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
| 5850 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | void ClearExceptions() { |
| 5853 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
| 5854 | Exceptions.clear(); |
| 5855 | } |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | public: |
| 5858 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
| 5859 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
| 5860 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 5861 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
| 5862 | } |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | /// Get the computed exception specification type. |
| 5865 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 5866 | assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 5867, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 5867 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 5867, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5868 | return ComputedEST; |
| 5869 | } |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 5872 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 5875 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | /// Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
| 5878 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
| 5881 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); } |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data. |
| 5884 | void CalledStmt(Stmt *S); |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
| 5887 | /// computed exception specification. |
| 5888 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
| 5889 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
| 5890 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
| 5891 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
| 5892 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
| 5893 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
| 5894 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
| 5895 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
| 5896 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
| 5897 | ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse; |
| 5898 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
| 5899 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
| 5900 | } |
| 5901 | return ESI; |
| 5902 | } |
| 5903 | }; |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
| 5906 | /// special member function. |
| 5907 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute |
| 5910 | /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType. |
| 5911 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
| 5912 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST); |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | /// Check the given exception-specification and update the |
| 5915 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
| 5916 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
| 5917 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 5918 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 5919 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 5920 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
| 5921 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
| 5922 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
| 5925 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
| 5926 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
| 5929 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
| 5930 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
| 5931 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
| 5932 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 5933 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
| 5934 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 5935 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 5936 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
| 5941 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
| 5942 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 5943 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
| 5944 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted. |
| 5947 | void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
| 5950 | /// |
| 5951 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5952 | /// default constructor will be added. |
| 5953 | /// |
| 5954 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
| 5955 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
| 5956 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5959 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
| 5960 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5961 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
| 5964 | /// |
| 5965 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5966 | /// destructor will be added. |
| 5967 | /// |
| 5968 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
| 5969 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5972 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
| 5973 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5974 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
| 5977 | /// |
| 5978 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
| 5979 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
| 5980 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | /// Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
| 5983 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 5984 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 | /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
| 5987 | /// |
| 5988 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5989 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
| 5990 | /// |
| 5991 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
| 5992 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5995 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
| 5996 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5997 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
| 6000 | /// |
| 6001 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 6002 | /// move constructor will be added. |
| 6003 | /// |
| 6004 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
| 6005 | /// declared. |
| 6006 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 6009 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
| 6010 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6011 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
| 6014 | /// |
| 6015 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 6016 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
| 6017 | /// |
| 6018 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 6019 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 6022 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6023 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
| 6026 | /// |
| 6027 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 6028 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
| 6029 | /// |
| 6030 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
| 6031 | /// wasn't declared. |
| 6032 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
| 6035 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6036 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
| 6039 | /// class. |
| 6040 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
| 6043 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
| 6046 | /// special member function. |
| 6047 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
| 6050 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
| 6051 | /// |
| 6052 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 6053 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
| 6056 | /// member function. |
| 6057 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
| 6060 | /// static member function. |
| 6061 | /// |
| 6062 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 6063 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
| 6066 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
| 6067 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
| 6068 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate |
| 6071 | /// invocation. |
| 6072 | ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl); |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
| 6075 | QualType DeclInitType, MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
| 6076 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6077 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs, |
| 6078 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 6079 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6082 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 6083 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 6086 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6087 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6088 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6089 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 6090 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6091 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
| 6092 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6095 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
| 6098 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
| 6099 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | // Checks that the vector type should be initialized from a scalar |
| 6102 | // by splatting the value rather than populating a single element. |
| 6103 | // This is the case for AltiVecVector types as well as with |
| 6104 | // AltiVecPixel and AltiVecBool when -faltivec-src-compat=xl is specified. |
| 6105 | bool ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(const VectorType *VecTy); |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | // Checks if the -faltivec-src-compat=gcc option is specified. |
| 6108 | // If so, AltiVecVector, AltiVecBool and AltiVecPixel types are |
| 6109 | // treated the same way as they are when trying to initialize |
| 6110 | // these vectors on gcc (an error is emitted). |
| 6111 | bool CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(SourceRange R, QualType VecTy, |
| 6112 | QualType SrcTy); |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse |
| 6115 | /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's. |
| 6116 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6117 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 6118 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
| 6119 | Declarator &D, |
| 6120 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
| 6121 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6122 | Expr *E, |
| 6123 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6126 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 6127 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 6128 | Expr *E, |
| 6129 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
| 6130 | SourceRange Parens); |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl, |
| 6133 | ExprResult Operand, |
| 6134 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 6137 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6140 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6141 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 6142 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6143 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6144 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6145 | Expr *Operand, |
| 6146 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
| 6149 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6150 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 6151 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 6152 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6155 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6156 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 6157 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6158 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6159 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6160 | Expr *Operand, |
| 6161 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
| 6164 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6165 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 6166 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 6167 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
| 6170 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 6171 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
| 6172 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 6173 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6174 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, |
| 6175 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 6176 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
| 6177 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 6178 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6179 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 6180 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6181 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
| 6184 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context. |
| 6187 | Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit); |
| 6188 | void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This); |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
| 6191 | /// |
| 6192 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 6193 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
| 6196 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
| 6197 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
| 6198 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
| 6201 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
| 6202 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
| 6203 | Sema &S; |
| 6204 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 6205 | bool Enabled; |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | public: |
| 6208 | /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
| 6209 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
| 6210 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
| 6211 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
| 6212 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals, |
| 6213 | bool Enabled = true); |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
| 6216 | }; |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
| 6219 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
| 6220 | /// |
| 6221 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
| 6222 | /// |
| 6223 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
| 6224 | /// capture list. |
| 6225 | /// |
| 6226 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 6227 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 6228 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 6229 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 6230 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
| 6231 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
| 6232 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
| 6233 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
| 6234 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
| 6235 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
| 6236 | bool ByCopy = false); |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
| 6239 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
| 6240 | /// being defined. |
| 6241 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
| 6244 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
| 6248 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | ExprResult |
| 6251 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
| 6252 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
| 6255 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
| 6258 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
| 6259 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
| 6260 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
| 6261 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
| 6264 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
| 6265 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
| 6266 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
| 6267 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
| 6268 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 6269 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 6270 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 6271 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
| 6274 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6275 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 6276 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6277 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
| 6280 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
| 6281 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 6282 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 6283 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 6284 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
| 6285 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 6286 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
| 6287 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 6288 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 6289 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 6290 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
| 6291 | QualType AllocType, |
| 6292 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
| 6293 | Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, |
| 6294 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
| 6295 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 | /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
| 6298 | /// function that is unavailable. |
| 6299 | bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const; |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
| 6302 | /// function that is unavailable. |
| 6303 | void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, |
| 6304 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6307 | SourceRange R); |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | /// The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
| 6310 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
| 6311 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
| 6312 | AFS_Global, |
| 6313 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
| 6314 | /// allocated class. |
| 6315 | AFS_Class, |
| 6316 | /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
| 6317 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
| 6318 | AFS_Both |
| 6319 | }; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
| 6322 | /// for the allocation. |
| 6323 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
| 6324 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
| 6325 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
| 6326 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
| 6327 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
| 6328 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
| 6329 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
| 6330 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 6331 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
| 6332 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
| 6333 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 6336 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
| 6337 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 6338 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6339 | bool CanProvideSize, |
| 6340 | bool Overaligned, |
| 6341 | DeclarationName Name); |
| 6342 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6343 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
| 6346 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6347 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
| 6348 | Expr *Operand); |
| 6349 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6350 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
| 6351 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
| 6352 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
| 6355 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6356 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
| 6357 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
| 6360 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6361 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
| 6362 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6363 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6364 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
| 6365 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
| 6368 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 6369 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 6370 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6371 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
| 6372 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 6373 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 6376 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6377 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 6378 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 6379 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
| 6382 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 6383 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 6384 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6385 | Expr *Queried, |
| 6386 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 6389 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6390 | Expr *Queried, |
| 6391 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
| 6394 | Expr *Base, |
| 6395 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6396 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6397 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
| 6398 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
| 6401 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6402 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6403 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6404 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
| 6405 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6406 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6407 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 6410 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6411 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6412 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6413 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
| 6414 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6415 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6416 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 6419 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6420 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6421 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6422 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
| 6425 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
| 6426 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
| 6427 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
| 6428 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 6429 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
| 6430 | |
| 6431 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
| 6432 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
| 6433 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) { |
| 6436 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr( |
| 6437 | Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue); |
| 6438 | } |
| 6439 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
| 6440 | bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 6441 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
| 6444 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
| 6445 | // Complete an enum decl, maybe without a scope spec. |
| 6446 | bool RequireCompleteEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D, SourceLocation L, |
| 6447 | CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
| 6450 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6451 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 6452 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6453 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
| 6456 | /// |
| 6457 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6458 | /// |
| 6459 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
| 6460 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
| 6461 | /// |
| 6462 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6463 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
| 6466 | /// |
| 6467 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
| 6468 | /// |
| 6469 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6470 | /// |
| 6471 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
| 6472 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
| 6473 | /// |
| 6474 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6475 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 6476 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
| 6479 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
| 6480 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
| 6483 | /// |
| 6484 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
| 6485 | /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
| 6486 | /// a member access expression. |
| 6487 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | /// The identifier preceding the '::'. |
| 6490 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | /// The location of the identifier. |
| 6493 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | /// The location of the '::'. |
| 6496 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | /// Creates info object for the most typical case. |
| 6499 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6500 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
| 6501 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
| 6502 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
| 6503 | } |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6506 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
| 6507 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
| 6508 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
| 6509 | } |
| 6510 | }; |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6513 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6516 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6517 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 6518 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6519 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
| 6520 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
| 6521 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
| 6522 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
| 6525 | /// |
| 6526 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
| 6527 | /// |
| 6528 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
| 6529 | /// nested-name-spec. |
| 6530 | /// |
| 6531 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
| 6532 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
| 6533 | /// |
| 6534 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
| 6535 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
| 6536 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
| 6537 | /// including this new type). |
| 6538 | /// |
| 6539 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
| 6540 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
| 6541 | /// |
| 6542 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
| 6543 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
| 6544 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
| 6545 | /// |
| 6546 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
| 6547 | /// |
| 6548 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6549 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6550 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6551 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 6552 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6553 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
| 6554 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
| 6555 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6560 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6561 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6564 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6565 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
| 6568 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
| 6569 | /// |
| 6570 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
| 6571 | /// |
| 6572 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
| 6573 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
| 6574 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
| 6575 | /// including this new type). |
| 6576 | /// |
| 6577 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
| 6578 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
| 6579 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
| 6580 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
| 6581 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
| 6582 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
| 6583 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6584 | /// |
| 6585 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
| 6586 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 6587 | /// |
| 6588 | /// |
| 6589 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6590 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6591 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6592 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 6593 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
| 6594 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 6595 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 6596 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 6597 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 6598 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6599 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
| 6602 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
| 6603 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 6604 | /// |
| 6605 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
| 6606 | /// |
| 6607 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
| 6608 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
| 6609 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
| 6612 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
| 6613 | /// |
| 6614 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
| 6615 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
| 6616 | /// |
| 6617 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
| 6618 | /// |
| 6619 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
| 6620 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
| 6621 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
| 6622 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
| 6623 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
| 6628 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
| 6629 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
| 6630 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
| 6631 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
| 6632 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
| 6633 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
| 6636 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
| 6637 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
| 6638 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
| 6639 | /// defining scope. |
| 6640 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
| 6643 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
| 6644 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
| 6645 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
| 6646 | /// class X. |
| 6647 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
| 6650 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
| 6651 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | /// Create a new lambda closure type. |
| 6654 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6655 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
| 6656 | bool KnownDependent, |
| 6657 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | /// Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
| 6660 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 6661 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6662 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
| 6663 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 6664 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
| 6665 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
| 6666 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary. |
| 6669 | void handleLambdaNumbering( |
| 6670 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
| 6671 | Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None); |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
| 6674 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
| 6675 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
| 6676 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6677 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
| 6678 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
| 6679 | bool ExplicitParams, |
| 6680 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
| 6681 | bool Mutable); |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
| 6684 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
| 6685 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
| 6686 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6687 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6688 | IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
| 6689 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6690 | Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id, |
| 6691 | InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
| 6692 | } |
| 6693 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6694 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6695 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit, |
| 6696 | Expr *&Init); |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
| 6699 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
| 6700 | /// |
| 6701 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
| 6702 | /// variables appropriately. |
| 6703 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6704 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
| 6705 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6706 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 6707 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope. |
| 6710 | void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
| 6713 | /// given lambda. |
| 6714 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list |
| 6717 | /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a. |
| 6718 | void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 6719 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams, |
| 6720 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 6721 | ExprResult RequiresClause); |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 | /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
| 6724 | void addLambdaParameters( |
| 6725 | ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures, |
| 6726 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 | /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
| 6729 | /// statements present in the body. |
| 6730 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
| 6733 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
| 6734 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
| 6735 | /// lambda. |
| 6736 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
| 6737 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
| 6740 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
| 6741 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 6742 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
| 6745 | /// was successfully completed. |
| 6746 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 6747 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
| 6750 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 | /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a |
| 6753 | /// diagnostic is emitted. |
| 6754 | bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange, |
| 6755 | const sema::Capture &From); |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture. |
| 6758 | FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 | /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression. |
| 6761 | ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture, |
| 6762 | SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc, |
| 6763 | bool IsOpenMPMapping = false); |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
| 6766 | /// lambda body. |
| 6767 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 6768 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
| 6771 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
| 6772 | QualType |
| 6773 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType, |
| 6774 | CallingConv CC); |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
| 6777 | /// function pointer. |
| 6778 | /// |
| 6779 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
| 6780 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
| 6781 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
| 6782 | /// block pointer conversion. |
| 6783 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
| 6784 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
| 6787 | /// block pointer. |
| 6788 | /// |
| 6789 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
| 6790 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
| 6791 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
| 6792 | /// block pointer conversion. |
| 6793 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
| 6794 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6797 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
| 6798 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
| 6799 | Expr *Src); |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression. |
| 6802 | /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and |
| 6803 | /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a |
| 6804 | /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint. |
| 6805 | bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(), |
| 6806 | bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr, |
| 6807 | bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false); |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 | private: |
| 6810 | /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were |
| 6811 | /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in |
| 6812 | /// fact subsume the second's. |
| 6813 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache; |
| 6814 | /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or |
| 6815 | /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the |
| 6816 | /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached |
| 6817 | /// here. |
| 6818 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *> |
| 6819 | NormalizationCache; |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &> |
| 6822 | SatisfactionCache; |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 | public: |
| 6825 | const NormalizedConstraint * |
| 6826 | getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints( |
| 6827 | NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints); |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 | /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are |
| 6830 | /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the |
| 6831 | /// partial ordering of constraints. |
| 6832 | /// |
| 6833 | /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is |
| 6834 | /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise. |
| 6835 | /// |
| 6836 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6837 | bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, |
| 6838 | NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2, |
| 6839 | bool &Result); |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 | /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair |
| 6842 | /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not |
| 6843 | /// repeated in two separate places in code. |
| 6844 | /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise. |
| 6845 | bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1, |
| 6846 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2); |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 | /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are |
| 6849 | /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments. |
| 6850 | /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints |
| 6851 | /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity). |
| 6852 | /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if |
| 6853 | /// they were 'AND'ed together. |
| 6854 | /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the |
| 6855 | /// constraint expression. |
| 6856 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
| 6857 | /// caused the constraints check. |
| 6858 | /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the |
| 6859 | /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied |
| 6860 | /// expression. |
| 6861 | /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked, |
| 6862 | /// false otherwise. |
| 6863 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction( |
| 6864 | const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs, |
| 6865 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 6866 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 | /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is |
| 6869 | /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction |
| 6870 | /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error |
| 6871 | /// occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
| 6872 | /// |
| 6873 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6874 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr, |
| 6875 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is |
| 6878 | /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the |
| 6879 | /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if |
| 6880 | /// an error occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
| 6881 | /// |
| 6882 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6883 | bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 6884 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6885 | SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints |
| 6889 | /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not. |
| 6890 | /// |
| 6891 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
| 6892 | /// provided. |
| 6893 | /// |
| 6894 | /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments. |
| 6895 | /// |
| 6896 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
| 6897 | /// caused the constraints check. |
| 6898 | /// |
| 6899 | /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked |
| 6900 | /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied. |
| 6901 | bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 6902 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 6903 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange); |
| 6904 | |
| 6905 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
| 6906 | /// unsatisfied. |
| 6907 | /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is |
| 6908 | /// diagnosed for this error. |
| 6909 | void |
| 6910 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6911 | bool First = true); |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
| 6914 | /// unsatisfied. |
| 6915 | void |
| 6916 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6917 | bool First = true); |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
| 6920 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
| 6921 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
| 6924 | |
| 6925 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
| 6926 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
| 6927 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
| 6928 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
| 6929 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
| 6930 | bool Value); |
| 6931 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
| 6934 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
| 6935 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
| 6936 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
| 6937 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
| 6938 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
| 6941 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
| 6942 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
| 6943 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
| 6944 | |
| 6945 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
| 6946 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6949 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
| 6950 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6951 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 6952 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
| 6953 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6956 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
| 6957 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6958 | ParsedType Ty, |
| 6959 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6960 | |
| 6961 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
| 6962 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
| 6963 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6964 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
| 6965 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6966 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6967 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
| 6970 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
| 6971 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6972 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
| 6973 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6974 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
| 6975 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6978 | // C++ Declarations |
| 6979 | // |
| 6980 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
| 6981 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 6982 | Expr *LangStr, |
| 6983 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 6984 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
| 6985 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
| 6986 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6990 | // C++ Classes |
| 6991 | // |
| 6992 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
| 6993 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
| 6994 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 6995 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
| 6998 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 6999 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 7002 | Declarator &D, |
| 7003 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7004 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
| 7005 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
| 7008 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
| 7009 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7010 | Expr *Init); |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 7013 | Scope *S, |
| 7014 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7015 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 7016 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 7017 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 7018 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 7019 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 7020 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 7021 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 7022 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 7025 | Scope *S, |
| 7026 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7027 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 7028 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 7029 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 7030 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 7031 | Expr *InitList, |
| 7032 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 7035 | Scope *S, |
| 7036 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7037 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 7038 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 7039 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 7040 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 7041 | Expr *Init, |
| 7042 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
| 7045 | Expr *Init, |
| 7046 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
| 7049 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
| 7050 | Expr *Init, |
| 7051 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 7052 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 7055 | Expr *Init, |
| 7056 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
| 7059 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
| 7060 | |
| 7061 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
| 7062 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | |
| 7067 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
| 7068 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
| 7069 | /// referenced. |
| 7070 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7071 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium |
| 7074 | /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract |
| 7075 | /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's |
| 7076 | /// destructor is referenced. |
| 7077 | void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced( |
| 7078 | SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 7079 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr); |
| 7080 | |
| 7081 | /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted |
| 7082 | /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium |
| 7083 | /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they |
| 7084 | /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset |
| 7085 | /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor. |
| 7086 | void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 7087 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
| 7090 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
| 7091 | /// first use occurred. |
| 7092 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
| 7095 | /// materialized. |
| 7096 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
| 7099 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
| 7100 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
| 7101 | /// by code generation). |
| 7102 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
| 7103 | |
| 7104 | /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
| 7105 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 | /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
| 7108 | /// given location. |
| 7109 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7110 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 | /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
| 7113 | /// in the given class as needed. |
| 7114 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7115 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
| 7118 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
| 7119 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 7120 | bool ConstexprOnly = false); |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
| 7123 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
| 7124 | /// vtables. |
| 7125 | /// |
| 7126 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
| 7127 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
| 7132 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 7133 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
| 7134 | bool AnyErrors); |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
| 7137 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
| 7138 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
| 7139 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 7140 | void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
| 7145 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
| 7146 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
| 7147 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator |
| 7150 | /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name |
| 7151 | /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND. |
| 7152 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord); |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
| 7155 | void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 | /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
| 7158 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD); |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
| 7163 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
| 7164 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 7167 | Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac, |
| 7168 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
| 7169 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 7170 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
| 7171 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(); |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 7174 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template, |
| 7175 | llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope); |
| 7176 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
| 7177 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
| 7178 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
| 7179 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
| 7180 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
| 7181 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
| 7182 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
| 7183 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
| 7184 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 7185 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
| 7188 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
| 7189 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
| 7190 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 7191 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
| 7192 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
| 7193 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
| 7194 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 7195 | bool Failed); |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
| 7198 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
| 7199 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
| 7200 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 7201 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
| 7202 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 7203 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
| 7206 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7207 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 7208 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
| 7209 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7210 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 7211 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
| 7212 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7213 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
| 7214 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
| 7215 | StorageClass &SC); |
| 7216 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD); |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 7221 | CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
| 7222 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD, |
| 7225 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
| 7226 | void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 7227 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
| 7228 | void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 7229 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7232 | // C++ Derived Classes |
| 7233 | // |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
| 7236 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7237 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
| 7238 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
| 7239 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 7240 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
| 7243 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
| 7244 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 7245 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
| 7246 | ParsedType basetype, |
| 7247 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
| 7248 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7251 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
| 7252 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
| 7253 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
| 7256 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7257 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
| 7258 | |
| 7259 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
| 7260 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
| 7261 | |
| 7262 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7263 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 7264 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
| 7265 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
| 7266 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7267 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
| 7268 | unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID, |
| 7269 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 7270 | DeclarationName Name, |
| 7271 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
| 7272 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7277 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
| 7280 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
| 7281 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7282 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
| 7285 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
| 7286 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7287 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
| 7290 | |
| 7291 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
| 7292 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
| 7293 | |
| 7294 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
| 7295 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
| 7296 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent); |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
| 7299 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
| 7300 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
| 7301 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7302 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7306 | // C++ Access Control |
| 7307 | // |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | enum AccessResult { |
| 7310 | AR_accessible, |
| 7311 | AR_inaccessible, |
| 7312 | AR_dependent, |
| 7313 | AR_delayed |
| 7314 | }; |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
| 7317 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
| 7318 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
| 7321 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7322 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
| 7323 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7324 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
| 7325 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
| 7326 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7327 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7328 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 7329 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7330 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 7331 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7332 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 7333 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
| 7334 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7335 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 7336 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7337 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 7338 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
| 7339 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7340 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
| 7341 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
| 7342 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
| 7343 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
| 7344 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 7345 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7346 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
| 7347 | AccessResult |
| 7348 | CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 7349 | CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass, |
| 7350 | DeclAccessPair Field); |
| 7351 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7352 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
| 7353 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
| 7354 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7355 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
| 7356 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7357 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
| 7358 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
| 7359 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
| 7360 | unsigned DiagID, |
| 7361 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
| 7362 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
| 7363 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
| 7364 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7365 | QualType BaseType); |
| 7366 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7367 | DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType, |
| 7368 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7369 | const PartialDiagnostic &Diag); |
| 7370 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7371 | DeclAccessPair Found, |
| 7372 | QualType ObjectType) { |
| 7373 | return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType, |
| 7374 | SourceLocation(), PDiag()); |
| 7375 | } |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
| 7378 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 7379 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
| 7380 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 | /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
| 7385 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
| 7386 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
| 7389 | AbstractNone = -1, |
| 7390 | AbstractReturnType, |
| 7391 | AbstractParamType, |
| 7392 | AbstractVariableType, |
| 7393 | AbstractFieldType, |
| 7394 | AbstractIvarType, |
| 7395 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
| 7396 | AbstractArrayType |
| 7397 | }; |
| 7398 | |
| 7399 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 7400 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 7401 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 7402 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 7403 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 7404 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 7405 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 7406 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 7407 | } |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7412 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
| 7413 | // |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
| 7418 | |
| 7419 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7420 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
| 7421 | // |
| 7422 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
| 7423 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7424 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
| 7425 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
| 7426 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7427 | bool AllowDependent = true, |
| 7428 | bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false); |
| 7429 | /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name. |
| 7430 | /// |
| 7431 | /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup. |
| 7432 | /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be |
| 7433 | /// considered valid results. |
| 7434 | /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might |
| 7435 | /// name templates) should be considered valid results. |
| 7436 | static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D, |
| 7437 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7438 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 | enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired }; |
| 7441 | /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup. |
| 7442 | class RequiredTemplateKind { |
| 7443 | public: |
| 7444 | /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid. |
| 7445 | RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation()) |
| 7446 | : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {} |
| 7447 | /// Template name is unconditionally required. |
| 7448 | RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) : TemplateKW() {} |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
| 7451 | return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation()); |
| 7452 | } |
| 7453 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
| 7454 | bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); } |
| 7455 | explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); } |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | private: |
| 7458 | llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW; |
| 7459 | }; |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | enum class AssumedTemplateKind { |
| 7462 | /// This is not assumed to be a template name. |
| 7463 | None, |
| 7464 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing. |
| 7465 | FoundNothing, |
| 7466 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more |
| 7467 | /// functions (but no function templates). |
| 7468 | FoundFunctions, |
| 7469 | }; |
| 7470 | bool LookupTemplateName( |
| 7471 | LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType, |
| 7472 | bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
| 7473 | RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(), |
| 7474 | AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true); |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
| 7477 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7478 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
| 7479 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 7480 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
| 7481 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 7482 | TemplateTy &Template, |
| 7483 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
| 7484 | bool Disambiguation = false); |
| 7485 | |
| 7486 | /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template. |
| 7487 | /// |
| 7488 | /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates |
| 7489 | /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to |
| 7490 | /// the corresponding kind, if possible. |
| 7491 | void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name, |
| 7492 | TemplateNameKind &TNK, |
| 7493 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7494 | IdentifierInfo *&II); |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 | bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name, |
| 7497 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7498 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
| 7501 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
| 7502 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
| 7503 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7504 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7507 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7508 | Scope *S, |
| 7509 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 7510 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
| 7511 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 7514 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
| 7515 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
| 7516 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
| 7517 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
| 7518 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 7519 | bool Complain = true); |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
| 7522 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
| 7525 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 7526 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 7527 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 7528 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
| 7529 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
| 7530 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7531 | ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint); |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7534 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
| 7535 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7536 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7537 | bool BuildTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7538 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
| 7539 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7540 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 7541 | bool AllowUnexpandedPack); |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS, |
| 7544 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 7545 | ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
| 7546 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 7547 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7548 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL, |
| 7551 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7552 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7553 | |
| 7554 | bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
| 7557 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7558 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 7561 | unsigned Depth, |
| 7562 | unsigned Position, |
| 7563 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7564 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
| 7565 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
| 7566 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
| 7567 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7568 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 7569 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 7570 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
| 7571 | unsigned Depth, |
| 7572 | unsigned Position, |
| 7573 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7574 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 | TemplateParameterList * |
| 7577 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
| 7578 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 7579 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7580 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7581 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
| 7582 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7583 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
| 7586 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
| 7587 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
| 7588 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
| 7589 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
| 7590 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
| 7591 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
| 7592 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
| 7593 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
| 7594 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
| 7595 | }; |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
| 7598 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
| 7599 | TemplateParamListContext TPC, |
| 7600 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7601 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| 7602 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
| 7603 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
| 7604 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
| 7605 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid, |
| 7606 | bool SuppressDiagnostic = false); |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate( |
| 7609 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7610 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7611 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
| 7612 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 7613 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
| 7614 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
| 7615 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7618 | QualType NTTPType, |
| 7619 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7620 | |
| 7621 | /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself, |
| 7622 | /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template |
| 7623 | /// argument referencing X. |
| 7624 | TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param, |
| 7625 | SourceLocation Location); |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
| 7628 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
| 7635 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7636 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 | TypeResult |
| 7639 | ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7640 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
| 7641 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7642 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7643 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false); |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
| 7646 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
| 7647 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
| 7648 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
| 7649 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 7650 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7651 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7652 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
| 7653 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7654 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7655 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
| 7656 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7659 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
| 7660 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
| 7661 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
| 7662 | |
| 7663 | /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to |
| 7664 | /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments |
| 7665 | /// are dependent. |
| 7666 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7667 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7668 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 7669 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template |
| 7672 | /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result |
| 7673 | /// if the arguments are dependent. |
| 7674 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7675 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 7676 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7677 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7678 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | ExprResult |
| 7681 | CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7682 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7683 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo, |
| 7684 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
| 7685 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7686 | |
| 7687 | void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7688 | |
| 7689 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7690 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7691 | LookupResult &R, |
| 7692 | bool RequiresADL, |
| 7693 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7696 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7697 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 7698 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName( |
| 7701 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7702 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
| 7703 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
| 7704 | |
| 7705 | DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7706 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7707 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7708 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 7709 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7710 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7711 | |
| 7712 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7713 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
| 7714 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
| 7715 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
| 7716 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
| 7717 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
| 7718 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
| 7719 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
| 7720 | |
| 7721 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
| 7722 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7723 | Declarator &D); |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 | bool |
| 7726 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
| 7727 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
| 7728 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 7729 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
| 7730 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
| 7731 | bool &SuppressNew); |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 7734 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 7735 | LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7738 | FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 7739 | LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false); |
| 7740 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7741 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation( |
| 7744 | Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7745 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7746 | TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 7747 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 7748 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 7751 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7752 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7753 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 7754 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7755 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
| 7758 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 7759 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7760 | Declarator &D); |
| 7761 | |
| 7762 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
| 7763 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7764 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7765 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7766 | Decl *Param, |
| 7767 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
| 7768 | &Converted, |
| 7769 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
| 7770 | |
| 7771 | /// Specifies the context in which a particular template |
| 7772 | /// argument is being checked. |
| 7773 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
| 7774 | /// The template argument was specified in the code or was |
| 7775 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
| 7776 | CTAK_Specified, |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 | /// The template argument was deduced via template argument |
| 7779 | /// deduction. |
| 7780 | CTAK_Deduced, |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
| 7783 | /// via template argument deduction. |
| 7784 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
| 7785 | }; |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
| 7788 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
| 7789 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 7790 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7791 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7792 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
| 7793 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 7794 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 | /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
| 7797 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
| 7798 | /// |
| 7799 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
| 7800 | /// provided. |
| 7801 | /// |
| 7802 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
| 7803 | /// |
| 7804 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
| 7805 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
| 7806 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
| 7807 | /// arguments. |
| 7808 | /// |
| 7809 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
| 7810 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
| 7811 | /// set of template arguments. |
| 7812 | /// |
| 7813 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
| 7814 | /// arguments. |
| 7815 | /// |
| 7816 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
| 7817 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
| 7818 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
| 7819 | /// |
| 7820 | /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occured, will |
| 7821 | /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of |
| 7822 | /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments. |
| 7823 | /// |
| 7824 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 7825 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7826 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7827 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
| 7828 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
| 7829 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 7830 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true, |
| 7831 | bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr); |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
| 7834 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
| 7835 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
| 7836 | |
| 7837 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
| 7838 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 7839 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
| 7840 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
| 7841 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
| 7842 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 7843 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7844 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 | ExprResult |
| 7847 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7848 | QualType ParamType, |
| 7849 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7850 | ExprResult |
| 7851 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7852 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7853 | |
| 7854 | /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
| 7855 | /// for equality. |
| 7856 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
| 7857 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
| 7858 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
| 7859 | /// |
| 7860 | /// \code |
| 7861 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
| 7862 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
| 7863 | /// \endcode |
| 7864 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
| 7867 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
| 7868 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
| 7869 | /// |
| 7870 | /// \code |
| 7871 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
| 7872 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
| 7873 | /// \endcode |
| 7874 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
| 7877 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
| 7878 | /// template parameter. |
| 7879 | /// |
| 7880 | /// \code |
| 7881 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
| 7882 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
| 7883 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
| 7884 | /// \endcode |
| 7885 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
| 7886 | }; |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
| 7889 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
| 7890 | bool Complain, |
| 7891 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
| 7892 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
| 7893 | = SourceLocation()); |
| 7894 | |
| 7895 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
| 7898 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
| 7899 | /// |
| 7900 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
| 7901 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
| 7902 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
| 7903 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
| 7904 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
| 7905 | TypeResult |
| 7906 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 7907 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7908 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
| 7909 | |
| 7910 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
| 7911 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
| 7912 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
| 7913 | /// |
| 7914 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
| 7915 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
| 7916 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
| 7917 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
| 7918 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
| 7919 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
| 7920 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
| 7921 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
| 7922 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
| 7923 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
| 7924 | TypeResult |
| 7925 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 7926 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7927 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7928 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
| 7929 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
| 7930 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
| 7931 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7932 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 7933 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 7936 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 7937 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 7938 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7939 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7940 | TypeSourceInfo **TSI, |
| 7941 | bool DeducedTSTContext); |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 7944 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 7945 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 7946 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7947 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7948 | bool DeducedTSTContext = true); |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 7952 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7953 | DeclarationName Name); |
| 7954 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
| 7957 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
| 7958 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | std::string |
| 7961 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7962 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 7963 | |
| 7964 | std::string |
| 7965 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7966 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
| 7967 | unsigned NumArgs); |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7970 | // C++ Concepts |
| 7971 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7972 | Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition( |
| 7973 | Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7974 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr); |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | RequiresExprBodyDecl * |
| 7977 | ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
| 7978 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
| 7979 | Scope *BodyScope); |
| 7980 | void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr(); |
| 7981 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E); |
| 7982 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement( |
| 7983 | SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7984 | IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId); |
| 7985 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E, |
| 7986 | SourceLocation NoexceptLoc); |
| 7987 | concepts::Requirement * |
| 7988 | ActOnCompoundRequirement( |
| 7989 | Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7990 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth); |
| 7991 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint); |
| 7992 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
| 7993 | BuildExprRequirement( |
| 7994 | Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
| 7995 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
| 7996 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
| 7997 | BuildExprRequirement( |
| 7998 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag, |
| 7999 | bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
| 8000 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
| 8001 | concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type); |
| 8002 | concepts::TypeRequirement * |
| 8003 | BuildTypeRequirement( |
| 8004 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
| 8005 | concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E); |
| 8006 | concepts::NestedRequirement * |
| 8007 | BuildNestedRequirement( |
| 8008 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
| 8009 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
| 8010 | RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body, |
| 8011 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
| 8012 | ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements, |
| 8013 | SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc); |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8016 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
| 8017 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8018 | |
| 8019 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
| 8020 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
| 8021 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
| 8022 | |
| 8023 | /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
| 8024 | /// being diagnosed. |
| 8025 | /// |
| 8026 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
| 8027 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
| 8028 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
| 8029 | /// An arbitrary expression. |
| 8030 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | /// The base type of a class type. |
| 8033 | UPPC_BaseType, |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 | /// The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
| 8036 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 | /// The type of a data member. |
| 8039 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | /// The size of a bit-field. |
| 8042 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
| 8043 | |
| 8044 | /// The expression in a static assertion. |
| 8045 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
| 8046 | |
| 8047 | /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
| 8048 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | /// The enumerator value. |
| 8051 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | /// A using declaration. |
| 8054 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 | /// A friend declaration. |
| 8057 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | /// A declaration qualifier. |
| 8060 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 | /// An initializer. |
| 8063 | UPPC_Initializer, |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | /// A default argument. |
| 8066 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 | /// The type of a non-type template parameter. |
| 8069 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | /// The type of an exception. |
| 8072 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | /// Partial specialization. |
| 8075 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
| 8076 | |
| 8077 | /// Microsoft __if_exists. |
| 8078 | UPPC_IfExists, |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 | /// Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
| 8081 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | /// Lambda expression. |
| 8084 | UPPC_Lambda, |
| 8085 | |
| 8086 | /// Block expression. |
| 8087 | UPPC_Block, |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 | /// A type constraint. |
| 8090 | UPPC_TypeConstraint, |
| 8091 | |
| 8092 | // A requirement in a requires-expression. |
| 8093 | UPPC_Requirement, |
| 8094 | |
| 8095 | // A requires-clause. |
| 8096 | UPPC_RequiresClause, |
| 8097 | }; |
| 8098 | |
| 8099 | /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8100 | /// |
| 8101 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
| 8102 | /// |
| 8103 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
| 8104 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8105 | /// |
| 8106 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8107 | /// |
| 8108 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8109 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8110 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
| 8111 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
| 8112 | |
| 8113 | /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8114 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8115 | /// |
| 8116 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
| 8117 | /// |
| 8118 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
| 8119 | /// packs. |
| 8120 | /// |
| 8121 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8122 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 8123 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 | /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 8126 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8127 | /// |
| 8128 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8129 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8130 | /// |
| 8131 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8132 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
| 8133 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 | /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one |
| 8136 | /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error. |
| 8137 | /// |
| 8138 | /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8139 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8140 | /// |
| 8141 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8142 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE); |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
| 8145 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8146 | /// |
| 8147 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
| 8148 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8149 | /// |
| 8150 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8151 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 8152 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8153 | |
| 8154 | /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8155 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8156 | /// |
| 8157 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
| 8158 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8159 | /// |
| 8160 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8161 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 8162 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8163 | |
| 8164 | /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8165 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8166 | /// |
| 8167 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
| 8168 | /// |
| 8169 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8170 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8171 | /// |
| 8172 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8173 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8174 | TemplateName Template, |
| 8175 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 8178 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8179 | /// |
| 8180 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8181 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8182 | /// |
| 8183 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8184 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
| 8185 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8186 | |
| 8187 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8188 | /// template argument. |
| 8189 | /// |
| 8190 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
| 8191 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8192 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
| 8193 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8196 | /// template argument. |
| 8197 | /// |
| 8198 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
| 8199 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8200 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
| 8201 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8204 | /// type. |
| 8205 | /// |
| 8206 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
| 8207 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8208 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
| 8209 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8212 | /// type. |
| 8213 | /// |
| 8214 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
| 8215 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8216 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
| 8217 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8220 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 8221 | /// |
| 8222 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
| 8223 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8224 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 8225 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8228 | /// name. |
| 8229 | /// |
| 8230 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
| 8231 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8232 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 8233 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8234 | |
| 8235 | /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
| 8236 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
| 8237 | /// |
| 8238 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
| 8239 | /// may already be invalid. |
| 8240 | /// |
| 8241 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8242 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 8243 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 | /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8246 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8247 | /// |
| 8248 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8249 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8250 | /// |
| 8251 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8252 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
| 8255 | /// expansion. |
| 8256 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
| 8257 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8258 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
| 8261 | /// expansion. |
| 8262 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
| 8263 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
| 8264 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8265 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8268 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8269 | /// |
| 8270 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8271 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8272 | /// |
| 8273 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8274 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8277 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8278 | /// |
| 8279 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8280 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8281 | /// |
| 8282 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8283 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8284 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
| 8287 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
| 8288 | /// transforming the pattern. |
| 8289 | /// |
| 8290 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
| 8291 | /// pack expansion. |
| 8292 | /// |
| 8293 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
| 8294 | /// the pack expansion. |
| 8295 | /// |
| 8296 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
| 8297 | /// pattern. |
| 8298 | /// |
| 8299 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
| 8300 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
| 8301 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
| 8302 | /// |
| 8303 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
| 8304 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
| 8305 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
| 8306 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
| 8307 | /// |
| 8308 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
| 8309 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
| 8310 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
| 8311 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
| 8312 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
| 8313 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
| 8314 | /// set this value in other cases. |
| 8315 | /// |
| 8316 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
| 8317 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
| 8318 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
| 8319 | /// must be set. |
| 8320 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8321 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
| 8322 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
| 8323 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8324 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
| 8325 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
| 8326 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 | /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
| 8329 | /// type. |
| 8330 | /// |
| 8331 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
| 8332 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
| 8333 | /// |
| 8334 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
| 8335 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
| 8336 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 8337 | |
| 8338 | /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
| 8339 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8340 | /// |
| 8341 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
| 8342 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
| 8343 | /// |
| 8344 | /// \code |
| 8345 | /// void f(T...); |
| 8346 | /// \endcode |
| 8347 | /// |
| 8348 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
| 8349 | /// a variadic function. |
| 8350 | /// |
| 8351 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
| 8352 | /// false otherwise. |
| 8353 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 | /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
| 8356 | /// |
| 8357 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
| 8358 | /// |
| 8359 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
| 8360 | /// |
| 8361 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
| 8362 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
| 8363 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
| 8364 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
| 8365 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
| 8366 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
| 8369 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
| 8370 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
| 8371 | /// |
| 8372 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
| 8373 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
| 8374 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
| 8375 | |
| 8376 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8377 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
| 8378 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8379 | |
| 8380 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
| 8381 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
| 8382 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
| 8383 | /// types. |
| 8384 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
| 8385 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | /// Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
| 8388 | /// |
| 8389 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
| 8390 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
| 8391 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
| 8392 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
| 8393 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
| 8394 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
| 8395 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
| 8396 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
| 8397 | /// Template argument deduction was successful. |
| 8398 | TDK_Success = 0, |
| 8399 | /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
| 8400 | TDK_Invalid, |
| 8401 | /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
| 8402 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
| 8403 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
| 8404 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
| 8405 | /// for every template parameter. |
| 8406 | TDK_Incomplete, |
| 8407 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every |
| 8408 | /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack. |
| 8409 | TDK_IncompletePack, |
| 8410 | /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
| 8411 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
| 8412 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
| 8413 | /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
| 8414 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
| 8415 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
| 8416 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
| 8417 | TDK_Underqualified, |
| 8418 | /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
| 8419 | /// resulted in an error. |
| 8420 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
| 8421 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
| 8422 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
| 8423 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
| 8424 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
| 8425 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
| 8426 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
| 8427 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
| 8428 | /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
| 8429 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
| 8430 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
| 8431 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
| 8432 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
| 8433 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
| 8434 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
| 8435 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
| 8436 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
| 8437 | /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
| 8438 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
| 8439 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
| 8440 | /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
| 8441 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
| 8442 | /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated |
| 8443 | /// with the template. |
| 8444 | TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied, |
| 8445 | /// Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
| 8446 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
| 8447 | /// CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
| 8448 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
| 8449 | }; |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8452 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
| 8453 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8454 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8457 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
| 8458 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8459 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
| 8462 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8463 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8464 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
| 8465 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
| 8466 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8467 | |
| 8468 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
| 8469 | // deduction for a call. |
| 8470 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
| 8471 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
| 8472 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
| 8473 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
| 8474 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
| 8475 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
| 8478 | bool DecomposedParam; |
| 8479 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
| 8480 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
| 8481 | }; |
| 8482 | |
| 8483 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
| 8484 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8485 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
| 8486 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8487 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8488 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
| 8489 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 8490 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
| 8493 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8494 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 8495 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8496 | bool PartialOverloading, |
| 8497 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8500 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8501 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8502 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
| 8503 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8504 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8505 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8508 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8509 | QualType ToType, |
| 8510 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8511 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8514 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8515 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8516 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8517 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8518 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 | /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
| 8521 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
| 8522 | /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
| 8523 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
| 8524 | QualType Replacement); |
| 8525 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
| 8526 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
| 8527 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
| 8528 | TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
| 8529 | QualType Replacement); |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | /// Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
| 8532 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
| 8533 | DAR_Succeeded, |
| 8534 | DAR_Failed, |
| 8535 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
| 8536 | }; |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | DeduceAutoResult |
| 8539 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
| 8540 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
| 8541 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
| 8542 | DeduceAutoResult |
| 8543 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
| 8544 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
| 8545 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
| 8546 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
| 8547 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8548 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 8549 | |
| 8550 | /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
| 8551 | /// not already done so. |
| 8552 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8553 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
| 8556 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 8557 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
| 8558 | |
| 8559 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
| 8560 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 8561 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
| 8562 | Expr *Init); |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 8567 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
| 8568 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate( |
| 8571 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8572 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
| 8573 | unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false); |
| 8574 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
| 8575 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
| 8576 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
| 8577 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8578 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
| 8579 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
| 8580 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
| 8581 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
| 8584 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
| 8585 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
| 8586 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
| 8587 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8588 | |
| 8589 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
| 8590 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8591 | |
| 8592 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
| 8593 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
| 8594 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
| 8597 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
| 8600 | TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced, |
| 8603 | unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
| 8604 | |
| 8605 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8606 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
| 8607 | unsigned Depth, |
| 8608 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
| 8609 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
| 8610 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8611 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
| 8612 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
| 8613 | } |
| 8614 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 8615 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8616 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
| 8617 | |
| 8618 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8619 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
| 8620 | // |
| 8621 | |
| 8622 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
| 8623 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
| 8624 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
| 8625 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
| 8626 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
| 8629 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
| 8630 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
| 8631 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
| 8632 | /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
| 8633 | enum SynthesisKind { |
| 8634 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
| 8635 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
| 8636 | TemplateInstantiation, |
| 8637 | |
| 8638 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
| 8639 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
| 8640 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
| 8641 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
| 8642 | /// specified. |
| 8643 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
| 8646 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
| 8647 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
| 8648 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
| 8649 | |
| 8650 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
| 8651 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
| 8652 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
| 8655 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
| 8656 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
| 8657 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
| 8658 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
| 8659 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
| 8662 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
| 8663 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
| 8664 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8665 | |
| 8666 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
| 8667 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
| 8668 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 | /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special |
| 8671 | /// member function. |
| 8672 | ExceptionSpecEvaluation, |
| 8673 | |
| 8674 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
| 8675 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
| 8676 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 | /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression. |
| 8679 | RequirementInstantiation, |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 | /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires |
| 8682 | /// expression. |
| 8683 | NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck, |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
| 8686 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 | /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted |
| 8689 | /// 'operator<=>'. |
| 8690 | DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison, |
| 8691 | |
| 8692 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
| 8693 | /// member). |
| 8694 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or |
| 8697 | // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that |
| 8698 | // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant |
| 8699 | // evaluated. |
| 8700 | ConstraintsCheck, |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 | // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression. |
| 8703 | ConstraintSubstitution, |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | // We are normalizing a constraint expression. |
| 8706 | ConstraintNormalization, |
| 8707 | |
| 8708 | // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint |
| 8709 | // during normalization. |
| 8710 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, |
| 8711 | |
| 8712 | /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>. |
| 8713 | RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship, |
| 8714 | |
| 8715 | /// We are initializing a structured binding. |
| 8716 | InitializingStructuredBinding, |
| 8717 | |
| 8718 | /// We are marking a class as __dllexport. |
| 8719 | MarkingClassDllexported, |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
| 8722 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
| 8723 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
| 8724 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
| 8725 | Memoization |
| 8726 | } Kind; |
| 8727 | |
| 8728 | /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
| 8729 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 8730 | |
| 8731 | /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
| 8732 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
| 8733 | |
| 8734 | /// The entity that is being synthesized. |
| 8735 | Decl *Entity; |
| 8736 | |
| 8737 | /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
| 8738 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
| 8739 | /// arguments. |
| 8740 | NamedDecl *Template; |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 | /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
| 8743 | /// are not part of the entity. |
| 8744 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
| 8747 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
| 8748 | union { |
| 8749 | /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
| 8750 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
| 8751 | |
| 8752 | /// The special member being declared or defined. |
| 8753 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
| 8754 | }; |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 8757 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 8758 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
| 8759 | } |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 | /// The template deduction info object associated with the |
| 8762 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
| 8763 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 | /// The source range that covers the construct that cause |
| 8766 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
| 8767 | /// template instantiation. |
| 8768 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
| 8769 | |
| 8770 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
| 8771 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), |
| 8772 | SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr), |
| 8773 | Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), |
| 8774 | DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
| 8775 | |
| 8776 | /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
| 8777 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
| 8778 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
| 8779 | }; |
| 8780 | |
| 8781 | /// List of active code synthesis contexts. |
| 8782 | /// |
| 8783 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
| 8784 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
| 8785 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
| 8788 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
| 8791 | /// by some template instantiation. |
| 8792 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
| 8795 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
| 8796 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
| 8799 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
| 8800 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
| 8801 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
| 8804 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
| 8805 | /// template defined within it. |
| 8806 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
| 8807 | |
| 8808 | /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
| 8809 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
| 8810 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
| 8813 | /// template instantiation. |
| 8814 | /// |
| 8815 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
| 8816 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
| 8817 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 | /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
| 8820 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
| 8821 | /// instantiation depth. |
| 8822 | /// |
| 8823 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
| 8824 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
| 8825 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
| 8826 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 | /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
| 8829 | /// error or warning was produced. |
| 8830 | /// |
| 8831 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
| 8832 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
| 8833 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
| 8834 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
| 8837 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
| 8838 | /// |
| 8839 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
| 8840 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
| 8841 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
| 8842 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
| 8843 | |
| 8844 | /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
| 8845 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
| 8846 | /// |
| 8847 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
| 8848 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
| 8849 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
| 8850 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8851 | |
| 8852 | /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
| 8853 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
| 8854 | /// |
| 8855 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
| 8856 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
| 8857 | Sema &Self; |
| 8858 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 | public: |
| 8861 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
| 8862 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
| 8863 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8864 | } |
| 8865 | |
| 8866 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
| 8867 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8868 | } |
| 8869 | }; |
| 8870 | |
| 8871 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
| 8874 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
| 8875 | /// deduction. |
| 8876 | /// |
| 8877 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
| 8878 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
| 8879 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
| 8880 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
| 8881 | |
| 8882 | /// A stack object to be created when performing template |
| 8883 | /// instantiation. |
| 8884 | /// |
| 8885 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
| 8886 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
| 8887 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
| 8888 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
| 8889 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
| 8890 | /// |
| 8891 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
| 8892 | /// the stack. |
| 8893 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
| 8894 | /// Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
| 8895 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
| 8896 | /// or a member thereof. |
| 8897 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8898 | Decl *Entity, |
| 8899 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8900 | |
| 8901 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
| 8902 | /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
| 8903 | /// of a function template. |
| 8904 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8905 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
| 8906 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8907 | |
| 8908 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
| 8909 | /// template-id. |
| 8910 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8911 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8912 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8913 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 | /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
| 8916 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
| 8917 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8918 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8919 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8920 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
| 8921 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8922 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8923 | |
| 8924 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8925 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
| 8926 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8927 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8928 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8929 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8930 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8931 | |
| 8932 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8933 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
| 8934 | /// specialization. |
| 8935 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8936 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
| 8937 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8938 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8939 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8940 | |
| 8941 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8942 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
| 8943 | /// specialization. |
| 8944 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8945 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
| 8946 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8947 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8948 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
| 8951 | /// parameter. |
| 8952 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8953 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 8954 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8955 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
| 8958 | /// non-type parameter. |
| 8959 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8960 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8961 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 8962 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8963 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8964 | |
| 8965 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
| 8966 | /// template template parameter. |
| 8967 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8968 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8969 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 8970 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8971 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 | /// Note that we are checking the default template argument |
| 8974 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
| 8975 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8976 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8977 | NamedDecl *Param, |
| 8978 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8979 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 | struct ConstraintsCheck {}; |
| 8982 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some |
| 8983 | /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated |
| 8984 | /// constraints). |
| 8985 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8986 | ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8987 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8988 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 | struct ConstraintSubstitution {}; |
| 8991 | /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated |
| 8992 | /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a |
| 8993 | /// concept. |
| 8994 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8995 | ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8996 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8997 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 | struct ConstraintNormalization {}; |
| 9000 | /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression. |
| 9001 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9002 | ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 9003 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 9004 | |
| 9005 | struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {}; |
| 9006 | /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an |
| 9007 | /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization. |
| 9008 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9009 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 9010 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of |
| 9013 | /// a requirement of a requires expression. |
| 9014 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9015 | concepts::Requirement *Req, |
| 9016 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 9017 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint |
| 9020 | /// expression inside of a nested requirement. |
| 9021 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9022 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck, |
| 9023 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 | /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
| 9026 | void Clear(); |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
| 9029 | |
| 9030 | /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
| 9031 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
| 9032 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
| 9033 | |
| 9034 | /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
| 9035 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
| 9036 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
| 9037 | |
| 9038 | private: |
| 9039 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 9040 | bool Invalid; |
| 9041 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
| 9042 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9043 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
| 9046 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
| 9047 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
| 9048 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
| 9049 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
| 9050 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
| 9051 | |
| 9052 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
| 9053 | |
| 9054 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
| 9055 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
| 9056 | }; |
| 9057 | |
| 9058 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
| 9059 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
| 9060 | |
| 9061 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
| 9062 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
| 9063 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
| 9064 | } |
| 9065 | |
| 9066 | void PrintContextStack() { |
| 9067 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
| 9068 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
| 9069 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
| 9070 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
| 9071 | } |
| 9072 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
| 9073 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
| 9074 | } |
| 9075 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
| 9076 | |
| 9077 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
| 9080 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
| 9081 | /// errors. |
| 9082 | /// |
| 9083 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
| 9084 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
| 9085 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
| 9086 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
| 9087 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
| 9090 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
| 9091 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
| 9092 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 9093 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 9094 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
| 9095 | } |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 | /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
| 9098 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
| 9099 | /// deduction. |
| 9100 | class SFINAETrap { |
| 9101 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 9102 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 9103 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 9104 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 9105 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 | public: |
| 9108 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
| 9109 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
| 9110 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
| 9111 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
| 9112 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
| 9113 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
| 9114 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
| 9115 | { |
| 9116 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
| 9117 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
| 9118 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 9119 | } |
| 9120 | |
| 9121 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
| 9122 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 9123 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
| 9124 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 9125 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 9126 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
| 9127 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
| 9128 | } |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 | /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
| 9131 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
| 9132 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 9133 | } |
| 9134 | }; |
| 9135 | |
| 9136 | /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
| 9137 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
| 9138 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
| 9139 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
| 9140 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
| 9141 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 9142 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
| 9143 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
| 9144 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9145 | public: |
| 9146 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
| 9147 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
| 9148 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
| 9149 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
| 9150 | } |
| 9151 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
| 9152 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9153 | } |
| 9154 | }; |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 | /// The current instantiation scope used to store local |
| 9157 | /// variables. |
| 9158 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
| 9159 | |
| 9160 | /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
| 9161 | /// disabled. |
| 9162 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
| 9165 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
| 9168 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 | /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
| 9171 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
| 9172 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
| 9173 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
| 9174 | |
| 9175 | /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
| 9176 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
| 9177 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 | /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
| 9180 | /// |
| 9181 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
| 9182 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
| 9183 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
| 9184 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
| 9185 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
| 9186 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
| 9187 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
| 9190 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
| 9191 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
| 9194 | /// eagerly. |
| 9195 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
| 9196 | |
| 9197 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
| 9198 | public: |
| 9199 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
| 9200 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
| 9201 | if (!Enabled) return; |
| 9202 | |
| 9203 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
| 9204 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
| 9205 | } |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 | void perform() { |
| 9208 | if (Enabled) { |
| 9209 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
| 9210 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
| 9211 | } |
| 9212 | } |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
| 9215 | if (!Enabled) return; |
| 9216 | |
| 9217 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
| 9218 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9219, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 9219 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9219, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 9220 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
| 9221 | |
| 9222 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
| 9223 | if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) { |
| 9224 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9225, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 9225 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9225, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 9226 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
| 9227 | } else { |
| 9228 | // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU. |
| 9229 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
| 9230 | S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(), |
| 9231 | SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(), |
| 9232 | SavedPendingInstantiations.end()); |
| 9233 | } |
| 9234 | } |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 | private: |
| 9237 | Sema &S; |
| 9238 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
| 9239 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
| 9240 | bool Enabled; |
| 9241 | }; |
| 9242 | |
| 9243 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
| 9244 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
| 9245 | /// |
| 9246 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
| 9247 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
| 9248 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
| 9249 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
| 9250 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
| 9253 | public: |
| 9254 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
| 9255 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
| 9256 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
| 9257 | } |
| 9258 | |
| 9259 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
| 9260 | |
| 9261 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
| 9262 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9263, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 9263 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9263, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 9264 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
| 9265 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
| 9266 | } |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 | private: |
| 9269 | Sema &S; |
| 9270 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
| 9271 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
| 9272 | }; |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
| 9275 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
| 9276 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
| 9277 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
| 9278 | |
| 9279 | public: |
| 9280 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
| 9281 | /// |
| 9282 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
| 9283 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 9283, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 9284 | Infos.resize(index); |
| 9285 | Infos.push_back(info); |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 | if (!HasInteresting) |
| 9288 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
| 9289 | } |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
| 9292 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
| 9293 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
| 9294 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
| 9295 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
| 9296 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
| 9297 | return Infos.data(); |
| 9298 | } |
| 9299 | }; |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 9304 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9305 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
| 9306 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
| 9309 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9310 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 9311 | |
| 9312 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
| 9313 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9314 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 9317 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9318 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9319 | DeclarationName Entity, |
| 9320 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
| 9321 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals); |
| 9322 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 9323 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 9324 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9325 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
| 9326 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
| 9327 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 9328 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
| 9329 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9330 | int indexAdjustment, |
| 9331 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
| 9332 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
| 9333 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
| 9334 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
| 9335 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9336 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
| 9337 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
| 9338 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
| 9339 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
| 9340 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9341 | |
| 9342 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
| 9343 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
| 9344 | /// |
| 9345 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
| 9346 | /// |
| 9347 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
| 9348 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
| 9349 | /// |
| 9350 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
| 9351 | /// |
| 9352 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
| 9353 | /// |
| 9354 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 9355 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
| 9356 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9357 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
| 9360 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9361 | |
| 9362 | TemplateParameterList * |
| 9363 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9364 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9365 | |
| 9366 | bool |
| 9367 | SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 9368 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9369 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs); |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9373 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9374 | |
| 9375 | /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form |
| 9376 | /// an implicit 'operator=='. |
| 9377 | FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 9378 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
| 9381 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9382 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
| 9383 | |
| 9384 | bool |
| 9385 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9386 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
| 9387 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9388 | |
| 9389 | bool |
| 9390 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9391 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
| 9392 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9393 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 9394 | bool Complain = true); |
| 9395 | |
| 9396 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9397 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
| 9398 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9399 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
| 9402 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9403 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9404 | |
| 9405 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
| 9406 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
| 9407 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
| 9408 | Decl *NewDecl; |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
| 9411 | Decl *D) |
| 9412 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
| 9413 | { } |
| 9414 | }; |
| 9415 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9418 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
| 9419 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9420 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
| 9421 | |
| 9422 | void |
| 9423 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9424 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
| 9425 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9426 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
| 9431 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 | bool |
| 9434 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9435 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
| 9436 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 9437 | bool Complain = true); |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9440 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9441 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9442 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9443 | |
| 9444 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
| 9445 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9446 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
| 9447 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
| 9450 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 9451 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | DeclarationNameInfo |
| 9454 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 9455 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9456 | TemplateName |
| 9457 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
| 9458 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9459 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9460 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| 9461 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
| 9462 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 | bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 9465 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 9466 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9467 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
| 9468 | bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints( |
| 9469 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl, |
| 9470 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 9471 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 9472 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
| 9473 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
| 9474 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9475 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9476 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 9477 | bool Recursive = false, |
| 9478 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
| 9479 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
| 9480 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
| 9481 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
| 9482 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
| 9483 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
| 9484 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 9485 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9486 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9487 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
| 9488 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
| 9489 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
| 9490 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9491 | void |
| 9492 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
| 9493 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9494 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
| 9495 | DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9496 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
| 9497 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false, |
| 9498 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr); |
| 9499 | |
| 9500 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
| 9501 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
| 9502 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9503 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9504 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
| 9505 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
| 9506 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
| 9507 | |
| 9508 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
| 9509 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
| 9510 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9511 | |
| 9512 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
| 9513 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9514 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
| 9515 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
| 9516 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | // Objective-C declarations. |
| 9519 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
| 9520 | OCK_None = -1, |
| 9521 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
| 9522 | OCK_Protocol, |
| 9523 | OCK_Category, |
| 9524 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
| 9525 | OCK_Implementation, |
| 9526 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
| 9527 | }; |
| 9528 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
| 9531 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
| 9532 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
| 9533 | unsigned index, |
| 9534 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
| 9535 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
| 9536 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
| 9537 | ParsedType typeBound); |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9540 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
| 9541 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
| 9542 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
| 9543 | |
| 9544 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface( |
| 9545 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9546 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
| 9547 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9548 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
| 9549 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
| 9550 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
| 9551 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9552 | |
| 9553 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
| 9554 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
| 9555 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
| 9556 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9557 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9558 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
| 9559 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9560 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
| 9561 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
| 9564 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
| 9565 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
| 9566 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
| 9569 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
| 9570 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
| 9571 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
| 9574 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
| 9575 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
| 9576 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
| 9577 | |
| 9578 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
| 9579 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, |
| 9580 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames, |
| 9581 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
| 9582 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9583 | |
| 9584 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface( |
| 9585 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9586 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
| 9587 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
| 9588 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
| 9589 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
| 9590 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
| 9593 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9594 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9595 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
| 9596 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, |
| 9597 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
| 9600 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9601 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9602 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
| 9603 | SourceLocation CatLoc, |
| 9604 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
| 9607 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
| 9608 | |
| 9609 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9610 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
| 9611 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
| 9612 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
| 9613 | unsigned NumElts); |
| 9614 | |
| 9615 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
| 9616 | ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
| 9617 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
| 9618 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList); |
| 9619 | |
| 9620 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
| 9621 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
| 9622 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
| 9625 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
| 9626 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
| 9627 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
| 9628 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
| 9631 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
| 9632 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
| 9633 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
| 9634 | Scope *S, |
| 9635 | ParsedType baseType, |
| 9636 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9637 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
| 9638 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
| 9639 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
| 9640 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9641 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
| 9642 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9643 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9644 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
| 9645 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9646 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
| 9647 | |
| 9648 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
| 9649 | /// base type was specified. |
| 9650 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
| 9651 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9652 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
| 9653 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
| 9654 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
| 9657 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
| 9658 | Scope *S, |
| 9659 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9660 | ParsedType BaseType, |
| 9661 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9662 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
| 9663 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9664 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9665 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
| 9666 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9667 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
| 9668 | |
| 9669 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
| 9670 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
| 9671 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9672 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
| 9673 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9674 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9675 | bool FailOnError = false); |
| 9676 | |
| 9677 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
| 9678 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
| 9679 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9680 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9681 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
| 9682 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9683 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9684 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
| 9685 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9686 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9687 | bool FailOnError = false); |
| 9688 | |
| 9689 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
| 9690 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
| 9691 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
| 9692 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
| 9693 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9694 | unsigned &Attributes, |
| 9695 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
| 9698 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
| 9699 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
| 9700 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
| 9701 | |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
| 9704 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
| 9705 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 9706 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
| 9709 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
| 9710 | |
| 9711 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
| 9712 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
| 9713 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 9716 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9717 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
| 9718 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
| 9719 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 9720 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
| 9723 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 9724 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
| 9725 | bool ImplKind, |
| 9726 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
| 9727 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
| 9728 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
| 9729 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
| 9732 | OSMK_None, |
| 9733 | OSMK_Alloc, |
| 9734 | OSMK_New, |
| 9735 | OSMK_Copy, |
| 9736 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
| 9737 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
| 9738 | }; |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
| 9741 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 9742 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
| 9743 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
| 9744 | // in this case. |
| 9745 | ParsedType Type; |
| 9746 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
| 9749 | ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs; |
| 9750 | }; |
| 9751 | |
| 9752 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
| 9753 | Scope *S, |
| 9754 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
| 9755 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
| 9756 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
| 9757 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
| 9758 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
| 9759 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
| 9760 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, |
| 9761 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
| 9762 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 9763 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
| 9764 | |
| 9765 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
| 9766 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 9767 | bool IsInstance); |
| 9768 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
| 9769 | bool IsInstance); |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
| 9772 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 | void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl); |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 | ExprResult |
| 9777 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 9778 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
| 9779 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 9780 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
| 9781 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
| 9782 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
| 9783 | bool Super); |
| 9784 | |
| 9785 | ExprResult |
| 9786 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
| 9787 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
| 9788 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
| 9789 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
| 9790 | |
| 9791 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 | /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
| 9794 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
| 9795 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
| 9796 | /// The message is sent to 'super'. |
| 9797 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
| 9798 | /// The message is an instance message. |
| 9799 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
| 9800 | /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
| 9801 | /// name. |
| 9802 | ObjCClassMessage |
| 9803 | }; |
| 9804 | |
| 9805 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
| 9806 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 9807 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 9808 | bool IsSuper, |
| 9809 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
| 9810 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
| 9811 | |
| 9812 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9813 | Selector Sel, |
| 9814 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9815 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9816 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9817 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
| 9820 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9821 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9822 | Selector Sel, |
| 9823 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9824 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9825 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9826 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9827 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 9828 | bool isImplicit = false); |
| 9829 | |
| 9830 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9831 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
| 9832 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9833 | Selector Sel, |
| 9834 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9835 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
| 9838 | ParsedType Receiver, |
| 9839 | Selector Sel, |
| 9840 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9841 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9842 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9843 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
| 9846 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9847 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9848 | Selector Sel, |
| 9849 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9850 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9851 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9852 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9853 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 9854 | bool isImplicit = false); |
| 9855 | |
| 9856 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
| 9857 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9858 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9859 | Selector Sel, |
| 9860 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9861 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
| 9864 | Expr *Receiver, |
| 9865 | Selector Sel, |
| 9866 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9867 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9868 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9869 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9870 | |
| 9871 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9872 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
| 9873 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
| 9874 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 9875 | Expr *SubExpr); |
| 9876 | |
| 9877 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
| 9878 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9879 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
| 9880 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
| 9881 | ParsedType Type, |
| 9882 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 9883 | Expr *SubExpr); |
| 9884 | |
| 9885 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
| 9886 | |
| 9887 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
| 9890 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 9891 | |
| 9892 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9893 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
| 9894 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
| 9895 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
| 9896 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
| 9897 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
| 9898 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9901 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
| 9902 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 | bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
| 9905 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9906 | |
| 9907 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
| 9908 | |
| 9909 | /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
| 9910 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
| 9911 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
| 9912 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
| 9913 | |
| 9914 | /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
| 9915 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
| 9916 | RTC_Compatible, |
| 9917 | RTC_Incompatible, |
| 9918 | RTC_Unknown |
| 9919 | }; |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 | void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method, |
| 9922 | ObjCMethodDecl *overridden); |
| 9923 | |
| 9924 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
| 9925 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
| 9926 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
| 9927 | |
| 9928 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
| 9929 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
| 9930 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
| 9931 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
| 9932 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
| 9933 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
| 9934 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
| 9935 | }; |
| 9936 | |
| 9937 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
| 9938 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9939 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
| 9940 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
| 9941 | |
| 9942 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
| 9943 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
| 9944 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
| 9947 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9948 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
| 9949 | |
| 9950 | enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind { |
| 9951 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
| 9952 | ChangedStateAtExit |
| 9953 | }; |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
| 9956 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
| 9957 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack(); |
| 9958 | |
| 9959 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
| 9960 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
| 9963 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
| 9964 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
| 9965 | StringRef Arg); |
| 9966 | |
| 9967 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
| 9968 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
| 9969 | /// representation]). |
| 9970 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
| 9971 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
| 9972 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
| 9975 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9976 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9977 | MSVtorDispMode Value); |
| 9978 | |
| 9979 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
| 9980 | PSK_DataSeg, |
| 9981 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
| 9982 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
| 9983 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
| 9984 | }; |
| 9985 | |
| 9986 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags, |
| 9987 | NamedDecl *TheDecl); |
| 9988 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
| 9989 | int SectionFlags, |
| 9990 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
| 9991 | |
| 9992 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
| 9993 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 9994 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9995 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
| 9996 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
| 9997 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
| 9998 | |
| 9999 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
| 10000 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 10001 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
| 10002 | |
| 10003 | /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
| 10004 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 10005 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
| 10008 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 10009 | |
| 10010 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
| 10011 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
| 10012 | StringRef Value); |
| 10013 | |
| 10014 | /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled? |
| 10015 | bool isPreciseFPEnabled() { |
| 10016 | return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
| 10017 | !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() && |
| 10018 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() && |
| 10019 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc(); |
| 10020 | } |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control |
| 10023 | void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 10024 | PragmaFloatControlKind Value); |
| 10025 | |
| 10026 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
| 10027 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
| 10028 | Scope *curScope, |
| 10029 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 10030 | |
| 10031 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
| 10032 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
| 10033 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 10034 | |
| 10035 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 10036 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10037 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
| 10038 | |
| 10039 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
| 10040 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 10041 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10042 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
| 10045 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
| 10046 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 10047 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 10048 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10049 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
| 10050 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
| 10051 | |
| 10052 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
| 10053 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 10054 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 10055 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10056 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
| 10057 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
| 10058 | |
| 10059 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
| 10060 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
| 10061 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
| 10062 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC); |
| 10063 | |
| 10064 | /// Called on well formed |
| 10065 | /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate |
| 10066 | void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
| 10067 | |
| 10068 | /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed |
| 10069 | /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS |
| 10070 | void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
| 10071 | |
| 10072 | /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'. |
| 10073 | void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10074 | LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 | /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations. |
| 10077 | void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode); |
| 10078 | |
| 10079 | /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations. |
| 10080 | void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
| 10083 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
| 10084 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
| 10085 | |
| 10086 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
| 10087 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
| 10090 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
| 10091 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
| 10092 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10093 | |
| 10094 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
| 10095 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
| 10096 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
| 10097 | |
| 10098 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
| 10099 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
| 10100 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10101 | |
| 10102 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
| 10103 | void FreeVisContext(); |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
| 10106 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
| 10107 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
| 10108 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
| 10109 | |
| 10110 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute, |
| 10111 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10112 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
| 10113 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10114 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
| 10115 | |
| 10116 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
| 10117 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10118 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
| 10119 | |
| 10120 | /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
| 10121 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
| 10122 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10123 | |
| 10124 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
| 10125 | |
| 10126 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
| 10127 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 10128 | |
| 10129 | /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
| 10130 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
| 10131 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
| 10132 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
| 10133 | } |
| 10134 | |
| 10135 | /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
| 10136 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
| 10137 | /// with attribute optnone. |
| 10138 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 10139 | |
| 10140 | /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
| 10141 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
| 10142 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
| 10143 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10144 | |
| 10145 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10146 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
| 10147 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
| 10148 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 10149 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
| 10150 | |
| 10151 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
| 10152 | /// declaration. |
| 10153 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
| 10154 | Expr *OE); |
| 10155 | |
| 10156 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
| 10157 | /// declaration. |
| 10158 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10159 | Expr *ParamExpr); |
| 10160 | |
| 10161 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
| 10162 | /// declaration. |
| 10163 | void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E); |
| 10164 | |
| 10165 | /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D. |
| 10166 | void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10167 | StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
| 10168 | |
| 10169 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
| 10170 | /// declaration. |
| 10171 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10172 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks); |
| 10173 | |
| 10174 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10175 | void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 10176 | bool InInstantiation = false); |
| 10177 | |
| 10178 | void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10179 | ParameterABI ABI); |
| 10180 | |
| 10181 | enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS}; |
| 10182 | void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10183 | RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation); |
| 10184 | |
| 10185 | /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size |
| 10186 | /// attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10187 | void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10188 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
| 10189 | |
| 10190 | /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a |
| 10191 | /// particular declaration. |
| 10192 | void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10193 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 10198 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
| 10199 | // |
| 10200 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
| 10201 | StringRef Keyword); |
| 10202 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10203 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10204 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10207 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
| 10208 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10209 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
| 10210 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10211 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10212 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
| 10213 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
| 10214 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10215 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10216 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
| 10217 | ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, |
| 10218 | SourceLocation FuncLoc); |
| 10219 | /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be |
| 10220 | /// potentially-throwing. |
| 10221 | bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend); |
| 10222 | |
| 10223 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 10224 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
| 10225 | // |
| 10226 | private: |
| 10227 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
| 10228 | |
| 10229 | struct DeclareTargetContextInfo { |
| 10230 | struct MapInfo { |
| 10231 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT; |
| 10232 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 10233 | }; |
| 10234 | /// Explicitly listed variables and functions in a 'to' or 'link' clause. |
| 10235 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, MapInfo> ExplicitlyMapped; |
| 10236 | |
| 10237 | /// The 'device_type' as parsed from the clause. |
| 10238 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT = OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any; |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 | /// The directive kind, `begin declare target` or `declare target`. |
| 10241 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind; |
| 10242 | |
| 10243 | /// The directive location. |
| 10244 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 10245 | |
| 10246 | DeclareTargetContextInfo(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc) |
| 10247 | : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc) {} |
| 10248 | }; |
| 10249 | |
| 10250 | /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives. |
| 10251 | SmallVector<DeclareTargetContextInfo, 4> DeclareTargetNesting; |
| 10252 | |
| 10253 | /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
| 10254 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
| 10255 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
| 10256 | ExprResult |
| 10257 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
| 10258 | bool StrictlyPositive = true, |
| 10259 | bool SuppressExprDiags = false); |
| 10260 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
| 10261 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
| 10262 | |
| 10263 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
| 10264 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
| 10265 | unsigned Level) const; |
| 10266 | |
| 10267 | /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given |
| 10268 | /// OpenMP level. |
| 10269 | int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const; |
| 10270 | |
| 10271 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
| 10272 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
| 10273 | |
| 10274 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
| 10275 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
| 10276 | |
| 10277 | /// Analyzes and checks a loop nest for use by a loop transformation. |
| 10278 | /// |
| 10279 | /// \param Kind The loop transformation directive kind. |
| 10280 | /// \param NumLoops How many nested loops the directive is expecting. |
| 10281 | /// \param AStmt Associated statement of the transformation directive. |
| 10282 | /// \param LoopHelpers [out] The loop analysis result. |
| 10283 | /// \param Body [out] The body code nested in \p NumLoops loop. |
| 10284 | /// \param OriginalInits [out] Collection of statements and declarations that |
| 10285 | /// must have been executed/declared before entering the |
| 10286 | /// loop. |
| 10287 | /// |
| 10288 | /// \return Whether there was any error. |
| 10289 | bool checkTransformableLoopNest( |
| 10290 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, Stmt *AStmt, int NumLoops, |
| 10291 | SmallVectorImpl<OMPLoopBasedDirective::HelperExprs> &LoopHelpers, |
| 10292 | Stmt *&Body, |
| 10293 | SmallVectorImpl<SmallVector<llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, Decl *>, 0>> |
| 10294 | &OriginalInits); |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare |
| 10297 | /// variant` nesting. |
| 10298 | struct OMPDeclareVariantScope { |
| 10299 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector. |
| 10300 | OMPTraitInfo *TI; |
| 10301 | |
| 10302 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling. |
| 10303 | std::string NameSuffix; |
| 10304 | |
| 10305 | OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
| 10306 | }; |
| 10307 | |
| 10308 | /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any. |
| 10309 | OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() { |
| 10310 | return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr |
| 10311 | : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI; |
| 10312 | } |
| 10313 | |
| 10314 | /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes. |
| 10315 | SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes; |
| 10316 | |
| 10317 | /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes. |
| 10318 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped; |
| 10319 | |
| 10320 | /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far. |
| 10321 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal; |
| 10322 | |
| 10323 | public: |
| 10324 | /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested |
| 10325 | /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a |
| 10326 | /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context |
| 10327 | /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases. |
| 10328 | void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
| 10329 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 10330 | SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
| 10331 | |
| 10332 | /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the |
| 10333 | /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. |
| 10334 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
| 10335 | Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
| 10336 | |
| 10337 | /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`. |
| 10338 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D); |
| 10339 | |
| 10340 | /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment. |
| 10341 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const { |
| 10342 | return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty(); |
| 10343 | } |
| 10344 | |
| 10345 | /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a |
| 10346 | /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If |
| 10347 | /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the |
| 10348 | /// original \p Call. |
| 10349 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope, |
| 10350 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
| 10351 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig); |
| 10352 | |
| 10353 | /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`. |
| 10354 | void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
| 10355 | |
| 10356 | /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`. |
| 10357 | void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant(); |
| 10358 | |
| 10359 | /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible. |
| 10360 | bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( |
| 10361 | const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 10362 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, |
| 10363 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, |
| 10364 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, |
| 10365 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, |
| 10366 | bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer); |
| 10367 | |
| 10368 | /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region |
| 10369 | /// before the original lambda is captured. |
| 10370 | void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V); |
| 10371 | |
| 10372 | /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
| 10373 | /// reference. |
| 10374 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10375 | /// is performed. |
| 10376 | /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct. |
| 10377 | bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10378 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const; |
| 10379 | |
| 10380 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
| 10381 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
| 10382 | /// constructs. |
| 10383 | VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false, |
| 10384 | unsigned StopAt = 0); |
| 10385 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 10386 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10387 | |
| 10388 | /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop |
| 10389 | /// construct. |
| 10390 | void startOpenMPLoop(); |
| 10391 | |
| 10392 | /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the |
| 10393 | /// loop construct. |
| 10394 | void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor(); |
| 10395 | |
| 10396 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
| 10397 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10398 | /// is performed. |
| 10399 | OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10400 | unsigned CapLevel) const; |
| 10401 | |
| 10402 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
| 10403 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
| 10404 | /// \p D. |
| 10405 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
| 10408 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10409 | /// is performed. |
| 10410 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10411 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
| 10412 | |
| 10413 | /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured by outer capture |
| 10414 | /// regions. |
| 10415 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that |
| 10416 | /// the check is performed. |
| 10417 | bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10418 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
| 10419 | |
| 10420 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 10421 | Expr *Op); |
| 10422 | /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
| 10423 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
| 10424 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
| 10425 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10426 | /// Start analysis of clauses. |
| 10427 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
| 10428 | /// End analysis of clauses. |
| 10429 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
| 10430 | /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
| 10431 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
| 10432 | |
| 10433 | /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
| 10434 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
| 10435 | /// private by default. |
| 10436 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
| 10437 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
| 10438 | |
| 10439 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
| 10440 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
| 10441 | /// threadprivate'. |
| 10442 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
| 10443 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
| 10444 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
| 10445 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
| 10446 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
| 10447 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10448 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
| 10449 | /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
| 10450 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10451 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
| 10452 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'. |
| 10453 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10454 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 10455 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10456 | DeclContext *Owner = nullptr); |
| 10457 | |
| 10458 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'. |
| 10459 | void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10460 | OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, |
| 10461 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Assumptions, |
| 10462 | bool SkippedClauses); |
| 10463 | |
| 10464 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive. |
| 10465 | bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); } |
| 10466 | |
| 10467 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive. |
| 10468 | bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); } |
| 10469 | |
| 10470 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'. |
| 10471 | void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective(); |
| 10472 | |
| 10473 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'. |
| 10474 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10475 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
| 10476 | /// Check restrictions on Requires directive |
| 10477 | OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10478 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
| 10479 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
| 10480 | /// reduction' construct. |
| 10481 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
| 10482 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 10483 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
| 10484 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
| 10485 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
| 10486 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
| 10487 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
| 10488 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10489 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10490 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10491 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
| 10492 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10493 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
| 10494 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10495 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10496 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
| 10497 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
| 10498 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
| 10499 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
| 10500 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
| 10501 | |
| 10502 | /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct. |
| 10503 | TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 10504 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
| 10505 | /// mapper' construct. |
| 10506 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
| 10507 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 10508 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
| 10509 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective( |
| 10510 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType, |
| 10511 | SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 10512 | Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10513 | Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
| 10514 | /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
| 10515 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S, |
| 10516 | QualType MapperType, |
| 10517 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10518 | DeclarationName VN); |
| 10519 | bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const; |
| 10520 | const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const; |
| 10521 | |
| 10522 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
| 10523 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
| 10524 | |
| 10525 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragma omp end declare target'. |
| 10526 | const DeclareTargetContextInfo ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareTargetDirective(); |
| 10527 | |
| 10528 | /// Called once a target context is completed, that can be when a |
| 10529 | /// '#pragma omp end declare target' was encountered or when a |
| 10530 | /// '#pragma omp declare target' without declaration-definition-seq was |
| 10531 | /// encountered. |
| 10532 | void ActOnFinishedOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
| 10533 | |
| 10534 | /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target |
| 10535 | /// directive. |
| 10536 | NamedDecl *lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, |
| 10537 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
| 10538 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
| 10539 | |
| 10540 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
| 10541 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10542 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
| 10543 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT); |
| 10544 | |
| 10545 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
| 10546 | void |
| 10547 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
| 10548 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 10549 | /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as |
| 10550 | /// host/nohost during device/host compilation. |
| 10551 | void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 10552 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
| 10553 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10554 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
| 10555 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
| 10556 | return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty(); |
| 10557 | } |
| 10558 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
| 10559 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
| 10560 | |
| 10561 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
| 10562 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
| 10563 | |
| 10564 | /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
| 10565 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 | /// Called for syntactical loops (ForStmt or CXXForRangeStmt) associated to |
| 10568 | /// an OpenMP loop directive. |
| 10569 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCanonicalLoop(Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10570 | |
| 10571 | /// End of OpenMP region. |
| 10572 | /// |
| 10573 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
| 10574 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
| 10575 | /// |
| 10576 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
| 10577 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
| 10578 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
| 10579 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
| 10580 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10581 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10582 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
| 10583 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10584 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10585 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10586 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10587 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10588 | using VarsWithInheritedDSAType = |
| 10589 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>; |
| 10590 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
| 10591 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10592 | StmtResult |
| 10593 | ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10594 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10595 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10596 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp tile' after parsing of its clauses and |
| 10597 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10598 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTileDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10599 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10600 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10601 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp unroll' after parsing of its clauses |
| 10602 | /// and the associated statement. |
| 10603 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPUnrollDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10604 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10605 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10606 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
| 10607 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10608 | StmtResult |
| 10609 | ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10610 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10611 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10612 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
| 10613 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10614 | StmtResult |
| 10615 | ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10616 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10617 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10618 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
| 10619 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10620 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10621 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10622 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10623 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
| 10624 | /// associated statement. |
| 10625 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10626 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10627 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
| 10628 | /// associated statement. |
| 10629 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10630 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10631 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10632 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
| 10633 | /// associated statement. |
| 10634 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10635 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10636 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
| 10637 | /// associated statement. |
| 10638 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
| 10639 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10640 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10641 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10642 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
| 10643 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10644 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
| 10645 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10646 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10647 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
| 10648 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10649 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10650 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10651 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10652 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after |
| 10653 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10654 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10655 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10656 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10657 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10658 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
| 10659 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10660 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10661 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10662 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10663 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10664 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
| 10665 | /// associated statement. |
| 10666 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10667 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10668 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10669 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
| 10670 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10671 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10672 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
| 10673 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10674 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10675 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
| 10676 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10677 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10678 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
| 10679 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10680 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10681 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10682 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
| 10683 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10684 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10685 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10686 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'. |
| 10687 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10688 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10689 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10690 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'. |
| 10691 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10692 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10693 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10694 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
| 10695 | /// associated statement. |
| 10696 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10697 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10698 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10699 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
| 10700 | /// associated statement. |
| 10701 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10702 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10703 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10704 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
| 10705 | /// associated statement. |
| 10706 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10707 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10708 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10709 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
| 10710 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10711 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10712 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10713 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10714 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
| 10715 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10716 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10717 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10718 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10719 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10720 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
| 10721 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10722 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10723 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10724 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10725 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10726 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
| 10727 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10728 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10729 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10730 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10731 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10732 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
| 10733 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10734 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
| 10735 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10736 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10737 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
| 10738 | /// associated statement. |
| 10739 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10740 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10741 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10742 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
| 10743 | StmtResult |
| 10744 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10745 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10746 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
| 10747 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
| 10748 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10749 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10750 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10751 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
| 10752 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
| 10753 | /// associated statement. |
| 10754 | StmtResult |
| 10755 | ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10756 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10757 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10758 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
| 10759 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10760 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10761 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10762 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10763 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the |
| 10764 | /// associated statement. |
| 10765 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 10766 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10767 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10768 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of |
| 10769 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10770 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10771 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10772 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10773 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after |
| 10774 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10775 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 10776 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10777 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10778 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after |
| 10779 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10780 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10781 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10782 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10783 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
| 10784 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10785 | StmtResult |
| 10786 | ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10787 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10788 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10789 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
| 10790 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10791 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10792 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10793 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10794 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
| 10795 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10796 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10797 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10798 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10799 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
| 10800 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10801 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10802 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10803 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10804 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
| 10805 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10806 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10807 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10808 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10809 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
| 10810 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10811 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10812 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10813 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10814 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
| 10815 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10816 | StmtResult |
| 10817 | ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10818 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10819 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10820 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
| 10821 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10822 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 10823 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10824 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10825 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
| 10826 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10827 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10828 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10829 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10830 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
| 10831 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10832 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10833 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10834 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10835 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
| 10836 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10837 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10838 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10839 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10840 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
| 10841 | /// associated statement. |
| 10842 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10843 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10844 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10845 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10846 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
| 10847 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10848 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 10849 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10850 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10851 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
| 10852 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10853 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10854 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10855 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10856 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
| 10857 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10858 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10859 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10860 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10861 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
| 10862 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10863 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10864 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10865 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10866 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp interop'. |
| 10867 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPInteropDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10868 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10869 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10870 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp dispatch' after parsing of the |
| 10871 | // /associated statement. |
| 10872 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDispatchDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10873 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10874 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10875 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp masked' after parsing of the |
| 10876 | // /associated statement. |
| 10877 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMaskedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10878 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10879 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10880 | |
| 10881 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
| 10882 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
| 10883 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
| 10884 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
| 10885 | /// decls. |
| 10886 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
| 10887 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type, |
| 10888 | bool IsDeclareSimd = false); |
| 10889 | |
| 10890 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
| 10891 | /// the associated method/function. |
| 10892 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
| 10893 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
| 10894 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
| 10895 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
| 10896 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
| 10897 | |
| 10898 | /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original |
| 10899 | /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function. |
| 10900 | /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
| 10901 | /// applied to. |
| 10902 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
| 10903 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
| 10904 | /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause. |
| 10905 | /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with |
| 10906 | /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise. |
| 10907 | Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>> |
| 10908 | checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef, |
| 10909 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
| 10910 | |
| 10911 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of |
| 10912 | /// the associated method/function. |
| 10913 | /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
| 10914 | /// applied to. |
| 10915 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
| 10916 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
| 10917 | /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant. |
| 10918 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective(FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef, |
| 10919 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
| 10920 | |
| 10921 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
| 10922 | Expr *Expr, |
| 10923 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10924 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10925 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10926 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause. |
| 10927 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator, |
| 10928 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10929 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10930 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10931 | /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
| 10932 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
| 10933 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10934 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10935 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
| 10936 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 10937 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10938 | /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
| 10939 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10940 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10941 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10942 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
| 10943 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
| 10944 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10945 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10946 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10947 | /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
| 10948 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
| 10949 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10950 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10951 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10952 | /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
| 10953 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10954 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10955 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10956 | /// Called on well-form 'sizes' clause. |
| 10957 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSizesClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> SizeExprs, |
| 10958 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10959 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10960 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10961 | /// Called on well-form 'full' clauses. |
| 10962 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFullClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10963 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10964 | /// Called on well-form 'partial' clauses. |
| 10965 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPartialClause(Expr *FactorExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10966 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10967 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10968 | /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
| 10969 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
| 10970 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10971 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10972 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10973 | /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
| 10974 | OMPClause * |
| 10975 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10976 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 10977 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
| 10978 | /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
| 10979 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10980 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10981 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10982 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
| 10983 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10984 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10985 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10986 | /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
| 10987 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10988 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10989 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10990 | /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause. |
| 10991 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10992 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10993 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10994 | |
| 10995 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
| 10996 | unsigned Argument, |
| 10997 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
| 10998 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10999 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11000 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11001 | /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
| 11002 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind, |
| 11003 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11004 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11005 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11006 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11007 | /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
| 11008 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind, |
| 11009 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11010 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11011 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11012 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11013 | /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause. |
| 11014 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind, |
| 11015 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11016 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11017 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11018 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11019 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
| 11020 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind, |
| 11021 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11022 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11023 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11024 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11025 | |
| 11026 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
| 11027 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
| 11028 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11029 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
| 11030 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11031 | /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
| 11032 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
| 11033 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
| 11034 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11035 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
| 11036 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11037 | |
| 11038 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11039 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11040 | /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
| 11041 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11042 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11043 | /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
| 11044 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11045 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11046 | /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
| 11047 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11048 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11049 | /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
| 11050 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11051 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11052 | /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
| 11053 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11054 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11055 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
| 11056 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11057 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11058 | /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
| 11059 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11060 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11061 | /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
| 11062 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11063 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11064 | /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause. |
| 11065 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11066 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11067 | /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause. |
| 11068 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11069 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11070 | /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause. |
| 11071 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11072 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11073 | /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause. |
| 11074 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11075 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11076 | |
| 11077 | /// Called on well-formed 'init' clause. |
| 11078 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInitClause(Expr *InteropVar, ArrayRef<Expr *> PrefExprs, |
| 11079 | bool IsTarget, bool IsTargetSync, |
| 11080 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11081 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11082 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
| 11083 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11084 | |
| 11085 | /// Called on well-formed 'use' clause. |
| 11086 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11087 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11088 | SourceLocation VarLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11089 | |
| 11090 | /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause. |
| 11091 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11092 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11093 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
| 11094 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11095 | /// Called on well-formed 'novariants' clause. |
| 11096 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNovariantsClause(Expr *Condition, |
| 11097 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11098 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11099 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11100 | /// Called on well-formed 'nocontext' clause. |
| 11101 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNocontextClause(Expr *Condition, |
| 11102 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11103 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11104 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11105 | /// Called on well-formed 'filter' clause. |
| 11106 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFilterClause(Expr *ThreadID, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11107 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11108 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11109 | /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
| 11110 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11111 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11112 | /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
| 11113 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11114 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11115 | /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
| 11116 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11117 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11118 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
| 11119 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11120 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11121 | |
| 11122 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
| 11123 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11124 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11125 | |
| 11126 | /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause. |
| 11127 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11128 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11129 | |
| 11130 | /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause. |
| 11131 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11132 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11133 | |
| 11134 | /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause. |
| 11135 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
| 11136 | OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11137 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11138 | |
| 11139 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
| 11140 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr, |
| 11141 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11142 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11143 | DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int ExtraModifier, |
| 11144 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
| 11145 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
| 11146 | SourceLocation ExtraModifierLoc, |
| 11147 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 11148 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc); |
| 11149 | /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause. |
| 11150 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11151 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11152 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11153 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11154 | /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause. |
| 11155 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11156 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11157 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11158 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11159 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause. |
| 11160 | OMPClause * |
| 11161 | ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11162 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11163 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11164 | /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
| 11165 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11166 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11167 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11168 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11169 | /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
| 11170 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11171 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11172 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11173 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11174 | /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
| 11175 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause( |
| 11176 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind, |
| 11177 | SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11178 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11179 | /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
| 11180 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11181 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11182 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11183 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11184 | /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
| 11185 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
| 11186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier, |
| 11187 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11188 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11189 | SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11190 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11191 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11192 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
| 11193 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
| 11194 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11195 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11196 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11197 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11198 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11199 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
| 11200 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
| 11201 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11202 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11203 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11204 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11205 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11206 | /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
| 11207 | OMPClause * |
| 11208 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
| 11209 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11210 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
| 11211 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11212 | /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
| 11213 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11214 | Expr *Alignment, |
| 11215 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11216 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11217 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11218 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11219 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
| 11220 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11221 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11222 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11223 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11224 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
| 11225 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11226 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11227 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11228 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11229 | /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
| 11230 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11231 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11232 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11233 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11234 | /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause. |
| 11235 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11236 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11237 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11238 | /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
| 11239 | OMPClause * |
| 11240 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
| 11241 | SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11242 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11243 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11244 | /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
| 11245 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier, |
| 11246 | Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11247 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11248 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, |
| 11249 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11250 | /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
| 11251 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause( |
| 11252 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
| 11253 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, |
| 11254 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
| 11255 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
| 11256 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11257 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, bool NoDiagnose = false, |
| 11258 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11259 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
| 11260 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11261 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11262 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11263 | /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
| 11264 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
| 11265 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11266 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11267 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11268 | /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
| 11269 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11270 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11271 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11272 | /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
| 11273 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
| 11274 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
| 11275 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11276 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11277 | /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
| 11278 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
| 11279 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
| 11280 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
| 11281 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11282 | /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
| 11283 | OMPClause * |
| 11284 | ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 11285 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
| 11286 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11287 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11288 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
| 11289 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11290 | /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
| 11291 | OMPClause * |
| 11292 | ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 11293 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
| 11294 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11295 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11296 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
| 11297 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11298 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
| 11299 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11300 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11301 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause. |
| 11302 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11303 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11304 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
| 11305 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11306 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11307 | /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause. |
| 11308 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11309 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11310 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11311 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11312 | |
| 11313 | /// Data for list of allocators. |
| 11314 | struct UsesAllocatorsData { |
| 11315 | /// Allocator. |
| 11316 | Expr *Allocator = nullptr; |
| 11317 | /// Allocator traits. |
| 11318 | Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr; |
| 11319 | /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols. |
| 11320 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
| 11321 | }; |
| 11322 | /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause. |
| 11323 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11324 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11325 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11326 | ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data); |
| 11327 | /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause. |
| 11328 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11329 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11330 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11331 | SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier, |
| 11332 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators); |
| 11333 | |
| 11334 | /// The kind of conversion being performed. |
| 11335 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
| 11336 | /// An implicit conversion. |
| 11337 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
| 11338 | /// A C-style cast. |
| 11339 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
| 11340 | /// A functional-style cast. |
| 11341 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
| 11342 | /// A cast other than a C-style cast. |
| 11343 | CCK_OtherCast, |
| 11344 | /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator. |
| 11345 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp |
| 11346 | }; |
| 11347 | |
| 11348 | static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) { |
| 11349 | return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast || |
| 11350 | CCK == CCK_OtherCast; |
| 11351 | } |
| 11352 | |
| 11353 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
| 11354 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
| 11355 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
| 11356 | ExprResult |
| 11357 | ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
| 11358 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
| 11359 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
| 11360 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11361 | |
| 11362 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
| 11363 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
| 11364 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
| 11365 | |
| 11366 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
| 11367 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
| 11368 | /// required. |
| 11369 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11370 | |
| 11371 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
| 11372 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
| 11373 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11374 | |
| 11375 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
| 11376 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
| 11377 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11378 | |
| 11379 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
| 11380 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
| 11381 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 11382 | |
| 11383 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
| 11384 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
| 11385 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
| 11386 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
| 11387 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 11388 | |
| 11389 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
| 11390 | // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type |
| 11391 | // or an array type. |
| 11392 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
| 11393 | |
| 11394 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
| 11395 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
| 11396 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
| 11397 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
| 11398 | |
| 11399 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
| 11400 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
| 11401 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
| 11402 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
| 11403 | |
| 11404 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
| 11405 | enum VariadicCallType { |
| 11406 | VariadicFunction, |
| 11407 | VariadicBlock, |
| 11408 | VariadicMethod, |
| 11409 | VariadicConstructor, |
| 11410 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
| 11411 | }; |
| 11412 | |
| 11413 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 11414 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 11415 | Expr *Fn); |
| 11416 | |
| 11417 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
| 11418 | // vararg function. |
| 11419 | enum VarArgKind { |
| 11420 | VAK_Valid, |
| 11421 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
| 11422 | VAK_Undefined, |
| 11423 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
| 11424 | VAK_Invalid |
| 11425 | }; |
| 11426 | |
| 11427 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
| 11428 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
| 11429 | |
| 11430 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
| 11431 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
| 11432 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
| 11433 | |
| 11434 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
| 11435 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. In the success case, |
| 11436 | /// the statement is rewritten to remove implicit nodes from the return |
| 11437 | /// value. |
| 11438 | bool checkAndRewriteMustTailAttr(Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
| 11439 | |
| 11440 | private: |
| 11441 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
| 11442 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. |
| 11443 | bool checkMustTailAttr(const Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
| 11444 | |
| 11445 | public: |
| 11446 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
| 11447 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
| 11448 | |
| 11449 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
| 11450 | /// form of call prototypes. |
| 11451 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 11452 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 11453 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 11454 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
| 11455 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
| 11456 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 11457 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
| 11458 | |
| 11459 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
| 11460 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
| 11461 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
| 11462 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 11463 | |
| 11464 | /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion. |
| 11465 | enum ArithConvKind { |
| 11466 | /// An arithmetic operation. |
| 11467 | ACK_Arithmetic, |
| 11468 | /// A bitwise operation. |
| 11469 | ACK_BitwiseOp, |
| 11470 | /// A comparison. |
| 11471 | ACK_Comparison, |
| 11472 | /// A conditional (?:) operator. |
| 11473 | ACK_Conditional, |
| 11474 | /// A compound assignment expression. |
| 11475 | ACK_CompAssign, |
| 11476 | }; |
| 11477 | |
| 11478 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
| 11479 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
| 11480 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
| 11481 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
| 11482 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
| 11483 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11484 | SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK); |
| 11485 | |
| 11486 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
| 11487 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
| 11488 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
| 11489 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
| 11490 | /// source and destination type. |
| 11491 | enum AssignConvertType { |
| 11492 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
| 11493 | Compatible, |
| 11494 | |
| 11495 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
| 11496 | /// accept as an extension. |
| 11497 | PointerToInt, |
| 11498 | |
| 11499 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
| 11500 | /// accept as an extension. |
| 11501 | IntToPointer, |
| 11502 | |
| 11503 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
| 11504 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
| 11505 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
| 11506 | |
| 11507 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
| 11508 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
| 11509 | IncompatiblePointer, |
| 11510 | |
| 11511 | /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function |
| 11512 | /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an |
| 11513 | /// extension. |
| 11514 | IncompatibleFunctionPointer, |
| 11515 | |
| 11516 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
| 11517 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
| 11518 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
| 11519 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
| 11520 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
| 11521 | |
| 11522 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
| 11523 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
| 11524 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
| 11525 | |
| 11526 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
| 11527 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
| 11528 | /// like address spaces. |
| 11529 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
| 11530 | |
| 11531 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment |
| 11532 | /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed. |
| 11533 | /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is |
| 11534 | /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic. |
| 11535 | IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch, |
| 11536 | |
| 11537 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
| 11538 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
| 11539 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
| 11540 | /// extension. |
| 11541 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
| 11542 | |
| 11543 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
| 11544 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
| 11545 | IncompatibleVectors, |
| 11546 | |
| 11547 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
| 11548 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
| 11549 | IntToBlockPointer, |
| 11550 | |
| 11551 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
| 11552 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
| 11553 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
| 11554 | |
| 11555 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
| 11556 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
| 11557 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
| 11558 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
| 11559 | |
| 11560 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
| 11561 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
| 11562 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
| 11563 | |
| 11564 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
| 11565 | /// represent it in the AST. |
| 11566 | Incompatible |
| 11567 | }; |
| 11568 | |
| 11569 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
| 11570 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
| 11571 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
| 11572 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
| 11573 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11574 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 11575 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11576 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
| 11577 | |
| 11578 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
| 11579 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
| 11580 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
| 11581 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
| 11582 | bool AllowMask) const; |
| 11583 | |
| 11584 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
| 11585 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
| 11586 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 11587 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
| 11588 | |
| 11589 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
| 11590 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
| 11591 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
| 11592 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11593 | QualType LHSType, |
| 11594 | QualType RHSType); |
| 11595 | |
| 11596 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
| 11597 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
| 11598 | /// is true. |
| 11599 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
| 11600 | ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11601 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 11602 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
| 11603 | |
| 11604 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
| 11605 | /// |
| 11606 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
| 11607 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
| 11608 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
| 11609 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
| 11610 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
| 11611 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
| 11612 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
| 11613 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
| 11614 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
| 11615 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
| 11616 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
| 11617 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
| 11618 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
| 11619 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
| 11620 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
| 11621 | |
| 11622 | // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
| 11623 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
| 11624 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
| 11625 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11626 | |
| 11627 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 11628 | |
| 11629 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 11630 | |
| 11631 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11632 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11633 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
| 11634 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11635 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
| 11636 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11637 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
| 11638 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11639 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11640 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
| 11641 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11642 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
| 11643 | |
| 11644 | ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion( |
| 11645 | Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
| 11646 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
| 11649 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
| 11650 | |
| 11651 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
| 11652 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11653 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11654 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11655 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11656 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
| 11657 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
| 11658 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
| 11659 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
| 11660 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
| 11661 | bool IsDivide); |
| 11662 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
| 11663 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11664 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
| 11665 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
| 11666 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11667 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
| 11668 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
| 11669 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11670 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
| 11671 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
| 11672 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11673 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
| 11674 | void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE); |
| 11675 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
| 11676 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11677 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11678 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
| 11679 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11680 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11681 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
| 11682 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11683 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11684 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
| 11685 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
| 11686 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
| 11687 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
| 11688 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
| 11689 | |
| 11690 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 11691 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
| 11692 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 11693 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
| 11694 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11695 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
| 11696 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
| 11697 | |
| 11698 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
| 11699 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11700 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11701 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
| 11702 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
| 11703 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
| 11704 | QualType CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11705 | ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11706 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11707 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
| 11708 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
| 11709 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11710 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
| 11711 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
| 11712 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
| 11713 | QualType Composite = |
| 11714 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
| 11715 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
| 11716 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
| 11717 | return Composite; |
| 11718 | } |
| 11719 | |
| 11720 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11721 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11722 | |
| 11723 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
| 11724 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11725 | |
| 11726 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
| 11727 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
| 11728 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
| 11729 | |
| 11730 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
| 11731 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11732 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
| 11733 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
| 11734 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
| 11735 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11736 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11737 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11738 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11739 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 11740 | |
| 11741 | /// Type checking for matrix binary operators. |
| 11742 | QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11743 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11744 | bool IsCompAssign); |
| 11745 | QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11746 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); |
| 11747 | |
| 11748 | bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11749 | |
| 11750 | bool areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy); |
| 11751 | |
| 11752 | bool areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11753 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11754 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11755 | |
| 11756 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
| 11757 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
| 11758 | |
| 11759 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
| 11760 | |
| 11761 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
| 11762 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
| 11763 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
| 11764 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
| 11765 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
| 11766 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
| 11767 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
| 11768 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
| 11769 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
| 11770 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
| 11771 | Ref_Related, |
| 11772 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
| 11773 | Ref_Compatible |
| 11774 | }; |
| 11775 | |
| 11776 | // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool. |
| 11777 | struct ReferenceConversionsScope { |
| 11778 | /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when |
| 11779 | /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating |
| 11780 | /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2. |
| 11781 | enum ReferenceConversions { |
| 11782 | Qualification = 0x1, |
| 11783 | NestedQualification = 0x2, |
| 11784 | Function = 0x4, |
| 11785 | DerivedToBase = 0x8, |
| 11786 | ObjC = 0x10, |
| 11787 | ObjCLifetime = 0x20, |
| 11788 | |
| 11789 | LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR = ObjCLifetime |
| 11790 | }; |
| 11791 | }; |
| 11792 | using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions; |
| 11793 | |
| 11794 | ReferenceCompareResult |
| 11795 | CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2, |
| 11796 | ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr); |
| 11797 | |
| 11798 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
| 11799 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
| 11800 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
| 11801 | |
| 11802 | /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
| 11803 | /// given type. |
| 11804 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
| 11805 | |
| 11806 | /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
| 11807 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
| 11808 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
| 11809 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
| 11810 | |
| 11811 | // CheckMatrixCast - Check type constraints for matrix casts. |
| 11812 | // We allow casting between matrixes of the same dimensions i.e. when they |
| 11813 | // have the same number of rows and column. Returns true if the cast is |
| 11814 | // invalid. |
| 11815 | bool CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, |
| 11816 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 11817 | |
| 11818 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
| 11819 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
| 11820 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
| 11821 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
| 11822 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
| 11823 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 11824 | |
| 11825 | /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
| 11826 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
| 11827 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
| 11828 | |
| 11829 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
| 11830 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
| 11831 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
| 11832 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
| 11833 | // returns the cast expr |
| 11834 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
| 11835 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 11836 | |
| 11837 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
| 11838 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11839 | Expr *CastExpr, |
| 11840 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 11841 | |
| 11842 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
| 11843 | |
| 11844 | /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
| 11845 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
| 11846 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
| 11847 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
| 11848 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
| 11849 | bool Diagnose = true, |
| 11850 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
| 11851 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
| 11852 | ); |
| 11853 | |
| 11854 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
| 11855 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
| 11856 | |
| 11857 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
| 11858 | QualType ExprType); |
| 11859 | |
| 11860 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
| 11861 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
| 11862 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
| 11863 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
| 11864 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
| 11865 | |
| 11866 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
| 11867 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
| 11868 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11869 | |
| 11870 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
| 11871 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
| 11872 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11873 | |
| 11874 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
| 11875 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
| 11876 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
| 11877 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
| 11878 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
| 11879 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
| 11880 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 11881 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
| 11882 | bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, |
| 11883 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, |
| 11884 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
| 11885 | |
| 11886 | /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
| 11887 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
| 11888 | /// and the form of the message send. |
| 11889 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
| 11890 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
| 11891 | bool isSuperMessage); |
| 11892 | |
| 11893 | /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
| 11894 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
| 11895 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
| 11896 | |
| 11897 | /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
| 11898 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
| 11899 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
| 11900 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
| 11901 | |
| 11902 | class ConditionResult { |
| 11903 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
| 11904 | FullExprArg Condition; |
| 11905 | bool Invalid; |
| 11906 | bool HasKnownValue; |
| 11907 | bool KnownValue; |
| 11908 | |
| 11909 | friend class Sema; |
| 11910 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
| 11911 | bool IsConstexpr) |
| 11912 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
| 11913 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
| 11914 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
| 11915 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
| 11916 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
| 11917 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
| 11918 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
| 11919 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
| 11920 | |
| 11921 | public: |
| 11922 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
| 11923 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
| 11924 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
| 11925 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
| 11926 | Condition.get()); |
| 11927 | } |
| 11928 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
| 11929 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
| 11930 | return None; |
| 11931 | return KnownValue; |
| 11932 | } |
| 11933 | }; |
| 11934 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
| 11935 | |
| 11936 | enum class ConditionKind { |
| 11937 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
| 11938 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
| 11939 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
| 11940 | }; |
| 11941 | |
| 11942 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11943 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
| 11944 | |
| 11945 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
| 11946 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 11947 | ConditionKind CK); |
| 11948 | |
| 11949 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 11950 | |
| 11951 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
| 11952 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 11953 | ConditionKind CK); |
| 11954 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
| 11955 | |
| 11956 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
| 11957 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
| 11958 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
| 11959 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
| 11960 | /// |
| 11961 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
| 11962 | /// 'if' keyword. |
| 11963 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
| 11964 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
| 11965 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 11966 | |
| 11967 | /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression |
| 11968 | /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
| 11969 | ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E); |
| 11970 | |
| 11971 | /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier. |
| 11972 | /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved. |
| 11973 | bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec); |
| 11974 | |
| 11975 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
| 11976 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
| 11977 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
| 11978 | |
| 11979 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
| 11980 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
| 11981 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
| 11982 | |
| 11983 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
| 11984 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 11985 | |
| 11986 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
| 11987 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
| 11988 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
| 11989 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
| 11990 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
| 11991 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
| 11992 | |
| 11993 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
| 11994 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
| 11995 | /// in the global scope. |
| 11996 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
| 11997 | |
| 11998 | /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
| 11999 | /// expression violations. |
| 12000 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
| 12001 | public: |
| 12002 | bool Suppress; |
| 12003 | |
| 12004 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
| 12005 | |
| 12006 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 12007 | diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 12008 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, |
| 12009 | SourceLocation Loc) = 0; |
| 12010 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 12011 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {} |
| 12012 | }; |
| 12013 | |
| 12014 | enum AllowFoldKind { |
| 12015 | NoFold, |
| 12016 | AllowFold, |
| 12017 | }; |
| 12018 | |
| 12019 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
| 12020 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
| 12021 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
| 12022 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
| 12023 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
| 12024 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 12025 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
| 12026 | unsigned DiagID, |
| 12027 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 12028 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
| 12029 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr, |
| 12030 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 12031 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
| 12032 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) { |
| 12033 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold); |
| 12034 | } |
| 12035 | |
| 12036 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
| 12037 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
| 12038 | /// Returns false on success. |
| 12039 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
| 12040 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
| 12041 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
| 12042 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
| 12043 | |
| 12044 | private: |
| 12045 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
| 12046 | |
| 12047 | public: |
| 12048 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
| 12049 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
| 12050 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
| 12051 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
| 12052 | |
| 12053 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
| 12054 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
| 12055 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
| 12056 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
| 12057 | |
| 12058 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
| 12059 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
| 12060 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
| 12061 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
| 12062 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
| 12063 | DeviceDeferredDiags; |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
| 12066 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
| 12067 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
| 12068 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
| 12069 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 12070 | }; |
| 12071 | |
| 12072 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
| 12073 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
| 12074 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
| 12075 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
| 12076 | |
| 12077 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
| 12078 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
| 12079 | /// |
| 12080 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
| 12081 | /// map. |
| 12082 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
| 12083 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
| 12084 | DeviceKnownEmittedFns; |
| 12085 | |
| 12086 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12087 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 12088 | /// |
| 12089 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics |
| 12090 | /// unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true. |
| 12091 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
| 12092 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
| 12093 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
| 12094 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
| 12095 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 12096 | /// |
| 12097 | /// Example usage: |
| 12098 | /// |
| 12099 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
| 12100 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
| 12101 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 12102 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 12103 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12104 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 12105 | |
| 12106 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12107 | /// context is "used as host code". |
| 12108 | /// |
| 12109 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
| 12110 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
| 12111 | |
| 12112 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12113 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 12114 | /// |
| 12115 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
| 12116 | /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
| 12117 | /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling |
| 12118 | /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
| 12119 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 12120 | /// |
| 12121 | /// Example usage: |
| 12122 | /// |
| 12123 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
| 12124 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
| 12125 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 12126 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 12127 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 12128 | diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 12129 | |
| 12130 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12131 | /// context is "used as host code". |
| 12132 | /// |
| 12133 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
| 12134 | /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
| 12135 | /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it. |
| 12136 | /// |
| 12137 | /// Example usage: |
| 12138 | /// |
| 12139 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
| 12140 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
| 12141 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 12142 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 12143 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12144 | unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 12145 | |
| 12146 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 12147 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 12148 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12149 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 12150 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) { |
| 12151 | return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD; |
| 12152 | } |
| 12153 | |
| 12154 | /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the |
| 12155 | /// offloading devices. |
| 12156 | void checkDeviceDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 12157 | |
| 12158 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
| 12159 | CFT_Device, |
| 12160 | CFT_Global, |
| 12161 | CFT_Host, |
| 12162 | CFT_HostDevice, |
| 12163 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
| 12164 | }; |
| 12165 | |
| 12166 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
| 12167 | /// function. |
| 12168 | /// |
| 12169 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
| 12170 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
| 12171 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
| 12172 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
| 12173 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
| 12174 | |
| 12175 | enum CUDAVariableTarget { |
| 12176 | CVT_Device, /// Emitted on device side with a shadow variable on host side |
| 12177 | CVT_Host, /// Emitted on host side only |
| 12178 | CVT_Both, /// Emitted on both sides with different addresses |
| 12179 | CVT_Unified, /// Emitted as a unified address, e.g. managed variables |
| 12180 | }; |
| 12181 | /// Determines whether the given variable is emitted on host or device side. |
| 12182 | CUDAVariableTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const VarDecl *D); |
| 12183 | |
| 12184 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
| 12185 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
| 12186 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
| 12187 | } |
| 12188 | |
| 12189 | static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D); |
| 12190 | |
| 12191 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
| 12192 | // worst to best. |
| 12193 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
| 12194 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
| 12195 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
| 12196 | // function that do not match current compilation |
| 12197 | // mode. |
| 12198 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
| 12199 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
| 12200 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
| 12201 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
| 12202 | }; |
| 12203 | |
| 12204 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
| 12205 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
| 12206 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
| 12207 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
| 12208 | /// \param Callee target function |
| 12209 | /// |
| 12210 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
| 12211 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12212 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12213 | |
| 12214 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
| 12215 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
| 12216 | /// |
| 12217 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
| 12218 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
| 12219 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12220 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
| 12221 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
| 12222 | } |
| 12223 | |
| 12224 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
| 12225 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
| 12226 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 12227 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 12228 | |
| 12229 | /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD |
| 12230 | /// and current compilation settings. |
| 12231 | void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD); |
| 12232 | |
| 12233 | public: |
| 12234 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
| 12235 | /// |
| 12236 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
| 12237 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
| 12238 | /// |
| 12239 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
| 12240 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
| 12241 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
| 12242 | /// |
| 12243 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
| 12244 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
| 12245 | /// deferred errors. |
| 12246 | /// |
| 12247 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
| 12248 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12249 | |
| 12250 | void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
| 12251 | |
| 12252 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
| 12253 | /// operator() method. |
| 12254 | /// |
| 12255 | /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit |
| 12256 | /// host or device attribute. |
| 12257 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 12258 | |
| 12259 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
| 12260 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
| 12261 | /// calling priority. |
| 12262 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
| 12263 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12264 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
| 12265 | |
| 12266 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
| 12267 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
| 12268 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
| 12269 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
| 12270 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
| 12271 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
| 12272 | /// its RHS. |
| 12273 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
| 12274 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
| 12275 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
| 12276 | /// the member declaration. |
| 12277 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 12278 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 12279 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
| 12280 | bool ConstRHS, |
| 12281 | bool Diagnose); |
| 12282 | |
| 12283 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
| 12284 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
| 12285 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 12286 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
| 12287 | |
| 12288 | // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In |
| 12289 | // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var. |
| 12290 | // |
| 12291 | // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global |
| 12292 | // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all |
| 12293 | // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly |
| 12294 | // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers |
| 12295 | // for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
| 12296 | void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD); |
| 12297 | |
| 12298 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
| 12299 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
| 12300 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 12301 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 12302 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
| 12303 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
| 12304 | |
| 12305 | /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name |
| 12306 | /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the |
| 12307 | /// parameters specified via <<<>>>. |
| 12308 | std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const; |
| 12309 | |
| 12310 | /// \name Code completion |
| 12311 | //@{ |
| 12312 | /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
| 12313 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
| 12314 | /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
| 12315 | PCC_Namespace, |
| 12316 | /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
| 12317 | PCC_Class, |
| 12318 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
| 12319 | /// or category. |
| 12320 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
| 12321 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
| 12322 | /// category implementation |
| 12323 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
| 12324 | /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
| 12325 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
| 12326 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
| 12327 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
| 12328 | /// headers. |
| 12329 | PCC_Template, |
| 12330 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
| 12331 | /// headers within a class. |
| 12332 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
| 12333 | /// Code completion occurs within an expression. |
| 12334 | PCC_Expression, |
| 12335 | /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
| 12336 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
| 12337 | PCC_Statement, |
| 12338 | /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
| 12339 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
| 12340 | PCC_ForInit, |
| 12341 | /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
| 12342 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
| 12343 | PCC_Condition, |
| 12344 | /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
| 12345 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
| 12346 | /// in the grammar. |
| 12347 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
| 12348 | /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
| 12349 | PCC_Type, |
| 12350 | /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
| 12351 | /// might also be a type cast. |
| 12352 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
| 12353 | /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
| 12354 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
| 12355 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
| 12356 | }; |
| 12357 | |
| 12358 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 12359 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
| 12360 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
| 12361 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 12362 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
| 12363 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
| 12364 | |
| 12365 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
| 12366 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
| 12367 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
| 12368 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
| 12369 | bool IsParenthesized = false); |
| 12370 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase, |
| 12371 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 12372 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 12373 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12374 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS, |
| 12375 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12376 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
| 12377 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
| 12378 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
| 12379 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
| 12380 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
| 12381 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
| 12382 | enum class AttributeCompletion { |
| 12383 | Attribute, |
| 12384 | Scope, |
| 12385 | None, |
| 12386 | }; |
| 12387 | void CodeCompleteAttribute( |
| 12388 | AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax, |
| 12389 | AttributeCompletion Completion = AttributeCompletion::Attribute, |
| 12390 | const IdentifierInfo *Scope = nullptr); |
| 12391 | /// Determines the preferred type of the current function argument, by |
| 12392 | /// examining the signatures of all possible overloads. |
| 12393 | /// Returns null if unknown or ambiguous, or if code completion is off. |
| 12394 | /// |
| 12395 | /// If the code completion point has been reached, also reports the function |
| 12396 | /// signatures that were considered. |
| 12397 | /// |
| 12398 | /// FIXME: rename to GuessCallArgumentType to reduce confusion. |
| 12399 | QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 12400 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12401 | QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
| 12402 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12403 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 12404 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12405 | QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
| 12406 | CXXScopeSpec SS, |
| 12407 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 12408 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, |
| 12409 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 12410 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12411 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 12412 | /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are |
| 12413 | /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current |
| 12414 | /// Designation being parsed. |
| 12415 | void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType, |
| 12416 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
| 12417 | const Designation &D); |
| 12418 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen); |
| 12419 | |
| 12420 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext, |
| 12421 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
| 12422 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12423 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
| 12424 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
| 12425 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12426 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12427 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
| 12428 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
| 12429 | Decl *Constructor, |
| 12430 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
| 12431 | |
| 12432 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
| 12433 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
| 12434 | void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D); |
| 12435 | |
| 12436 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
| 12437 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
| 12438 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
| 12439 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
| 12440 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
| 12441 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
| 12442 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
| 12443 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
| 12444 | bool IsParameter); |
| 12445 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
| 12446 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 12447 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12448 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
| 12449 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
| 12450 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12451 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 12452 | bool IsSuper = false); |
| 12453 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
| 12454 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12455 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 12456 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
| 12457 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
| 12458 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
| 12459 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
| 12460 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
| 12461 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
| 12462 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
| 12463 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12464 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12465 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
| 12466 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12467 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12468 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12469 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
| 12470 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12471 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12472 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
| 12473 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12474 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12475 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
| 12476 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
| 12477 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
| 12478 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
| 12479 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
| 12480 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
| 12481 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
| 12482 | bool AtParameterName, |
| 12483 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
| 12484 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
| 12485 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
| 12486 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
| 12487 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
| 12488 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
| 12489 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
| 12490 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
| 12491 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
| 12492 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
| 12493 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
| 12494 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
| 12495 | unsigned Argument); |
| 12496 | void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled); |
| 12497 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
| 12498 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
| 12499 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 12500 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 12501 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
| 12502 | //@} |
| 12503 | |
| 12504 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12505 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
| 12506 | |
| 12507 | public: |
| 12508 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
| 12509 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
| 12510 | |
| 12511 | private: |
| 12512 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
| 12513 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
| 12514 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
| 12515 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
| 12516 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
| 12517 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
| 12518 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
| 12519 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 12520 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
| 12521 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 12522 | }; |
| 12523 | |
| 12524 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
| 12525 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
| 12526 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12527 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12528 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
| 12529 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
| 12530 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12531 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12532 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12533 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType, |
| 12534 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12535 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 12536 | |
| 12537 | void CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl, |
| 12538 | StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy, QualType ParamTy); |
| 12539 | |
| 12540 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 12541 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12542 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 12543 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
| 12544 | |
| 12545 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
| 12546 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
| 12547 | |
| 12548 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 12549 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12550 | |
| 12551 | bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12552 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12553 | |
| 12554 | void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12555 | |
| 12556 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12557 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
| 12558 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12559 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12560 | bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12561 | bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12562 | bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12563 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12564 | bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg, |
| 12565 | bool WantCDE); |
| 12566 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12567 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12568 | |
| 12569 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12570 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12571 | bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12572 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12573 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12574 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12575 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12576 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12577 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12578 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12579 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12580 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12581 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12582 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12583 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12584 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12585 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12586 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12587 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12588 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12589 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12590 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12591 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12592 | bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12593 | bool CheckRISCVLMUL(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
| 12594 | bool CheckRISCVBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12595 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12596 | |
| 12597 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12598 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
| 12599 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12600 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
| 12601 | bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12602 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12603 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12604 | bool SemaValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
| 12605 | |
| 12606 | public: |
| 12607 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
| 12608 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12609 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 12610 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 12611 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 12612 | |
| 12613 | private: |
| 12614 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12615 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12616 | bool SemaBuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12617 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12618 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12619 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12620 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12621 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
| 12622 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
| 12623 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
| 12624 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
| 12625 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
| 12626 | bool IsDelete); |
| 12627 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12628 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
| 12629 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low, |
| 12630 | int High, bool RangeIsError = true); |
| 12631 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12632 | unsigned Multiple); |
| 12633 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum); |
| 12634 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12635 | unsigned ArgBits); |
| 12636 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12637 | unsigned ArgBits); |
| 12638 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12639 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
| 12640 | bool AllowName); |
| 12641 | bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12642 | bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, const char *TypeDesc); |
| 12643 | |
| 12644 | bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc); |
| 12645 | |
| 12646 | // Matrix builtin handling. |
| 12647 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12648 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12649 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12650 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12651 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12652 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12653 | |
| 12654 | public: |
| 12655 | enum FormatStringType { |
| 12656 | FST_Scanf, |
| 12657 | FST_Printf, |
| 12658 | FST_NSString, |
| 12659 | FST_Strftime, |
| 12660 | FST_Strfmon, |
| 12661 | FST_Kprintf, |
| 12662 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
| 12663 | FST_OSTrace, |
| 12664 | FST_OSLog, |
| 12665 | FST_Unknown |
| 12666 | }; |
| 12667 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
| 12668 | |
| 12669 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
| 12670 | |
| 12671 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
| 12672 | |
| 12673 | private: |
| 12674 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
| 12675 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12676 | bool IsCXXMember, |
| 12677 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
| 12678 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 12679 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
| 12680 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12681 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
| 12682 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
| 12683 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
| 12684 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
| 12685 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
| 12686 | |
| 12687 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12688 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 12689 | |
| 12690 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 12691 | |
| 12692 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12693 | unsigned BId, |
| 12694 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12695 | |
| 12696 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12697 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12698 | |
| 12699 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12700 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12701 | |
| 12702 | void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E); |
| 12703 | |
| 12704 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
| 12705 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
| 12706 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
| 12707 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
| 12708 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 12709 | |
| 12710 | public: |
| 12711 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 12712 | |
| 12713 | private: |
| 12714 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
| 12715 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
| 12716 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
| 12717 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E); |
| 12718 | |
| 12719 | /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
| 12720 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
| 12721 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 12722 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 12723 | |
| 12724 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
| 12725 | Expr *Init); |
| 12726 | |
| 12727 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
| 12728 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
| 12729 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
| 12730 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 12731 | bool DeclIsField = true); |
| 12732 | |
| 12733 | /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
| 12734 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
| 12735 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
| 12736 | |
| 12737 | /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
| 12738 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
| 12739 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
| 12740 | |
| 12741 | void CheckTCBEnforcement(const CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12742 | |
| 12743 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
| 12744 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
| 12745 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
| 12746 | public: |
| 12747 | /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
| 12748 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
| 12749 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
| 12750 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
| 12751 | |
| 12752 | struct TypeTagData { |
| 12753 | TypeTagData() {} |
| 12754 | |
| 12755 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
| 12756 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
| 12757 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
| 12758 | {} |
| 12759 | |
| 12760 | QualType Type; |
| 12761 | |
| 12762 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
| 12763 | /// layout-compatibility. |
| 12764 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
| 12765 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
| 12766 | }; |
| 12767 | |
| 12768 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
| 12769 | /// identifies the magic value. |
| 12770 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
| 12771 | |
| 12772 | private: |
| 12773 | /// A map from magic value to type information. |
| 12774 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
| 12775 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
| 12776 | |
| 12777 | /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
| 12778 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
| 12779 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
| 12780 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
| 12781 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
| 12782 | |
| 12783 | /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
| 12784 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
| 12785 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
| 12786 | |
| 12787 | /// The parser's current scope. |
| 12788 | /// |
| 12789 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
| 12790 | Scope *CurScope; |
| 12791 | |
| 12792 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
| 12793 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
| 12794 | |
| 12795 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
| 12796 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
| 12797 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
| 12798 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr; |
| 12799 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
| 12800 | |
| 12801 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
| 12802 | |
| 12803 | /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
| 12804 | /// |
| 12805 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
| 12806 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
| 12807 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
| 12808 | |
| 12809 | protected: |
| 12810 | friend class Parser; |
| 12811 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
| 12812 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 12813 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 12814 | friend class ASTWriter; |
| 12815 | |
| 12816 | public: |
| 12817 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
| 12818 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
| 12819 | |
| 12820 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
| 12821 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
| 12822 | bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D); |
| 12823 | |
| 12824 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
| 12825 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
| 12826 | |
| 12827 | /// Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
| 12828 | /// |
| 12829 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
| 12830 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
| 12831 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
| 12832 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
| 12833 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
| 12834 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
| 12835 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
| 12836 | |
| 12837 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
| 12838 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
| 12839 | } |
| 12840 | |
| 12841 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
| 12842 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
| 12843 | |
| 12844 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
| 12845 | |
| 12846 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
| 12847 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
| 12848 | } |
| 12849 | |
| 12850 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
| 12851 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
| 12852 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
| 12853 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
| 12854 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
| 12855 | return DC; |
| 12856 | } |
| 12857 | |
| 12858 | /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is |
| 12859 | /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent |
| 12860 | /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as |
| 12861 | /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is |
| 12862 | /// encountered. |
| 12863 | unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const; |
| 12864 | |
| 12865 | /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
| 12866 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
| 12867 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
| 12868 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
| 12869 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
| 12870 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
| 12871 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
| 12872 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
| 12873 | } |
| 12874 | |
| 12875 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
| 12876 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
| 12877 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
| 12878 | SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions; |
| 12879 | |
| 12880 | private: |
| 12881 | int ParsingClassDepth = 0; |
| 12882 | |
| 12883 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
| 12884 | public: |
| 12885 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
| 12886 | |
| 12887 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
| 12888 | assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 12889, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 12889 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 12889, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 12890 | assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 12891, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 12891 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 12891, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 12892 | swapSavedState(); |
| 12893 | } |
| 12894 | |
| 12895 | private: |
| 12896 | Sema &S; |
| 12897 | decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks) |
| 12898 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 12899 | decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks) |
| 12900 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 12901 | |
| 12902 | void swapSavedState() { |
| 12903 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
| 12904 | S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks); |
| 12905 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
| 12906 | S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks); |
| 12907 | } |
| 12908 | }; |
| 12909 | |
| 12910 | /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
| 12911 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
| 12912 | struct MisalignedMember { |
| 12913 | Expr *E; |
| 12914 | RecordDecl *RD; |
| 12915 | ValueDecl *MD; |
| 12916 | CharUnits Alignment; |
| 12917 | |
| 12918 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
| 12919 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
| 12920 | CharUnits Alignment) |
| 12921 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
| 12922 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
| 12923 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
| 12924 | |
| 12925 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
| 12926 | }; |
| 12927 | /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
| 12928 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
| 12929 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
| 12930 | |
| 12931 | /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
| 12932 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
| 12933 | CharUnits Alignment); |
| 12934 | |
| 12935 | public: |
| 12936 | /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
| 12937 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
| 12938 | /// diagnostics. |
| 12939 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
| 12940 | |
| 12941 | /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
| 12942 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
| 12943 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
| 12944 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
| 12945 | /// void*). |
| 12946 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
| 12947 | |
| 12948 | /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
| 12949 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
| 12950 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
| 12951 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
| 12952 | Expr *E, |
| 12953 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
| 12954 | Action); |
| 12955 | |
| 12956 | /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used |
| 12957 | /// for diagnostics. |
| 12958 | enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason { |
| 12959 | ForThisTarget = 0, |
| 12960 | VariadicFunction, |
| 12961 | ConstructorDestructor, |
| 12962 | BuiltinFunction |
| 12963 | }; |
| 12964 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12965 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 12966 | /// |
| 12967 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the |
| 12968 | /// function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics |
| 12969 | /// immediately. |
| 12970 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling |
| 12971 | /// for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed |
| 12972 | /// for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
| 12973 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 12974 | /// |
| 12975 | /// Example usage: |
| 12976 | /// |
| 12977 | /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current |
| 12978 | /// target doesn't support it |
| 12979 | /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() && |
| 12980 | /// S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) |
| 12981 | /// SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128"; |
| 12982 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12983 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 12984 | |
| 12985 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
| 12986 | /// |
| 12987 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
| 12988 | /// emits an error and returns false. |
| 12989 | /// |
| 12990 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
| 12991 | /// it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if |
| 12992 | /// and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
| 12993 | /// |
| 12994 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
| 12995 | /// |
| 12996 | /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be |
| 12997 | /// codegen'ed yet. |
| 12998 | bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12999 | }; |
| 13000 | |
| 13001 | /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
| 13002 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
| 13003 | Sema &Actions; |
| 13004 | bool Entered = true; |
| 13005 | |
| 13006 | public: |
| 13007 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 13008 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 13009 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
| 13010 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
| 13011 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other, |
| 13012 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
| 13013 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
| 13014 | if (Entered) |
| 13015 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
| 13016 | ExprContext); |
| 13017 | } |
| 13018 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 13019 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 13020 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
| 13021 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
| 13022 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other) |
| 13023 | : Actions(Actions) { |
| 13024 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 13025 | NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
| 13026 | } |
| 13027 | |
| 13028 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
| 13029 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
| 13030 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
| 13031 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
| 13032 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
| 13033 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
| 13034 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
| 13035 | // a context. |
| 13036 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
| 13037 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 13038 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 13039 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList); |
| 13040 | Entered = true; |
| 13041 | } |
| 13042 | } |
| 13043 | |
| 13044 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
| 13045 | if (Entered) |
| 13046 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 13047 | } |
| 13048 | }; |
| 13049 | |
| 13050 | DeductionFailureInfo |
| 13051 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
| 13052 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 13053 | |
| 13054 | /// Contains a late templated function. |
| 13055 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
| 13056 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
| 13057 | CachedTokens Toks; |
| 13058 | /// The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
| 13059 | Decl *D; |
| 13060 | }; |
| 13061 | |
| 13062 | template <> |
| 13063 | void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 13064 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 13065 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
| 13066 | AlignPackInfo Value); |
| 13067 | |
| 13068 | } // end namespace clang |
| 13069 | |
| 13070 | namespace llvm { |
| 13071 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
| 13072 | // SourceLocation. |
| 13073 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
| 13074 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
| 13075 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
| 13076 | |
| 13077 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
| 13078 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
| 13079 | } |
| 13080 | |
| 13081 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
| 13082 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
| 13083 | } |
| 13084 | |
| 13085 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
| 13086 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
| 13087 | FDL.Loc.getHashValue()); |
| 13088 | } |
| 13089 | |
| 13090 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
| 13091 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
| 13092 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
| 13093 | } |
| 13094 | }; |
| 13095 | } // namespace llvm |
| 13096 | |
| 13097 | #endif |
| 1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// | ||||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 8 | // | ||||||||
| 9 | /// \file | ||||||||
| 10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation | ||||||||
| 11 | /// | ||||||||
| 12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to | ||||||||
| 13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. | ||||||||
| 14 | // | ||||||||
| 15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 16 | |||||||||
| 17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H | ||||||||
| 18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H | ||||||||
| 19 | |||||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" | ||||||||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" | ||||||||
| 23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" | ||||||||
| 24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" | ||||||||
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||||
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" | ||||||||
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | ||||||||
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" | ||||||||
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | ||||||||
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | ||||||||
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" | ||||||||
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | ||||||||
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" | ||||||||
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | ||||||||
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" | ||||||||
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" | ||||||||
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||||
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" | ||||||||
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" | ||||||||
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | ||||||||
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" | ||||||||
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | ||||||||
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | ||||||||
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | ||||||||
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||||||
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" | ||||||||
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" | ||||||||
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" | ||||||||
| 50 | #include <cassert> | ||||||||
| 51 | #include <cstddef> | ||||||||
| 52 | #include <cstdint> | ||||||||
| 53 | #include <cstring> | ||||||||
| 54 | #include <string> | ||||||||
| 55 | #include <type_traits> | ||||||||
| 56 | #include <utility> | ||||||||
| 57 | |||||||||
| 58 | namespace clang { | ||||||||
| 59 | |||||||||
| 60 | class ExtQuals; | ||||||||
| 61 | class QualType; | ||||||||
| 62 | class ConceptDecl; | ||||||||
| 63 | class TagDecl; | ||||||||
| 64 | class TemplateParameterList; | ||||||||
| 65 | class Type; | ||||||||
| 66 | |||||||||
| 67 | enum { | ||||||||
| 68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, | ||||||||
| 69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits | ||||||||
| 70 | }; | ||||||||
| 71 | |||||||||
| 72 | namespace serialization { | ||||||||
| 73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||||
| 74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; | ||||||||
| 75 | } | ||||||||
| 76 | |||||||||
| 77 | } // namespace clang | ||||||||
| 78 | |||||||||
| 79 | namespace llvm { | ||||||||
| 80 | |||||||||
| 81 | template <typename T> | ||||||||
| 82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; | ||||||||
| 83 | template<> | ||||||||
| 84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { | ||||||||
| 85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } | ||||||||
| 86 | |||||||||
| 87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||||
| 88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); | ||||||||
| 89 | } | ||||||||
| 90 | |||||||||
| 91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; | ||||||||
| 92 | }; | ||||||||
| 93 | |||||||||
| 94 | template<> | ||||||||
| 95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { | ||||||||
| 96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } | ||||||||
| 97 | |||||||||
| 98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||||
| 99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); | ||||||||
| 100 | } | ||||||||
| 101 | |||||||||
| 102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; | ||||||||
| 103 | }; | ||||||||
| 104 | |||||||||
| 105 | } // namespace llvm | ||||||||
| 106 | |||||||||
| 107 | namespace clang { | ||||||||
| 108 | |||||||||
| 109 | class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 110 | template <typename> class CanQual; | ||||||||
| 111 | class CXXRecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 112 | class DeclContext; | ||||||||
| 113 | class EnumDecl; | ||||||||
| 114 | class Expr; | ||||||||
| 115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; | ||||||||
| 116 | class FunctionDecl; | ||||||||
| 117 | class IdentifierInfo; | ||||||||
| 118 | class NamedDecl; | ||||||||
| 119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||||||
| 120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; | ||||||||
| 121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; | ||||||||
| 122 | struct PrintingPolicy; | ||||||||
| 123 | class RecordDecl; | ||||||||
| 124 | class Stmt; | ||||||||
| 125 | class TagDecl; | ||||||||
| 126 | class TemplateArgument; | ||||||||
| 127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; | ||||||||
| 128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; | ||||||||
| 129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; | ||||||||
| 130 | class TypedefNameDecl; | ||||||||
| 131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; | ||||||||
| 132 | |||||||||
| 133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; | ||||||||
| 134 | |||||||||
| 135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. | ||||||||
| 136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; | ||||||||
| 137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||||
| 138 | |||||||||
| 139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. | ||||||||
| 140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: | ||||||||
| 141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict | ||||||||
| 142 | /// * MS: __unaligned | ||||||||
| 143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces | ||||||||
| 144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) | ||||||||
| 145 | class Qualifiers { | ||||||||
| 146 | public: | ||||||||
| 147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. | ||||||||
| 148 | Const = 0x1, | ||||||||
| 149 | Restrict = 0x2, | ||||||||
| 150 | Volatile = 0x4, | ||||||||
| 151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict | ||||||||
| 152 | }; | ||||||||
| 153 | |||||||||
| 154 | enum GC { | ||||||||
| 155 | GCNone = 0, | ||||||||
| 156 | Weak, | ||||||||
| 157 | Strong | ||||||||
| 158 | }; | ||||||||
| 159 | |||||||||
| 160 | enum ObjCLifetime { | ||||||||
| 161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. | ||||||||
| 162 | OCL_None, | ||||||||
| 163 | |||||||||
| 164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or | ||||||||
| 165 | /// releases. | ||||||||
| 166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, | ||||||||
| 167 | |||||||||
| 168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be | ||||||||
| 169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the | ||||||||
| 170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to | ||||||||
| 171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is | ||||||||
| 172 | /// live. | ||||||||
| 173 | OCL_Strong, | ||||||||
| 174 | |||||||||
| 175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. | ||||||||
| 176 | OCL_Weak, | ||||||||
| 177 | |||||||||
| 178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. | ||||||||
| 179 | OCL_Autoreleasing | ||||||||
| 180 | }; | ||||||||
| 181 | |||||||||
| 182 | enum { | ||||||||
| 183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. | ||||||||
| 184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. | ||||||||
| 185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, | ||||||||
| 186 | |||||||||
| 187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. | ||||||||
| 188 | FastWidth = 3, | ||||||||
| 189 | |||||||||
| 190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. | ||||||||
| 191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 | ||||||||
| 192 | }; | ||||||||
| 193 | |||||||||
| 194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from | ||||||||
| 195 | /// the given sets. | ||||||||
| 196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { | ||||||||
| 197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. | ||||||||
| 198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { | ||||||||
| 199 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||||
| 200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; | ||||||||
| 201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||||
| 202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||||
| 203 | return Q; | ||||||||
| 204 | } | ||||||||
| 205 | |||||||||
| 206 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||||
| 207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||||
| 209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||||
| 210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||||
| 211 | |||||||||
| 212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||||||
| 213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); | ||||||||
| 214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 216 | } | ||||||||
| 217 | |||||||||
| 218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
| 219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); | ||||||||
| 220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 222 | } | ||||||||
| 223 | |||||||||
| 224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
| 225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
| 226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 228 | } | ||||||||
| 229 | return Q; | ||||||||
| 230 | } | ||||||||
| 231 | |||||||||
| 232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||||
| 233 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||||
| 234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); | ||||||||
| 235 | return Qs; | ||||||||
| 236 | } | ||||||||
| 237 | |||||||||
| 238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { | ||||||||
| 239 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||||
| 240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); | ||||||||
| 241 | return Qs; | ||||||||
| 242 | } | ||||||||
| 243 | |||||||||
| 244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { | ||||||||
| 245 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||||
| 246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); | ||||||||
| 247 | return Qs; | ||||||||
| 248 | } | ||||||||
| 249 | |||||||||
| 250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. | ||||||||
| 251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { | ||||||||
| 252 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||||
| 253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; | ||||||||
| 254 | return Qs; | ||||||||
| 255 | } | ||||||||
| 256 | |||||||||
| 257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. | ||||||||
| 258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { | ||||||||
| 259 | return Mask; | ||||||||
| 260 | } | ||||||||
| 261 | |||||||||
| 262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } | ||||||||
| 263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } | ||||||||
| 264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } | ||||||||
| 265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } | ||||||||
| 266 | |||||||||
| 267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } | ||||||||
| 268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } | ||||||||
| 269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } | ||||||||
| 270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } | ||||||||
| 271 | |||||||||
| 272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } | ||||||||
| 273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } | ||||||||
| 274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } | ||||||||
| 275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } | ||||||||
| 276 | |||||||||
| 277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } | ||||||||
| 278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } | ||||||||
| 279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } | ||||||||
| 280 | |||||||||
| 281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; | ||||||||
| 284 | } | ||||||||
| 285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 287 | Mask &= ~mask; | ||||||||
| 288 | } | ||||||||
| 289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { | ||||||||
| 290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); | ||||||||
| 291 | } | ||||||||
| 292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 294 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||||
| 295 | } | ||||||||
| 296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask ) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 297, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 298 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||||
| 299 | } | ||||||||
| 300 | |||||||||
| 301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } | ||||||||
| 302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { | ||||||||
| 303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); | ||||||||
| 304 | } | ||||||||
| 305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } | ||||||||
| 306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } | ||||||||
| 307 | |||||||||
| 308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } | ||||||||
| 309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } | ||||||||
| 310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { | ||||||||
| 311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); | ||||||||
| 312 | } | ||||||||
| 313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } | ||||||||
| 314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { | ||||||||
| 315 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); | ||||||||
| 317 | } | ||||||||
| 318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { | ||||||||
| 319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||||
| 320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 321 | return qs; | ||||||||
| 322 | } | ||||||||
| 323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||||
| 325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 326 | return qs; | ||||||||
| 327 | } | ||||||||
| 328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
| 329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||||
| 330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 331 | return qs; | ||||||||
| 332 | } | ||||||||
| 333 | |||||||||
| 334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } | ||||||||
| 335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); | ||||||||
| 337 | } | ||||||||
| 338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { | ||||||||
| 339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); | ||||||||
| 340 | } | ||||||||
| 341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } | ||||||||
| 342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { | ||||||||
| 343 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 343, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (!hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); | ||||||||
| 346 | } | ||||||||
| 347 | |||||||||
| 348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. | ||||||||
| 349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); | ||||||||
| 352 | } | ||||||||
| 353 | |||||||||
| 354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. | ||||||||
| 355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); | ||||||||
| 358 | } | ||||||||
| 359 | |||||||||
| 360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } | ||||||||
| 361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
| 362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); | ||||||||
| 363 | } | ||||||||
| 364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
| 365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
| 366 | } | ||||||||
| 367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. | ||||||||
| 368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { | ||||||||
| 369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific | ||||||||
| 371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider | ||||||||
| 372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. | ||||||||
| 373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 373, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) | ||||||||
| 375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); | ||||||||
| 376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed | ||||||||
| 377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default | ||||||||
| 378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). | ||||||||
| 379 | return 0; | ||||||||
| 380 | } | ||||||||
| 381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { | ||||||||
| 382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 382, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) | ||||||||
| 384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); | ||||||||
| 385 | } | ||||||||
| 386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } | ||||||||
| 387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { | ||||||||
| 388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)(static_cast <bool> (space != LangAS::Default) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 389 | setAddressSpace(space); | ||||||||
| 390 | } | ||||||||
| 391 | |||||||||
| 392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly | ||||||||
| 393 | // on a QualType object. | ||||||||
| 394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } | ||||||||
| 395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } | ||||||||
| 396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; | ||||||||
| 399 | } | ||||||||
| 400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 401, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 402 | Mask &= ~mask; | ||||||||
| 403 | } | ||||||||
| 404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { | ||||||||
| 405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); | ||||||||
| 406 | } | ||||||||
| 407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||||
| 408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 408, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 409 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||||
| 410 | } | ||||||||
| 411 | |||||||||
| 412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals | ||||||||
| 413 | /// node to be allocated. | ||||||||
| 414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } | ||||||||
| 415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; | ||||||||
| 417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); | ||||||||
| 418 | return Quals; | ||||||||
| 419 | } | ||||||||
| 420 | |||||||||
| 421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } | ||||||||
| 423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } | ||||||||
| 424 | |||||||||
| 425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. | ||||||||
| 426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||||
| 427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just | ||||||||
| 428 | // bit-or it in. | ||||||||
| 429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) | ||||||||
| 430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; | ||||||||
| 431 | else { | ||||||||
| 432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); | ||||||||
| 433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
| 434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
| 435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) | ||||||||
| 436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); | ||||||||
| 437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
| 438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); | ||||||||
| 439 | } | ||||||||
| 440 | } | ||||||||
| 441 | |||||||||
| 442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. | ||||||||
| 443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||||
| 444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just | ||||||||
| 445 | // bit-and the inverse in. | ||||||||
| 446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) | ||||||||
| 447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||||
| 448 | else { | ||||||||
| 449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); | ||||||||
| 450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) | ||||||||
| 451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
| 453 | removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) | ||||||||
| 455 | removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 456 | } | ||||||||
| 457 | } | ||||||||
| 458 | |||||||||
| 459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that | ||||||||
| 460 | /// they don't conflict. | ||||||||
| 461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { | ||||||||
| 462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; | ||||||||
| 469 | } | ||||||||
| 470 | |||||||||
| 471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. | ||||||||
| 472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of | ||||||||
| 473 | /// overlapping address spaces. | ||||||||
| 474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: | ||||||||
| 475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. | ||||||||
| 476 | /// CL2.0 adds: | ||||||||
| 477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. | ||||||||
| 478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { | ||||||||
| 479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. | ||||||||
| 480 | return A == B || | ||||||||
| 481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except | ||||||||
| 482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. | ||||||||
| 483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || | ||||||||
| 484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, | ||||||||
| 485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers | ||||||||
| 486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. | ||||||||
| 487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || | ||||||||
| 488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || | ||||||||
| 489 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || | ||||||||
| 490 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || | ||||||||
| 491 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. | ||||||||
| 492 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && | ||||||||
| 493 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || | ||||||||
| 494 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. | ||||||||
| 495 | (A == LangAS::Default && | ||||||||
| 496 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || | ||||||||
| 497 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || | ||||||||
| 498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || | ||||||||
| 499 | // In HIP device compilation, any cuda address space is allowed | ||||||||
| 500 | // to implicitly cast into the default address space. | ||||||||
| 501 | (A == LangAS::Default && | ||||||||
| 502 | (B == LangAS::cuda_constant || B == LangAS::cuda_device || | ||||||||
| 503 | B == LangAS::cuda_shared)); | ||||||||
| 504 | } | ||||||||
| 505 | |||||||||
| 506 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or | ||||||||
| 507 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 508 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||||
| 509 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
| 510 | } | ||||||||
| 511 | |||||||||
| 512 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. | ||||||||
| 513 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other | ||||||||
| 514 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 515 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||||
| 516 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && | ||||||||
| 517 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't | ||||||||
| 518 | // be changed. | ||||||||
| 519 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || | ||||||||
| 520 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && | ||||||||
| 521 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. | ||||||||
| 522 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && | ||||||||
| 523 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. | ||||||||
| 524 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && | ||||||||
| 525 | // U qualifier may superset. | ||||||||
| 526 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); | ||||||||
| 527 | } | ||||||||
| 528 | |||||||||
| 529 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of | ||||||||
| 530 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. | ||||||||
| 531 | /// | ||||||||
| 532 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other | ||||||||
| 533 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the | ||||||||
| 534 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak | ||||||||
| 535 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). | ||||||||
| 536 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||||
| 537 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
| 538 | return true; | ||||||||
| 539 | |||||||||
| 540 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) | ||||||||
| 541 | return false; | ||||||||
| 542 | |||||||||
| 543 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) | ||||||||
| 544 | return true; | ||||||||
| 545 | |||||||||
| 546 | return hasConst(); | ||||||||
| 547 | } | ||||||||
| 548 | |||||||||
| 549 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of | ||||||||
| 550 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. | ||||||||
| 551 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; | ||||||||
| 552 | |||||||||
| 553 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } | ||||||||
| 554 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } | ||||||||
| 555 | |||||||||
| 556 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } | ||||||||
| 557 | |||||||||
| 558 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { | ||||||||
| 559 | addQualifiers(R); | ||||||||
| 560 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 561 | } | ||||||||
| 562 | |||||||||
| 563 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears | ||||||||
| 564 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. | ||||||||
| 565 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { | ||||||||
| 566 | L += R; | ||||||||
| 567 | return L; | ||||||||
| 568 | } | ||||||||
| 569 | |||||||||
| 570 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { | ||||||||
| 571 | removeQualifiers(R); | ||||||||
| 572 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 573 | } | ||||||||
| 574 | |||||||||
| 575 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. | ||||||||
| 576 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { | ||||||||
| 577 | L -= R; | ||||||||
| 578 | return L; | ||||||||
| 579 | } | ||||||||
| 580 | |||||||||
| 581 | std::string getAsString() const; | ||||||||
| 582 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 583 | |||||||||
| 584 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); | ||||||||
| 585 | |||||||||
| 586 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 587 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 588 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; | ||||||||
| 589 | |||||||||
| 590 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||||
| 591 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); | ||||||||
| 592 | } | ||||||||
| 593 | |||||||||
| 594 | private: | ||||||||
| 595 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| | ||||||||
| 596 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| | ||||||||
| 597 | uint32_t Mask = 0; | ||||||||
| 598 | |||||||||
| 599 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; | ||||||||
| 600 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; | ||||||||
| 601 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; | ||||||||
| 602 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; | ||||||||
| 603 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; | ||||||||
| 604 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; | ||||||||
| 605 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = | ||||||||
| 606 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); | ||||||||
| 607 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; | ||||||||
| 608 | }; | ||||||||
| 609 | |||||||||
| 610 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split | ||||||||
| 611 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. | ||||||||
| 612 | struct SplitQualType { | ||||||||
| 613 | /// The locally-unqualified type. | ||||||||
| 614 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 615 | |||||||||
| 616 | /// The local qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 617 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||||
| 618 | |||||||||
| 619 | SplitQualType() = default; | ||||||||
| 620 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} | ||||||||
| 621 | |||||||||
| 622 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file | ||||||||
| 623 | |||||||||
| 624 | // Make std::tie work. | ||||||||
| 625 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { | ||||||||
| 626 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); | ||||||||
| 627 | } | ||||||||
| 628 | |||||||||
| 629 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { | ||||||||
| 630 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; | ||||||||
| 631 | } | ||||||||
| 632 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { | ||||||||
| 633 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; | ||||||||
| 634 | } | ||||||||
| 635 | }; | ||||||||
| 636 | |||||||||
| 637 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. | ||||||||
| 638 | /// | ||||||||
| 639 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when | ||||||||
| 640 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an | ||||||||
| 641 | /// unspecialized type. | ||||||||
| 642 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { | ||||||||
| 643 | /// An ordinary type. | ||||||||
| 644 | Ordinary, | ||||||||
| 645 | |||||||||
| 646 | /// The result type of a method or function. | ||||||||
| 647 | Result, | ||||||||
| 648 | |||||||||
| 649 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. | ||||||||
| 650 | Parameter, | ||||||||
| 651 | |||||||||
| 652 | /// The type of a property. | ||||||||
| 653 | Property, | ||||||||
| 654 | |||||||||
| 655 | /// The superclass of a type. | ||||||||
| 656 | Superclass, | ||||||||
| 657 | }; | ||||||||
| 658 | |||||||||
| 659 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. | ||||||||
| 660 | /// | ||||||||
| 661 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their | ||||||||
| 662 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This | ||||||||
| 663 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for | ||||||||
| 664 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', | ||||||||
| 665 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). | ||||||||
| 666 | /// | ||||||||
| 667 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we | ||||||||
| 668 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the | ||||||||
| 669 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a | ||||||||
| 670 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit | ||||||||
| 671 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which | ||||||||
| 672 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. | ||||||||
| 673 | class QualType { | ||||||||
| 674 | friend class QualifierCollector; | ||||||||
| 675 | |||||||||
| 676 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. | ||||||||
| 677 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, | ||||||||
| 678 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; | ||||||||
| 679 | |||||||||
| 680 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { | ||||||||
| 681 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); | ||||||||
| 682 | } | ||||||||
| 683 | |||||||||
| 684 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { | ||||||||
| 685 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); | ||||||||
| 686 | } | ||||||||
| 687 | |||||||||
| 688 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { | ||||||||
| 689 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")(static_cast <bool> (!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 689, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 690 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); | ||||||||
| 691 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); | ||||||||
| 692 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); | ||||||||
| 693 | } | ||||||||
| 694 | |||||||||
| 695 | public: | ||||||||
| 696 | QualType() = default; | ||||||||
| 697 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} | ||||||||
| 698 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} | ||||||||
| 699 | |||||||||
| 700 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } | ||||||||
| 701 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } | ||||||||
| 702 | |||||||||
| 703 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. | ||||||||
| 704 | /// | ||||||||
| 705 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be | ||||||||
| 706 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). | ||||||||
| 707 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; | ||||||||
| 708 | |||||||||
| 709 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; | ||||||||
| 710 | |||||||||
| 711 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. | ||||||||
| 712 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; | ||||||||
| 713 | |||||||||
| 714 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local | ||||||||
| 715 | /// qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 716 | SplitQualType split() const; | ||||||||
| 717 | |||||||||
| 718 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } | ||||||||
| 719 | |||||||||
| 720 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { | ||||||||
| 721 | QualType T; | ||||||||
| 722 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); | ||||||||
| 723 | return T; | ||||||||
| 724 | } | ||||||||
| 725 | |||||||||
| 726 | const Type &operator*() const { | ||||||||
| 727 | return *getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 728 | } | ||||||||
| 729 | |||||||||
| 730 | const Type *operator->() const { | ||||||||
| 731 | return getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 732 | } | ||||||||
| 733 | |||||||||
| 734 | bool isCanonical() const; | ||||||||
| 735 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; | ||||||||
| 736 | |||||||||
| 737 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. | ||||||||
| 738 | bool isNull() const { | ||||||||
| 739 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); | ||||||||
| 740 | } | ||||||||
| 741 | |||||||||
| 742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||||
| 743 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||||
| 744 | /// added "const" at a different level. | ||||||||
| 745 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||||
| 747 | } | ||||||||
| 748 | |||||||||
| 749 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. | ||||||||
| 750 | bool isConstQualified() const; | ||||||||
| 751 | |||||||||
| 752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||||
| 753 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||||
| 754 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. | ||||||||
| 755 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 756 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||||
| 757 | } | ||||||||
| 758 | |||||||||
| 759 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. | ||||||||
| 760 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; | ||||||||
| 761 | |||||||||
| 762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||||
| 763 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||||
| 764 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. | ||||||||
| 765 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 766 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||||
| 767 | } | ||||||||
| 768 | |||||||||
| 769 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. | ||||||||
| 770 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; | ||||||||
| 771 | |||||||||
| 772 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any | ||||||||
| 773 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add | ||||||||
| 774 | /// qualifiers at a different level. | ||||||||
| 775 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 776 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 777 | } | ||||||||
| 778 | |||||||||
| 779 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 780 | bool hasQualifiers() const; | ||||||||
| 781 | |||||||||
| 782 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any | ||||||||
| 783 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType | ||||||||
| 784 | /// instance. | ||||||||
| 785 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 786 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); | ||||||||
| 787 | } | ||||||||
| 788 | |||||||||
| 789 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType | ||||||||
| 790 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or | ||||||||
| 791 | /// other sugar. | ||||||||
| 792 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; | ||||||||
| 793 | |||||||||
| 794 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. | ||||||||
| 795 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; | ||||||||
| 796 | |||||||||
| 797 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers | ||||||||
| 798 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers | ||||||||
| 799 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. | ||||||||
| 800 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 801 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 802 | } | ||||||||
| 803 | |||||||||
| 804 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers | ||||||||
| 805 | /// applied to this type. | ||||||||
| 806 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; | ||||||||
| 807 | |||||||||
| 808 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { | ||||||||
| 809 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); | ||||||||
| 810 | } | ||||||||
| 811 | |||||||||
| 812 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). | ||||||||
| 813 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 814 | |||||||||
| 815 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 | ||||||||
| 816 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. | ||||||||
| 817 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 818 | |||||||||
| 819 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules | ||||||||
| 820 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. | ||||||||
| 821 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike | ||||||||
| 822 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. | ||||||||
| 823 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 824 | |||||||||
| 825 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) | ||||||||
| 826 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 827 | |||||||||
| 828 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) | ||||||||
| 829 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 830 | |||||||||
| 831 | |||||||||
| 832 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. | ||||||||
| 833 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; | ||||||||
| 834 | |||||||||
| 835 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. | ||||||||
| 836 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; | ||||||||
| 837 | |||||||||
| 838 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be | ||||||||
| 839 | // easily added. | ||||||||
| 840 | |||||||||
| 841 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||||
| 842 | void addConst() { | ||||||||
| 843 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||||
| 844 | } | ||||||||
| 845 | QualType withConst() const { | ||||||||
| 846 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||||
| 847 | } | ||||||||
| 848 | |||||||||
| 849 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||||
| 850 | void addVolatile() { | ||||||||
| 851 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||||
| 852 | } | ||||||||
| 853 | QualType withVolatile() const { | ||||||||
| 854 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||||
| 855 | } | ||||||||
| 856 | |||||||||
| 857 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||||
| 858 | void addRestrict() { | ||||||||
| 859 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||||
| 860 | } | ||||||||
| 861 | QualType withRestrict() const { | ||||||||
| 862 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||||
| 863 | } | ||||||||
| 864 | |||||||||
| 865 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { | ||||||||
| 866 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); | ||||||||
| 867 | } | ||||||||
| 868 | |||||||||
| 869 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { | ||||||||
| 870 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 871, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 871 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 871, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 872 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); | ||||||||
| 873 | } | ||||||||
| 874 | |||||||||
| 875 | void removeLocalConst(); | ||||||||
| 876 | void removeLocalVolatile(); | ||||||||
| 877 | void removeLocalRestrict(); | ||||||||
| 878 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); | ||||||||
| 879 | |||||||||
| 880 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } | ||||||||
| 881 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||||
| 882 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask ) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 882, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 883 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); | ||||||||
| 884 | } | ||||||||
| 885 | |||||||||
| 886 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any | ||||||||
| 887 | // qualifiers already on this type. | ||||||||
| 888 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { | ||||||||
| 889 | QualType T = *this; | ||||||||
| 890 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); | ||||||||
| 891 | return T; | ||||||||
| 892 | } | ||||||||
| 893 | |||||||||
| 894 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing | ||||||||
| 895 | // any existing fast qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 896 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { | ||||||||
| 897 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); | ||||||||
| 898 | } | ||||||||
| 899 | |||||||||
| 900 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. | ||||||||
| 901 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 902 | QualType T = *this; | ||||||||
| 903 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 904 | return T; | ||||||||
| 905 | } | ||||||||
| 906 | |||||||||
| 907 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; | ||||||||
| 908 | |||||||||
| 909 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers | ||||||||
| 910 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied | ||||||||
| 911 | /// through typedefs. | ||||||||
| 912 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } | ||||||||
| 913 | |||||||||
| 914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, | ||||||||
| 915 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. | ||||||||
| 916 | /// | ||||||||
| 917 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the | ||||||||
| 918 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: | ||||||||
| 919 | /// | ||||||||
| 920 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 921 | /// typedef int Integer; | ||||||||
| 922 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; | ||||||||
| 923 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; | ||||||||
| 924 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 925 | /// | ||||||||
| 926 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will | ||||||||
| 927 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. | ||||||||
| 928 | /// | ||||||||
| 929 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array | ||||||||
| 930 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use | ||||||||
| 931 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. | ||||||||
| 932 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||||
| 933 | |||||||||
| 934 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little | ||||||||
| 935 | /// sugar as possible. | ||||||||
| 936 | /// | ||||||||
| 937 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of | ||||||||
| 938 | /// qualifiers that were built up. | ||||||||
| 939 | /// | ||||||||
| 940 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array | ||||||||
| 941 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use | ||||||||
| 942 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. | ||||||||
| 943 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||||
| 944 | |||||||||
| 945 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other | ||||||||
| 946 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 947 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; | ||||||||
| 948 | |||||||||
| 949 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other | ||||||||
| 950 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 951 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; | ||||||||
| 952 | |||||||||
| 953 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; | ||||||||
| 954 | |||||||||
| 955 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the | ||||||||
| 956 | /// specified result type. | ||||||||
| 957 | /// | ||||||||
| 958 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is | ||||||||
| 959 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily | ||||||||
| 960 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no | ||||||||
| 961 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers | ||||||||
| 962 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). | ||||||||
| 963 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 964 | |||||||||
| 965 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part | ||||||||
| 966 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that | ||||||||
| 967 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a | ||||||||
| 968 | /// pack expansion type. | ||||||||
| 969 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; | ||||||||
| 970 | |||||||||
| 971 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from | ||||||||
| 972 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of | ||||||||
| 973 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar | ||||||||
| 974 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For | ||||||||
| 975 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is | ||||||||
| 976 | /// concrete. | ||||||||
| 977 | /// | ||||||||
| 978 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. | ||||||||
| 979 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||||
| 980 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); | ||||||||
| 981 | } | ||||||||
| 982 | |||||||||
| 983 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { | ||||||||
| 984 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); | ||||||||
| 985 | } | ||||||||
| 986 | |||||||||
| 987 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from | ||||||||
| 988 | /// the type. | ||||||||
| 989 | /// | ||||||||
| 990 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level | ||||||||
| 991 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. | ||||||||
| 992 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||||
| 993 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); | ||||||||
| 994 | } | ||||||||
| 995 | |||||||||
| 996 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any | ||||||||
| 997 | /// outer-level parentheses. | ||||||||
| 998 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { | ||||||||
| 999 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) | ||||||||
| 1000 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); | ||||||||
| 1001 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 1002 | } | ||||||||
| 1003 | |||||||||
| 1004 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. | ||||||||
| 1005 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||||
| 1006 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; | ||||||||
| 1007 | } | ||||||||
| 1008 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||||
| 1009 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; | ||||||||
| 1010 | } | ||||||||
| 1011 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||||
| 1012 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; | ||||||||
| 1013 | } | ||||||||
| 1014 | |||||||||
| 1015 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, | ||||||||
| 1016 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||||||
| 1017 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); | ||||||||
| 1018 | } | ||||||||
| 1019 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||||
| 1020 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); | ||||||||
| 1021 | |||||||||
| 1022 | std::string getAsString() const; | ||||||||
| 1023 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 1024 | |||||||||
| 1025 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 1026 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), | ||||||||
| 1027 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; | ||||||||
| 1028 | |||||||||
| 1029 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 1030 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, | ||||||||
| 1031 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { | ||||||||
| 1032 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); | ||||||||
| 1033 | } | ||||||||
| 1034 | |||||||||
| 1035 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||||
| 1036 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, | ||||||||
| 1037 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, | ||||||||
| 1038 | unsigned Indentation = 0); | ||||||||
| 1039 | |||||||||
| 1040 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, | ||||||||
| 1041 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 1042 | |||||||||
| 1043 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, | ||||||||
| 1044 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { | ||||||||
| 1045 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); | ||||||||
| 1046 | } | ||||||||
| 1047 | |||||||||
| 1048 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||||
| 1049 | std::string &out, | ||||||||
| 1050 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); | ||||||||
| 1051 | |||||||||
| 1052 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { | ||||||||
| 1053 | const QualType &T; | ||||||||
| 1054 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; | ||||||||
| 1055 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; | ||||||||
| 1056 | unsigned Indentation; | ||||||||
| 1057 | |||||||||
| 1058 | public: | ||||||||
| 1059 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 1060 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) | ||||||||
| 1061 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), | ||||||||
| 1062 | Indentation(Indentation) {} | ||||||||
| 1063 | |||||||||
| 1064 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 1065 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { | ||||||||
| 1066 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); | ||||||||
| 1067 | return OS; | ||||||||
| 1068 | } | ||||||||
| 1069 | }; | ||||||||
| 1070 | |||||||||
| 1071 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 1072 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), | ||||||||
| 1073 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { | ||||||||
| 1074 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); | ||||||||
| 1075 | } | ||||||||
| 1076 | |||||||||
| 1077 | void dump(const char *s) const; | ||||||||
| 1078 | void dump() const; | ||||||||
| 1079 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 1080 | |||||||||
| 1081 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||||
| 1082 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 1083 | } | ||||||||
| 1084 | |||||||||
| 1085 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. | ||||||||
| 1086 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; | ||||||||
| 1087 | |||||||||
| 1088 | /// Return the address space of this type. | ||||||||
| 1089 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; | ||||||||
| 1090 | |||||||||
| 1091 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space | ||||||||
| 1092 | /// qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1093 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces | ||||||||
| 1094 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. | ||||||||
| 1095 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: | ||||||||
| 1096 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. | ||||||||
| 1097 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: | ||||||||
| 1098 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. | ||||||||
| 1099 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { | ||||||||
| 1100 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 1101 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 1102 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another | ||||||||
| 1103 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); | ||||||||
| 1104 | } | ||||||||
| 1105 | |||||||||
| 1106 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. | ||||||||
| 1107 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; | ||||||||
| 1108 | |||||||||
| 1109 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. | ||||||||
| 1110 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { | ||||||||
| 1111 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; | ||||||||
| 1112 | } | ||||||||
| 1113 | |||||||||
| 1114 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. | ||||||||
| 1115 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { | ||||||||
| 1116 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||||||
| 1117 | } | ||||||||
| 1118 | |||||||||
| 1119 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. | ||||||||
| 1120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 1121 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 1122 | } | ||||||||
| 1123 | |||||||||
| 1124 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 1125 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 1126 | } | ||||||||
| 1127 | |||||||||
| 1128 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 1129 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 1130 | } | ||||||||
| 1131 | |||||||||
| 1132 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. | ||||||||
| 1133 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 1134 | |||||||||
| 1135 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { | ||||||||
| 1136 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that | ||||||||
| 1137 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a | ||||||||
| 1138 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. | ||||||||
| 1139 | PDIK_Trivial, | ||||||||
| 1140 | |||||||||
| 1141 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||||
| 1142 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. | ||||||||
| 1143 | PDIK_ARCStrong, | ||||||||
| 1144 | |||||||||
| 1145 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||||
| 1146 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. | ||||||||
| 1147 | PDIK_ARCWeak, | ||||||||
| 1148 | |||||||||
| 1149 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. | ||||||||
| 1150 | PDIK_Struct | ||||||||
| 1151 | }; | ||||||||
| 1152 | |||||||||
| 1153 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. | ||||||||
| 1154 | |||||||||
| 1155 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||||
| 1156 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize | ||||||||
| 1157 | /// and return the kind. | ||||||||
| 1158 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind | ||||||||
| 1159 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; | ||||||||
| 1160 | |||||||||
| 1161 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { | ||||||||
| 1162 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that | ||||||||
| 1163 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a | ||||||||
| 1164 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. | ||||||||
| 1165 | PCK_Trivial, | ||||||||
| 1166 | |||||||||
| 1167 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types | ||||||||
| 1168 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be | ||||||||
| 1169 | /// volatile-qualified. | ||||||||
| 1170 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, | ||||||||
| 1171 | |||||||||
| 1172 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||||
| 1173 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. | ||||||||
| 1174 | PCK_ARCStrong, | ||||||||
| 1175 | |||||||||
| 1176 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||||
| 1177 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. | ||||||||
| 1178 | PCK_ARCWeak, | ||||||||
| 1179 | |||||||||
| 1180 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither | ||||||||
| 1181 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. | ||||||||
| 1182 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying | ||||||||
| 1183 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend | ||||||||
| 1184 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by | ||||||||
| 1185 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. | ||||||||
| 1186 | PCK_Struct | ||||||||
| 1187 | }; | ||||||||
| 1188 | |||||||||
| 1189 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||||
| 1190 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the | ||||||||
| 1191 | /// kind. | ||||||||
| 1192 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; | ||||||||
| 1193 | |||||||||
| 1194 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||||
| 1195 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively | ||||||||
| 1196 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style | ||||||||
| 1197 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state | ||||||||
| 1198 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the | ||||||||
| 1199 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. | ||||||||
| 1200 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; | ||||||||
| 1201 | |||||||||
| 1202 | enum DestructionKind { | ||||||||
| 1203 | DK_none, | ||||||||
| 1204 | DK_cxx_destructor, | ||||||||
| 1205 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, | ||||||||
| 1206 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, | ||||||||
| 1207 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct | ||||||||
| 1208 | }; | ||||||||
| 1209 | |||||||||
| 1210 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require | ||||||||
| 1211 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's | ||||||||
| 1212 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make | ||||||||
| 1213 | /// something require destruction. | ||||||||
| 1214 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { | ||||||||
| 1215 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); | ||||||||
| 1216 | } | ||||||||
| 1217 | |||||||||
| 1218 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to | ||||||||
| 1219 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial | ||||||||
| 1220 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, | ||||||||
| 1221 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. | ||||||||
| 1222 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; | ||||||||
| 1223 | |||||||||
| 1224 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, | ||||||||
| 1225 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If | ||||||||
| 1226 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. | ||||||||
| 1227 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; | ||||||||
| 1228 | |||||||||
| 1229 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which | ||||||||
| 1230 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns | ||||||||
| 1231 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. | ||||||||
| 1232 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; | ||||||||
| 1233 | |||||||||
| 1234 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden | ||||||||
| 1235 | /// from being lvalues in C. | ||||||||
| 1236 | /// | ||||||||
| 1237 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: | ||||||||
| 1238 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void | ||||||||
| 1239 | /// - function types | ||||||||
| 1240 | /// | ||||||||
| 1241 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: | ||||||||
| 1242 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete | ||||||||
| 1243 | /// type other than void. | ||||||||
| 1244 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; | ||||||||
| 1245 | |||||||||
| 1246 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the | ||||||||
| 1247 | /// subject type. | ||||||||
| 1248 | /// | ||||||||
| 1249 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. | ||||||||
| 1250 | /// | ||||||||
| 1251 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the | ||||||||
| 1252 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally | ||||||||
| 1253 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type | ||||||||
| 1254 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate | ||||||||
| 1255 | /// for the context. | ||||||||
| 1256 | /// | ||||||||
| 1257 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. | ||||||||
| 1258 | /// | ||||||||
| 1259 | /// \returns the resulting type. | ||||||||
| 1260 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, | ||||||||
| 1261 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||||
| 1262 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; | ||||||||
| 1263 | |||||||||
| 1264 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type | ||||||||
| 1265 | /// parameters used in the subject type. | ||||||||
| 1266 | /// | ||||||||
| 1267 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for | ||||||||
| 1268 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of | ||||||||
| 1269 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of | ||||||||
| 1270 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. | ||||||||
| 1271 | /// | ||||||||
| 1272 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're | ||||||||
| 1273 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message | ||||||||
| 1274 | /// or the base of a property access. | ||||||||
| 1275 | /// | ||||||||
| 1276 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was | ||||||||
| 1277 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should | ||||||||
| 1278 | /// be substituted. | ||||||||
| 1279 | /// | ||||||||
| 1280 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. | ||||||||
| 1281 | /// | ||||||||
| 1282 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type | ||||||||
| 1283 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. | ||||||||
| 1284 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, | ||||||||
| 1285 | const DeclContext *dc, | ||||||||
| 1286 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; | ||||||||
| 1287 | |||||||||
| 1288 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. | ||||||||
| 1289 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 1290 | |||||||||
| 1291 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. | ||||||||
| 1292 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||||
| 1293 | |||||||||
| 1294 | private: | ||||||||
| 1295 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; | ||||||||
| 1296 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the | ||||||||
| 1297 | // caller. | ||||||||
| 1298 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); | ||||||||
| 1299 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||||
| 1300 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); | ||||||||
| 1301 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); | ||||||||
| 1302 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, | ||||||||
| 1303 | const ASTContext &C); | ||||||||
| 1304 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); | ||||||||
| 1305 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); | ||||||||
| 1306 | |||||||||
| 1307 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. | ||||||||
| 1308 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||||
| 1309 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||||
| 1310 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||||
| 1311 | }; | ||||||||
| 1312 | |||||||||
| 1313 | } // namespace clang | ||||||||
| 1314 | |||||||||
| 1315 | namespace llvm { | ||||||||
| 1316 | |||||||||
| 1317 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType | ||||||||
| 1318 | /// to a specific Type class. | ||||||||
| 1319 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { | ||||||||
| 1320 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; | ||||||||
| 1321 | |||||||||
| 1322 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { | ||||||||
| 1323 | return Val.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 1324 | } | ||||||||
| 1325 | }; | ||||||||
| 1326 | |||||||||
| 1327 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". | ||||||||
| 1328 | template<> | ||||||||
| 1329 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { | ||||||||
| 1330 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { | ||||||||
| 1331 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||||
| 1332 | } | ||||||||
| 1333 | |||||||||
| 1334 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||||
| 1335 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); | ||||||||
| 1336 | } | ||||||||
| 1337 | |||||||||
| 1338 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. | ||||||||
| 1339 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; | ||||||||
| 1340 | }; | ||||||||
| 1341 | |||||||||
| 1342 | } // namespace llvm | ||||||||
| 1343 | |||||||||
| 1344 | namespace clang { | ||||||||
| 1345 | |||||||||
| 1346 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type | ||||||||
| 1347 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the | ||||||||
| 1348 | /// two. | ||||||||
| 1349 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { | ||||||||
| 1350 | friend class ExtQuals; | ||||||||
| 1351 | friend class QualType; | ||||||||
| 1352 | friend class Type; | ||||||||
| 1353 | |||||||||
| 1354 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or | ||||||||
| 1355 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). | ||||||||
| 1356 | /// | ||||||||
| 1357 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its | ||||||||
| 1358 | /// underlying type pointer. | ||||||||
| 1359 | const Type *const BaseType; | ||||||||
| 1360 | |||||||||
| 1361 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. | ||||||||
| 1362 | QualType CanonicalType; | ||||||||
| 1363 | |||||||||
| 1364 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) | ||||||||
| 1365 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} | ||||||||
| 1366 | }; | ||||||||
| 1367 | |||||||||
| 1368 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a | ||||||||
| 1369 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want | ||||||||
| 1370 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this | ||||||||
| 1371 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to | ||||||||
| 1372 | /// store qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1373 | /// | ||||||||
| 1374 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers | ||||||||
| 1375 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether | ||||||||
| 1376 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, | ||||||||
| 1377 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. | ||||||||
| 1378 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 1379 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as | ||||||||
| 1380 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. | ||||||||
| 1381 | // 1. Qualifiers: | ||||||||
| 1382 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). | ||||||||
| 1383 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. | ||||||||
| 1384 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. | ||||||||
| 1385 | // 2. QualType: | ||||||||
| 1386 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. | ||||||||
| 1387 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of | ||||||||
| 1388 | // this header. | ||||||||
| 1389 | // 3. ASTContext: | ||||||||
| 1390 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. | ||||||||
| 1391 | |||||||||
| 1392 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains | ||||||||
| 1393 | /// extended qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1394 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||||
| 1395 | |||||||||
| 1396 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } | ||||||||
| 1397 | |||||||||
| 1398 | public: | ||||||||
| 1399 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) | ||||||||
| 1400 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, | ||||||||
| 1401 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), | ||||||||
| 1402 | Quals(quals) { | ||||||||
| 1403 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1404 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1405 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1406, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1406 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1406, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1407 | } | ||||||||
| 1408 | |||||||||
| 1409 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } | ||||||||
| 1410 | |||||||||
| 1411 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } | ||||||||
| 1412 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } | ||||||||
| 1413 | |||||||||
| 1414 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } | ||||||||
| 1415 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||||
| 1416 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 1417 | } | ||||||||
| 1418 | |||||||||
| 1419 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } | ||||||||
| 1420 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } | ||||||||
| 1421 | |||||||||
| 1422 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||||
| 1423 | |||||||||
| 1424 | public: | ||||||||
| 1425 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||||
| 1426 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); | ||||||||
| 1427 | } | ||||||||
| 1428 | |||||||||
| 1429 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 1430 | const Type *BaseType, | ||||||||
| 1431 | Qualifiers Quals) { | ||||||||
| 1432 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1432, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1433 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); | ||||||||
| 1434 | Quals.Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 1435 | } | ||||||||
| 1436 | }; | ||||||||
| 1437 | |||||||||
| 1438 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. | ||||||||
| 1439 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an | ||||||||
| 1440 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. | ||||||||
| 1441 | enum RefQualifierKind { | ||||||||
| 1442 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. | ||||||||
| 1443 | RQ_None = 0, | ||||||||
| 1444 | |||||||||
| 1445 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). | ||||||||
| 1446 | RQ_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1447 | |||||||||
| 1448 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). | ||||||||
| 1449 | RQ_RValue | ||||||||
| 1450 | }; | ||||||||
| 1451 | |||||||||
| 1452 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. | ||||||||
| 1453 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { | ||||||||
| 1454 | /// auto | ||||||||
| 1455 | Auto, | ||||||||
| 1456 | |||||||||
| 1457 | /// decltype(auto) | ||||||||
| 1458 | DecltypeAuto, | ||||||||
| 1459 | |||||||||
| 1460 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) | ||||||||
| 1461 | GNUAutoType | ||||||||
| 1462 | }; | ||||||||
| 1463 | |||||||||
| 1464 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. | ||||||||
| 1465 | /// | ||||||||
| 1466 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical | ||||||||
| 1467 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out | ||||||||
| 1468 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: | ||||||||
| 1469 | /// | ||||||||
| 1470 | /// typedef int foo; | ||||||||
| 1471 | /// typedef foo* bar; | ||||||||
| 1472 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' | ||||||||
| 1473 | /// | ||||||||
| 1474 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its | ||||||||
| 1475 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a | ||||||||
| 1476 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next | ||||||||
| 1477 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is | ||||||||
| 1478 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical | ||||||||
| 1479 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type | ||||||||
| 1480 | /// is also 'int*'. | ||||||||
| 1481 | /// | ||||||||
| 1482 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing | ||||||||
| 1483 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type | ||||||||
| 1484 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning | ||||||||
| 1485 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), | ||||||||
| 1486 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. | ||||||||
| 1487 | /// | ||||||||
| 1488 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. | ||||||||
| 1489 | /// | ||||||||
| 1490 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { | ||||||||
| 1491 | public: | ||||||||
| 1492 | enum TypeClass { | ||||||||
| 1493 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, | ||||||||
| 1494 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class | ||||||||
| 1495 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
| 1496 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||||
| 1497 | }; | ||||||||
| 1498 | |||||||||
| 1499 | private: | ||||||||
| 1500 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. | ||||||||
| 1501 | class TypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1502 | friend class Type; | ||||||||
| 1503 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; | ||||||||
| 1504 | |||||||||
| 1505 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. | ||||||||
| 1506 | unsigned TC : 8; | ||||||||
| 1507 | |||||||||
| 1508 | /// Store information on the type dependency. | ||||||||
| 1509 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; | ||||||||
| 1510 | |||||||||
| 1511 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with | ||||||||
| 1512 | /// 'Cache') is valid. | ||||||||
| 1513 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; | ||||||||
| 1514 | |||||||||
| 1515 | /// Linkage of this type. | ||||||||
| 1516 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; | ||||||||
| 1517 | |||||||||
| 1518 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. | ||||||||
| 1519 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; | ||||||||
| 1520 | |||||||||
| 1521 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||||
| 1522 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; | ||||||||
| 1523 | |||||||||
| 1524 | bool isCacheValid() const { | ||||||||
| 1525 | return CacheValid; | ||||||||
| 1526 | } | ||||||||
| 1527 | |||||||||
| 1528 | Linkage getLinkage() const { | ||||||||
| 1529 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1529, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1530 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); | ||||||||
| 1531 | } | ||||||||
| 1532 | |||||||||
| 1533 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { | ||||||||
| 1534 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1534, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1535 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; | ||||||||
| 1536 | } | ||||||||
| 1537 | }; | ||||||||
| 1538 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; | ||||||||
| 1539 | |||||||||
| 1540 | protected: | ||||||||
| 1541 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields | ||||||||
| 1542 | // into Type. | ||||||||
| 1543 | |||||||||
| 1544 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1545 | friend class ArrayType; | ||||||||
| 1546 | |||||||||
| 1547 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1548 | |||||||||
| 1549 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like | ||||||||
| 1550 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. | ||||||||
| 1551 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; | ||||||||
| 1552 | |||||||||
| 1553 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like | ||||||||
| 1554 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. | ||||||||
| 1555 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. | ||||||||
| 1556 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; | ||||||||
| 1557 | }; | ||||||||
| 1558 | |||||||||
| 1559 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1560 | friend class ConstantArrayType; | ||||||||
| 1561 | |||||||||
| 1562 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; | ||||||||
| 1563 | |||||||||
| 1564 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. | ||||||||
| 1565 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; | ||||||||
| 1566 | }; | ||||||||
| 1567 | |||||||||
| 1568 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1569 | friend class BuiltinType; | ||||||||
| 1570 | |||||||||
| 1571 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1572 | |||||||||
| 1573 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. | ||||||||
| 1574 | unsigned Kind : 8; | ||||||||
| 1575 | }; | ||||||||
| 1576 | |||||||||
| 1577 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 1578 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored | ||||||||
| 1579 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 1580 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1581 | friend class FunctionProtoType; | ||||||||
| 1582 | friend class FunctionType; | ||||||||
| 1583 | |||||||||
| 1584 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1585 | |||||||||
| 1586 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like | ||||||||
| 1587 | /// regparm and the calling convention. | ||||||||
| 1588 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; | ||||||||
| 1589 | |||||||||
| 1590 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 1591 | /// | ||||||||
| 1592 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. | ||||||||
| 1593 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; | ||||||||
| 1594 | |||||||||
| 1595 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the | ||||||||
| 1596 | /// other bitfields. | ||||||||
| 1597 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... | ||||||||
| 1598 | /// | ||||||||
| 1599 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the | ||||||||
| 1600 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. | ||||||||
| 1601 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; | ||||||||
| 1602 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1603 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; | ||||||||
| 1604 | |||||||||
| 1605 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. | ||||||||
| 1606 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is | ||||||||
| 1607 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to | ||||||||
| 1608 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. | ||||||||
| 1609 | unsigned NumParams : 16; | ||||||||
| 1610 | |||||||||
| 1611 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. | ||||||||
| 1612 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; | ||||||||
| 1613 | |||||||||
| 1614 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. | ||||||||
| 1615 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; | ||||||||
| 1616 | |||||||||
| 1617 | /// Whether the function is variadic. | ||||||||
| 1618 | unsigned Variadic : 1; | ||||||||
| 1619 | |||||||||
| 1620 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. | ||||||||
| 1621 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; | ||||||||
| 1622 | }; | ||||||||
| 1623 | |||||||||
| 1624 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1625 | friend class ObjCObjectType; | ||||||||
| 1626 | |||||||||
| 1627 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1628 | |||||||||
| 1629 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. | ||||||||
| 1630 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; | ||||||||
| 1631 | |||||||||
| 1632 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. | ||||||||
| 1633 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; | ||||||||
| 1634 | |||||||||
| 1635 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. | ||||||||
| 1636 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; | ||||||||
| 1637 | }; | ||||||||
| 1638 | |||||||||
| 1639 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1640 | friend class ReferenceType; | ||||||||
| 1641 | |||||||||
| 1642 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1643 | |||||||||
| 1644 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. | ||||||||
| 1645 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false | ||||||||
| 1646 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, | ||||||||
| 1647 | /// as follows: | ||||||||
| 1648 | /// | ||||||||
| 1649 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue | ||||||||
| 1650 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue | ||||||||
| 1651 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue | ||||||||
| 1652 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref | ||||||||
| 1653 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue | ||||||||
| 1654 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref | ||||||||
| 1655 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; | ||||||||
| 1656 | |||||||||
| 1657 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens | ||||||||
| 1658 | /// in non-canonical forms. | ||||||||
| 1659 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; | ||||||||
| 1660 | }; | ||||||||
| 1661 | |||||||||
| 1662 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1663 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; | ||||||||
| 1664 | |||||||||
| 1665 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1666 | |||||||||
| 1667 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. | ||||||||
| 1668 | unsigned Keyword : 8; | ||||||||
| 1669 | }; | ||||||||
| 1670 | |||||||||
| 1671 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; | ||||||||
| 1672 | |||||||||
| 1673 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1674 | friend class ElaboratedType; | ||||||||
| 1675 | |||||||||
| 1676 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1677 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||||
| 1678 | |||||||||
| 1679 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. | ||||||||
| 1680 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; | ||||||||
| 1681 | }; | ||||||||
| 1682 | |||||||||
| 1683 | class VectorTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1684 | friend class VectorType; | ||||||||
| 1685 | friend class DependentVectorType; | ||||||||
| 1686 | |||||||||
| 1687 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1688 | |||||||||
| 1689 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some | ||||||||
| 1690 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. | ||||||||
| 1691 | unsigned VecKind : 3; | ||||||||
| 1692 | /// The number of elements in the vector. | ||||||||
| 1693 | uint32_t NumElements; | ||||||||
| 1694 | }; | ||||||||
| 1695 | |||||||||
| 1696 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1697 | friend class AttributedType; | ||||||||
| 1698 | |||||||||
| 1699 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1700 | |||||||||
| 1701 | /// An AttributedType::Kind | ||||||||
| 1702 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1703 | }; | ||||||||
| 1704 | |||||||||
| 1705 | class AutoTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1706 | friend class AutoType; | ||||||||
| 1707 | |||||||||
| 1708 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1709 | |||||||||
| 1710 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', | ||||||||
| 1711 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. | ||||||||
| 1712 | unsigned Keyword : 2; | ||||||||
| 1713 | |||||||||
| 1714 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is | ||||||||
| 1715 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. | ||||||||
| 1716 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template | ||||||||
| 1717 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. | ||||||||
| 1718 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type | ||||||||
| 1719 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to | ||||||||
| 1720 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||||
| 1721 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 1722 | }; | ||||||||
| 1723 | |||||||||
| 1724 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1725 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; | ||||||||
| 1726 | |||||||||
| 1727 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1728 | |||||||||
| 1729 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is | ||||||||
| 1730 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. | ||||||||
| 1731 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template | ||||||||
| 1732 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. | ||||||||
| 1733 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type | ||||||||
| 1734 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to | ||||||||
| 1735 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||||
| 1736 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 1737 | }; | ||||||||
| 1738 | |||||||||
| 1739 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1740 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; | ||||||||
| 1741 | |||||||||
| 1742 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1743 | |||||||||
| 1744 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. | ||||||||
| 1745 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; | ||||||||
| 1746 | |||||||||
| 1747 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template | ||||||||
| 1748 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 | ||||||||
| 1749 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to | ||||||||
| 1750 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large | ||||||||
| 1751 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since | ||||||||
| 1752 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason | ||||||||
| 1753 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||||
| 1754 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 1755 | }; | ||||||||
| 1756 | |||||||||
| 1757 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1758 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; | ||||||||
| 1759 | |||||||||
| 1760 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1761 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||||
| 1762 | |||||||||
| 1763 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template | ||||||||
| 1764 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 | ||||||||
| 1765 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to | ||||||||
| 1766 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large | ||||||||
| 1767 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since | ||||||||
| 1768 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason | ||||||||
| 1769 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||||
| 1770 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 1771 | }; | ||||||||
| 1772 | |||||||||
| 1773 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { | ||||||||
| 1774 | friend class PackExpansionType; | ||||||||
| 1775 | |||||||||
| 1776 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1777 | |||||||||
| 1778 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will | ||||||||
| 1779 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to | ||||||||
| 1780 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit | ||||||||
| 1781 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to | ||||||||
| 1782 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a | ||||||||
| 1783 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so | ||||||||
| 1784 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||||
| 1785 | /// | ||||||||
| 1786 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter | ||||||||
| 1787 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others | ||||||||
| 1788 | /// have not. | ||||||||
| 1789 | unsigned NumExpansions; | ||||||||
| 1790 | }; | ||||||||
| 1791 | |||||||||
| 1792 | union { | ||||||||
| 1793 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1794 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1795 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1796 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1797 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1798 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1799 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1800 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1801 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1802 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||||
| 1803 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1804 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1805 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1806 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1807 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields | ||||||||
| 1808 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1809 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; | ||||||||
| 1810 | }; | ||||||||
| 1811 | |||||||||
| 1812 | private: | ||||||||
| 1813 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; | ||||||||
| 1814 | |||||||||
| 1815 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||||
| 1816 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { | ||||||||
| 1817 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; | ||||||||
| 1818 | } | ||||||||
| 1819 | |||||||||
| 1820 | protected: | ||||||||
| 1821 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 1822 | |||||||||
| 1823 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) | ||||||||
| 1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, | ||||||||
| 1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { | ||||||||
| 1826 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), | ||||||||
| 1827 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); | ||||||||
| 1828 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, | ||||||||
| 1829 | "Insufficient alignment!"); | ||||||||
| 1830 | TypeBits.TC = tc; | ||||||||
| 1831 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); | ||||||||
| 1832 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; | ||||||||
| 1833 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; | ||||||||
| 1834 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; | ||||||||
| 1835 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; | ||||||||
| 1836 | } | ||||||||
| 1837 | |||||||||
| 1838 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list | ||||||||
| 1839 | Type *this_() { return this; } | ||||||||
| 1840 | |||||||||
| 1841 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { | ||||||||
| 1842 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); | ||||||||
| 1843 | } | ||||||||
| 1844 | |||||||||
| 1845 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } | ||||||||
| 1846 | |||||||||
| 1847 | public: | ||||||||
| 1848 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||||
| 1849 | friend class ASTWriter; | ||||||||
| 1850 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||||
| 1851 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; | ||||||||
| 1852 | |||||||||
| 1853 | Type(const Type &) = delete; | ||||||||
| 1854 | Type(Type &&) = delete; | ||||||||
| 1855 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; | ||||||||
| 1856 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; | ||||||||
| 1857 | |||||||||
| 1858 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } | ||||||||
| 1859 | |||||||||
| 1860 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||||
| 1861 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } | ||||||||
| 1862 | |||||||||
| 1863 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter | ||||||||
| 1864 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. | ||||||||
| 1865 | /// | ||||||||
| 1866 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the | ||||||||
| 1867 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the | ||||||||
| 1868 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': | ||||||||
| 1869 | /// | ||||||||
| 1870 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 1871 | /// template<typename ...T> | ||||||||
| 1872 | /// struct X { | ||||||||
| 1873 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. | ||||||||
| 1874 | /// }; | ||||||||
| 1875 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 1876 | /// | ||||||||
| 1877 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which | ||||||||
| 1878 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { | ||||||||
| 1879 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; | ||||||||
| 1880 | } | ||||||||
| 1881 | |||||||||
| 1882 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further | ||||||||
| 1883 | /// qualification. | ||||||||
| 1884 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { | ||||||||
| 1885 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); | ||||||||
| 1886 | } | ||||||||
| 1887 | |||||||||
| 1888 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. | ||||||||
| 1889 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() | ||||||||
| 1890 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). | ||||||||
| 1891 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; | ||||||||
| 1892 | |||||||||
| 1893 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; | ||||||||
| 1894 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; | ||||||||
| 1895 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. | ||||||||
| 1896 | /// | ||||||||
| 1897 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, | ||||||||
| 1898 | /// or layout. | ||||||||
| 1899 | bool isSizelessType() const; | ||||||||
| 1900 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; | ||||||||
| 1901 | |||||||||
| 1902 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the | ||||||||
| 1903 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single | ||||||||
| 1904 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. | ||||||||
| 1905 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; | ||||||||
| 1906 | |||||||||
| 1907 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. | ||||||||
| 1908 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the | ||||||||
| 1909 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. | ||||||||
| 1910 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 1911 | |||||||||
| 1912 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): | ||||||||
| 1913 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. | ||||||||
| 1914 | |||||||||
| 1915 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. | ||||||||
| 1916 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to | ||||||||
| 1917 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this | ||||||||
| 1918 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. | ||||||||
| 1919 | /// | ||||||||
| 1920 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration | ||||||||
| 1921 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C | ||||||||
| 1922 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. | ||||||||
| 1923 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; | ||||||||
| 1924 | |||||||||
| 1925 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object | ||||||||
| 1926 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. | ||||||||
| 1927 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { | ||||||||
| 1928 | return !isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
| 1929 | } | ||||||||
| 1930 | |||||||||
| 1931 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. | ||||||||
| 1932 | bool isObjectType() const { | ||||||||
| 1933 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: | ||||||||
| 1934 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a | ||||||||
| 1935 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. | ||||||||
| 1936 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); | ||||||||
| 1937 | } | ||||||||
| 1938 | |||||||||
| 1939 | /// Return true if this is a literal type | ||||||||
| 1940 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) | ||||||||
| 1941 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 1942 | |||||||||
| 1943 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. | ||||||||
| 1944 | bool isStructuralType() const; | ||||||||
| 1945 | |||||||||
| 1946 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. | ||||||||
| 1947 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) | ||||||||
| 1948 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; | ||||||||
| 1949 | |||||||||
| 1950 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates | ||||||||
| 1951 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1952 | |||||||||
| 1953 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. | ||||||||
| 1954 | bool isBuiltinType() const; | ||||||||
| 1955 | |||||||||
| 1956 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. | ||||||||
| 1957 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; | ||||||||
| 1958 | |||||||||
| 1959 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but | ||||||||
| 1960 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within | ||||||||
| 1961 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. | ||||||||
| 1962 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||||
| 1963 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||||
| 1964 | |||||||||
| 1965 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. | ||||||||
| 1966 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; | ||||||||
| 1967 | |||||||||
| 1968 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see | ||||||||
| 1969 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. | ||||||||
| 1970 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||||
| 1971 | |||||||||
| 1972 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). | ||||||||
| 1973 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. | ||||||||
| 1974 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) | ||||||||
| 1975 | bool isEnumeralType() const; | ||||||||
| 1976 | |||||||||
| 1977 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. | ||||||||
| 1978 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; | ||||||||
| 1979 | bool isBooleanType() const; | ||||||||
| 1980 | bool isCharType() const; | ||||||||
| 1981 | bool isWideCharType() const; | ||||||||
| 1982 | bool isChar8Type() const; | ||||||||
| 1983 | bool isChar16Type() const; | ||||||||
| 1984 | bool isChar32Type() const; | ||||||||
| 1985 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; | ||||||||
| 1986 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 1987 | |||||||||
| 1988 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. | ||||||||
| 1989 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||||
| 1990 | |||||||||
| 1991 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. | ||||||||
| 1992 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; | ||||||||
| 1993 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; | ||||||||
| 1994 | |||||||||
| 1995 | /// Floating point categories. | ||||||||
| 1996 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) | ||||||||
| 1997 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). | ||||||||
| 1998 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. | ||||||||
| 1999 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) | ||||||||
| 2000 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. | ||||||||
| 2001 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) | ||||||||
| 2002 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) | ||||||||
| 2003 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 | ||||||||
| 2004 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; | ||||||||
| 2005 | bool isFloat128Type() const; | ||||||||
| 2006 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) | ||||||||
| 2007 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) | ||||||||
| 2008 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 | ||||||||
| 2009 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) | ||||||||
| 2010 | bool isAggregateType() const; | ||||||||
| 2011 | bool isFundamentalType() const; | ||||||||
| 2012 | bool isCompoundType() const; | ||||||||
| 2013 | |||||||||
| 2014 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified | ||||||||
| 2015 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 2016 | bool isFunctionType() const; | ||||||||
| 2017 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } | ||||||||
| 2018 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } | ||||||||
| 2019 | bool isPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2020 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer | ||||||||
| 2021 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2022 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2023 | bool isReferenceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2024 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2025 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2026 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2027 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2028 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2029 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2030 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2031 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2032 | bool isArrayType() const; | ||||||||
| 2033 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; | ||||||||
| 2034 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; | ||||||||
| 2035 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; | ||||||||
| 2036 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; | ||||||||
| 2037 | bool isRecordType() const; | ||||||||
| 2038 | bool isClassType() const; | ||||||||
| 2039 | bool isStructureType() const; | ||||||||
| 2040 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; | ||||||||
| 2041 | bool isInterfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2042 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; | ||||||||
| 2043 | bool isUnionType() const; | ||||||||
| 2044 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. | ||||||||
| 2045 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. | ||||||||
| 2046 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. | ||||||||
| 2047 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. | ||||||||
| 2048 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. | ||||||||
| 2049 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier | ||||||||
| 2050 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object | ||||||||
| 2051 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer | ||||||||
| 2052 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type | ||||||||
| 2053 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type | ||||||||
| 2054 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) | ||||||||
| 2055 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) | ||||||||
| 2056 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type | ||||||||
| 2057 | // for the common case. | ||||||||
| 2058 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) | ||||||||
| 2059 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> | ||||||||
| 2060 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> | ||||||||
| 2061 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> | ||||||||
| 2062 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2063 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id | ||||||||
| 2064 | bool isDecltypeType() const; | ||||||||
| 2065 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained | ||||||||
| 2066 | /// qualifier? | ||||||||
| 2067 | /// | ||||||||
| 2068 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this | ||||||||
| 2069 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified | ||||||||
| 2070 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? | ||||||||
| 2071 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { | ||||||||
| 2072 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); | ||||||||
| 2073 | } | ||||||||
| 2074 | |||||||||
| 2075 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an | ||||||||
| 2076 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id | ||||||||
| 2077 | /// <NSCopying>. | ||||||||
| 2078 | /// | ||||||||
| 2079 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, | ||||||||
| 2080 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or | ||||||||
| 2081 | /// null for 'id. | ||||||||
| 2082 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, | ||||||||
| 2083 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; | ||||||||
| 2084 | |||||||||
| 2085 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class | ||||||||
| 2086 | |||||||||
| 2087 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an | ||||||||
| 2088 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. | ||||||||
| 2089 | /// | ||||||||
| 2090 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound | ||||||||
| 2091 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class | ||||||||
| 2092 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". | ||||||||
| 2093 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; | ||||||||
| 2094 | |||||||||
| 2095 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 2096 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class | ||||||||
| 2097 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||||
| 2098 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; | ||||||||
| 2099 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; | ||||||||
| 2100 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter | ||||||||
| 2101 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t | ||||||||
| 2102 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t | ||||||||
| 2103 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t | ||||||||
| 2104 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte | ||||||||
| 2105 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() | ||||||||
| 2106 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or | ||||||||
| 2107 | // C++14 decltype(auto) | ||||||||
| 2108 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template | ||||||||
| 2109 | |||||||||
| 2110 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||||
| 2111 | bool is##Id##Type() const; | ||||||||
| 2112 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2113 | |||||||||
| 2114 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type | ||||||||
| 2115 | |||||||||
| 2116 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t | ||||||||
| 2117 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t | ||||||||
| 2118 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t | ||||||||
| 2119 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t | ||||||||
| 2120 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t | ||||||||
| 2121 | |||||||||
| 2122 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||||
| 2123 | bool is##Id##Type() const; | ||||||||
| 2124 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2125 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension | ||||||||
| 2126 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; | ||||||||
| 2127 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type | ||||||||
| 2128 | |||||||||
| 2129 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type | ||||||||
| 2130 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type | ||||||||
| 2131 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type | ||||||||
| 2132 | |||||||||
| 2133 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy | ||||||||
| 2134 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather | ||||||||
| 2135 | /// than implicitly __strong. | ||||||||
| 2136 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; | ||||||||
| 2137 | |||||||||
| 2138 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. | ||||||||
| 2139 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2140 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. | ||||||||
| 2141 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; | ||||||||
| 2142 | |||||||||
| 2143 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. | ||||||||
| 2144 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; | ||||||||
| 2145 | |||||||||
| 2146 | enum ScalarTypeKind { | ||||||||
| 2147 | STK_CPointer, | ||||||||
| 2148 | STK_BlockPointer, | ||||||||
| 2149 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, | ||||||||
| 2150 | STK_MemberPointer, | ||||||||
| 2151 | STK_Bool, | ||||||||
| 2152 | STK_Integral, | ||||||||
| 2153 | STK_Floating, | ||||||||
| 2154 | STK_IntegralComplex, | ||||||||
| 2155 | STK_FloatingComplex, | ||||||||
| 2156 | STK_FixedPoint | ||||||||
| 2157 | }; | ||||||||
| 2158 | |||||||||
| 2159 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. | ||||||||
| 2160 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; | ||||||||
| 2161 | |||||||||
| 2162 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { | ||||||||
| 2163 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); | ||||||||
| 2164 | } | ||||||||
| 2165 | |||||||||
| 2166 | /// Whether this type is an error type. | ||||||||
| 2167 | bool containsErrors() const { | ||||||||
| 2168 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; | ||||||||
| 2169 | } | ||||||||
| 2170 | |||||||||
| 2171 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition | ||||||||
| 2172 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). | ||||||||
| 2173 | bool isDependentType() const { | ||||||||
| 2174 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; | ||||||||
| 2175 | } | ||||||||
| 2176 | |||||||||
| 2177 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, | ||||||||
| 2178 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the | ||||||||
| 2179 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that | ||||||||
| 2180 | /// template parameter). | ||||||||
| 2181 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { | ||||||||
| 2182 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; | ||||||||
| 2183 | } | ||||||||
| 2184 | |||||||||
| 2185 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that | ||||||||
| 2186 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been | ||||||||
| 2187 | /// deduced. | ||||||||
| 2188 | bool isUndeducedType() const; | ||||||||
| 2189 | |||||||||
| 2190 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). | ||||||||
| 2191 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { | ||||||||
| 2192 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; | ||||||||
| 2193 | } | ||||||||
| 2194 | |||||||||
| 2195 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type | ||||||||
| 2196 | /// with a definite size. | ||||||||
| 2197 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; | ||||||||
| 2198 | |||||||||
| 2199 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. | ||||||||
| 2200 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; | ||||||||
| 2201 | |||||||||
| 2202 | bool isOverloadableType() const; | ||||||||
| 2203 | |||||||||
| 2204 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 2205 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; | ||||||||
| 2206 | |||||||||
| 2207 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2208 | |||||||||
| 2209 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes | ||||||||
| 2210 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, | ||||||||
| 2211 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. | ||||||||
| 2212 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2213 | |||||||||
| 2214 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the | ||||||||
| 2215 | /// purpose of GC'ability | ||||||||
| 2216 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2217 | |||||||||
| 2218 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation | ||||||||
| 2219 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. | ||||||||
| 2220 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2221 | |||||||||
| 2222 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation | ||||||||
| 2223 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. | ||||||||
| 2224 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2225 | |||||||||
| 2226 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation | ||||||||
| 2227 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. | ||||||||
| 2228 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2229 | |||||||||
| 2230 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation | ||||||||
| 2231 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. | ||||||||
| 2232 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; | ||||||||
| 2233 | |||||||||
| 2234 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the | ||||||||
| 2235 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to | ||||||||
| 2236 | // the best type we can. | ||||||||
| 2237 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; | ||||||||
| 2238 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. | ||||||||
| 2239 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; | ||||||||
| 2240 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. | ||||||||
| 2241 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2242 | |||||||||
| 2243 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType | ||||||||
| 2244 | // for object declared using an interface. | ||||||||
| 2245 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2246 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; | ||||||||
| 2247 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; | ||||||||
| 2248 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 2249 | |||||||||
| 2250 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either | ||||||||
| 2251 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name | ||||||||
| 2252 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. | ||||||||
| 2253 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 2254 | |||||||||
| 2255 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. | ||||||||
| 2256 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 2257 | |||||||||
| 2258 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either | ||||||||
| 2259 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name | ||||||||
| 2260 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. | ||||||||
| 2261 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 2262 | |||||||||
| 2263 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the | ||||||||
| 2264 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. | ||||||||
| 2265 | /// | ||||||||
| 2266 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does | ||||||||
| 2267 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. | ||||||||
| 2268 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 2269 | |||||||||
| 2270 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with | ||||||||
| 2271 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer | ||||||||
| 2272 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. | ||||||||
| 2273 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; | ||||||||
| 2274 | |||||||||
| 2275 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with | ||||||||
| 2276 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer | ||||||||
| 2277 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. | ||||||||
| 2278 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { | ||||||||
| 2279 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); | ||||||||
| 2280 | } | ||||||||
| 2281 | |||||||||
| 2282 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' | ||||||||
| 2283 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested | ||||||||
| 2284 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). | ||||||||
| 2285 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; | ||||||||
| 2286 | |||||||||
| 2287 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for | ||||||||
| 2288 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually | ||||||||
| 2289 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. | ||||||||
| 2290 | /// | ||||||||
| 2291 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed | ||||||||
| 2292 | /// immediately following this class. | ||||||||
| 2293 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; | ||||||||
| 2294 | |||||||||
| 2295 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds | ||||||||
| 2296 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. | ||||||||
| 2297 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some | ||||||||
| 2298 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> | ||||||||
| 2299 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. | ||||||||
| 2300 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; | ||||||||
| 2301 | |||||||||
| 2302 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards | ||||||||
| 2303 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. | ||||||||
| 2304 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||||
| 2305 | |||||||||
| 2306 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for | ||||||||
| 2307 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. | ||||||||
| 2308 | /// | ||||||||
| 2309 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has | ||||||||
| 2310 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* | ||||||||
| 2311 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. | ||||||||
| 2312 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; | ||||||||
| 2313 | |||||||||
| 2314 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards | ||||||||
| 2315 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. | ||||||||
| 2316 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||||
| 2317 | |||||||||
| 2318 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it | ||||||||
| 2319 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). | ||||||||
| 2320 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; | ||||||||
| 2321 | |||||||||
| 2322 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type | ||||||||
| 2323 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers | ||||||||
| 2324 | /// are meaningful. | ||||||||
| 2325 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||||
| 2326 | |||||||||
| 2327 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, | ||||||||
| 2328 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. | ||||||||
| 2329 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. | ||||||||
| 2330 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; | ||||||||
| 2331 | |||||||||
| 2332 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. | ||||||||
| 2333 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. | ||||||||
| 2334 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. | ||||||||
| 2335 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; | ||||||||
| 2336 | |||||||||
| 2337 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block | ||||||||
| 2338 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. | ||||||||
| 2339 | QualType getPointeeType() const; | ||||||||
| 2340 | |||||||||
| 2341 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, | ||||||||
| 2342 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 2343 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; | ||||||||
| 2344 | |||||||||
| 2345 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion | ||||||||
| 2346 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 | ||||||||
| 2347 | |||||||||
| 2348 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is | ||||||||
| 2349 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], | ||||||||
| 2350 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. | ||||||||
| 2351 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2352 | |||||||||
| 2353 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is | ||||||||
| 2354 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], | ||||||||
| 2355 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. | ||||||||
| 2356 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2357 | |||||||||
| 2358 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an | ||||||||
| 2359 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. | ||||||||
| 2360 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||||
| 2361 | |||||||||
| 2362 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an | ||||||||
| 2363 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. | ||||||||
| 2364 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||||
| 2365 | |||||||||
| 2366 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to | ||||||||
| 2367 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. | ||||||||
| 2368 | bool isFixedPointType() const; | ||||||||
| 2369 | |||||||||
| 2370 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. | ||||||||
| 2371 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; | ||||||||
| 2372 | |||||||||
| 2373 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to | ||||||||
| 2374 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. | ||||||||
| 2375 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||||
| 2376 | |||||||||
| 2377 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to | ||||||||
| 2378 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. | ||||||||
| 2379 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||||
| 2380 | |||||||||
| 2381 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according | ||||||||
| 2382 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. | ||||||||
| 2383 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||||
| 2384 | |||||||||
| 2385 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according | ||||||||
| 2386 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. | ||||||||
| 2387 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||||
| 2388 | |||||||||
| 2389 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, | ||||||||
| 2390 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on | ||||||||
| 2391 | /// incomplete types. | ||||||||
| 2392 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; | ||||||||
| 2393 | |||||||||
| 2394 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some | ||||||||
| 2395 | /// set of type specifiers. | ||||||||
| 2396 | bool isSpecifierType() const; | ||||||||
| 2397 | |||||||||
| 2398 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. | ||||||||
| 2399 | Linkage getLinkage() const; | ||||||||
| 2400 | |||||||||
| 2401 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. | ||||||||
| 2402 | Visibility getVisibility() const { | ||||||||
| 2403 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); | ||||||||
| 2404 | } | ||||||||
| 2405 | |||||||||
| 2406 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. | ||||||||
| 2407 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { | ||||||||
| 2408 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); | ||||||||
| 2409 | } | ||||||||
| 2410 | |||||||||
| 2411 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. | ||||||||
| 2412 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; | ||||||||
| 2413 | |||||||||
| 2414 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency | ||||||||
| 2415 | /// checking. Should always return true. | ||||||||
| 2416 | bool isLinkageValid() const; | ||||||||
| 2417 | |||||||||
| 2418 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. | ||||||||
| 2419 | /// | ||||||||
| 2420 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type | ||||||||
| 2421 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will | ||||||||
| 2422 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. | ||||||||
| 2423 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; | ||||||||
| 2424 | |||||||||
| 2425 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability | ||||||||
| 2426 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. | ||||||||
| 2427 | /// | ||||||||
| 2428 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether | ||||||||
| 2429 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. | ||||||||
| 2430 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; | ||||||||
| 2431 | |||||||||
| 2432 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member | ||||||||
| 2433 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. | ||||||||
| 2434 | /// | ||||||||
| 2435 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the | ||||||||
| 2436 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is | ||||||||
| 2437 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. | ||||||||
| 2438 | /// | ||||||||
| 2439 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a | ||||||||
| 2440 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, | ||||||||
| 2441 | /// category, or method within. | ||||||||
| 2442 | /// | ||||||||
| 2443 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for | ||||||||
| 2444 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described | ||||||||
| 2445 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no | ||||||||
| 2446 | /// substitution is required. | ||||||||
| 2447 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> | ||||||||
| 2448 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; | ||||||||
| 2449 | |||||||||
| 2450 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type | ||||||||
| 2451 | /// parameters. | ||||||||
| 2452 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; | ||||||||
| 2453 | |||||||||
| 2454 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; | ||||||||
| 2455 | |||||||||
| 2456 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { | ||||||||
| 2457 | return CanonicalType; | ||||||||
| 2458 | } | ||||||||
| 2459 | |||||||||
| 2460 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h | ||||||||
| 2461 | void dump() const; | ||||||||
| 2462 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||||
| 2463 | }; | ||||||||
| 2464 | |||||||||
| 2465 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar | ||||||||
| 2466 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. | ||||||||
| 2467 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||||
| 2468 | |||||||||
| 2469 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any | ||||||||
| 2470 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a | ||||||||
| 2471 | /// non-sugared type. | ||||||||
| 2472 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||||
| 2473 | |||||||||
| 2474 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar | ||||||||
| 2475 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. | ||||||||
| 2476 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||||
| 2477 | |||||||||
| 2478 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to | ||||||||
| 2479 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. | ||||||||
| 2480 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||||
| 2481 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ | ||||||||
| 2482 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ | ||||||||
| 2483 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ | ||||||||
| 2484 | } \ | ||||||||
| 2485 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ | ||||||||
| 2486 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ | ||||||||
| 2487 | } | ||||||||
| 2488 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||||
| 2489 | |||||||||
| 2490 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin | ||||||||
| 2491 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. | ||||||||
| 2492 | class BuiltinType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 2493 | public: | ||||||||
| 2494 | enum Kind { | ||||||||
| 2495 | // OpenCL image types | ||||||||
| 2496 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, | ||||||||
| 2497 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2498 | // OpenCL extension types | ||||||||
| 2499 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, | ||||||||
| 2500 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2501 | // SVE Types | ||||||||
| 2502 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||||
| 2503 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2504 | // PPC MMA Types | ||||||||
| 2505 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, | ||||||||
| 2506 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2507 | // RVV Types | ||||||||
| 2508 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||||
| 2509 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2510 | // All other builtin types | ||||||||
| 2511 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||||
| 2512 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id | ||||||||
| 2513 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 2514 | }; | ||||||||
| 2515 | |||||||||
| 2516 | private: | ||||||||
| 2517 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2518 | |||||||||
| 2519 | BuiltinType(Kind K) | ||||||||
| 2520 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), | ||||||||
| 2521 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | ||||||||
| 2522 | : TypeDependence::None) { | ||||||||
| 2523 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; | ||||||||
| 2524 | } | ||||||||
| 2525 | |||||||||
| 2526 | public: | ||||||||
| 2527 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } | ||||||||
| 2528 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 2529 | |||||||||
| 2530 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { | ||||||||
| 2531 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. | ||||||||
| 2532 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); | ||||||||
| 2533 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')(static_cast <bool> (!str.empty() && str.data() [str.size()] == '\0') ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2534 | return str.data(); | ||||||||
| 2535 | } | ||||||||
| 2536 | |||||||||
| 2537 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2538 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2539 | |||||||||
| 2540 | bool isInteger() const { | ||||||||
| 2541 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; | ||||||||
| 2542 | } | ||||||||
| 2543 | |||||||||
| 2544 | bool isSignedInteger() const { | ||||||||
| 2545 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; | ||||||||
| 2546 | } | ||||||||
| 2547 | |||||||||
| 2548 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { | ||||||||
| 2549 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; | ||||||||
| 2550 | } | ||||||||
| 2551 | |||||||||
| 2552 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { | ||||||||
| 2553 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; | ||||||||
| 2554 | } | ||||||||
| 2555 | |||||||||
| 2556 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. | ||||||||
| 2557 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { | ||||||||
| 2558 | return K >= Overload; | ||||||||
| 2559 | } | ||||||||
| 2560 | |||||||||
| 2561 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type | ||||||||
| 2562 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed | ||||||||
| 2563 | /// expression. | ||||||||
| 2564 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||||
| 2565 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); | ||||||||
| 2566 | } | ||||||||
| 2567 | |||||||||
| 2568 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than | ||||||||
| 2569 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic | ||||||||
| 2570 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. | ||||||||
| 2571 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and | ||||||||
| 2572 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. | ||||||||
| 2573 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information | ||||||||
| 2574 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a | ||||||||
| 2575 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need | ||||||||
| 2576 | /// special treatment. | ||||||||
| 2577 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||||
| 2578 | return getKind() > Overload; | ||||||||
| 2579 | } | ||||||||
| 2580 | |||||||||
| 2581 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } | ||||||||
| 2582 | }; | ||||||||
| 2583 | |||||||||
| 2584 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex | ||||||||
| 2585 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. | ||||||||
| 2586 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2587 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2588 | |||||||||
| 2589 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 2590 | |||||||||
| 2591 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||||
| 2592 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2593 | ElementType(Element) {} | ||||||||
| 2594 | |||||||||
| 2595 | public: | ||||||||
| 2596 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 2597 | |||||||||
| 2598 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2599 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2600 | |||||||||
| 2601 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2602 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); | ||||||||
| 2603 | } | ||||||||
| 2604 | |||||||||
| 2605 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { | ||||||||
| 2606 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2607 | } | ||||||||
| 2608 | |||||||||
| 2609 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } | ||||||||
| 2610 | }; | ||||||||
| 2611 | |||||||||
| 2612 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. | ||||||||
| 2613 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2614 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2615 | |||||||||
| 2616 | QualType Inner; | ||||||||
| 2617 | |||||||||
| 2618 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) | ||||||||
| 2619 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} | ||||||||
| 2620 | |||||||||
| 2621 | public: | ||||||||
| 2622 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } | ||||||||
| 2623 | |||||||||
| 2624 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 2625 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } | ||||||||
| 2626 | |||||||||
| 2627 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2628 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); | ||||||||
| 2629 | } | ||||||||
| 2630 | |||||||||
| 2631 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { | ||||||||
| 2632 | Inner.Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 2633 | } | ||||||||
| 2634 | |||||||||
| 2635 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } | ||||||||
| 2636 | }; | ||||||||
| 2637 | |||||||||
| 2638 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. | ||||||||
| 2639 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2640 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2641 | |||||||||
| 2642 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2643 | |||||||||
| 2644 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||||
| 2645 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2646 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||||
| 2647 | |||||||||
| 2648 | public: | ||||||||
| 2649 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 2650 | |||||||||
| 2651 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2652 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2653 | |||||||||
| 2654 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2655 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 2656 | } | ||||||||
| 2657 | |||||||||
| 2658 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { | ||||||||
| 2659 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2660 | } | ||||||||
| 2661 | |||||||||
| 2662 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } | ||||||||
| 2663 | }; | ||||||||
| 2664 | |||||||||
| 2665 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic | ||||||||
| 2666 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can | ||||||||
| 2667 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. | ||||||||
| 2668 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2669 | QualType OriginalTy; | ||||||||
| 2670 | QualType AdjustedTy; | ||||||||
| 2671 | |||||||||
| 2672 | protected: | ||||||||
| 2673 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2674 | |||||||||
| 2675 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, | ||||||||
| 2676 | QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||||
| 2677 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2678 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} | ||||||||
| 2679 | |||||||||
| 2680 | public: | ||||||||
| 2681 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } | ||||||||
| 2682 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } | ||||||||
| 2683 | |||||||||
| 2684 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 2685 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } | ||||||||
| 2686 | |||||||||
| 2687 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2688 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); | ||||||||
| 2689 | } | ||||||||
| 2690 | |||||||||
| 2691 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { | ||||||||
| 2692 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2693 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2694 | } | ||||||||
| 2695 | |||||||||
| 2696 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2697 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; | ||||||||
| 2698 | } | ||||||||
| 2699 | }; | ||||||||
| 2700 | |||||||||
| 2701 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | ||||||||
| 2702 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { | ||||||||
| 2703 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2704 | |||||||||
| 2705 | inline | ||||||||
| 2706 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); | ||||||||
| 2707 | |||||||||
| 2708 | public: | ||||||||
| 2709 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } | ||||||||
| 2710 | |||||||||
| 2711 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; | ||||||||
| 2712 | |||||||||
| 2713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } | ||||||||
| 2714 | }; | ||||||||
| 2715 | |||||||||
| 2716 | /// Pointer to a block type. | ||||||||
| 2717 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as | ||||||||
| 2718 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. | ||||||||
| 2719 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2720 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2721 | |||||||||
| 2722 | // Block is some kind of pointer type | ||||||||
| 2723 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2724 | |||||||||
| 2725 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) | ||||||||
| 2726 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2727 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||||
| 2728 | |||||||||
| 2729 | public: | ||||||||
| 2730 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. | ||||||||
| 2731 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 2732 | |||||||||
| 2733 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2734 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2735 | |||||||||
| 2736 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2737 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 2738 | } | ||||||||
| 2739 | |||||||||
| 2740 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { | ||||||||
| 2741 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2742 | } | ||||||||
| 2743 | |||||||||
| 2744 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2745 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; | ||||||||
| 2746 | } | ||||||||
| 2747 | }; | ||||||||
| 2748 | |||||||||
| 2749 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType | ||||||||
| 2750 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2751 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2752 | |||||||||
| 2753 | protected: | ||||||||
| 2754 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, | ||||||||
| 2755 | bool SpelledAsLValue) | ||||||||
| 2756 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2757 | PointeeType(Referencee) { | ||||||||
| 2758 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; | ||||||||
| 2759 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); | ||||||||
| 2760 | } | ||||||||
| 2761 | |||||||||
| 2762 | public: | ||||||||
| 2763 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } | ||||||||
| 2764 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } | ||||||||
| 2765 | |||||||||
| 2766 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 2767 | |||||||||
| 2768 | QualType getPointeeType() const { | ||||||||
| 2769 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? | ||||||||
| 2770 | const ReferenceType *T = this; | ||||||||
| 2771 | while (T->isInnerRef()) | ||||||||
| 2772 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
| 2773 | return T->PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2774 | } | ||||||||
| 2775 | |||||||||
| 2776 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2777 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); | ||||||||
| 2778 | } | ||||||||
| 2779 | |||||||||
| 2780 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 2781 | QualType Referencee, | ||||||||
| 2782 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { | ||||||||
| 2783 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2784 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); | ||||||||
| 2785 | } | ||||||||
| 2786 | |||||||||
| 2787 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2788 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || | ||||||||
| 2789 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; | ||||||||
| 2790 | } | ||||||||
| 2791 | }; | ||||||||
| 2792 | |||||||||
| 2793 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. | ||||||||
| 2794 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { | ||||||||
| 2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 2796 | |||||||||
| 2797 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, | ||||||||
| 2798 | bool SpelledAsLValue) | ||||||||
| 2799 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, | ||||||||
| 2800 | SpelledAsLValue) {} | ||||||||
| 2801 | |||||||||
| 2802 | public: | ||||||||
| 2803 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2804 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2805 | |||||||||
| 2806 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2807 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; | ||||||||
| 2808 | } | ||||||||
| 2809 | }; | ||||||||
| 2810 | |||||||||
| 2811 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. | ||||||||
| 2812 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { | ||||||||
| 2813 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 2814 | |||||||||
| 2815 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) | ||||||||
| 2816 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} | ||||||||
| 2817 | |||||||||
| 2818 | public: | ||||||||
| 2819 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2820 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2821 | |||||||||
| 2822 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2823 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; | ||||||||
| 2824 | } | ||||||||
| 2825 | }; | ||||||||
| 2826 | |||||||||
| 2827 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. | ||||||||
| 2828 | /// | ||||||||
| 2829 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. | ||||||||
| 2830 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2831 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2832 | |||||||||
| 2833 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2834 | |||||||||
| 2835 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a | ||||||||
| 2836 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. | ||||||||
| 2837 | const Type *Class; | ||||||||
| 2838 | |||||||||
| 2839 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||||
| 2840 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, | ||||||||
| 2841 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | | ||||||||
| 2842 | Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 2843 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} | ||||||||
| 2844 | |||||||||
| 2845 | public: | ||||||||
| 2846 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 2847 | |||||||||
| 2848 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a | ||||||||
| 2849 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. | ||||||||
| 2850 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { | ||||||||
| 2851 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); | ||||||||
| 2852 | } | ||||||||
| 2853 | |||||||||
| 2854 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a | ||||||||
| 2855 | /// data type rather than a function type. | ||||||||
| 2856 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { | ||||||||
| 2857 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); | ||||||||
| 2858 | } | ||||||||
| 2859 | |||||||||
| 2860 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } | ||||||||
| 2861 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 2862 | |||||||||
| 2863 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2864 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2865 | |||||||||
| 2866 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 2867 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); | ||||||||
| 2868 | } | ||||||||
| 2869 | |||||||||
| 2870 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, | ||||||||
| 2871 | const Type *Class) { | ||||||||
| 2872 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 2873 | ID.AddPointer(Class); | ||||||||
| 2874 | } | ||||||||
| 2875 | |||||||||
| 2876 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2877 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; | ||||||||
| 2878 | } | ||||||||
| 2879 | }; | ||||||||
| 2880 | |||||||||
| 2881 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. | ||||||||
| 2882 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 2883 | public: | ||||||||
| 2884 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) | ||||||||
| 2885 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array | ||||||||
| 2886 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). | ||||||||
| 2887 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. | ||||||||
| 2888 | enum ArraySizeModifier { | ||||||||
| 2889 | Normal, Static, Star | ||||||||
| 2890 | }; | ||||||||
| 2891 | |||||||||
| 2892 | private: | ||||||||
| 2893 | /// The element type of the array. | ||||||||
| 2894 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 2895 | |||||||||
| 2896 | protected: | ||||||||
| 2897 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2898 | |||||||||
| 2899 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, | ||||||||
| 2900 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); | ||||||||
| 2901 | |||||||||
| 2902 | public: | ||||||||
| 2903 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 2904 | |||||||||
| 2905 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { | ||||||||
| 2906 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); | ||||||||
| 2907 | } | ||||||||
| 2908 | |||||||||
| 2909 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 2910 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 2911 | } | ||||||||
| 2912 | |||||||||
| 2913 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 2914 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; | ||||||||
| 2915 | } | ||||||||
| 2916 | |||||||||
| 2917 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2918 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || | ||||||||
| 2919 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || | ||||||||
| 2920 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || | ||||||||
| 2921 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; | ||||||||
| 2922 | } | ||||||||
| 2923 | }; | ||||||||
| 2924 | |||||||||
| 2925 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. | ||||||||
| 2926 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a | ||||||||
| 2927 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. | ||||||||
| 2928 | class ConstantArrayType final | ||||||||
| 2929 | : public ArrayType, | ||||||||
| 2930 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { | ||||||||
| 2931 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2932 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||||
| 2933 | |||||||||
| 2934 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. | ||||||||
| 2935 | |||||||||
| 2936 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, | ||||||||
| 2937 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) | ||||||||
| 2938 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { | ||||||||
| 2939 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2940 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { | ||||||||
| 2941 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")(static_cast <bool> (!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2941, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2942 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; | ||||||||
| 2943 | } | ||||||||
| 2944 | } | ||||||||
| 2945 | |||||||||
| 2946 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { | ||||||||
| 2947 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 2948 | } | ||||||||
| 2949 | |||||||||
| 2950 | public: | ||||||||
| 2951 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } | ||||||||
| 2952 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||||
| 2953 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr | ||||||||
| 2954 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() | ||||||||
| 2955 | : nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2956 | } | ||||||||
| 2957 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2958 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 2959 | |||||||||
| 2960 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of | ||||||||
| 2961 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. | ||||||||
| 2962 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 2963 | QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 2964 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); | ||||||||
| 2965 | |||||||||
| 2966 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size | ||||||||
| 2967 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. | ||||||||
| 2968 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||||
| 2969 | |||||||||
| 2970 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||||
| 2971 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), | ||||||||
| 2972 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 2973 | } | ||||||||
| 2974 | |||||||||
| 2975 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
| 2976 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, | ||||||||
| 2977 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, | ||||||||
| 2978 | unsigned TypeQuals); | ||||||||
| 2979 | |||||||||
| 2980 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 2981 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; | ||||||||
| 2982 | } | ||||||||
| 2983 | }; | ||||||||
| 2984 | |||||||||
| 2985 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has | ||||||||
| 2986 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is | ||||||||
| 2987 | /// unspecified. | ||||||||
| 2988 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||||
| 2989 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 2990 | |||||||||
| 2991 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, | ||||||||
| 2992 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) | ||||||||
| 2993 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} | ||||||||
| 2994 | |||||||||
| 2995 | public: | ||||||||
| 2996 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||||
| 2997 | |||||||||
| 2998 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 2999 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3000 | |||||||||
| 3001 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3002 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; | ||||||||
| 3003 | } | ||||||||
| 3004 | |||||||||
| 3005 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3006 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), | ||||||||
| 3007 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 3008 | } | ||||||||
| 3009 | |||||||||
| 3010 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, | ||||||||
| 3011 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { | ||||||||
| 3012 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 3013 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); | ||||||||
| 3014 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); | ||||||||
| 3015 | } | ||||||||
| 3016 | }; | ||||||||
| 3017 | |||||||||
| 3018 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an | ||||||||
| 3019 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. | ||||||||
| 3020 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. | ||||||||
| 3021 | /// | ||||||||
| 3022 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and | ||||||||
| 3023 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean | ||||||||
| 3024 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type | ||||||||
| 3025 | /// dynamically: | ||||||||
| 3026 | /// | ||||||||
| 3027 | /// void foo(int x) { | ||||||||
| 3028 | /// int Y[x]; | ||||||||
| 3029 | /// ++x; | ||||||||
| 3030 | /// int Z[x]; | ||||||||
| 3031 | /// } | ||||||||
| 3032 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||||
| 3033 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3034 | |||||||||
| 3035 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within | ||||||||
| 3036 | /// a function block. | ||||||||
| 3037 | Stmt *SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3038 | |||||||||
| 3039 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. | ||||||||
| 3040 | SourceRange Brackets; | ||||||||
| 3041 | |||||||||
| 3042 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, | ||||||||
| 3043 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, | ||||||||
| 3044 | SourceRange brackets) | ||||||||
| 3045 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), | ||||||||
| 3046 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} | ||||||||
| 3047 | |||||||||
| 3048 | public: | ||||||||
| 3049 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||||
| 3050 | |||||||||
| 3051 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||||
| 3052 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish | ||||||||
| 3053 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. | ||||||||
| 3054 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3055 | } | ||||||||
| 3056 | |||||||||
| 3057 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } | ||||||||
| 3058 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } | ||||||||
| 3059 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } | ||||||||
| 3060 | |||||||||
| 3061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3063 | |||||||||
| 3064 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3065 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; | ||||||||
| 3066 | } | ||||||||
| 3067 | |||||||||
| 3068 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3069 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3069); | ||||||||
| 3070 | } | ||||||||
| 3071 | }; | ||||||||
| 3072 | |||||||||
| 3073 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. | ||||||||
| 3074 | /// | ||||||||
| 3075 | /// For example: | ||||||||
| 3076 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 3077 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||||
| 3078 | /// class array { | ||||||||
| 3079 | /// T data[Size]; | ||||||||
| 3080 | /// }; | ||||||||
| 3081 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 3082 | /// | ||||||||
| 3083 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is | ||||||||
| 3084 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will | ||||||||
| 3085 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. | ||||||||
| 3086 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||||
| 3087 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3088 | |||||||||
| 3089 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3090 | |||||||||
| 3091 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the | ||||||||
| 3092 | /// size of the array. | ||||||||
| 3093 | /// | ||||||||
| 3094 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array | ||||||||
| 3095 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. | ||||||||
| 3096 | Stmt *SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3097 | |||||||||
| 3098 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. | ||||||||
| 3099 | SourceRange Brackets; | ||||||||
| 3100 | |||||||||
| 3101 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, | ||||||||
| 3102 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, | ||||||||
| 3103 | SourceRange brackets); | ||||||||
| 3104 | |||||||||
| 3105 | public: | ||||||||
| 3106 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||||
| 3107 | |||||||||
| 3108 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||||
| 3109 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish | ||||||||
| 3110 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. | ||||||||
| 3111 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3112 | } | ||||||||
| 3113 | |||||||||
| 3114 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } | ||||||||
| 3115 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } | ||||||||
| 3116 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } | ||||||||
| 3117 | |||||||||
| 3118 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3119 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3120 | |||||||||
| 3121 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3122 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; | ||||||||
| 3123 | } | ||||||||
| 3124 | |||||||||
| 3125 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3126 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), | ||||||||
| 3127 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3128 | } | ||||||||
| 3129 | |||||||||
| 3130 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3131 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, | ||||||||
| 3132 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); | ||||||||
| 3133 | }; | ||||||||
| 3134 | |||||||||
| 3135 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space | ||||||||
| 3136 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a | ||||||||
| 3137 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. | ||||||||
| 3138 | /// | ||||||||
| 3139 | /// For example: | ||||||||
| 3140 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 3141 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> | ||||||||
| 3142 | /// class AddressSpace { | ||||||||
| 3143 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; | ||||||||
| 3144 | /// } | ||||||||
| 3145 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 3146 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3147 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3148 | |||||||||
| 3149 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3150 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; | ||||||||
| 3151 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 3152 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||||
| 3153 | |||||||||
| 3154 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, | ||||||||
| 3155 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, | ||||||||
| 3156 | SourceLocation loc); | ||||||||
| 3157 | |||||||||
| 3158 | public: | ||||||||
| 3159 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } | ||||||||
| 3160 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 3161 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||||
| 3162 | |||||||||
| 3163 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3164 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3165 | |||||||||
| 3166 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3167 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; | ||||||||
| 3168 | } | ||||||||
| 3169 | |||||||||
| 3170 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3171 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3172 | } | ||||||||
| 3173 | |||||||||
| 3174 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3175 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); | ||||||||
| 3176 | }; | ||||||||
| 3177 | |||||||||
| 3178 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is | ||||||||
| 3179 | /// dependent. | ||||||||
| 3180 | /// | ||||||||
| 3181 | /// For example: | ||||||||
| 3182 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 3183 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||||
| 3184 | /// class vector { | ||||||||
| 3185 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; | ||||||||
| 3186 | /// } | ||||||||
| 3187 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 3188 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3189 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3190 | |||||||||
| 3191 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3192 | Expr *SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3193 | |||||||||
| 3194 | /// The element type of the array. | ||||||||
| 3195 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 3196 | |||||||||
| 3197 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||||
| 3198 | |||||||||
| 3199 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 3200 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); | ||||||||
| 3201 | |||||||||
| 3202 | public: | ||||||||
| 3203 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } | ||||||||
| 3204 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 3205 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||||
| 3206 | |||||||||
| 3207 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3208 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3209 | |||||||||
| 3210 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3211 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; | ||||||||
| 3212 | } | ||||||||
| 3213 | |||||||||
| 3214 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3215 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3216 | } | ||||||||
| 3217 | |||||||||
| 3218 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3219 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); | ||||||||
| 3220 | }; | ||||||||
| 3221 | |||||||||
| 3222 | |||||||||
| 3223 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using | ||||||||
| 3224 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in | ||||||||
| 3225 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. | ||||||||
| 3226 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the | ||||||||
| 3227 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. | ||||||||
| 3228 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3229 | public: | ||||||||
| 3230 | enum VectorKind { | ||||||||
| 3231 | /// not a target-specific vector type | ||||||||
| 3232 | GenericVector, | ||||||||
| 3233 | |||||||||
| 3234 | /// is AltiVec vector | ||||||||
| 3235 | AltiVecVector, | ||||||||
| 3236 | |||||||||
| 3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' | ||||||||
| 3238 | AltiVecPixel, | ||||||||
| 3239 | |||||||||
| 3240 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' | ||||||||
| 3241 | AltiVecBool, | ||||||||
| 3242 | |||||||||
| 3243 | /// is ARM Neon vector | ||||||||
| 3244 | NeonVector, | ||||||||
| 3245 | |||||||||
| 3246 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector | ||||||||
| 3247 | NeonPolyVector, | ||||||||
| 3248 | |||||||||
| 3249 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector | ||||||||
| 3250 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, | ||||||||
| 3251 | |||||||||
| 3252 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector | ||||||||
| 3253 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector | ||||||||
| 3254 | }; | ||||||||
| 3255 | |||||||||
| 3256 | protected: | ||||||||
| 3257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3258 | |||||||||
| 3259 | /// The element type of the vector. | ||||||||
| 3260 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 3261 | |||||||||
| 3262 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, | ||||||||
| 3263 | VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||||
| 3264 | |||||||||
| 3265 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, | ||||||||
| 3266 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||||
| 3267 | |||||||||
| 3268 | public: | ||||||||
| 3269 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 3270 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } | ||||||||
| 3271 | |||||||||
| 3272 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3273 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3274 | |||||||||
| 3275 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { | ||||||||
| 3276 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); | ||||||||
| 3277 | } | ||||||||
| 3278 | |||||||||
| 3279 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3280 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), | ||||||||
| 3281 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); | ||||||||
| 3282 | } | ||||||||
| 3283 | |||||||||
| 3284 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 3285 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, | ||||||||
| 3286 | VectorKind VecKind) { | ||||||||
| 3287 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 3288 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); | ||||||||
| 3289 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); | ||||||||
| 3290 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); | ||||||||
| 3291 | } | ||||||||
| 3292 | |||||||||
| 3293 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3294 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; | ||||||||
| 3295 | } | ||||||||
| 3296 | }; | ||||||||
| 3297 | |||||||||
| 3298 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. | ||||||||
| 3299 | //// | ||||||||
| 3300 | /// For example: | ||||||||
| 3301 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 3302 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||||
| 3303 | /// class vector { | ||||||||
| 3304 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; | ||||||||
| 3305 | /// } | ||||||||
| 3306 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 3307 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3308 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3309 | |||||||||
| 3310 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3311 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 3312 | Expr *SizeExpr; | ||||||||
| 3313 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||
| 3314 | |||||||||
| 3315 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 3316 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, | ||||||||
| 3317 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||||
| 3318 | |||||||||
| 3319 | public: | ||||||||
| 3320 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } | ||||||||
| 3321 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 3322 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } | ||||||||
| 3323 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { | ||||||||
| 3324 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); | ||||||||
| 3325 | } | ||||||||
| 3326 | |||||||||
| 3327 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3328 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3329 | |||||||||
| 3330 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3331 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; | ||||||||
| 3332 | } | ||||||||
| 3333 | |||||||||
| 3334 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3335 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); | ||||||||
| 3336 | } | ||||||||
| 3337 | |||||||||
| 3338 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3339 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, | ||||||||
| 3340 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); | ||||||||
| 3341 | }; | ||||||||
| 3342 | |||||||||
| 3343 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using | ||||||||
| 3344 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. | ||||||||
| 3345 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This | ||||||||
| 3346 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing | ||||||||
| 3347 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL | ||||||||
| 3348 | /// Shading Language). | ||||||||
| 3349 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { | ||||||||
| 3350 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3351 | |||||||||
| 3352 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) | ||||||||
| 3353 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} | ||||||||
| 3354 | |||||||||
| 3355 | public: | ||||||||
| 3356 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { | ||||||||
| 3357 | switch (c) { | ||||||||
| 3358 | default: return -1; | ||||||||
| 3359 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; | ||||||||
| 3360 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; | ||||||||
| 3361 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; | ||||||||
| 3362 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; | ||||||||
| 3363 | } | ||||||||
| 3364 | } | ||||||||
| 3365 | |||||||||
| 3366 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { | ||||||||
| 3367 | switch (c) { | ||||||||
| 3368 | default: return -1; | ||||||||
| 3369 | case '0': return 0; | ||||||||
| 3370 | case '1': return 1; | ||||||||
| 3371 | case '2': return 2; | ||||||||
| 3372 | case '3': return 3; | ||||||||
| 3373 | case '4': return 4; | ||||||||
| 3374 | case '5': return 5; | ||||||||
| 3375 | case '6': return 6; | ||||||||
| 3376 | case '7': return 7; | ||||||||
| 3377 | case '8': return 8; | ||||||||
| 3378 | case '9': return 9; | ||||||||
| 3379 | case 'A': | ||||||||
| 3380 | case 'a': return 10; | ||||||||
| 3381 | case 'B': | ||||||||
| 3382 | case 'b': return 11; | ||||||||
| 3383 | case 'C': | ||||||||
| 3384 | case 'c': return 12; | ||||||||
| 3385 | case 'D': | ||||||||
| 3386 | case 'd': return 13; | ||||||||
| 3387 | case 'E': | ||||||||
| 3388 | case 'e': return 14; | ||||||||
| 3389 | case 'F': | ||||||||
| 3390 | case 'f': return 15; | ||||||||
| 3391 | } | ||||||||
| 3392 | } | ||||||||
| 3393 | |||||||||
| 3394 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { | ||||||||
| 3395 | if (isNumericAccessor) | ||||||||
| 3396 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); | ||||||||
| 3397 | else | ||||||||
| 3398 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); | ||||||||
| 3399 | } | ||||||||
| 3400 | |||||||||
| 3401 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { | ||||||||
| 3402 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) | ||||||||
| 3403 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); | ||||||||
| 3404 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3405 | } | ||||||||
| 3406 | |||||||||
| 3407 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3408 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3409 | |||||||||
| 3410 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3411 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; | ||||||||
| 3412 | } | ||||||||
| 3413 | }; | ||||||||
| 3414 | |||||||||
| 3415 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. | ||||||||
| 3416 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies | ||||||||
| 3417 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. | ||||||||
| 3418 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3419 | protected: | ||||||||
| 3420 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3421 | |||||||||
| 3422 | /// The element type of the matrix. | ||||||||
| 3423 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 3424 | |||||||||
| 3425 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); | ||||||||
| 3426 | |||||||||
| 3427 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, | ||||||||
| 3428 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); | ||||||||
| 3429 | |||||||||
| 3430 | public: | ||||||||
| 3431 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix | ||||||||
| 3432 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 3433 | |||||||||
| 3434 | /// Valid elements types are the following: | ||||||||
| 3435 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types | ||||||||
| 3436 | /// and _Bool | ||||||||
| 3437 | /// * the standard floating types float or double | ||||||||
| 3438 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target | ||||||||
| 3439 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 3440 | return T->isDependentType() || | ||||||||
| 3441 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); | ||||||||
| 3442 | } | ||||||||
| 3443 | |||||||||
| 3444 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3445 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3446 | |||||||||
| 3447 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3448 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || | ||||||||
| 3449 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; | ||||||||
| 3450 | } | ||||||||
| 3451 | }; | ||||||||
| 3452 | |||||||||
| 3453 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns | ||||||||
| 3454 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { | ||||||||
| 3455 | protected: | ||||||||
| 3456 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3457 | |||||||||
| 3458 | /// Number of rows and columns. | ||||||||
| 3459 | unsigned NumRows; | ||||||||
| 3460 | unsigned NumColumns; | ||||||||
| 3461 | |||||||||
| 3462 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; | ||||||||
| 3463 | |||||||||
| 3464 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, | ||||||||
| 3465 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); | ||||||||
| 3466 | |||||||||
| 3467 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, | ||||||||
| 3468 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); | ||||||||
| 3469 | |||||||||
| 3470 | public: | ||||||||
| 3471 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. | ||||||||
| 3472 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } | ||||||||
| 3473 | |||||||||
| 3474 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. | ||||||||
| 3475 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } | ||||||||
| 3476 | |||||||||
| 3477 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. | ||||||||
| 3478 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { | ||||||||
| 3479 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); | ||||||||
| 3480 | } | ||||||||
| 3481 | |||||||||
| 3482 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. | ||||||||
| 3483 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { | ||||||||
| 3484 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; | ||||||||
| 3485 | } | ||||||||
| 3486 | |||||||||
| 3487 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. | ||||||||
| 3488 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { | ||||||||
| 3489 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; | ||||||||
| 3490 | } | ||||||||
| 3491 | |||||||||
| 3492 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3493 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), | ||||||||
| 3494 | getTypeClass()); | ||||||||
| 3495 | } | ||||||||
| 3496 | |||||||||
| 3497 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 3498 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, | ||||||||
| 3499 | TypeClass TypeClass) { | ||||||||
| 3500 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 3501 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); | ||||||||
| 3502 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); | ||||||||
| 3503 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); | ||||||||
| 3504 | } | ||||||||
| 3505 | |||||||||
| 3506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3507 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; | ||||||||
| 3508 | } | ||||||||
| 3509 | }; | ||||||||
| 3510 | |||||||||
| 3511 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns | ||||||||
| 3512 | /// is dependent on a template. | ||||||||
| 3513 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { | ||||||||
| 3514 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 3515 | |||||||||
| 3516 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3517 | Expr *RowExpr; | ||||||||
| 3518 | Expr *ColumnExpr; | ||||||||
| 3519 | |||||||||
| 3520 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||||
| 3521 | |||||||||
| 3522 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||||
| 3523 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, | ||||||||
| 3524 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); | ||||||||
| 3525 | |||||||||
| 3526 | public: | ||||||||
| 3527 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 3528 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } | ||||||||
| 3529 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } | ||||||||
| 3530 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||||
| 3531 | |||||||||
| 3532 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3533 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3534 | |||||||||
| 3535 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3536 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; | ||||||||
| 3537 | } | ||||||||
| 3538 | |||||||||
| 3539 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3540 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3541 | } | ||||||||
| 3542 | |||||||||
| 3543 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3544 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); | ||||||||
| 3545 | }; | ||||||||
| 3546 | |||||||||
| 3547 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base | ||||||||
| 3548 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 3549 | class FunctionType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 3550 | // The type returned by the function. | ||||||||
| 3551 | QualType ResultType; | ||||||||
| 3552 | |||||||||
| 3553 | public: | ||||||||
| 3554 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply | ||||||||
| 3555 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType | ||||||||
| 3556 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the | ||||||||
| 3557 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 3558 | /// | ||||||||
| 3559 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some | ||||||||
| 3560 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that | ||||||||
| 3561 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed | ||||||||
| 3562 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) | ||||||||
| 3563 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, | ||||||||
| 3564 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. | ||||||||
| 3565 | /// | ||||||||
| 3566 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is | ||||||||
| 3567 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt | ||||||||
| 3568 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will | ||||||||
| 3569 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as | ||||||||
| 3570 | /// T (*)(U) | ||||||||
| 3571 | /// against an argument of type | ||||||||
| 3572 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) | ||||||||
| 3573 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will | ||||||||
| 3574 | /// not produce the latter. | ||||||||
| 3575 | class ExtParameterInfo { | ||||||||
| 3576 | enum { | ||||||||
| 3577 | ABIMask = 0x0F, | ||||||||
| 3578 | IsConsumed = 0x10, | ||||||||
| 3579 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, | ||||||||
| 3580 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, | ||||||||
| 3581 | }; | ||||||||
| 3582 | unsigned char Data = 0; | ||||||||
| 3583 | |||||||||
| 3584 | public: | ||||||||
| 3585 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; | ||||||||
| 3586 | |||||||||
| 3587 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. | ||||||||
| 3588 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } | ||||||||
| 3589 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { | ||||||||
| 3590 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; | ||||||||
| 3591 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); | ||||||||
| 3592 | return copy; | ||||||||
| 3593 | } | ||||||||
| 3594 | |||||||||
| 3595 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? | ||||||||
| 3596 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. | ||||||||
| 3597 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } | ||||||||
| 3598 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { | ||||||||
| 3599 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; | ||||||||
| 3600 | if (consumed) | ||||||||
| 3601 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; | ||||||||
| 3602 | else | ||||||||
| 3603 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; | ||||||||
| 3604 | return copy; | ||||||||
| 3605 | } | ||||||||
| 3606 | |||||||||
| 3607 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } | ||||||||
| 3608 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { | ||||||||
| 3609 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; | ||||||||
| 3610 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; | ||||||||
| 3611 | return Copy; | ||||||||
| 3612 | } | ||||||||
| 3613 | |||||||||
| 3614 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } | ||||||||
| 3615 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { | ||||||||
| 3616 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; | ||||||||
| 3617 | if (NoEscape) | ||||||||
| 3618 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; | ||||||||
| 3619 | else | ||||||||
| 3620 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; | ||||||||
| 3621 | return Copy; | ||||||||
| 3622 | } | ||||||||
| 3623 | |||||||||
| 3624 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } | ||||||||
| 3625 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { | ||||||||
| 3626 | ExtParameterInfo result; | ||||||||
| 3627 | result.Data = data; | ||||||||
| 3628 | return result; | ||||||||
| 3629 | } | ||||||||
| 3630 | |||||||||
| 3631 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { | ||||||||
| 3632 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; | ||||||||
| 3633 | } | ||||||||
| 3634 | |||||||||
| 3635 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { | ||||||||
| 3636 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; | ||||||||
| 3637 | } | ||||||||
| 3638 | }; | ||||||||
| 3639 | |||||||||
| 3640 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for | ||||||||
| 3641 | /// making a call. | ||||||||
| 3642 | /// | ||||||||
| 3643 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in | ||||||||
| 3644 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the | ||||||||
| 3645 | /// same bit-pattern. | ||||||||
| 3646 | /// | ||||||||
| 3647 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, | ||||||||
| 3648 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is | ||||||||
| 3649 | // * Operator== | ||||||||
| 3650 | // * getFoo | ||||||||
| 3651 | // * withFoo | ||||||||
| 3652 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. | ||||||||
| 3653 | // * ASTContext::getFooType | ||||||||
| 3654 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes | ||||||||
| 3655 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile | ||||||||
| 3656 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile | ||||||||
| 3657 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto | ||||||||
| 3658 | // * AST read and write | ||||||||
| 3659 | // * Codegen | ||||||||
| 3660 | class ExtInfo { | ||||||||
| 3661 | friend class FunctionType; | ||||||||
| 3662 | |||||||||
| 3663 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to | ||||||||
| 3664 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust | ||||||||
| 3665 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. | ||||||||
| 3666 | |||||||||
| 3667 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| | ||||||||
| 3668 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | | ||||||||
| 3669 | // | ||||||||
| 3670 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. | ||||||||
| 3671 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; | ||||||||
| 3672 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; | ||||||||
| 3673 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; | ||||||||
| 3674 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; | ||||||||
| 3675 | enum { | ||||||||
| 3676 | RegParmMask = 0x700, | ||||||||
| 3677 | RegParmOffset = 8 | ||||||||
| 3678 | }; | ||||||||
| 3679 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; | ||||||||
| 3680 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; | ||||||||
| 3681 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; | ||||||||
| 3682 | |||||||||
| 3683 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} | ||||||||
| 3684 | |||||||||
| 3685 | public: | ||||||||
| 3686 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you | ||||||||
| 3687 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). | ||||||||
| 3688 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, | ||||||||
| 3689 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, | ||||||||
| 3690 | bool cmseNSCall) { | ||||||||
| 3691 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> ((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3691, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3692 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | | ||||||||
| 3693 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | | ||||||||
| 3694 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | | ||||||||
| 3695 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | | ||||||||
| 3696 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | | ||||||||
| 3697 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); | ||||||||
| 3698 | } | ||||||||
| 3699 | |||||||||
| 3700 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a | ||||||||
| 3701 | // function known to use defaults. | ||||||||
| 3702 | ExtInfo() = default; | ||||||||
| 3703 | |||||||||
| 3704 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part | ||||||||
| 3705 | // of the canonical type. | ||||||||
| 3706 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} | ||||||||
| 3707 | |||||||||
| 3708 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } | ||||||||
| 3709 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } | ||||||||
| 3710 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } | ||||||||
| 3711 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } | ||||||||
| 3712 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } | ||||||||
| 3713 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } | ||||||||
| 3714 | |||||||||
| 3715 | unsigned getRegParm() const { | ||||||||
| 3716 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; | ||||||||
| 3717 | if (RegParm > 0) | ||||||||
| 3718 | --RegParm; | ||||||||
| 3719 | return RegParm; | ||||||||
| 3720 | } | ||||||||
| 3721 | |||||||||
| 3722 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } | ||||||||
| 3723 | |||||||||
| 3724 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { | ||||||||
| 3725 | return Bits == Other.Bits; | ||||||||
| 3726 | } | ||||||||
| 3727 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { | ||||||||
| 3728 | return Bits != Other.Bits; | ||||||||
| 3729 | } | ||||||||
| 3730 | |||||||||
| 3731 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use | ||||||||
| 3732 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. | ||||||||
| 3733 | |||||||||
| 3734 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { | ||||||||
| 3735 | if (noReturn) | ||||||||
| 3736 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); | ||||||||
| 3737 | else | ||||||||
| 3738 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); | ||||||||
| 3739 | } | ||||||||
| 3740 | |||||||||
| 3741 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { | ||||||||
| 3742 | if (producesResult) | ||||||||
| 3743 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); | ||||||||
| 3744 | else | ||||||||
| 3745 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); | ||||||||
| 3746 | } | ||||||||
| 3747 | |||||||||
| 3748 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { | ||||||||
| 3749 | if (cmseNSCall) | ||||||||
| 3750 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); | ||||||||
| 3751 | else | ||||||||
| 3752 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); | ||||||||
| 3753 | } | ||||||||
| 3754 | |||||||||
| 3755 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { | ||||||||
| 3756 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) | ||||||||
| 3757 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); | ||||||||
| 3758 | else | ||||||||
| 3759 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); | ||||||||
| 3760 | } | ||||||||
| 3761 | |||||||||
| 3762 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { | ||||||||
| 3763 | if (noCfCheck) | ||||||||
| 3764 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); | ||||||||
| 3765 | else | ||||||||
| 3766 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); | ||||||||
| 3767 | } | ||||||||
| 3768 | |||||||||
| 3769 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { | ||||||||
| 3770 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> (RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3771 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | | ||||||||
| 3772 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); | ||||||||
| 3773 | } | ||||||||
| 3774 | |||||||||
| 3775 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { | ||||||||
| 3776 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); | ||||||||
| 3777 | } | ||||||||
| 3778 | |||||||||
| 3779 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||||
| 3780 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); | ||||||||
| 3781 | } | ||||||||
| 3782 | }; | ||||||||
| 3783 | |||||||||
| 3784 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an | ||||||||
| 3785 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType | ||||||||
| 3786 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. | ||||||||
| 3787 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; | ||||||||
| 3788 | |||||||||
| 3789 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in | ||||||||
| 3790 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the | ||||||||
| 3791 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update | ||||||||
| 3792 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. | ||||||||
| 3793 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { | ||||||||
| 3794 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. | ||||||||
| 3795 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to | ||||||||
| 3796 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. | ||||||||
| 3797 | unsigned NumExceptionType; | ||||||||
| 3798 | }; | ||||||||
| 3799 | |||||||||
| 3800 | protected: | ||||||||
| 3801 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, | ||||||||
| 3802 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) | ||||||||
| 3803 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { | ||||||||
| 3804 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; | ||||||||
| 3805 | } | ||||||||
| 3806 | |||||||||
| 3807 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { | ||||||||
| 3808 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); | ||||||||
| 3809 | } | ||||||||
| 3810 | |||||||||
| 3811 | public: | ||||||||
| 3812 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } | ||||||||
| 3813 | |||||||||
| 3814 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } | ||||||||
| 3815 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } | ||||||||
| 3816 | |||||||||
| 3817 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn | ||||||||
| 3818 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function | ||||||||
| 3819 | /// type. | ||||||||
| 3820 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } | ||||||||
| 3821 | |||||||||
| 3822 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } | ||||||||
| 3823 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } | ||||||||
| 3824 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } | ||||||||
| 3825 | |||||||||
| 3826 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, | ||||||||
| 3827 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " | ||||||||
| 3828 | "the fast qualifiers."); | ||||||||
| 3829 | |||||||||
| 3830 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } | ||||||||
| 3831 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } | ||||||||
| 3832 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } | ||||||||
| 3833 | |||||||||
| 3834 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of | ||||||||
| 3835 | /// this type. | ||||||||
| 3836 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||||
| 3837 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
| 3838 | } | ||||||||
| 3839 | |||||||||
| 3840 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); | ||||||||
| 3841 | |||||||||
| 3842 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3843 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || | ||||||||
| 3844 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; | ||||||||
| 3845 | } | ||||||||
| 3846 | }; | ||||||||
| 3847 | |||||||||
| 3848 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has | ||||||||
| 3849 | /// no information available about its arguments. | ||||||||
| 3850 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 3851 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3852 | |||||||||
| 3853 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) | ||||||||
| 3854 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, | ||||||||
| 3855 | Result->getDependence() & | ||||||||
| 3856 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||||
| 3857 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), | ||||||||
| 3858 | Info) {} | ||||||||
| 3859 | |||||||||
| 3860 | public: | ||||||||
| 3861 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. | ||||||||
| 3862 | |||||||||
| 3863 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 3864 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 3865 | |||||||||
| 3866 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 3867 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); | ||||||||
| 3868 | } | ||||||||
| 3869 | |||||||||
| 3870 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, | ||||||||
| 3871 | ExtInfo Info) { | ||||||||
| 3872 | Info.Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 3873 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 3874 | } | ||||||||
| 3875 | |||||||||
| 3876 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 3877 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; | ||||||||
| 3878 | } | ||||||||
| 3879 | }; | ||||||||
| 3880 | |||||||||
| 3881 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. | ||||||||
| 3882 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no | ||||||||
| 3883 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have | ||||||||
| 3884 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the | ||||||||
| 3885 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of | ||||||||
| 3886 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see | ||||||||
| 3887 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. | ||||||||
| 3888 | class FunctionProtoType final | ||||||||
| 3889 | : public FunctionType, | ||||||||
| 3890 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, | ||||||||
| 3891 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< | ||||||||
| 3892 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, | ||||||||
| 3893 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, | ||||||||
| 3894 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { | ||||||||
| 3895 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 3896 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||||
| 3897 | |||||||||
| 3898 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of | ||||||||
| 3899 | // which optional. They are in order: | ||||||||
| 3900 | // | ||||||||
| 3901 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. | ||||||||
| 3902 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, | ||||||||
| 3903 | // these will be the only trailing objects. | ||||||||
| 3904 | // | ||||||||
| 3905 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the | ||||||||
| 3906 | // ellipsis. | ||||||||
| 3907 | // | ||||||||
| 3908 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields | ||||||||
| 3909 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): | ||||||||
| 3910 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if | ||||||||
| 3911 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. | ||||||||
| 3912 | // | ||||||||
| 3913 | // * Optionally exactly one of: | ||||||||
| 3914 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, | ||||||||
| 3915 | // * a single Expr *, | ||||||||
| 3916 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, | ||||||||
| 3917 | // * a single FunctionDecl * | ||||||||
| 3918 | // used to store information about the various types of exception | ||||||||
| 3919 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. | ||||||||
| 3920 | // | ||||||||
| 3921 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding | ||||||||
| 3922 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and | ||||||||
| 3923 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. | ||||||||
| 3924 | // | ||||||||
| 3925 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't | ||||||||
| 3926 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only | ||||||||
| 3927 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. | ||||||||
| 3928 | // | ||||||||
| 3929 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data | ||||||||
| 3930 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number | ||||||||
| 3931 | // of exception types. | ||||||||
| 3932 | // | ||||||||
| 3933 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make | ||||||||
| 3934 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because | ||||||||
| 3935 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch | ||||||||
| 3936 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not | ||||||||
| 3937 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, | ||||||||
| 3938 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. | ||||||||
| 3939 | |||||||||
| 3940 | public: | ||||||||
| 3941 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. | ||||||||
| 3942 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is | ||||||||
| 3943 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the | ||||||||
| 3944 | /// exception specification. | ||||||||
| 3945 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { | ||||||||
| 3946 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. | ||||||||
| 3947 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; | ||||||||
| 3948 | |||||||||
| 3949 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. | ||||||||
| 3950 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; | ||||||||
| 3951 | |||||||||
| 3952 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. | ||||||||
| 3953 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3954 | |||||||||
| 3955 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for | ||||||||
| 3956 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. | ||||||||
| 3957 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3958 | |||||||||
| 3959 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated | ||||||||
| 3960 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. | ||||||||
| 3961 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3962 | |||||||||
| 3963 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; | ||||||||
| 3964 | |||||||||
| 3965 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} | ||||||||
| 3966 | }; | ||||||||
| 3967 | |||||||||
| 3968 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not | ||||||||
| 3969 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together | ||||||||
| 3970 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. | ||||||||
| 3971 | struct ExtProtoInfo { | ||||||||
| 3972 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; | ||||||||
| 3973 | bool Variadic : 1; | ||||||||
| 3974 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; | ||||||||
| 3975 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; | ||||||||
| 3976 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; | ||||||||
| 3977 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; | ||||||||
| 3978 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3979 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | ||||||||
| 3980 | |||||||||
| 3981 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} | ||||||||
| 3982 | |||||||||
| 3983 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) | ||||||||
| 3984 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} | ||||||||
| 3985 | |||||||||
| 3986 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { | ||||||||
| 3987 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); | ||||||||
| 3988 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; | ||||||||
| 3989 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3990 | } | ||||||||
| 3991 | }; | ||||||||
| 3992 | |||||||||
| 3993 | private: | ||||||||
| 3994 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { | ||||||||
| 3995 | return getNumParams(); | ||||||||
| 3996 | } | ||||||||
| 3997 | |||||||||
| 3998 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { | ||||||||
| 3999 | return isVariadic(); | ||||||||
| 4000 | } | ||||||||
| 4001 | |||||||||
| 4002 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { | ||||||||
| 4003 | return hasExtraBitfields(); | ||||||||
| 4004 | } | ||||||||
| 4005 | |||||||||
| 4006 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { | ||||||||
| 4007 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; | ||||||||
| 4008 | } | ||||||||
| 4009 | |||||||||
| 4010 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { | ||||||||
| 4011 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; | ||||||||
| 4012 | } | ||||||||
| 4013 | |||||||||
| 4014 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { | ||||||||
| 4015 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; | ||||||||
| 4016 | } | ||||||||
| 4017 | |||||||||
| 4018 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { | ||||||||
| 4019 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; | ||||||||
| 4020 | } | ||||||||
| 4021 | |||||||||
| 4022 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that | ||||||||
| 4023 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. | ||||||||
| 4024 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, | ||||||||
| 4025 | unsigned numArgs) { | ||||||||
| 4026 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) | ||||||||
| 4027 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||||
| 4028 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4029 | |||||||||
| 4030 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4031 | } | ||||||||
| 4032 | |||||||||
| 4033 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, | ||||||||
| 4034 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); | ||||||||
| 4035 | |||||||||
| 4036 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to | ||||||||
| 4037 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind | ||||||||
| 4038 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. | ||||||||
| 4039 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { | ||||||||
| 4040 | unsigned NumExceptionType; | ||||||||
| 4041 | unsigned NumExprPtr; | ||||||||
| 4042 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; | ||||||||
| 4043 | }; | ||||||||
| 4044 | |||||||||
| 4045 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects | ||||||||
| 4046 | /// related to the exception specification. | ||||||||
| 4047 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder | ||||||||
| 4048 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { | ||||||||
| 4049 | switch (EST) { | ||||||||
| 4050 | case EST_None: | ||||||||
| 4051 | case EST_DynamicNone: | ||||||||
| 4052 | case EST_MSAny: | ||||||||
| 4053 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: | ||||||||
| 4054 | case EST_Unparsed: | ||||||||
| 4055 | case EST_NoThrow: | ||||||||
| 4056 | return {0, 0, 0}; | ||||||||
| 4057 | |||||||||
| 4058 | case EST_Dynamic: | ||||||||
| 4059 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; | ||||||||
| 4060 | |||||||||
| 4061 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: | ||||||||
| 4062 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: | ||||||||
| 4063 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: | ||||||||
| 4064 | return {0, 1, 0}; | ||||||||
| 4065 | |||||||||
| 4066 | case EST_Uninstantiated: | ||||||||
| 4067 | return {0, 0, 2}; | ||||||||
| 4068 | |||||||||
| 4069 | case EST_Unevaluated: | ||||||||
| 4070 | return {0, 0, 1}; | ||||||||
| 4071 | } | ||||||||
| 4072 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4072); | ||||||||
| 4073 | } | ||||||||
| 4074 | |||||||||
| 4075 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects | ||||||||
| 4076 | /// related to the exception specification. | ||||||||
| 4077 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { | ||||||||
| 4078 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); | ||||||||
| 4079 | } | ||||||||
| 4080 | |||||||||
| 4081 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. | ||||||||
| 4082 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { | ||||||||
| 4083 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception | ||||||||
| 4084 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. | ||||||||
| 4085 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; | ||||||||
| 4086 | } | ||||||||
| 4087 | |||||||||
| 4088 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. | ||||||||
| 4089 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { | ||||||||
| 4090 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||||
| 4091 | } | ||||||||
| 4092 | |||||||||
| 4093 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 4094 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; | ||||||||
| 4095 | } | ||||||||
| 4096 | |||||||||
| 4097 | public: | ||||||||
| 4098 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } | ||||||||
| 4099 | |||||||||
| 4100 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { | ||||||||
| 4101 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4101, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4102 | return param_type_begin()[i]; | ||||||||
| 4103 | } | ||||||||
| 4104 | |||||||||
| 4105 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { | ||||||||
| 4106 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); | ||||||||
| 4107 | } | ||||||||
| 4108 | |||||||||
| 4109 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { | ||||||||
| 4110 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||
| 4111 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 4112 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); | ||||||||
| 4113 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); | ||||||||
| 4114 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); | ||||||||
| 4115 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); | ||||||||
| 4116 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); | ||||||||
| 4117 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); | ||||||||
| 4118 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); | ||||||||
| 4119 | return EPI; | ||||||||
| 4120 | } | ||||||||
| 4121 | |||||||||
| 4122 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. | ||||||||
| 4123 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { | ||||||||
| 4124 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( | ||||||||
| 4125 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); | ||||||||
| 4126 | } | ||||||||
| 4127 | |||||||||
| 4128 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. | ||||||||
| 4129 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } | ||||||||
| 4130 | |||||||||
| 4131 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. | ||||||||
| 4132 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { | ||||||||
| 4133 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||||
| 4134 | } | ||||||||
| 4135 | |||||||||
| 4136 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. | ||||||||
| 4137 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { | ||||||||
| 4138 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||||
| 4139 | } | ||||||||
| 4140 | |||||||||
| 4141 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. | ||||||||
| 4142 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; | ||||||||
| 4143 | |||||||||
| 4144 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception | ||||||||
| 4145 | /// spec. | ||||||||
| 4146 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; | ||||||||
| 4147 | |||||||||
| 4148 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. | ||||||||
| 4149 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { | ||||||||
| 4150 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; | ||||||||
| 4151 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||||
| 4152 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||||
| 4153 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); | ||||||||
| 4154 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { | ||||||||
| 4155 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4156 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { | ||||||||
| 4157 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4158 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); | ||||||||
| 4159 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { | ||||||||
| 4160 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4161 | } | ||||||||
| 4162 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 4163 | } | ||||||||
| 4164 | |||||||||
| 4165 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. | ||||||||
| 4166 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { | ||||||||
| 4167 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic | ||||||||
| 4168 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() | ||||||||
| 4169 | ->NumExceptionType | ||||||||
| 4170 | : 0; | ||||||||
| 4171 | } | ||||||||
| 4172 | |||||||||
| 4173 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). | ||||||||
| 4174 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { | ||||||||
| 4175 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4175, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4176 | return exception_begin()[i]; | ||||||||
| 4177 | } | ||||||||
| 4178 | |||||||||
| 4179 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer | ||||||||
| 4180 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). | ||||||||
| 4181 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { | ||||||||
| 4182 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||||||
| 4183 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4184 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); | ||||||||
| 4185 | } | ||||||||
| 4186 | |||||||||
| 4187 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't | ||||||||
| 4188 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because | ||||||||
| 4189 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception | ||||||||
| 4190 | /// specification is represented by this type. | ||||||||
| 4191 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 4192 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && | ||||||||
| 4193 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) | ||||||||
| 4194 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4195 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; | ||||||||
| 4196 | } | ||||||||
| 4197 | |||||||||
| 4198 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception | ||||||||
| 4199 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification | ||||||||
| 4200 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for | ||||||||
| 4201 | /// this type. | ||||||||
| 4202 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { | ||||||||
| 4203 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) | ||||||||
| 4204 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4205 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; | ||||||||
| 4206 | } | ||||||||
| 4207 | |||||||||
| 4208 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception | ||||||||
| 4209 | /// specification. | ||||||||
| 4210 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; | ||||||||
| 4211 | |||||||||
| 4212 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception | ||||||||
| 4213 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns | ||||||||
| 4214 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. | ||||||||
| 4215 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { | ||||||||
| 4216 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; | ||||||||
| 4217 | } | ||||||||
| 4218 | |||||||||
| 4219 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. | ||||||||
| 4220 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } | ||||||||
| 4221 | |||||||||
| 4222 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { | ||||||||
| 4223 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() | ||||||||
| 4224 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||||||
| 4225 | } | ||||||||
| 4226 | |||||||||
| 4227 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a | ||||||||
| 4228 | /// parameter pack at the end. | ||||||||
| 4229 | /// | ||||||||
| 4230 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be | ||||||||
| 4231 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic | ||||||||
| 4232 | /// function. | ||||||||
| 4233 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; | ||||||||
| 4234 | |||||||||
| 4235 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. | ||||||||
| 4236 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } | ||||||||
| 4237 | |||||||||
| 4238 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { | ||||||||
| 4239 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 4240 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); | ||||||||
| 4241 | else | ||||||||
| 4242 | return getFastTypeQuals(); | ||||||||
| 4243 | } | ||||||||
| 4244 | |||||||||
| 4245 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. | ||||||||
| 4246 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { | ||||||||
| 4247 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); | ||||||||
| 4248 | } | ||||||||
| 4249 | |||||||||
| 4250 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; | ||||||||
| 4251 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; | ||||||||
| 4252 | |||||||||
| 4253 | param_type_range param_types() const { | ||||||||
| 4254 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); | ||||||||
| 4255 | } | ||||||||
| 4256 | |||||||||
| 4257 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { | ||||||||
| 4258 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); | ||||||||
| 4259 | } | ||||||||
| 4260 | |||||||||
| 4261 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { | ||||||||
| 4262 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); | ||||||||
| 4263 | } | ||||||||
| 4264 | |||||||||
| 4265 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; | ||||||||
| 4266 | |||||||||
| 4267 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { | ||||||||
| 4268 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); | ||||||||
| 4269 | } | ||||||||
| 4270 | |||||||||
| 4271 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { | ||||||||
| 4272 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( | ||||||||
| 4273 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); | ||||||||
| 4274 | } | ||||||||
| 4275 | |||||||||
| 4276 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { | ||||||||
| 4277 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); | ||||||||
| 4278 | } | ||||||||
| 4279 | |||||||||
| 4280 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters | ||||||||
| 4281 | /// of this function type? | ||||||||
| 4282 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { | ||||||||
| 4283 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; | ||||||||
| 4284 | } | ||||||||
| 4285 | |||||||||
| 4286 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { | ||||||||
| 4287 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())(static_cast <bool> (hasExtParameterInfos()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4287, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4288 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), | ||||||||
| 4289 | getNumParams()); | ||||||||
| 4290 | } | ||||||||
| 4291 | |||||||||
| 4292 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter | ||||||||
| 4293 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters | ||||||||
| 4294 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. | ||||||||
| 4295 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { | ||||||||
| 4296 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||||
| 4297 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4298 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); | ||||||||
| 4299 | } | ||||||||
| 4300 | |||||||||
| 4301 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { | ||||||||
| 4302 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4302, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4303 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||||
| 4304 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; | ||||||||
| 4305 | return ExtParameterInfo(); | ||||||||
| 4306 | } | ||||||||
| 4307 | |||||||||
| 4308 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { | ||||||||
| 4309 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4309, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4310 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||||
| 4311 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); | ||||||||
| 4312 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; | ||||||||
| 4313 | } | ||||||||
| 4314 | |||||||||
| 4315 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { | ||||||||
| 4316 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4316, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4317 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||||
| 4318 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); | ||||||||
| 4319 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4320 | } | ||||||||
| 4321 | |||||||||
| 4322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4324 | |||||||||
| 4325 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 4326 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||||
| 4327 | |||||||||
| 4328 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4329 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; | ||||||||
| 4330 | } | ||||||||
| 4331 | |||||||||
| 4332 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); | ||||||||
| 4333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, | ||||||||
| 4334 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||||
| 4335 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 4336 | bool Canonical); | ||||||||
| 4337 | }; | ||||||||
| 4338 | |||||||||
| 4339 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped | ||||||||
| 4340 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. | ||||||||
| 4341 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; | ||||||||
| 4342 | /// | ||||||||
| 4343 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. | ||||||||
| 4344 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4346 | |||||||||
| 4347 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; | ||||||||
| 4348 | |||||||||
| 4349 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) | ||||||||
| 4350 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), | ||||||||
| 4351 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), | ||||||||
| 4352 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} | ||||||||
| 4353 | |||||||||
| 4354 | public: | ||||||||
| 4355 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||||
| 4356 | |||||||||
| 4357 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4358 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4359 | |||||||||
| 4360 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4361 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; | ||||||||
| 4362 | } | ||||||||
| 4363 | |||||||||
| 4364 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4365 | return Profile(ID, Decl); | ||||||||
| 4366 | } | ||||||||
| 4367 | |||||||||
| 4368 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 4369 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { | ||||||||
| 4370 | ID.AddPointer(D); | ||||||||
| 4371 | } | ||||||||
| 4372 | }; | ||||||||
| 4373 | |||||||||
| 4374 | class TypedefType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4375 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; | ||||||||
| 4376 | |||||||||
| 4377 | private: | ||||||||
| 4378 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4379 | |||||||||
| 4380 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, | ||||||||
| 4381 | QualType can); | ||||||||
| 4382 | |||||||||
| 4383 | public: | ||||||||
| 4384 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||||
| 4385 | |||||||||
| 4386 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 4387 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||||
| 4388 | |||||||||
| 4389 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } | ||||||||
| 4390 | }; | ||||||||
| 4391 | |||||||||
| 4392 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written | ||||||||
| 4393 | /// as a macro invocation. | ||||||||
| 4394 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4395 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4396 | |||||||||
| 4397 | QualType UnderlyingTy; | ||||||||
| 4398 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; | ||||||||
| 4399 | |||||||||
| 4400 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, | ||||||||
| 4401 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) | ||||||||
| 4402 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 4403 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { | ||||||||
| 4404 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 4405 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4406 | } | ||||||||
| 4407 | |||||||||
| 4408 | public: | ||||||||
| 4409 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } | ||||||||
| 4410 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } | ||||||||
| 4411 | |||||||||
| 4412 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to | ||||||||
| 4413 | /// it. | ||||||||
| 4414 | QualType getModifiedType() const; | ||||||||
| 4415 | |||||||||
| 4416 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 4417 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||||
| 4418 | |||||||||
| 4419 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4420 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; | ||||||||
| 4421 | } | ||||||||
| 4422 | }; | ||||||||
| 4423 | |||||||||
| 4424 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). | ||||||||
| 4425 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4426 | Expr *TOExpr; | ||||||||
| 4427 | |||||||||
| 4428 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4429 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4430 | |||||||||
| 4431 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); | ||||||||
| 4432 | |||||||||
| 4433 | public: | ||||||||
| 4434 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } | ||||||||
| 4435 | |||||||||
| 4436 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||||
| 4437 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||||
| 4438 | |||||||||
| 4439 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||||
| 4440 | bool isSugared() const; | ||||||||
| 4441 | |||||||||
| 4442 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } | ||||||||
| 4443 | }; | ||||||||
| 4444 | |||||||||
| 4445 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||||
| 4446 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. | ||||||||
| 4447 | /// | ||||||||
| 4448 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||||
| 4449 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||||
| 4450 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. | ||||||||
| 4451 | class DependentTypeOfExprType | ||||||||
| 4452 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4453 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 4454 | |||||||||
| 4455 | public: | ||||||||
| 4456 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) | ||||||||
| 4457 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} | ||||||||
| 4458 | |||||||||
| 4459 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4460 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4461 | } | ||||||||
| 4462 | |||||||||
| 4463 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 4464 | Expr *E); | ||||||||
| 4465 | }; | ||||||||
| 4466 | |||||||||
| 4467 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. | ||||||||
| 4468 | class TypeOfType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4469 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4470 | |||||||||
| 4471 | QualType TOType; | ||||||||
| 4472 | |||||||||
| 4473 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) | ||||||||
| 4474 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { | ||||||||
| 4475 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4475, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4476 | } | ||||||||
| 4477 | |||||||||
| 4478 | public: | ||||||||
| 4479 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } | ||||||||
| 4480 | |||||||||
| 4481 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||||
| 4482 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } | ||||||||
| 4483 | |||||||||
| 4484 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||||
| 4485 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 4486 | |||||||||
| 4487 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } | ||||||||
| 4488 | }; | ||||||||
| 4489 | |||||||||
| 4490 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). | ||||||||
| 4491 | class DecltypeType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4492 | Expr *E; | ||||||||
| 4493 | QualType UnderlyingType; | ||||||||
| 4494 | |||||||||
| 4495 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4496 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4497 | |||||||||
| 4498 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); | ||||||||
| 4499 | |||||||||
| 4500 | public: | ||||||||
| 4501 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } | ||||||||
| 4502 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||||
| 4503 | |||||||||
| 4504 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||||
| 4505 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||||
| 4506 | |||||||||
| 4507 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||||
| 4508 | bool isSugared() const; | ||||||||
| 4509 | |||||||||
| 4510 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } | ||||||||
| 4511 | }; | ||||||||
| 4512 | |||||||||
| 4513 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||||
| 4514 | /// decltype(expr) types. | ||||||||
| 4515 | /// | ||||||||
| 4516 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||||
| 4517 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||||
| 4518 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. | ||||||||
| 4519 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4520 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 4521 | |||||||||
| 4522 | public: | ||||||||
| 4523 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); | ||||||||
| 4524 | |||||||||
| 4525 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4526 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4527 | } | ||||||||
| 4528 | |||||||||
| 4529 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 4530 | Expr *E); | ||||||||
| 4531 | }; | ||||||||
| 4532 | |||||||||
| 4533 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. | ||||||||
| 4534 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4535 | public: | ||||||||
| 4536 | enum UTTKind { | ||||||||
| 4537 | EnumUnderlyingType | ||||||||
| 4538 | }; | ||||||||
| 4539 | |||||||||
| 4540 | private: | ||||||||
| 4541 | /// The untransformed type. | ||||||||
| 4542 | QualType BaseType; | ||||||||
| 4543 | |||||||||
| 4544 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. | ||||||||
| 4545 | QualType UnderlyingType; | ||||||||
| 4546 | |||||||||
| 4547 | UTTKind UKind; | ||||||||
| 4548 | |||||||||
| 4549 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4550 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 4551 | |||||||||
| 4552 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, | ||||||||
| 4553 | QualType CanonicalTy); | ||||||||
| 4554 | |||||||||
| 4555 | public: | ||||||||
| 4556 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } | ||||||||
| 4557 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||||
| 4558 | |||||||||
| 4559 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||||
| 4560 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||||
| 4561 | |||||||||
| 4562 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } | ||||||||
| 4563 | |||||||||
| 4564 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4565 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; | ||||||||
| 4566 | } | ||||||||
| 4567 | }; | ||||||||
| 4568 | |||||||||
| 4569 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||||
| 4570 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. | ||||||||
| 4571 | /// | ||||||||
| 4572 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||||
| 4573 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||||
| 4574 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. | ||||||||
| 4575 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, | ||||||||
| 4576 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4577 | public: | ||||||||
| 4578 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, | ||||||||
| 4579 | UTTKind UKind); | ||||||||
| 4580 | |||||||||
| 4581 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4582 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); | ||||||||
| 4583 | } | ||||||||
| 4584 | |||||||||
| 4585 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, | ||||||||
| 4586 | UTTKind UKind) { | ||||||||
| 4587 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 4588 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); | ||||||||
| 4589 | } | ||||||||
| 4590 | }; | ||||||||
| 4591 | |||||||||
| 4592 | class TagType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4593 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||||
| 4594 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||||
| 4595 | |||||||||
| 4596 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any | ||||||||
| 4597 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. | ||||||||
| 4598 | TagDecl *decl; | ||||||||
| 4599 | |||||||||
| 4600 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4601 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); | ||||||||
| 4602 | |||||||||
| 4603 | public: | ||||||||
| 4604 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 4605 | |||||||||
| 4606 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. | ||||||||
| 4607 | bool isBeingDefined() const; | ||||||||
| 4608 | |||||||||
| 4609 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4610 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; | ||||||||
| 4611 | } | ||||||||
| 4612 | }; | ||||||||
| 4613 | |||||||||
| 4614 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast | ||||||||
| 4615 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. | ||||||||
| 4616 | class RecordType : public TagType { | ||||||||
| 4617 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4618 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4619 | |||||||||
| 4620 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) | ||||||||
| 4621 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||||
| 4622 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) | ||||||||
| 4623 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||||
| 4624 | |||||||||
| 4625 | public: | ||||||||
| 4626 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 4627 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 4628 | } | ||||||||
| 4629 | |||||||||
| 4630 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field | ||||||||
| 4631 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. | ||||||||
| 4632 | bool hasConstFields() const; | ||||||||
| 4633 | |||||||||
| 4634 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4635 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4636 | |||||||||
| 4637 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } | ||||||||
| 4638 | }; | ||||||||
| 4639 | |||||||||
| 4640 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast | ||||||||
| 4641 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. | ||||||||
| 4642 | class EnumType : public TagType { | ||||||||
| 4643 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 4644 | |||||||||
| 4645 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) | ||||||||
| 4646 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||||
| 4647 | |||||||||
| 4648 | public: | ||||||||
| 4649 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 4650 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 4651 | } | ||||||||
| 4652 | |||||||||
| 4653 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4654 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4655 | |||||||||
| 4656 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } | ||||||||
| 4657 | }; | ||||||||
| 4658 | |||||||||
| 4659 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. | ||||||||
| 4660 | /// | ||||||||
| 4661 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed | ||||||||
| 4662 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the | ||||||||
| 4663 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type | ||||||||
| 4664 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. | ||||||||
| 4665 | /// | ||||||||
| 4666 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: | ||||||||
| 4667 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) | ||||||||
| 4668 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t | ||||||||
| 4669 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) | ||||||||
| 4670 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) | ||||||||
| 4671 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4672 | public: | ||||||||
| 4673 | using Kind = attr::Kind; | ||||||||
| 4674 | |||||||||
| 4675 | private: | ||||||||
| 4676 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 4677 | |||||||||
| 4678 | QualType ModifiedType; | ||||||||
| 4679 | QualType EquivalentType; | ||||||||
| 4680 | |||||||||
| 4681 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, | ||||||||
| 4682 | QualType equivalent) | ||||||||
| 4683 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 4684 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { | ||||||||
| 4685 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; | ||||||||
| 4686 | } | ||||||||
| 4687 | |||||||||
| 4688 | public: | ||||||||
| 4689 | Kind getAttrKind() const { | ||||||||
| 4690 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); | ||||||||
| 4691 | } | ||||||||
| 4692 | |||||||||
| 4693 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } | ||||||||
| 4694 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } | ||||||||
| 4695 | |||||||||
| 4696 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 4697 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } | ||||||||
| 4698 | |||||||||
| 4699 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? | ||||||||
| 4700 | /// | ||||||||
| 4701 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for | ||||||||
| 4702 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 4703 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, | ||||||||
| 4704 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still | ||||||||
| 4705 | /// largely described by the modified type. | ||||||||
| 4706 | /// | ||||||||
| 4707 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to | ||||||||
| 4708 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any | ||||||||
| 4709 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention | ||||||||
| 4710 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 4711 | /// | ||||||||
| 4712 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical | ||||||||
| 4713 | /// type. | ||||||||
| 4714 | bool isQualifier() const; | ||||||||
| 4715 | |||||||||
| 4716 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; | ||||||||
| 4717 | |||||||||
| 4718 | bool isCallingConv() const; | ||||||||
| 4719 | |||||||||
| 4720 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; | ||||||||
| 4721 | |||||||||
| 4722 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given | ||||||||
| 4723 | /// nullability kind. | ||||||||
| 4724 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { | ||||||||
| 4725 | switch (kind) { | ||||||||
| 4726 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||||||
| 4727 | return attr::TypeNonNull; | ||||||||
| 4728 | |||||||||
| 4729 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||||||
| 4730 | return attr::TypeNullable; | ||||||||
| 4731 | |||||||||
| 4732 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: | ||||||||
| 4733 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; | ||||||||
| 4734 | |||||||||
| 4735 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||||||
| 4736 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; | ||||||||
| 4737 | } | ||||||||
| 4738 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4738); | ||||||||
| 4739 | } | ||||||||
| 4740 | |||||||||
| 4741 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given | ||||||||
| 4742 | /// type, if it's there. | ||||||||
| 4743 | /// | ||||||||
| 4744 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an | ||||||||
| 4745 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through | ||||||||
| 4746 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed | ||||||||
| 4747 | /// to the underlying modified type. | ||||||||
| 4748 | /// | ||||||||
| 4749 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. | ||||||||
| 4750 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); | ||||||||
| 4751 | |||||||||
| 4752 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4753 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); | ||||||||
| 4754 | } | ||||||||
| 4755 | |||||||||
| 4756 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, | ||||||||
| 4757 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { | ||||||||
| 4758 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); | ||||||||
| 4759 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 4760 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 4761 | } | ||||||||
| 4762 | |||||||||
| 4763 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4764 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; | ||||||||
| 4765 | } | ||||||||
| 4766 | }; | ||||||||
| 4767 | |||||||||
| 4768 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4769 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 4770 | |||||||||
| 4771 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. | ||||||||
| 4772 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { | ||||||||
| 4773 | unsigned Depth : 15; | ||||||||
| 4774 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; | ||||||||
| 4775 | unsigned Index : 16; | ||||||||
| 4776 | }; | ||||||||
| 4777 | |||||||||
| 4778 | union { | ||||||||
| 4779 | // Info for the canonical type. | ||||||||
| 4780 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; | ||||||||
| 4781 | |||||||||
| 4782 | // Info for the non-canonical type. | ||||||||
| 4783 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; | ||||||||
| 4784 | }; | ||||||||
| 4785 | |||||||||
| 4786 | /// Build a non-canonical type. | ||||||||
| 4787 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) | ||||||||
| 4788 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, | ||||||||
| 4789 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||||
| 4790 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), | ||||||||
| 4791 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} | ||||||||
| 4792 | |||||||||
| 4793 | /// Build the canonical type. | ||||||||
| 4794 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) | ||||||||
| 4795 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), | ||||||||
| 4796 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||||
| 4797 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { | ||||||||
| 4798 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; | ||||||||
| 4799 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; | ||||||||
| 4800 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; | ||||||||
| 4801 | } | ||||||||
| 4802 | |||||||||
| 4803 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { | ||||||||
| 4804 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||||
| 4805 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; | ||||||||
| 4806 | } | ||||||||
| 4807 | |||||||||
| 4808 | public: | ||||||||
| 4809 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } | ||||||||
| 4810 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } | ||||||||
| 4811 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } | ||||||||
| 4812 | |||||||||
| 4813 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 4814 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; | ||||||||
| 4815 | } | ||||||||
| 4816 | |||||||||
| 4817 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; | ||||||||
| 4818 | |||||||||
| 4819 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4820 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4821 | |||||||||
| 4822 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4823 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 4824 | } | ||||||||
| 4825 | |||||||||
| 4826 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, | ||||||||
| 4827 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, | ||||||||
| 4828 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { | ||||||||
| 4829 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); | ||||||||
| 4830 | ID.AddInteger(Index); | ||||||||
| 4831 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); | ||||||||
| 4832 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); | ||||||||
| 4833 | } | ||||||||
| 4834 | |||||||||
| 4835 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4836 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; | ||||||||
| 4837 | } | ||||||||
| 4838 | }; | ||||||||
| 4839 | |||||||||
| 4840 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template | ||||||||
| 4841 | /// type parameter. | ||||||||
| 4842 | /// | ||||||||
| 4843 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have | ||||||||
| 4844 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a | ||||||||
| 4845 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; | ||||||||
| 4846 | /// therefore they are never canonical. | ||||||||
| 4847 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4848 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 4849 | |||||||||
| 4850 | // The original type parameter. | ||||||||
| 4851 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; | ||||||||
| 4852 | |||||||||
| 4853 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) | ||||||||
| 4854 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 4855 | Replaced(Param) {} | ||||||||
| 4856 | |||||||||
| 4857 | public: | ||||||||
| 4858 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. | ||||||||
| 4859 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { | ||||||||
| 4860 | return Replaced; | ||||||||
| 4861 | } | ||||||||
| 4862 | |||||||||
| 4863 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template | ||||||||
| 4864 | /// parameter. | ||||||||
| 4865 | QualType getReplacementType() const { | ||||||||
| 4866 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||||
| 4867 | } | ||||||||
| 4868 | |||||||||
| 4869 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 4870 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } | ||||||||
| 4871 | |||||||||
| 4872 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 4873 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); | ||||||||
| 4874 | } | ||||||||
| 4875 | |||||||||
| 4876 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 4877 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, | ||||||||
| 4878 | QualType Replacement) { | ||||||||
| 4879 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); | ||||||||
| 4880 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 4881 | } | ||||||||
| 4882 | |||||||||
| 4883 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4884 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; | ||||||||
| 4885 | } | ||||||||
| 4886 | }; | ||||||||
| 4887 | |||||||||
| 4888 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template | ||||||||
| 4889 | /// type parameter pack. | ||||||||
| 4890 | /// | ||||||||
| 4891 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs | ||||||||
| 4892 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template | ||||||||
| 4893 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type | ||||||||
| 4894 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack | ||||||||
| 4895 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself | ||||||||
| 4896 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into | ||||||||
| 4897 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding | ||||||||
| 4898 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType | ||||||||
| 4899 | /// at the current pack substitution index. | ||||||||
| 4900 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4901 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 4902 | |||||||||
| 4903 | /// The original type parameter. | ||||||||
| 4904 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; | ||||||||
| 4905 | |||||||||
| 4906 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this | ||||||||
| 4907 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. | ||||||||
| 4908 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; | ||||||||
| 4909 | |||||||||
| 4910 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, | ||||||||
| 4911 | QualType Canon, | ||||||||
| 4912 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | ||||||||
| 4913 | |||||||||
| 4914 | public: | ||||||||
| 4915 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } | ||||||||
| 4916 | |||||||||
| 4917 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. | ||||||||
| 4918 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { | ||||||||
| 4919 | return Replaced; | ||||||||
| 4920 | } | ||||||||
| 4921 | |||||||||
| 4922 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 4923 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 4924 | } | ||||||||
| 4925 | |||||||||
| 4926 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 4927 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 4928 | |||||||||
| 4929 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; | ||||||||
| 4930 | |||||||||
| 4931 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||||
| 4932 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 4933 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, | ||||||||
| 4934 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | ||||||||
| 4935 | |||||||||
| 4936 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4937 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; | ||||||||
| 4938 | } | ||||||||
| 4939 | }; | ||||||||
| 4940 | |||||||||
| 4941 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by | ||||||||
| 4942 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced | ||||||||
| 4943 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. | ||||||||
| 4944 | /// | ||||||||
| 4945 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before | ||||||||
| 4946 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is | ||||||||
| 4947 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In | ||||||||
| 4948 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. | ||||||||
| 4949 | class DeducedType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 4950 | protected: | ||||||||
| 4951 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, | ||||||||
| 4952 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) | ||||||||
| 4953 | : Type(TC, | ||||||||
| 4954 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? | ||||||||
| 4955 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) | ||||||||
| 4956 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), | ||||||||
| 4957 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() | ||||||||
| 4958 | ? TypeDependence::None | ||||||||
| 4959 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & | ||||||||
| 4960 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} | ||||||||
| 4961 | |||||||||
| 4962 | public: | ||||||||
| 4963 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } | ||||||||
| 4964 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } | ||||||||
| 4965 | |||||||||
| 4966 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's | ||||||||
| 4967 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. | ||||||||
| 4968 | QualType getDeducedType() const { | ||||||||
| 4969 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); | ||||||||
| 4970 | } | ||||||||
| 4971 | bool isDeduced() const { | ||||||||
| 4972 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); | ||||||||
| 4973 | } | ||||||||
| 4974 | |||||||||
| 4975 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 4976 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || | ||||||||
| 4977 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||||
| 4978 | } | ||||||||
| 4979 | }; | ||||||||
| 4980 | |||||||||
| 4981 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained | ||||||||
| 4982 | /// by a type-constraint. | ||||||||
| 4983 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 4984 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 4985 | |||||||||
| 4986 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; | ||||||||
| 4987 | |||||||||
| 4988 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 4989 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, | ||||||||
| 4990 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); | ||||||||
| 4991 | |||||||||
| 4992 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { | ||||||||
| 4993 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||||
| 4994 | } | ||||||||
| 4995 | |||||||||
| 4996 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { | ||||||||
| 4997 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||||
| 4998 | } | ||||||||
| 4999 | |||||||||
| 5000 | public: | ||||||||
| 5001 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5002 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5003 | return getArgBuffer(); | ||||||||
| 5004 | } | ||||||||
| 5005 | |||||||||
| 5006 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5007 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5008 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 5009 | } | ||||||||
| 5010 | |||||||||
| 5011 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||||
| 5012 | |||||||||
| 5013 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { | ||||||||
| 5014 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||||
| 5015 | } | ||||||||
| 5016 | |||||||||
| 5017 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { | ||||||||
| 5018 | return TypeConstraintConcept; | ||||||||
| 5019 | } | ||||||||
| 5020 | |||||||||
| 5021 | bool isConstrained() const { | ||||||||
| 5022 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; | ||||||||
| 5023 | } | ||||||||
| 5024 | |||||||||
| 5025 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { | ||||||||
| 5026 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; | ||||||||
| 5027 | } | ||||||||
| 5028 | |||||||||
| 5029 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { | ||||||||
| 5030 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; | ||||||||
| 5031 | } | ||||||||
| 5032 | |||||||||
| 5033 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
| 5034 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), | ||||||||
| 5035 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); | ||||||||
| 5036 | } | ||||||||
| 5037 | |||||||||
| 5038 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 5039 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 5040 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, | ||||||||
| 5041 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); | ||||||||
| 5042 | |||||||||
| 5043 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5044 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; | ||||||||
| 5045 | } | ||||||||
| 5046 | }; | ||||||||
| 5047 | |||||||||
| 5048 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. | ||||||||
| 5049 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, | ||||||||
| 5050 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5051 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5052 | |||||||||
| 5053 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. | ||||||||
| 5054 | TemplateName Template; | ||||||||
| 5055 | |||||||||
| 5056 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, | ||||||||
| 5057 | QualType DeducedAsType, | ||||||||
| 5058 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) | ||||||||
| 5059 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, | ||||||||
| 5060 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | | ||||||||
| 5061 | (IsDeducedAsDependent | ||||||||
| 5062 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | ||||||||
| 5063 | : TypeDependence::None)), | ||||||||
| 5064 | Template(Template) {} | ||||||||
| 5065 | |||||||||
| 5066 | public: | ||||||||
| 5067 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. | ||||||||
| 5068 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} | ||||||||
| 5069 | |||||||||
| 5070 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 5071 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); | ||||||||
| 5072 | } | ||||||||
| 5073 | |||||||||
| 5074 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, | ||||||||
| 5075 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { | ||||||||
| 5076 | Template.Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 5077 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 5078 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); | ||||||||
| 5079 | } | ||||||||
| 5080 | |||||||||
| 5081 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5082 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||||
| 5083 | } | ||||||||
| 5084 | }; | ||||||||
| 5085 | |||||||||
| 5086 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template | ||||||||
| 5087 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template | ||||||||
| 5088 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of | ||||||||
| 5089 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope | ||||||||
| 5090 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a | ||||||||
| 5091 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. | ||||||||
| 5092 | /// | ||||||||
| 5093 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", | ||||||||
| 5094 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template | ||||||||
| 5095 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for | ||||||||
| 5096 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> | ||||||||
| 5097 | /// | ||||||||
| 5098 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or | ||||||||
| 5099 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the | ||||||||
| 5100 | /// type may also be canonical. | ||||||||
| 5101 | /// | ||||||||
| 5102 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of | ||||||||
| 5103 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the | ||||||||
| 5104 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias | ||||||||
| 5105 | /// template. | ||||||||
| 5106 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType | ||||||||
| 5107 | : public Type, | ||||||||
| 5108 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5109 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5110 | |||||||||
| 5111 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is | ||||||||
| 5112 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a | ||||||||
| 5113 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a | ||||||||
| 5114 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a | ||||||||
| 5115 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a | ||||||||
| 5116 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the | ||||||||
| 5117 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). | ||||||||
| 5118 | TemplateName Template; | ||||||||
| 5119 | |||||||||
| 5120 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, | ||||||||
| 5121 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||||
| 5122 | QualType Canon, | ||||||||
| 5123 | QualType Aliased); | ||||||||
| 5124 | |||||||||
| 5125 | public: | ||||||||
| 5126 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. | ||||||||
| 5127 | /// | ||||||||
| 5128 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an | ||||||||
| 5129 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it | ||||||||
| 5130 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be | ||||||||
| 5131 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the | ||||||||
| 5132 | /// parameter is an int). | ||||||||
| 5133 | /// | ||||||||
| 5134 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind | ||||||||
| 5135 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the | ||||||||
| 5136 | /// specified arguments. | ||||||||
| 5137 | static bool | ||||||||
| 5138 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, | ||||||||
| 5139 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); | ||||||||
| 5140 | static bool | ||||||||
| 5141 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, | ||||||||
| 5142 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); | ||||||||
| 5143 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( | ||||||||
| 5144 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); | ||||||||
| 5145 | |||||||||
| 5146 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current | ||||||||
| 5147 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. | ||||||||
| 5148 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { | ||||||||
| 5149 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||||
| 5150 | } | ||||||||
| 5151 | |||||||||
| 5152 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias | ||||||||
| 5153 | /// template that has been substituted. | ||||||||
| 5154 | /// | ||||||||
| 5155 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias | ||||||||
| 5156 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when | ||||||||
| 5157 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias | ||||||||
| 5158 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., | ||||||||
| 5159 | /// | ||||||||
| 5160 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 5161 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; | ||||||||
| 5162 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; | ||||||||
| 5163 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { | ||||||||
| 5164 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias | ||||||||
| 5165 | /// }; | ||||||||
| 5166 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 5167 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } | ||||||||
| 5168 | |||||||||
| 5169 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias | ||||||||
| 5170 | /// template. | ||||||||
| 5171 | QualType getAliasedType() const { | ||||||||
| 5172 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5172, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5173 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); | ||||||||
| 5174 | } | ||||||||
| 5175 | |||||||||
| 5176 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; | ||||||||
| 5177 | |||||||||
| 5178 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } | ||||||||
| 5179 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h | ||||||||
| 5180 | |||||||||
| 5181 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. | ||||||||
| 5182 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } | ||||||||
| 5183 | |||||||||
| 5184 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5185 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5186 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); | ||||||||
| 5187 | } | ||||||||
| 5188 | |||||||||
| 5189 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5190 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5191 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 5192 | } | ||||||||
| 5193 | |||||||||
| 5194 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. | ||||||||
| 5195 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) | ||||||||
| 5196 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||||
| 5197 | |||||||||
| 5198 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { | ||||||||
| 5199 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||||
| 5200 | } | ||||||||
| 5201 | |||||||||
| 5202 | bool isSugared() const { | ||||||||
| 5203 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); | ||||||||
| 5204 | } | ||||||||
| 5205 | |||||||||
| 5206 | QualType desugar() const { | ||||||||
| 5207 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||||
| 5208 | } | ||||||||
| 5209 | |||||||||
| 5210 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||||
| 5211 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); | ||||||||
| 5212 | if (isTypeAlias()) | ||||||||
| 5213 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 5214 | } | ||||||||
| 5215 | |||||||||
| 5216 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, | ||||||||
| 5217 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||||
| 5218 | const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||||
| 5219 | |||||||||
| 5220 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5221 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; | ||||||||
| 5222 | } | ||||||||
| 5223 | }; | ||||||||
| 5224 | |||||||||
| 5225 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' | ||||||||
| 5226 | /// enclosing the template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5227 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 5228 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||||
| 5229 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 5230 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||||
| 5231 | |||||||||
| 5232 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 5233 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, | ||||||||
| 5234 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 5235 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||||
| 5236 | |||||||||
| 5237 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||||
| 5238 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, | ||||||||
| 5239 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||||
| 5240 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||||
| 5241 | |||||||||
| 5242 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class | ||||||||
| 5243 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was | ||||||||
| 5244 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the | ||||||||
| 5245 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. | ||||||||
| 5246 | /// | ||||||||
| 5247 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template | ||||||||
| 5248 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. | ||||||||
| 5249 | /// | ||||||||
| 5250 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works | ||||||||
| 5251 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type | ||||||||
| 5252 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same | ||||||||
| 5253 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template | ||||||||
| 5254 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name | ||||||||
| 5255 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated | ||||||||
| 5256 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization | ||||||||
| 5257 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate | ||||||||
| 5258 | /// according to the rules of the language). | ||||||||
| 5259 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { | ||||||||
| 5260 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 5261 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; | ||||||||
| 5262 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not | ||||||||
| 5263 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much | ||||||||
| 5264 | // interdependencies. | ||||||||
| 5265 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||||
| 5266 | |||||||||
| 5267 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; | ||||||||
| 5268 | |||||||||
| 5269 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. | ||||||||
| 5270 | /// For example, in | ||||||||
| 5271 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; | ||||||||
| 5272 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in | ||||||||
| 5273 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; | ||||||||
| 5274 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. | ||||||||
| 5275 | /// | ||||||||
| 5276 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, | ||||||||
| 5277 | /// and always dependent. | ||||||||
| 5278 | QualType InjectedType; | ||||||||
| 5279 | |||||||||
| 5280 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) | ||||||||
| 5281 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), | ||||||||
| 5282 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), | ||||||||
| 5283 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { | ||||||||
| 5284 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))(static_cast <bool> (isa<TemplateSpecializationType> (TST)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5285 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())(static_cast <bool> (!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5285, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5286 | assert(TST->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (TST->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5287 | } | ||||||||
| 5288 | |||||||||
| 5289 | public: | ||||||||
| 5290 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } | ||||||||
| 5291 | |||||||||
| 5292 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { | ||||||||
| 5293 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
| 5294 | } | ||||||||
| 5295 | |||||||||
| 5296 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { | ||||||||
| 5297 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); | ||||||||
| 5298 | } | ||||||||
| 5299 | |||||||||
| 5300 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; | ||||||||
| 5301 | |||||||||
| 5302 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 5303 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 5304 | |||||||||
| 5305 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5306 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; | ||||||||
| 5307 | } | ||||||||
| 5308 | }; | ||||||||
| 5309 | |||||||||
| 5310 | /// The kind of a tag type. | ||||||||
| 5311 | enum TagTypeKind { | ||||||||
| 5312 | /// The "struct" keyword. | ||||||||
| 5313 | TTK_Struct, | ||||||||
| 5314 | |||||||||
| 5315 | /// The "__interface" keyword. | ||||||||
| 5316 | TTK_Interface, | ||||||||
| 5317 | |||||||||
| 5318 | /// The "union" keyword. | ||||||||
| 5319 | TTK_Union, | ||||||||
| 5320 | |||||||||
| 5321 | /// The "class" keyword. | ||||||||
| 5322 | TTK_Class, | ||||||||
| 5323 | |||||||||
| 5324 | /// The "enum" keyword. | ||||||||
| 5325 | TTK_Enum | ||||||||
| 5326 | }; | ||||||||
| 5327 | |||||||||
| 5328 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or | ||||||||
| 5329 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5330 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { | ||||||||
| 5331 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5332 | ETK_Struct, | ||||||||
| 5333 | |||||||||
| 5334 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5335 | ETK_Interface, | ||||||||
| 5336 | |||||||||
| 5337 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5338 | ETK_Union, | ||||||||
| 5339 | |||||||||
| 5340 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5341 | ETK_Class, | ||||||||
| 5342 | |||||||||
| 5343 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||||
| 5344 | ETK_Enum, | ||||||||
| 5345 | |||||||||
| 5346 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., | ||||||||
| 5347 | /// \c typename T::type. | ||||||||
| 5348 | ETK_Typename, | ||||||||
| 5349 | |||||||||
| 5350 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. | ||||||||
| 5351 | ETK_None | ||||||||
| 5352 | }; | ||||||||
| 5353 | |||||||||
| 5354 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. | ||||||||
| 5355 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. | ||||||||
| 5356 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing | ||||||||
| 5357 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. | ||||||||
| 5358 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { | ||||||||
| 5359 | protected: | ||||||||
| 5360 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, | ||||||||
| 5361 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) | ||||||||
| 5362 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { | ||||||||
| 5363 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; | ||||||||
| 5364 | } | ||||||||
| 5365 | |||||||||
| 5366 | public: | ||||||||
| 5367 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { | ||||||||
| 5368 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5369 | } | ||||||||
| 5370 | |||||||||
| 5371 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. | ||||||||
| 5372 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); | ||||||||
| 5373 | |||||||||
| 5374 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. | ||||||||
| 5375 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. | ||||||||
| 5376 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); | ||||||||
| 5377 | |||||||||
| 5378 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. | ||||||||
| 5379 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); | ||||||||
| 5380 | |||||||||
| 5381 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. | ||||||||
| 5382 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword | ||||||||
| 5383 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. | ||||||||
| 5384 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5385 | |||||||||
| 5386 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5387 | |||||||||
| 5388 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5389 | |||||||||
| 5390 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { | ||||||||
| 5391 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); | ||||||||
| 5392 | } | ||||||||
| 5393 | |||||||||
| 5394 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; | ||||||||
| 5395 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); | ||||||||
| 5396 | }; | ||||||||
| 5397 | |||||||||
| 5398 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type | ||||||||
| 5399 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, | ||||||||
| 5400 | /// or both. | ||||||||
| 5401 | /// | ||||||||
| 5402 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the | ||||||||
| 5403 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. | ||||||||
| 5404 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written | ||||||||
| 5405 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. | ||||||||
| 5406 | class ElaboratedType final | ||||||||
| 5407 | : public TypeWithKeyword, | ||||||||
| 5408 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, | ||||||||
| 5409 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { | ||||||||
| 5410 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5411 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||||
| 5412 | |||||||||
| 5413 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||||
| 5414 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||||
| 5415 | |||||||||
| 5416 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. | ||||||||
| 5417 | QualType NamedType; | ||||||||
| 5418 | |||||||||
| 5419 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored | ||||||||
| 5420 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain | ||||||||
| 5421 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. | ||||||||
| 5422 | |||||||||
| 5423 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||||
| 5424 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) | ||||||||
| 5425 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, | ||||||||
| 5426 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have | ||||||||
| 5427 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to | ||||||||
| 5428 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) | ||||||||
| 5429 | // dependence on the qualifier. | ||||||||
| 5430 | NamedType->getDependence() | | ||||||||
| 5431 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( | ||||||||
| 5432 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) | ||||||||
| 5433 | : TypeDependence::None)), | ||||||||
| 5434 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { | ||||||||
| 5435 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; | ||||||||
| 5436 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { | ||||||||
| 5437 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; | ||||||||
| 5438 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; | ||||||||
| 5439 | } | ||||||||
| 5440 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5441 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5442 | "and name qualifier both null.")(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5443 | } | ||||||||
| 5444 | |||||||||
| 5445 | public: | ||||||||
| 5446 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. | ||||||||
| 5447 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||||
| 5448 | |||||||||
| 5449 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. | ||||||||
| 5450 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } | ||||||||
| 5451 | |||||||||
| 5452 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||||
| 5453 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } | ||||||||
| 5454 | |||||||||
| 5455 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||||
| 5456 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 5457 | |||||||||
| 5458 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this | ||||||||
| 5459 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. | ||||||||
| 5460 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 5461 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() | ||||||||
| 5462 | : nullptr; | ||||||||
| 5463 | } | ||||||||
| 5464 | |||||||||
| 5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 5466 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); | ||||||||
| 5467 | } | ||||||||
| 5468 | |||||||||
| 5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 5470 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, | ||||||||
| 5471 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { | ||||||||
| 5472 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5473 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); | ||||||||
| 5474 | NamedType.Profile(ID); | ||||||||
| 5475 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); | ||||||||
| 5476 | } | ||||||||
| 5477 | |||||||||
| 5478 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } | ||||||||
| 5479 | }; | ||||||||
| 5480 | |||||||||
| 5481 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is | ||||||||
| 5482 | /// dependent. | ||||||||
| 5483 | /// | ||||||||
| 5484 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a | ||||||||
| 5485 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a | ||||||||
| 5486 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a | ||||||||
| 5487 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a | ||||||||
| 5488 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we | ||||||||
| 5489 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). | ||||||||
| 5490 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility | ||||||||
| 5491 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until | ||||||||
| 5492 | /// instantiation. | ||||||||
| 5493 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5494 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5495 | |||||||||
| 5496 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||||
| 5497 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||||
| 5498 | |||||||||
| 5499 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. | ||||||||
| 5500 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; | ||||||||
| 5501 | |||||||||
| 5502 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||||
| 5503 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) | ||||||||
| 5504 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, | ||||||||
| 5505 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||||
| 5506 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), | ||||||||
| 5507 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} | ||||||||
| 5508 | |||||||||
| 5509 | public: | ||||||||
| 5510 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. | ||||||||
| 5511 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||||
| 5512 | |||||||||
| 5513 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. | ||||||||
| 5514 | /// | ||||||||
| 5515 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the | ||||||||
| 5516 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, | ||||||||
| 5517 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". | ||||||||
| 5518 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { | ||||||||
| 5519 | return Name; | ||||||||
| 5520 | } | ||||||||
| 5521 | |||||||||
| 5522 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 5523 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 5524 | |||||||||
| 5525 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 5526 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); | ||||||||
| 5527 | } | ||||||||
| 5528 | |||||||||
| 5529 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 5530 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { | ||||||||
| 5531 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); | ||||||||
| 5532 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); | ||||||||
| 5533 | ID.AddPointer(Name); | ||||||||
| 5534 | } | ||||||||
| 5535 | |||||||||
| 5536 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5537 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; | ||||||||
| 5538 | } | ||||||||
| 5539 | }; | ||||||||
| 5540 | |||||||||
| 5541 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be | ||||||||
| 5542 | /// resolved, e.g. | ||||||||
| 5543 | /// A<T>::template B<T> | ||||||||
| 5544 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType | ||||||||
| 5545 | : public TypeWithKeyword, | ||||||||
| 5546 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5547 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5548 | |||||||||
| 5549 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||||
| 5550 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||||
| 5551 | |||||||||
| 5552 | /// The identifier of the template. | ||||||||
| 5553 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; | ||||||||
| 5554 | |||||||||
| 5555 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 5556 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||||
| 5557 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||||||||
| 5558 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||||
| 5559 | QualType Canon); | ||||||||
| 5560 | |||||||||
| 5561 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { | ||||||||
| 5562 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||||
| 5563 | } | ||||||||
| 5564 | |||||||||
| 5565 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { | ||||||||
| 5566 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||||
| 5567 | } | ||||||||
| 5568 | |||||||||
| 5569 | public: | ||||||||
| 5570 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||||
| 5571 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } | ||||||||
| 5572 | |||||||||
| 5573 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5574 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5575 | return getArgBuffer(); | ||||||||
| 5576 | } | ||||||||
| 5577 | |||||||||
| 5578 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||||
| 5579 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 5580 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||||
| 5581 | } | ||||||||
| 5582 | |||||||||
| 5583 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||||
| 5584 | |||||||||
| 5585 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { | ||||||||
| 5586 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||||
| 5587 | } | ||||||||
| 5588 | |||||||||
| 5589 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; | ||||||||
| 5590 | |||||||||
| 5591 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } | ||||||||
| 5592 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h | ||||||||
| 5593 | |||||||||
| 5594 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 5595 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 5596 | |||||||||
| 5597 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
| 5598 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); | ||||||||
| 5599 | } | ||||||||
| 5600 | |||||||||
| 5601 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 5602 | const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 5603 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||
| 5604 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||||
| 5605 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||||||||
| 5606 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); | ||||||||
| 5607 | |||||||||
| 5608 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5609 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||||
| 5610 | } | ||||||||
| 5611 | }; | ||||||||
| 5612 | |||||||||
| 5613 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. | ||||||||
| 5614 | /// | ||||||||
| 5615 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack | ||||||||
| 5616 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more | ||||||||
| 5617 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion | ||||||||
| 5618 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of | ||||||||
| 5619 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the | ||||||||
| 5620 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The | ||||||||
| 5621 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded | ||||||||
| 5622 | /// parameter packs. | ||||||||
| 5623 | /// | ||||||||
| 5624 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 5625 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; | ||||||||
| 5626 | /// | ||||||||
| 5627 | /// template<typename ...Types> | ||||||||
| 5628 | /// struct tuple_of_references { | ||||||||
| 5629 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; | ||||||||
| 5630 | /// }; | ||||||||
| 5631 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 5632 | /// | ||||||||
| 5633 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a | ||||||||
| 5634 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. | ||||||||
| 5635 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5636 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||||
| 5637 | |||||||||
| 5638 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. | ||||||||
| 5639 | QualType Pattern; | ||||||||
| 5640 | |||||||||
| 5641 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, | ||||||||
| 5642 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | ||||||||
| 5643 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, | ||||||||
| 5644 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | | ||||||||
| 5645 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & | ||||||||
| 5646 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), | ||||||||
| 5647 | Pattern(Pattern) { | ||||||||
| 5648 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = | ||||||||
| 5649 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; | ||||||||
| 5650 | } | ||||||||
| 5651 | |||||||||
| 5652 | public: | ||||||||
| 5653 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the | ||||||||
| 5654 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the | ||||||||
| 5655 | /// pack expansion itself. | ||||||||
| 5656 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } | ||||||||
| 5657 | |||||||||
| 5658 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will | ||||||||
| 5659 | /// generate, if known. | ||||||||
| 5660 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | ||||||||
| 5661 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) | ||||||||
| 5662 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; | ||||||||
| 5663 | return None; | ||||||||
| 5664 | } | ||||||||
| 5665 | |||||||||
| 5666 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 5667 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 5668 | |||||||||
| 5669 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 5670 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); | ||||||||
| 5671 | } | ||||||||
| 5672 | |||||||||
| 5673 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, | ||||||||
| 5674 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { | ||||||||
| 5675 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 5676 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); | ||||||||
| 5677 | if (NumExpansions) | ||||||||
| 5678 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); | ||||||||
| 5679 | } | ||||||||
| 5680 | |||||||||
| 5681 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5682 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; | ||||||||
| 5683 | } | ||||||||
| 5684 | }; | ||||||||
| 5685 | |||||||||
| 5686 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can | ||||||||
| 5687 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. | ||||||||
| 5688 | template <class T> | ||||||||
| 5689 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { | ||||||||
| 5690 | protected: | ||||||||
| 5691 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; | ||||||||
| 5692 | |||||||||
| 5693 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { | ||||||||
| 5694 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); | ||||||||
| 5695 | } | ||||||||
| 5696 | |||||||||
| 5697 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { | ||||||||
| 5698 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||||
| 5699 | } | ||||||||
| 5700 | |||||||||
| 5701 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { | ||||||||
| 5702 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); | ||||||||
| 5703 | } | ||||||||
| 5704 | |||||||||
| 5705 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { | ||||||||
| 5706 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); | ||||||||
| 5707 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5708, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5708 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5708, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5709 | if (!protocols.empty()) | ||||||||
| 5710 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), | ||||||||
| 5711 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); | ||||||||
| 5712 | } | ||||||||
| 5713 | |||||||||
| 5714 | public: | ||||||||
| 5715 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; | ||||||||
| 5716 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; | ||||||||
| 5717 | |||||||||
| 5718 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } | ||||||||
| 5719 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } | ||||||||
| 5720 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } | ||||||||
| 5721 | |||||||||
| 5722 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } | ||||||||
| 5723 | |||||||||
| 5724 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if | ||||||||
| 5725 | /// there are none. | ||||||||
| 5726 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { | ||||||||
| 5727 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); | ||||||||
| 5728 | } | ||||||||
| 5729 | |||||||||
| 5730 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. | ||||||||
| 5731 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { | ||||||||
| 5732 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5732, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5733 | return qual_begin()[I]; | ||||||||
| 5734 | } | ||||||||
| 5735 | |||||||||
| 5736 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 5737 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { | ||||||||
| 5738 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); | ||||||||
| 5739 | } | ||||||||
| 5740 | }; | ||||||||
| 5741 | |||||||||
| 5742 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take | ||||||||
| 5743 | /// a list of protocols. | ||||||||
| 5744 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, | ||||||||
| 5745 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, | ||||||||
| 5746 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5747 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 5748 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; | ||||||||
| 5749 | |||||||||
| 5750 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. | ||||||||
| 5751 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; | ||||||||
| 5752 | |||||||||
| 5753 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; | ||||||||
| 5754 | |||||||||
| 5755 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the | ||||||||
| 5756 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically | ||||||||
| 5757 | /// and uniqued. | ||||||||
| 5758 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||||
| 5759 | |||||||||
| 5760 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, | ||||||||
| 5761 | /// or 0 if there are none. | ||||||||
| 5762 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { | ||||||||
| 5763 | return NumProtocols; | ||||||||
| 5764 | } | ||||||||
| 5765 | |||||||||
| 5766 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { | ||||||||
| 5767 | NumProtocols = N; | ||||||||
| 5768 | } | ||||||||
| 5769 | |||||||||
| 5770 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, | ||||||||
| 5771 | QualType can, | ||||||||
| 5772 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); | ||||||||
| 5773 | |||||||||
| 5774 | public: | ||||||||
| 5775 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||||
| 5776 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } | ||||||||
| 5777 | |||||||||
| 5778 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5779 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; | ||||||||
| 5780 | } | ||||||||
| 5781 | |||||||||
| 5782 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||||
| 5783 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 5784 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, | ||||||||
| 5785 | QualType CanonicalType, | ||||||||
| 5786 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); | ||||||||
| 5787 | |||||||||
| 5788 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } | ||||||||
| 5789 | }; | ||||||||
| 5790 | |||||||||
| 5791 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. | ||||||||
| 5792 | /// | ||||||||
| 5793 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of | ||||||||
| 5794 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of | ||||||||
| 5795 | /// protocols. | ||||||||
| 5796 | /// | ||||||||
| 5797 | /// Given the following declarations: | ||||||||
| 5798 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 5799 | /// \@class C<T>; | ||||||||
| 5800 | /// \@protocol P; | ||||||||
| 5801 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 5802 | /// | ||||||||
| 5803 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType | ||||||||
| 5804 | /// with base C and no protocols. | ||||||||
| 5805 | /// | ||||||||
| 5806 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. | ||||||||
| 5807 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no | ||||||||
| 5808 | /// protocol list. | ||||||||
| 5809 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', | ||||||||
| 5810 | /// and protocol list [P]. | ||||||||
| 5811 | /// | ||||||||
| 5812 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose | ||||||||
| 5813 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType | ||||||||
| 5814 | /// and no protocols. | ||||||||
| 5815 | /// | ||||||||
| 5816 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType | ||||||||
| 5817 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually | ||||||||
| 5818 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. | ||||||||
| 5819 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, | ||||||||
| 5820 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { | ||||||||
| 5821 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; | ||||||||
| 5822 | |||||||||
| 5823 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored | ||||||||
| 5824 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. | ||||||||
| 5825 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored | ||||||||
| 5826 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. | ||||||||
| 5827 | // | ||||||||
| 5828 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If | ||||||||
| 5829 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need | ||||||||
| 5830 | // to get kindof complicated. | ||||||||
| 5831 | // | ||||||||
| 5832 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically | ||||||||
| 5833 | // and uniqued. | ||||||||
| 5834 | |||||||||
| 5835 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. | ||||||||
| 5836 | QualType BaseType; | ||||||||
| 5837 | |||||||||
| 5838 | /// Cached superclass type. | ||||||||
| 5839 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> | ||||||||
| 5840 | CachedSuperClassType; | ||||||||
| 5841 | |||||||||
| 5842 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); | ||||||||
| 5843 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { | ||||||||
| 5844 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); | ||||||||
| 5845 | } | ||||||||
| 5846 | |||||||||
| 5847 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||||
| 5848 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, | ||||||||
| 5849 | /// or 0 if there are none. | ||||||||
| 5850 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { | ||||||||
| 5851 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; | ||||||||
| 5852 | } | ||||||||
| 5853 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { | ||||||||
| 5854 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; | ||||||||
| 5855 | } | ||||||||
| 5856 | |||||||||
| 5857 | protected: | ||||||||
| 5858 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; | ||||||||
| 5859 | |||||||||
| 5860 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, | ||||||||
| 5861 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||||
| 5862 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||||
| 5863 | bool isKindOf); | ||||||||
| 5864 | |||||||||
| 5865 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) | ||||||||
| 5866 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), | ||||||||
| 5867 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { | ||||||||
| 5868 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; | ||||||||
| 5869 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; | ||||||||
| 5870 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; | ||||||||
| 5871 | } | ||||||||
| 5872 | |||||||||
| 5873 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; | ||||||||
| 5874 | |||||||||
| 5875 | public: | ||||||||
| 5876 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly | ||||||||
| 5877 | /// sugar for) one of: | ||||||||
| 5878 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the | ||||||||
| 5879 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) | ||||||||
| 5880 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) | ||||||||
| 5881 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) | ||||||||
| 5882 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||||
| 5883 | |||||||||
| 5884 | bool isObjCId() const { | ||||||||
| 5885 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); | ||||||||
| 5886 | } | ||||||||
| 5887 | |||||||||
| 5888 | bool isObjCClass() const { | ||||||||
| 5889 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); | ||||||||
| 5890 | } | ||||||||
| 5891 | |||||||||
| 5892 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } | ||||||||
| 5893 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } | ||||||||
| 5894 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { | ||||||||
| 5895 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; | ||||||||
| 5896 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||||
| 5897 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || | ||||||||
| 5898 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; | ||||||||
| 5899 | return false; | ||||||||
| 5900 | } | ||||||||
| 5901 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } | ||||||||
| 5902 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } | ||||||||
| 5903 | |||||||||
| 5904 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type | ||||||||
| 5905 | /// really is an interface. | ||||||||
| 5906 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; | ||||||||
| 5907 | |||||||||
| 5908 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning | ||||||||
| 5909 | /// that it has type arguments. | ||||||||
| 5910 | bool isSpecialized() const; | ||||||||
| 5911 | |||||||||
| 5912 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. | ||||||||
| 5913 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { | ||||||||
| 5914 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; | ||||||||
| 5915 | } | ||||||||
| 5916 | |||||||||
| 5917 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning | ||||||||
| 5918 | /// that it has no type arguments. | ||||||||
| 5919 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } | ||||||||
| 5920 | |||||||||
| 5921 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as | ||||||||
| 5922 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. | ||||||||
| 5923 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } | ||||||||
| 5924 | |||||||||
| 5925 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). | ||||||||
| 5926 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; | ||||||||
| 5927 | |||||||||
| 5928 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were | ||||||||
| 5929 | /// written. | ||||||||
| 5930 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { | ||||||||
| 5931 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), | ||||||||
| 5932 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); | ||||||||
| 5933 | } | ||||||||
| 5934 | |||||||||
| 5935 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. | ||||||||
| 5936 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } | ||||||||
| 5937 | |||||||||
| 5938 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). | ||||||||
| 5939 | bool isKindOfType() const; | ||||||||
| 5940 | |||||||||
| 5941 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. | ||||||||
| 5942 | /// | ||||||||
| 5943 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the | ||||||||
| 5944 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a | ||||||||
| 5945 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if | ||||||||
| 5946 | /// there is no superclass. | ||||||||
| 5947 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 5948 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) | ||||||||
| 5949 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); | ||||||||
| 5950 | |||||||||
| 5951 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")(static_cast <bool> (CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5951, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5952 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); | ||||||||
| 5953 | } | ||||||||
| 5954 | |||||||||
| 5955 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any | ||||||||
| 5956 | /// protocol qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 5957 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 5958 | |||||||||
| 5959 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 5960 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 5961 | |||||||||
| 5962 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 5963 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || | ||||||||
| 5964 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; | ||||||||
| 5965 | } | ||||||||
| 5966 | }; | ||||||||
| 5967 | |||||||||
| 5968 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation | ||||||||
| 5969 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of | ||||||||
| 5970 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type | ||||||||
| 5971 | /// system should not reference this type. | ||||||||
| 5972 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 5973 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 5974 | |||||||||
| 5975 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() | ||||||||
| 5976 | // will need to be modified. | ||||||||
| 5977 | |||||||||
| 5978 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, | ||||||||
| 5979 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||||
| 5980 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||||
| 5981 | bool isKindOf) | ||||||||
| 5982 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} | ||||||||
| 5983 | |||||||||
| 5984 | public: | ||||||||
| 5985 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||||
| 5986 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||||
| 5987 | QualType Base, | ||||||||
| 5988 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||||
| 5989 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||||
| 5990 | bool isKindOf); | ||||||||
| 5991 | }; | ||||||||
| 5992 | |||||||||
| 5993 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { | ||||||||
| 5994 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); | ||||||||
| 5995 | } | ||||||||
| 5996 | |||||||||
| 5997 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { | ||||||||
| 5998 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( | ||||||||
| 5999 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); | ||||||||
| 6000 | } | ||||||||
| 6001 | |||||||||
| 6002 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { | ||||||||
| 6003 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( | ||||||||
| 6004 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); | ||||||||
| 6005 | } | ||||||||
| 6006 | |||||||||
| 6007 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. | ||||||||
| 6008 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface | ||||||||
| 6009 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which | ||||||||
| 6010 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. | ||||||||
| 6011 | /// | ||||||||
| 6012 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered | ||||||||
| 6013 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: | ||||||||
| 6014 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which | ||||||||
| 6015 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will | ||||||||
| 6016 | /// fail to compile. | ||||||||
| 6017 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, | ||||||||
| 6018 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). | ||||||||
| 6019 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { | ||||||||
| 6020 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 6021 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||||
| 6022 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||||||
| 6023 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||||
| 6024 | |||||||||
| 6025 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; | ||||||||
| 6026 | |||||||||
| 6027 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) | ||||||||
| 6028 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), | ||||||||
| 6029 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} | ||||||||
| 6030 | |||||||||
| 6031 | public: | ||||||||
| 6032 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. | ||||||||
| 6033 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||||
| 6034 | |||||||||
| 6035 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6036 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6037 | |||||||||
| 6038 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 6039 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; | ||||||||
| 6040 | } | ||||||||
| 6041 | |||||||||
| 6042 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this | ||||||||
| 6043 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are | ||||||||
| 6044 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are | ||||||||
| 6045 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. | ||||||||
| 6046 | enum { | ||||||||
| 6047 | qual_iterator, | ||||||||
| 6048 | qual_begin, | ||||||||
| 6049 | qual_end, | ||||||||
| 6050 | getNumProtocols, | ||||||||
| 6051 | getProtocol | ||||||||
| 6052 | }; | ||||||||
| 6053 | }; | ||||||||
| 6054 | |||||||||
| 6055 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { | ||||||||
| 6056 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); | ||||||||
| 6057 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { | ||||||||
| 6058 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) | ||||||||
| 6059 | return T->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 6060 | |||||||||
| 6061 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); | ||||||||
| 6062 | } | ||||||||
| 6063 | |||||||||
| 6064 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 6065 | } | ||||||||
| 6066 | |||||||||
| 6067 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. | ||||||||
| 6068 | /// | ||||||||
| 6069 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is | ||||||||
| 6070 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' | ||||||||
| 6071 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' | ||||||||
| 6072 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. | ||||||||
| 6073 | /// | ||||||||
| 6074 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; | ||||||||
| 6075 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. | ||||||||
| 6076 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 6077 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 6078 | |||||||||
| 6079 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||||
| 6080 | |||||||||
| 6081 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) | ||||||||
| 6082 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 6083 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||||
| 6084 | |||||||||
| 6085 | public: | ||||||||
| 6086 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. | ||||||||
| 6087 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. | ||||||||
| 6088 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||||
| 6089 | |||||||||
| 6090 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. | ||||||||
| 6091 | /// | ||||||||
| 6092 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that | ||||||||
| 6093 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this | ||||||||
| 6094 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: | ||||||||
| 6095 | /// \code | ||||||||
| 6096 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; | ||||||||
| 6097 | /// typedef A<P> AP; | ||||||||
| 6098 | /// typedef A A1; | ||||||||
| 6099 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; | ||||||||
| 6100 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; | ||||||||
| 6101 | /// \endcode | ||||||||
| 6102 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. | ||||||||
| 6103 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. | ||||||||
| 6104 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. | ||||||||
| 6105 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. | ||||||||
| 6106 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. | ||||||||
| 6107 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. | ||||||||
| 6108 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because | ||||||||
| 6109 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the | ||||||||
| 6110 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() | ||||||||
| 6111 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over | ||||||||
| 6112 | /// qualifiers more complicated). | ||||||||
| 6113 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { | ||||||||
| 6114 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||||
| 6115 | } | ||||||||
| 6116 | |||||||||
| 6117 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C | ||||||||
| 6118 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol | ||||||||
| 6119 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. | ||||||||
| 6120 | /// | ||||||||
| 6121 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||||
| 6122 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; | ||||||||
| 6123 | |||||||||
| 6124 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface | ||||||||
| 6125 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. | ||||||||
| 6126 | /// | ||||||||
| 6127 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||||
| 6128 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { | ||||||||
| 6129 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||||||
| 6130 | } | ||||||||
| 6131 | |||||||||
| 6132 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if | ||||||||
| 6133 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. | ||||||||
| 6134 | bool isObjCIdType() const { | ||||||||
| 6135 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); | ||||||||
| 6136 | } | ||||||||
| 6137 | |||||||||
| 6138 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, | ||||||||
| 6139 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. | ||||||||
| 6140 | bool isObjCClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 6141 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); | ||||||||
| 6142 | } | ||||||||
| 6143 | |||||||||
| 6144 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, | ||||||||
| 6145 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 6146 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); | ||||||||
| 6147 | } | ||||||||
| 6148 | |||||||||
| 6149 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of | ||||||||
| 6150 | /// protocols. | ||||||||
| 6151 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { | ||||||||
| 6152 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); | ||||||||
| 6153 | } | ||||||||
| 6154 | |||||||||
| 6155 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of | ||||||||
| 6156 | /// protocols. | ||||||||
| 6157 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 6158 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); | ||||||||
| 6159 | } | ||||||||
| 6160 | |||||||||
| 6161 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. | ||||||||
| 6162 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } | ||||||||
| 6163 | |||||||||
| 6164 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. | ||||||||
| 6165 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } | ||||||||
| 6166 | |||||||||
| 6167 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. | ||||||||
| 6168 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { | ||||||||
| 6169 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); | ||||||||
| 6170 | } | ||||||||
| 6171 | |||||||||
| 6172 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. | ||||||||
| 6173 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } | ||||||||
| 6174 | |||||||||
| 6175 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as | ||||||||
| 6176 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. | ||||||||
| 6177 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } | ||||||||
| 6178 | |||||||||
| 6179 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. | ||||||||
| 6180 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { | ||||||||
| 6181 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); | ||||||||
| 6182 | } | ||||||||
| 6183 | |||||||||
| 6184 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. | ||||||||
| 6185 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { | ||||||||
| 6186 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); | ||||||||
| 6187 | } | ||||||||
| 6188 | |||||||||
| 6189 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided | ||||||||
| 6190 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of | ||||||||
| 6191 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. | ||||||||
| 6192 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; | ||||||||
| 6193 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; | ||||||||
| 6194 | |||||||||
| 6195 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } | ||||||||
| 6196 | |||||||||
| 6197 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { | ||||||||
| 6198 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); | ||||||||
| 6199 | } | ||||||||
| 6200 | |||||||||
| 6201 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { | ||||||||
| 6202 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); | ||||||||
| 6203 | } | ||||||||
| 6204 | |||||||||
| 6205 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } | ||||||||
| 6206 | |||||||||
| 6207 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. | ||||||||
| 6208 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { | ||||||||
| 6209 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); | ||||||||
| 6210 | } | ||||||||
| 6211 | |||||||||
| 6212 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. | ||||||||
| 6213 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { | ||||||||
| 6214 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); | ||||||||
| 6215 | } | ||||||||
| 6216 | |||||||||
| 6217 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6218 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6219 | |||||||||
| 6220 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. | ||||||||
| 6221 | /// | ||||||||
| 6222 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the | ||||||||
| 6223 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a | ||||||||
| 6224 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a | ||||||||
| 6225 | /// null type if there is no superclass. | ||||||||
| 6226 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; | ||||||||
| 6227 | |||||||||
| 6228 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any | ||||||||
| 6229 | /// protocol qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 6230 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( | ||||||||
| 6231 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||||
| 6232 | |||||||||
| 6233 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 6234 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 6235 | } | ||||||||
| 6236 | |||||||||
| 6237 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 6238 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 6239 | } | ||||||||
| 6240 | |||||||||
| 6241 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 6242 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; | ||||||||
| 6243 | } | ||||||||
| 6244 | }; | ||||||||
| 6245 | |||||||||
| 6246 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 6247 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 6248 | |||||||||
| 6249 | QualType ValueType; | ||||||||
| 6250 | |||||||||
| 6251 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) | ||||||||
| 6252 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} | ||||||||
| 6253 | |||||||||
| 6254 | public: | ||||||||
| 6255 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. | ||||||||
| 6256 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. | ||||||||
| 6257 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } | ||||||||
| 6258 | |||||||||
| 6259 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6260 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6261 | |||||||||
| 6262 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 6263 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); | ||||||||
| 6264 | } | ||||||||
| 6265 | |||||||||
| 6266 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 6267 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 6268 | } | ||||||||
| 6269 | |||||||||
| 6270 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 6271 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; | ||||||||
| 6272 | } | ||||||||
| 6273 | }; | ||||||||
| 6274 | |||||||||
| 6275 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. | ||||||||
| 6276 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 6277 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||||
| 6278 | |||||||||
| 6279 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||||
| 6280 | bool isRead; | ||||||||
| 6281 | |||||||||
| 6282 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) | ||||||||
| 6283 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), | ||||||||
| 6284 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} | ||||||||
| 6285 | |||||||||
| 6286 | public: | ||||||||
| 6287 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||||
| 6288 | |||||||||
| 6289 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6290 | |||||||||
| 6291 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6292 | |||||||||
| 6293 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 6294 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); | ||||||||
| 6295 | } | ||||||||
| 6296 | |||||||||
| 6297 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { | ||||||||
| 6298 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||||
| 6299 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); | ||||||||
| 6300 | } | ||||||||
| 6301 | |||||||||
| 6302 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 6303 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; | ||||||||
| 6304 | } | ||||||||
| 6305 | |||||||||
| 6306 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } | ||||||||
| 6307 | }; | ||||||||
| 6308 | |||||||||
| 6309 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. | ||||||||
| 6310 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 6311 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 6312 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; | ||||||||
| 6313 | unsigned NumBits : 24; | ||||||||
| 6314 | |||||||||
| 6315 | protected: | ||||||||
| 6316 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); | ||||||||
| 6317 | |||||||||
| 6318 | public: | ||||||||
| 6319 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } | ||||||||
| 6320 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } | ||||||||
| 6321 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } | ||||||||
| 6322 | |||||||||
| 6323 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6324 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6325 | |||||||||
| 6326 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 6327 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); | ||||||||
| 6328 | } | ||||||||
| 6329 | |||||||||
| 6330 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, | ||||||||
| 6331 | unsigned NumBits) { | ||||||||
| 6332 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); | ||||||||
| 6333 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); | ||||||||
| 6334 | } | ||||||||
| 6335 | |||||||||
| 6336 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } | ||||||||
| 6337 | }; | ||||||||
| 6338 | |||||||||
| 6339 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||||
| 6340 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 6341 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 6342 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; | ||||||||
| 6343 | |||||||||
| 6344 | protected: | ||||||||
| 6345 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, | ||||||||
| 6346 | Expr *NumBits); | ||||||||
| 6347 | |||||||||
| 6348 | public: | ||||||||
| 6349 | bool isUnsigned() const; | ||||||||
| 6350 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } | ||||||||
| 6351 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; | ||||||||
| 6352 | |||||||||
| 6353 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||||
| 6354 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||||
| 6355 | |||||||||
| 6356 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||||
| 6357 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); | ||||||||
| 6358 | } | ||||||||
| 6359 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 6360 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); | ||||||||
| 6361 | |||||||||
| 6362 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||||
| 6363 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; | ||||||||
| 6364 | } | ||||||||
| 6365 | }; | ||||||||
| 6366 | |||||||||
| 6367 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 6368 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { | ||||||||
| 6369 | public: | ||||||||
| 6370 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} | ||||||||
| 6371 | |||||||||
| 6372 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an | ||||||||
| 6373 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent | ||||||||
| 6374 | /// with those already in the type. | ||||||||
| 6375 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { | ||||||||
| 6376 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6377 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 6378 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); | ||||||||
| 6379 | |||||||||
| 6380 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); | ||||||||
| 6381 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6382 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); | ||||||||
| 6383 | } | ||||||||
| 6384 | |||||||||
| 6385 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. | ||||||||
| 6386 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; | ||||||||
| 6387 | |||||||||
| 6388 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. | ||||||||
| 6389 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; | ||||||||
| 6390 | }; | ||||||||
| 6391 | |||||||||
| 6392 | /// A container of type source information. | ||||||||
| 6393 | /// | ||||||||
| 6394 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: | ||||||||
| 6395 | /// @code | ||||||||
| 6396 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||
| 6397 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); | ||||||||
| 6398 | /// @endcode | ||||||||
| 6399 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { | ||||||||
| 6400 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, | ||||||||
| 6401 | // allocated by ASTContext. | ||||||||
| 6402 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||||
| 6403 | |||||||||
| 6404 | QualType Ty; | ||||||||
| 6405 | |||||||||
| 6406 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} | ||||||||
| 6407 | |||||||||
| 6408 | public: | ||||||||
| 6409 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. | ||||||||
| 6410 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } | ||||||||
| 6411 | |||||||||
| 6412 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. | ||||||||
| 6413 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h | ||||||||
| 6414 | |||||||||
| 6415 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! | ||||||||
| 6416 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } | ||||||||
| 6417 | }; | ||||||||
| 6418 | |||||||||
| 6419 | // Inline function definitions. | ||||||||
| 6420 | |||||||||
| 6421 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { | ||||||||
| 6422 | SplitQualType desugar = | ||||||||
| 6423 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); | ||||||||
| 6424 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); | ||||||||
| 6425 | return desugar; | ||||||||
| 6426 | } | ||||||||
| 6427 | |||||||||
| 6428 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { | ||||||||
| 6429 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; | ||||||||
| 6430 | } | ||||||||
| 6431 | |||||||||
| 6432 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { | ||||||||
| 6433 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); | ||||||||
| 6434 | } | ||||||||
| 6435 | |||||||||
| 6436 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { | ||||||||
| 6437 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 6438 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), | ||||||||
| 6439 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); | ||||||||
| 6440 | |||||||||
| 6441 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); | ||||||||
| 6442 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6443 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6444 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); | ||||||||
| 6445 | } | ||||||||
| 6446 | |||||||||
| 6447 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 6448 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||||
| 6449 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 6450 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6451 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6452 | return Quals; | ||||||||
| 6453 | } | ||||||||
| 6454 | |||||||||
| 6455 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 6456 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6457 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6458 | return quals; | ||||||||
| 6459 | } | ||||||||
| 6460 | |||||||||
| 6461 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 6462 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6463 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6464 | return cvr; | ||||||||
| 6465 | } | ||||||||
| 6466 | |||||||||
| 6467 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { | ||||||||
| 6468 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; | ||||||||
| 6469 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 6470 | } | ||||||||
| 6471 | |||||||||
| 6472 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { | ||||||||
| 6473 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); | ||||||||
| 6474 | } | ||||||||
| 6475 | |||||||||
| 6476 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { | ||||||||
| 6477 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; | ||||||||
| 6478 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; | ||||||||
| 6479 | |||||||||
| 6480 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 6481 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) | ||||||||
| 6482 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6483 | |||||||||
| 6484 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); | ||||||||
| 6485 | } | ||||||||
| 6486 | |||||||||
| 6487 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 6488 | return isLocalConstQualified() || | ||||||||
| 6489 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); | ||||||||
| 6490 | } | ||||||||
| 6491 | |||||||||
| 6492 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 6493 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || | ||||||||
| 6494 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); | ||||||||
| 6495 | } | ||||||||
| 6496 | |||||||||
| 6497 | |||||||||
| 6498 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { | ||||||||
| 6499 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || | ||||||||
| 6500 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); | ||||||||
| 6501 | } | ||||||||
| 6502 | |||||||||
| 6503 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { | ||||||||
| 6504 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || | ||||||||
| 6505 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6506 | } | ||||||||
| 6507 | |||||||||
| 6508 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { | ||||||||
| 6509 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 6510 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); | ||||||||
| 6511 | |||||||||
| 6512 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); | ||||||||
| 6513 | } | ||||||||
| 6514 | |||||||||
| 6515 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { | ||||||||
| 6516 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 6517 | return split(); | ||||||||
| 6518 | |||||||||
| 6519 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); | ||||||||
| 6520 | } | ||||||||
| 6521 | |||||||||
| 6522 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { | ||||||||
| 6523 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||||
| 6524 | } | ||||||||
| 6525 | |||||||||
| 6526 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { | ||||||||
| 6527 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||||
| 6528 | } | ||||||||
| 6529 | |||||||||
| 6530 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { | ||||||||
| 6531 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||||
| 6532 | } | ||||||||
| 6533 | |||||||||
| 6534 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||||
| 6535 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 6536 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, | ||||||||
| 6537 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); | ||||||||
| 6538 | |||||||||
| 6539 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 6540 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); | ||||||||
| 6541 | } | ||||||||
| 6542 | |||||||||
| 6543 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. | ||||||||
| 6544 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
| 6545 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 6546 | } | ||||||||
| 6547 | |||||||||
| 6548 | /// Return the address space of this type. | ||||||||
| 6549 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { | ||||||||
| 6550 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 6551 | } | ||||||||
| 6552 | |||||||||
| 6553 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. | ||||||||
| 6554 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { | ||||||||
| 6555 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 6556 | } | ||||||||
| 6557 | |||||||||
| 6558 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { | ||||||||
| 6559 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
| 6560 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); | ||||||||
| 6561 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6562 | } | ||||||||
| 6563 | |||||||||
| 6564 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { | ||||||||
| 6565 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
| 6566 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); | ||||||||
| 6567 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6568 | } | ||||||||
| 6569 | |||||||||
| 6570 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { | ||||||||
| 6571 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
| 6572 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); | ||||||||
| 6573 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6574 | } | ||||||||
| 6575 | |||||||||
| 6576 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { | ||||||||
| 6577 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 6578 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||||||
| 6579 | return FT->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 6580 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||||||
| 6581 | return FT->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 6582 | |||||||||
| 6583 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 6584 | } | ||||||||
| 6585 | |||||||||
| 6586 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { | ||||||||
| 6587 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); | ||||||||
| 6588 | } | ||||||||
| 6589 | |||||||||
| 6590 | /// Determine whether this type is more | ||||||||
| 6591 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" | ||||||||
| 6592 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and | ||||||||
| 6593 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile | ||||||||
| 6594 | /// int". | ||||||||
| 6595 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { | ||||||||
| 6596 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6597 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6598 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); | ||||||||
| 6599 | } | ||||||||
| 6600 | |||||||||
| 6601 | /// Determine whether this type is at last | ||||||||
| 6602 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile | ||||||||
| 6603 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", | ||||||||
| 6604 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". | ||||||||
| 6605 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { | ||||||||
| 6606 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 6607 | |||||||||
| 6608 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. | ||||||||
| 6609 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
| 6610 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
| 6611 | |||||||||
| 6612 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); | ||||||||
| 6613 | } | ||||||||
| 6614 | |||||||||
| 6615 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const | ||||||||
| 6616 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const | ||||||||
| 6617 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used | ||||||||
| 6618 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: | ||||||||
| 6619 | /// | ||||||||
| 6620 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, | ||||||||
| 6621 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further | ||||||||
| 6622 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function | ||||||||
| 6623 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. | ||||||||
| 6624 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6625 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
| 6626 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 6627 | else | ||||||||
| 6628 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 6629 | } | ||||||||
| 6630 | |||||||||
| 6631 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { | ||||||||
| 6632 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || | ||||||||
| 6633 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); | ||||||||
| 6634 | } | ||||||||
| 6635 | |||||||||
| 6636 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. | ||||||||
| 6637 | /// | ||||||||
| 6638 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. | ||||||||
| 6639 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { | ||||||||
| 6640 | return isVoidType() || | ||||||||
| 6641 | isNullPtrType() || | ||||||||
| 6642 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an | ||||||||
| 6643 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. | ||||||||
| 6644 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); | ||||||||
| 6645 | } | ||||||||
| 6646 | |||||||||
| 6647 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. | ||||||||
| 6648 | /// | ||||||||
| 6649 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. | ||||||||
| 6650 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { | ||||||||
| 6651 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: | ||||||||
| 6652 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: | ||||||||
| 6653 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; | ||||||||
| 6654 | return isArrayType() || | ||||||||
| 6655 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; | ||||||||
| 6656 | isFunctionType() || | ||||||||
| 6657 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; | ||||||||
| 6658 | isPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 6659 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] | ||||||||
| 6660 | isReferenceType() || | ||||||||
| 6661 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; | ||||||||
| 6662 | isRecordType() || | ||||||||
| 6663 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different | ||||||||
| 6664 | // types at different times; | ||||||||
| 6665 | isUnionType() || | ||||||||
| 6666 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; | ||||||||
| 6667 | isEnumeralType() || | ||||||||
| 6668 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. | ||||||||
| 6669 | isMemberPointerType(); | ||||||||
| 6670 | } | ||||||||
| 6671 | |||||||||
| 6672 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { | ||||||||
| 6673 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6674 | } | ||||||||
| 6675 | |||||||||
| 6676 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6677 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6678 | } | ||||||||
| 6679 | |||||||||
| 6680 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6681 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||||||
| 6682 | } | ||||||||
| 6683 | |||||||||
| 6684 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6685 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6686 | } | ||||||||
| 6687 | |||||||||
| 6688 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6689 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6690 | } | ||||||||
| 6691 | |||||||||
| 6692 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6693 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6694 | } | ||||||||
| 6695 | |||||||||
| 6696 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6697 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6698 | } | ||||||||
| 6699 | |||||||||
| 6700 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6701 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an | ||||||||
| 6702 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv | ||||||||
| 6703 | // void. | ||||||||
| 6704 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6705 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
| 6706 | else | ||||||||
| 6707 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6708 | } | ||||||||
| 6709 | |||||||||
| 6710 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6711 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6712 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
| 6713 | else | ||||||||
| 6714 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6715 | } | ||||||||
| 6716 | |||||||||
| 6717 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6718 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
| 6719 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
| 6720 | else | ||||||||
| 6721 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6722 | } | ||||||||
| 6723 | |||||||||
| 6724 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6725 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6726 | } | ||||||||
| 6727 | |||||||||
| 6728 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6729 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6730 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); | ||||||||
| 6731 | else | ||||||||
| 6732 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6733 | } | ||||||||
| 6734 | |||||||||
| 6735 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6736 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6737 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); | ||||||||
| 6738 | else | ||||||||
| 6739 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6740 | } | ||||||||
| 6741 | |||||||||
| 6742 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { | ||||||||
| 6743 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6744 | } | ||||||||
| 6745 | |||||||||
| 6746 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { | ||||||||
| 6747 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6748 | } | ||||||||
| 6749 | |||||||||
| 6750 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { | ||||||||
| 6751 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6752 | } | ||||||||
| 6753 | |||||||||
| 6754 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { | ||||||||
| 6755 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6756 | } | ||||||||
| 6757 | |||||||||
| 6758 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { | ||||||||
| 6759 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6760 | } | ||||||||
| 6761 | |||||||||
| 6762 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { | ||||||||
| 6763 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6764 | } | ||||||||
| 6765 | |||||||||
| 6766 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { | ||||||||
| 6767 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6768 | } | ||||||||
| 6769 | |||||||||
| 6770 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { | ||||||||
| 6771 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6772 | } | ||||||||
| 6773 | |||||||||
| 6774 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { | ||||||||
| 6775 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6776 | } | ||||||||
| 6777 | |||||||||
| 6778 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { | ||||||||
| 6779 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6780 | } | ||||||||
| 6781 | |||||||||
| 6782 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { | ||||||||
| 6783 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6784 | } | ||||||||
| 6785 | |||||||||
| 6786 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { | ||||||||
| 6787 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6788 | } | ||||||||
| 6789 | |||||||||
| 6790 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { | ||||||||
| 6791 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6792 | } | ||||||||
| 6793 | |||||||||
| 6794 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6795 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6796 | } | ||||||||
| 6797 | |||||||||
| 6798 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6799 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6800 | } | ||||||||
| 6801 | |||||||||
| 6802 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { | ||||||||
| 6803 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6804 | } | ||||||||
| 6805 | |||||||||
| 6806 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { | ||||||||
| 6807 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 6808 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6809 | } | ||||||||
| 6810 | |||||||||
| 6811 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { | ||||||||
| 6812 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6813 | } | ||||||||
| 6814 | |||||||||
| 6815 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { | ||||||||
| 6816 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6817 | } | ||||||||
| 6818 | |||||||||
| 6819 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { | ||||||||
| 6820 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6821 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); | ||||||||
| 6822 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6823 | } | ||||||||
| 6824 | |||||||||
| 6825 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 6826 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6827 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); | ||||||||
| 6828 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6829 | } | ||||||||
| 6830 | |||||||||
| 6831 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { | ||||||||
| 6832 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6833 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 6834 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6835 | } | ||||||||
| 6836 | |||||||||
| 6837 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { | ||||||||
| 6838 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6839 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); | ||||||||
| 6840 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6841 | } | ||||||||
| 6842 | |||||||||
| 6843 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { | ||||||||
| 6844 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 6845 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); | ||||||||
| 6846 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6847 | } | ||||||||
| 6848 | |||||||||
| 6849 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { | ||||||||
| 6850 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); | ||||||||
| 6851 | } | ||||||||
| 6852 | |||||||||
| 6853 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { | ||||||||
| 6854 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); | ||||||||
| 6855 | } | ||||||||
| 6856 | |||||||||
| 6857 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||||
| 6858 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ | ||||||||
| 6859 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ | ||||||||
| 6860 | } | ||||||||
| 6861 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 6862 | |||||||||
| 6863 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { | ||||||||
| 6864 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); | ||||||||
| 6865 | } | ||||||||
| 6866 | |||||||||
| 6867 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { | ||||||||
| 6868 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); | ||||||||
| 6869 | } | ||||||||
| 6870 | |||||||||
| 6871 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { | ||||||||
| 6872 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); | ||||||||
| 6873 | } | ||||||||
| 6874 | |||||||||
| 6875 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { | ||||||||
| 6876 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); | ||||||||
| 6877 | } | ||||||||
| 6878 | |||||||||
| 6879 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { | ||||||||
| 6880 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); | ||||||||
| 6881 | } | ||||||||
| 6882 | |||||||||
| 6883 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { | ||||||||
| 6884 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || | ||||||||
| 6885 | return | ||||||||
| 6886 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 6887 | false; // end boolean or operation | ||||||||
| 6888 | } | ||||||||
| 6889 | |||||||||
| 6890 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { | ||||||||
| 6891 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6892 | } | ||||||||
| 6893 | |||||||||
| 6894 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { | ||||||||
| 6895 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6896 | } | ||||||||
| 6897 | |||||||||
| 6898 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||||
| 6899 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ | ||||||||
| 6900 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ | ||||||||
| 6901 | } | ||||||||
| 6902 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 6903 | |||||||||
| 6904 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { | ||||||||
| 6905 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ | ||||||||
| 6906 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || | ||||||||
| 6907 | return | ||||||||
| 6908 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 6909 | false; // end of boolean or operation | ||||||||
| 6910 | } | ||||||||
| 6911 | |||||||||
| 6912 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { | ||||||||
| 6913 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || | ||||||||
| 6914 | return | ||||||||
| 6915 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||||
| 6916 | false; // end of boolean or operation | ||||||||
| 6917 | } | ||||||||
| 6918 | |||||||||
| 6919 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { | ||||||||
| 6920 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || | ||||||||
| 6921 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); | ||||||||
| 6922 | } | ||||||||
| 6923 | |||||||||
| 6924 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { | ||||||||
| 6925 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||||
| 6926 | } | ||||||||
| 6927 | |||||||||
| 6928 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { | ||||||||
| 6929 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||
| 6930 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); | ||||||||
| 6931 | } | ||||||||
| 6932 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6933 | } | ||||||||
| 6934 | |||||||||
| 6935 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||||
| 6936 | if (const auto *BT
| ||||||||
| 6937 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); | ||||||||
| 6938 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6939 | } | ||||||||
| 6940 | |||||||||
| 6941 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||||
| 6942 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) | ||||||||
| 6943 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) | ||||||||
| 6944 | return BT; | ||||||||
| 6945 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 6946 | } | ||||||||
| 6947 | |||||||||
| 6948 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { | ||||||||
| 6949 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))(static_cast <bool> (BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind ((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6949, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 6950 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); | ||||||||
| 6951 | } | ||||||||
| 6952 | |||||||||
| 6953 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||||
| 6954 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) | ||||||||
| 6955 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); | ||||||||
| 6956 | return false; | ||||||||
| 6957 | } | ||||||||
| 6958 | |||||||||
| 6959 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { | ||||||||
| 6960 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); | ||||||||
| 6961 | } | ||||||||
| 6962 | |||||||||
| 6963 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { | ||||||||
| 6964 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. | ||||||||
| 6965 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); | ||||||||
| 6966 | } | ||||||||
| 6967 | |||||||||
| 6968 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { | ||||||||
| 6969 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); | ||||||||
| 6970 | } | ||||||||
| 6971 | |||||||||
| 6972 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { | ||||||||
| 6973 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); | ||||||||
| 6974 | } | ||||||||
| 6975 | |||||||||
| 6976 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { | ||||||||
| 6977 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); | ||||||||
| 6978 | } | ||||||||
| 6979 | |||||||||
| 6980 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { | ||||||||
| 6981 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); | ||||||||
| 6982 | } | ||||||||
| 6983 | |||||||||
| 6984 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); | ||||||||
| 6985 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); | ||||||||
| 6986 | |||||||||
| 6987 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { | ||||||||
| 6988 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 6989 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && | ||||||||
| 6990 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; | ||||||||
| 6991 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||||
| 6992 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. | ||||||||
| 6993 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. | ||||||||
| 6994 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && | ||||||||
| 6995 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 6996 | } | ||||||||
| 6997 | return isExtIntType(); | ||||||||
| 6998 | } | ||||||||
| 6999 | |||||||||
| 7000 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { | ||||||||
| 7001 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||||
| 7002 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && | ||||||||
| 7003 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; | ||||||||
| 7004 | } | ||||||||
| 7005 | return false; | ||||||||
| 7006 | } | ||||||||
| 7007 | |||||||||
| 7008 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { | ||||||||
| 7009 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); | ||||||||
| 7010 | } | ||||||||
| 7011 | |||||||||
| 7012 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||||
| 7013 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||||
| 7014 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && | ||||||||
| 7015 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; | ||||||||
| 7016 | } | ||||||||
| 7017 | return false; | ||||||||
| 7018 | } | ||||||||
| 7019 | |||||||||
| 7020 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||||
| 7021 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); | ||||||||
| 7022 | } | ||||||||
| 7023 | |||||||||
| 7024 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||||
| 7025 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||||
| 7026 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && | ||||||||
| 7027 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || | ||||||||
| 7028 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && | ||||||||
| 7029 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || | ||||||||
| 7030 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && | ||||||||
| 7031 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || | ||||||||
| 7032 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && | ||||||||
| 7033 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); | ||||||||
| 7034 | } | ||||||||
| 7035 | return false; | ||||||||
| 7036 | } | ||||||||
| 7037 | |||||||||
| 7038 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||||
| 7039 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); | ||||||||
| 7040 | } | ||||||||
| 7041 | |||||||||
| 7042 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { | ||||||||
| 7043 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7044 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && | ||||||||
| 7045 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; | ||||||||
| 7046 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7047 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums | ||||||||
| 7048 | // are not treated as scalar types. | ||||||||
| 7049 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 7050 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 7051 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 7052 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 7053 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 7054 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||||
| 7055 | isExtIntType(); | ||||||||
| 7056 | } | ||||||||
| 7057 | |||||||||
| 7058 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { | ||||||||
| 7059 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7060 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && | ||||||||
| 7061 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; | ||||||||
| 7062 | |||||||||
| 7063 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an | ||||||||
| 7064 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. | ||||||||
| 7065 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7066 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 7067 | |||||||||
| 7068 | return isExtIntType(); | ||||||||
| 7069 | } | ||||||||
| 7070 | |||||||||
| 7071 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { | ||||||||
| 7072 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7073 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; | ||||||||
| 7074 | return false; | ||||||||
| 7075 | } | ||||||||
| 7076 | |||||||||
| 7077 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { | ||||||||
| 7078 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); | ||||||||
| 7079 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); | ||||||||
| 7080 | } | ||||||||
| 7081 | |||||||||
| 7082 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define | ||||||||
| 7083 | /// an overloaded operator. | ||||||||
| 7084 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { | ||||||||
| 7085 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); | ||||||||
| 7086 | } | ||||||||
| 7087 | |||||||||
| 7088 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. | ||||||||
| 7089 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { | ||||||||
| 7090 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) | ||||||||
| 7091 | return true; | ||||||||
| 7092 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) | ||||||||
| 7093 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); | ||||||||
| 7094 | return false; | ||||||||
| 7095 | } | ||||||||
| 7096 | |||||||||
| 7097 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. | ||||||||
| 7098 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { | ||||||||
| 7099 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); | ||||||||
| 7100 | } | ||||||||
| 7101 | |||||||||
| 7102 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { | ||||||||
| 7103 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 7104 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); | ||||||||
| 7105 | } | ||||||||
| 7106 | |||||||||
| 7107 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { | ||||||||
| 7108 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||||||
| 7109 | } | ||||||||
| 7110 | |||||||||
| 7111 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||||
| 7112 | const Type *type = this; | ||||||||
| 7113 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | ||||||||
| 7114 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7115 | return type; | ||||||||
| 7116 | } | ||||||||
| 7117 | |||||||||
| 7118 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { | ||||||||
| 7119 | const Type *type = this; | ||||||||
| 7120 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 7121 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7122 | else if (type->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
| 7123 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | ||||||||
| 7124 | return type; | ||||||||
| 7125 | } | ||||||||
| 7126 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress | ||||||||
| 7127 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||||
| 7128 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||||
| 7129 | LangAS AS) { | ||||||||
| 7130 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), | ||||||||
| 7131 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); | ||||||||
| 7132 | return PD; | ||||||||
| 7133 | } | ||||||||
| 7134 | |||||||||
| 7135 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers | ||||||||
| 7136 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||||
| 7137 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||||
| 7138 | Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||||
| 7139 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), | ||||||||
| 7140 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); | ||||||||
| 7141 | return PD; | ||||||||
| 7142 | } | ||||||||
| 7143 | |||||||||
| 7144 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's | ||||||||
| 7145 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||||
| 7146 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||||
| 7147 | QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 7148 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), | ||||||||
| 7149 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); | ||||||||
| 7150 | return PD; | ||||||||
| 7151 | } | ||||||||
| 7152 | |||||||||
| 7153 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does | ||||||||
| 7154 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. | ||||||||
| 7155 | template <typename T> | ||||||||
| 7156 | using TypeIsArrayType = | ||||||||
| 7157 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || | ||||||||
| 7158 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; | ||||||||
| 7159 | |||||||||
| 7160 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. | ||||||||
| 7161 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { | ||||||||
| 7162 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, | ||||||||
| 7163 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); | ||||||||
| 7164 | |||||||||
| 7165 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. | ||||||||
| 7166 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) | ||||||||
| 7167 | return Ty; | ||||||||
| 7168 | |||||||||
| 7169 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||||
| 7170 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7171 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 7172 | |||||||||
| 7173 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without | ||||||||
| 7174 | // losing all typedef information. | ||||||||
| 7175 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||||
| 7176 | } | ||||||||
| 7177 | |||||||||
| 7178 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { | ||||||||
| 7179 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); | ||||||||
| 7180 | |||||||||
| 7181 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. | ||||||||
| 7182 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) | ||||||||
| 7183 | return Ty; | ||||||||
| 7184 | |||||||||
| 7185 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||||
| 7186 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7187 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 7188 | |||||||||
| 7189 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the | ||||||||
| 7190 | // type. | ||||||||
| 7191 | const Type *Ty = this; | ||||||||
| 7192 | while (Ty) { | ||||||||
| 7193 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) | ||||||||
| 7194 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7195 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) | ||||||||
| 7196 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7197 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) | ||||||||
| 7198 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7199 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) | ||||||||
| 7200 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7201 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) | ||||||||
| 7202 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 7203 | else | ||||||||
| 7204 | break; | ||||||||
| 7205 | } | ||||||||
| 7206 | |||||||||
| 7207 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, | ||||||||
| 7208 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. | ||||||||
| 7209 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); | ||||||||
| 7210 | } | ||||||||
| 7211 | |||||||||
| 7212 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||||
| 7213 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. | ||||||||
| 7214 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) | ||||||||
| 7215 | return arr; | ||||||||
| 7216 | |||||||||
| 7217 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||||
| 7218 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||||
| 7219 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 7220 | |||||||||
| 7221 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without | ||||||||
| 7222 | // losing all typedef information. | ||||||||
| 7223 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||||
| 7224 | } | ||||||||
| 7225 | |||||||||
| 7226 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { | ||||||||
| 7227 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, | ||||||||
| 7228 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); | ||||||||
| 7229 | |||||||||
| 7230 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; | ||||||||
| 7231 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7231, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 7232 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||||
| 7233 | } | ||||||||
| 7234 | |||||||||
| 7235 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||||
| 7236 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7236, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 7237 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; | ||||||||
| 7238 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||||
| 7239 | } | ||||||||
| 7240 | |||||||||
| 7241 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, | ||||||||
| 7242 | QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||||
| 7243 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { | ||||||||
| 7244 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
| 7245 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); | ||||||||
| 7246 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); | ||||||||
| 7247 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))(static_cast <bool> (isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7247, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 7248 | #endif | ||||||||
| 7249 | } | ||||||||
| 7250 | |||||||||
| 7251 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { | ||||||||
| 7252 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); | ||||||||
| 7253 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); | ||||||||
| 7254 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 7255 | } | ||||||||
| 7256 | |||||||||
| 7257 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented | ||||||||
| 7258 | // as a scaled integer. | ||||||||
| 7259 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an | ||||||||
| 7260 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. | ||||||||
| 7261 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, | ||||||||
| 7262 | unsigned Scale); | ||||||||
| 7263 | |||||||||
| 7264 | } // namespace clang | ||||||||
| 7265 | |||||||||
| 7266 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
| 1 | //===- ExprCXX.h - Classes for representing expressions ---------*- C++ -*-===// | |||
| 2 | // | |||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
| 6 | // | |||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 8 | // | |||
| 9 | /// \file | |||
| 10 | /// Defines the clang::Expr interface and subclasses for C++ expressions. | |||
| 11 | // | |||
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 13 | ||||
| 14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H | |||
| 15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H | |||
| 16 | ||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" | |||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h" | |||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | |||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" | |||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | |||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" | |||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | |||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | |||
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" | |||
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" | |||
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" | |||
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | |||
| 30 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" | |||
| 31 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
| 32 | #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" | |||
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" | |||
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" | |||
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | |||
| 36 | #include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h" | |||
| 37 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | |||
| 38 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" | |||
| 39 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | |||
| 40 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | |||
| 41 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" | |||
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | |||
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" | |||
| 44 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | |||
| 45 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" | |||
| 46 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | |||
| 47 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | |||
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | |||
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | |||
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" | |||
| 51 | #include <cassert> | |||
| 52 | #include <cstddef> | |||
| 53 | #include <cstdint> | |||
| 54 | #include <memory> | |||
| 55 | ||||
| 56 | namespace clang { | |||
| 57 | ||||
| 58 | class ASTContext; | |||
| 59 | class DeclAccessPair; | |||
| 60 | class IdentifierInfo; | |||
| 61 | class LambdaCapture; | |||
| 62 | class NonTypeTemplateParmDecl; | |||
| 63 | class TemplateParameterList; | |||
| 64 | ||||
| 65 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 66 | // C++ Expressions. | |||
| 67 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 68 | ||||
| 69 | /// A call to an overloaded operator written using operator | |||
| 70 | /// syntax. | |||
| 71 | /// | |||
| 72 | /// Represents a call to an overloaded operator written using operator | |||
| 73 | /// syntax, e.g., "x + y" or "*p". While semantically equivalent to a | |||
| 74 | /// normal call, this AST node provides better information about the | |||
| 75 | /// syntactic representation of the call. | |||
| 76 | /// | |||
| 77 | /// In a C++ template, this expression node kind will be used whenever | |||
| 78 | /// any of the arguments are type-dependent. In this case, the | |||
| 79 | /// function itself will be a (possibly empty) set of functions and | |||
| 80 | /// function templates that were found by name lookup at template | |||
| 81 | /// definition time. | |||
| 82 | class CXXOperatorCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
| 83 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 84 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 85 | ||||
| 86 | SourceRange Range; | |||
| 87 | ||||
| 88 | // CXXOperatorCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
| 89 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
| 90 | ||||
| 91 | SourceRange getSourceRangeImpl() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 92 | ||||
| 93 | CXXOperatorCallExpr(OverloadedOperatorKind OpKind, Expr *Fn, | |||
| 94 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 95 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
| 96 | ADLCallKind UsesADL); | |||
| 97 | ||||
| 98 | CXXOperatorCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 99 | ||||
| 100 | public: | |||
| 101 | static CXXOperatorCallExpr * | |||
| 102 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, OverloadedOperatorKind OpKind, Expr *Fn, | |||
| 103 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 104 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
| 105 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); | |||
| 106 | ||||
| 107 | static CXXOperatorCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
| 108 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
| 109 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 110 | ||||
| 111 | /// Returns the kind of overloaded operator that this expression refers to. | |||
| 112 | OverloadedOperatorKind getOperator() const { | |||
| 113 | return static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>( | |||
| 114 | CXXOperatorCallExprBits.OperatorKind); | |||
| 115 | } | |||
| 116 | ||||
| 117 | static bool isAssignmentOp(OverloadedOperatorKind Opc) { | |||
| 118 | return Opc == OO_Equal || Opc == OO_StarEqual || Opc == OO_SlashEqual || | |||
| 119 | Opc == OO_PercentEqual || Opc == OO_PlusEqual || | |||
| 120 | Opc == OO_MinusEqual || Opc == OO_LessLessEqual || | |||
| 121 | Opc == OO_GreaterGreaterEqual || Opc == OO_AmpEqual || | |||
| 122 | Opc == OO_CaretEqual || Opc == OO_PipeEqual; | |||
| 123 | } | |||
| 124 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOperator()); } | |||
| 125 | ||||
| 126 | static bool isComparisonOp(OverloadedOperatorKind Opc) { | |||
| 127 | switch (Opc) { | |||
| 128 | case OO_EqualEqual: | |||
| 129 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | |||
| 130 | case OO_Greater: | |||
| 131 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | |||
| 132 | case OO_Less: | |||
| 133 | case OO_LessEqual: | |||
| 134 | case OO_Spaceship: | |||
| 135 | return true; | |||
| 136 | default: | |||
| 137 | return false; | |||
| 138 | } | |||
| 139 | } | |||
| 140 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOperator()); } | |||
| 141 | ||||
| 142 | /// Is this written as an infix binary operator? | |||
| 143 | bool isInfixBinaryOp() const; | |||
| 144 | ||||
| 145 | /// Returns the location of the operator symbol in the expression. | |||
| 146 | /// | |||
| 147 | /// When \c getOperator()==OO_Call, this is the location of the right | |||
| 148 | /// parentheses; when \c getOperator()==OO_Subscript, this is the location | |||
| 149 | /// of the right bracket. | |||
| 150 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
| 151 | ||||
| 152 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 153 | OverloadedOperatorKind Operator = getOperator(); | |||
| 154 | return (Operator < OO_Plus || Operator >= OO_Arrow || | |||
| 155 | Operator == OO_PlusPlus || Operator == OO_MinusMinus) | |||
| 156 | ? getBeginLoc() | |||
| 157 | : getOperatorLoc(); | |||
| 158 | } | |||
| 159 | ||||
| 160 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
| 161 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
| 162 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
| 163 | ||||
| 164 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 165 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXOperatorCallExprClass; | |||
| 166 | } | |||
| 167 | }; | |||
| 168 | ||||
| 169 | /// Represents a call to a member function that | |||
| 170 | /// may be written either with member call syntax (e.g., "obj.func()" | |||
| 171 | /// or "objptr->func()") or with normal function-call syntax | |||
| 172 | /// ("func()") within a member function that ends up calling a member | |||
| 173 | /// function. The callee in either case is a MemberExpr that contains | |||
| 174 | /// both the object argument and the member function, while the | |||
| 175 | /// arguments are the arguments within the parentheses (not including | |||
| 176 | /// the object argument). | |||
| 177 | class CXXMemberCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
| 178 | // CXXMemberCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
| 179 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
| 180 | ||||
| 181 | CXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
| 182 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
| 183 | FPOptionsOverride FPOptions, unsigned MinNumArgs); | |||
| 184 | ||||
| 185 | CXXMemberCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 186 | ||||
| 187 | public: | |||
| 188 | static CXXMemberCallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
| 189 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
| 190 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
| 191 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
| 192 | unsigned MinNumArgs = 0); | |||
| 193 | ||||
| 194 | static CXXMemberCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs, | |||
| 195 | bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 196 | ||||
| 197 | /// Retrieve the implicit object argument for the member call. | |||
| 198 | /// | |||
| 199 | /// For example, in "x.f(5)", this returns the sub-expression "x". | |||
| 200 | Expr *getImplicitObjectArgument() const; | |||
| 201 | ||||
| 202 | /// Retrieve the type of the object argument. | |||
| 203 | /// | |||
| 204 | /// Note that this always returns a non-pointer type. | |||
| 205 | QualType getObjectType() const; | |||
| 206 | ||||
| 207 | /// Retrieve the declaration of the called method. | |||
| 208 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() const; | |||
| 209 | ||||
| 210 | /// Retrieve the CXXRecordDecl for the underlying type of | |||
| 211 | /// the implicit object argument. | |||
| 212 | /// | |||
| 213 | /// Note that this is may not be the same declaration as that of the class | |||
| 214 | /// context of the CXXMethodDecl which this function is calling. | |||
| 215 | /// FIXME: Returns 0 for member pointer call exprs. | |||
| 216 | CXXRecordDecl *getRecordDecl() const; | |||
| 217 | ||||
| 218 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 219 | SourceLocation CLoc = getCallee()->getExprLoc(); | |||
| 220 | if (CLoc.isValid()) | |||
| 221 | return CLoc; | |||
| 222 | ||||
| 223 | return getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 224 | } | |||
| 225 | ||||
| 226 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 227 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXMemberCallExprClass; | |||
| 228 | } | |||
| 229 | }; | |||
| 230 | ||||
| 231 | /// Represents a call to a CUDA kernel function. | |||
| 232 | class CUDAKernelCallExpr final : public CallExpr { | |||
| 233 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 234 | ||||
| 235 | enum { CONFIG, END_PREARG }; | |||
| 236 | ||||
| 237 | // CUDAKernelCallExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
| 238 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
| 239 | ||||
| 240 | CUDAKernelCallExpr(Expr *Fn, CallExpr *Config, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 241 | QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RP, | |||
| 242 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs); | |||
| 243 | ||||
| 244 | CUDAKernelCallExpr(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 245 | ||||
| 246 | public: | |||
| 247 | static CUDAKernelCallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
| 248 | CallExpr *Config, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 249 | QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 250 | SourceLocation RP, | |||
| 251 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | |||
| 252 | unsigned MinNumArgs = 0); | |||
| 253 | ||||
| 254 | static CUDAKernelCallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
| 255 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
| 256 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 257 | ||||
| 258 | const CallExpr *getConfig() const { | |||
| 259 | return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG)); | |||
| 260 | } | |||
| 261 | CallExpr *getConfig() { return cast_or_null<CallExpr>(getPreArg(CONFIG)); } | |||
| 262 | ||||
| 263 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 264 | return T->getStmtClass() == CUDAKernelCallExprClass; | |||
| 265 | } | |||
| 266 | }; | |||
| 267 | ||||
| 268 | /// A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using | |||
| 269 | /// operator syntax. | |||
| 270 | /// | |||
| 271 | /// In C++20, the following rewrites are performed: | |||
| 272 | /// - <tt>a == b</tt> -> <tt>b == a</tt> | |||
| 273 | /// - <tt>a != b</tt> -> <tt>!(a == b)</tt> | |||
| 274 | /// - <tt>a != b</tt> -> <tt>!(b == a)</tt> | |||
| 275 | /// - For \c \@ in \c <, \c <=, \c >, \c >=, \c <=>: | |||
| 276 | /// - <tt>a @ b</tt> -> <tt>(a <=> b) @ 0</tt> | |||
| 277 | /// - <tt>a @ b</tt> -> <tt>0 @ (b <=> a)</tt> | |||
| 278 | /// | |||
| 279 | /// This expression provides access to both the original syntax and the | |||
| 280 | /// rewritten expression. | |||
| 281 | /// | |||
| 282 | /// Note that the rewritten calls to \c ==, \c <=>, and \c \@ are typically | |||
| 283 | /// \c CXXOperatorCallExprs, but could theoretically be \c BinaryOperators. | |||
| 284 | class CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator : public Expr { | |||
| 285 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 286 | ||||
| 287 | /// The rewritten semantic form. | |||
| 288 | Stmt *SemanticForm; | |||
| 289 | ||||
| 290 | public: | |||
| 291 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(Expr *SemanticForm, bool IsReversed) | |||
| 292 | : Expr(CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass, SemanticForm->getType(), | |||
| 293 | SemanticForm->getValueKind(), SemanticForm->getObjectKind()), | |||
| 294 | SemanticForm(SemanticForm) { | |||
| 295 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorBits.IsReversed = IsReversed; | |||
| 296 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 297 | } | |||
| 298 | CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 299 | : Expr(CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass, Empty), SemanticForm() {} | |||
| 300 | ||||
| 301 | /// Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression. | |||
| 302 | Expr *getSemanticForm() { return cast<Expr>(SemanticForm); } | |||
| 303 | const Expr *getSemanticForm() const { return cast<Expr>(SemanticForm); } | |||
| 304 | ||||
| 305 | struct DecomposedForm { | |||
| 306 | /// The original opcode, prior to rewriting. | |||
| 307 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | |||
| 308 | /// The original left-hand side. | |||
| 309 | const Expr *LHS; | |||
| 310 | /// The original right-hand side. | |||
| 311 | const Expr *RHS; | |||
| 312 | /// The inner \c == or \c <=> operator expression. | |||
| 313 | const Expr *InnerBinOp; | |||
| 314 | }; | |||
| 315 | ||||
| 316 | /// Decompose this operator into its syntactic form. | |||
| 317 | DecomposedForm getDecomposedForm() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 318 | ||||
| 319 | /// Determine whether this expression was rewritten in reverse form. | |||
| 320 | bool isReversed() const { return CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorBits.IsReversed; } | |||
| 321 | ||||
| 322 | BinaryOperatorKind getOperator() const { return getDecomposedForm().Opcode; } | |||
| 323 | BinaryOperatorKind getOpcode() const { return getOperator(); } | |||
| 324 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(BinaryOperatorKind Op) { | |||
| 325 | return BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Op); | |||
| 326 | } | |||
| 327 | StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { | |||
| 328 | return BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); | |||
| 329 | } | |||
| 330 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return true; } | |||
| 331 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return false; } | |||
| 332 | ||||
| 333 | const Expr *getLHS() const { return getDecomposedForm().LHS; } | |||
| 334 | const Expr *getRHS() const { return getDecomposedForm().RHS; } | |||
| 335 | ||||
| 336 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 337 | return getDecomposedForm().InnerBinOp->getExprLoc(); | |||
| 338 | } | |||
| 339 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return getOperatorLoc(); } | |||
| 340 | ||||
| 341 | /// Compute the begin and end locations from the decomposed form. | |||
| 342 | /// The locations of the semantic form are not reliable if this is | |||
| 343 | /// a reversed expression. | |||
| 344 | //@{ | |||
| 345 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 346 | return getDecomposedForm().LHS->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 347 | } | |||
| 348 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 349 | return getDecomposedForm().RHS->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 350 | } | |||
| 351 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 352 | DecomposedForm DF = getDecomposedForm(); | |||
| 353 | return SourceRange(DF.LHS->getBeginLoc(), DF.RHS->getEndLoc()); | |||
| 354 | } | |||
| 355 | //@} | |||
| 356 | ||||
| 357 | child_range children() { | |||
| 358 | return child_range(&SemanticForm, &SemanticForm + 1); | |||
| 359 | } | |||
| 360 | ||||
| 361 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 362 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass; | |||
| 363 | } | |||
| 364 | }; | |||
| 365 | ||||
| 366 | /// Abstract class common to all of the C++ "named"/"keyword" casts. | |||
| 367 | /// | |||
| 368 | /// This abstract class is inherited by all of the classes | |||
| 369 | /// representing "named" casts: CXXStaticCastExpr for \c static_cast, | |||
| 370 | /// CXXDynamicCastExpr for \c dynamic_cast, CXXReinterpretCastExpr for | |||
| 371 | /// reinterpret_cast, CXXConstCastExpr for \c const_cast and | |||
| 372 | /// CXXAddrspaceCastExpr for addrspace_cast (in OpenCL). | |||
| 373 | class CXXNamedCastExpr : public ExplicitCastExpr { | |||
| 374 | private: | |||
| 375 | // the location of the casting op | |||
| 376 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
| 377 | ||||
| 378 | // the location of the right parenthesis | |||
| 379 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 380 | ||||
| 381 | // range for '<' '>' | |||
| 382 | SourceRange AngleBrackets; | |||
| 383 | ||||
| 384 | protected: | |||
| 385 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 386 | ||||
| 387 | CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind, | |||
| 388 | Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures, | |||
| 389 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
| 390 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 391 | : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, ty, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures, | |||
| 392 | writtenTy), | |||
| 393 | Loc(l), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), AngleBrackets(AngleBrackets) {} | |||
| 394 | ||||
| 395 | explicit CXXNamedCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | |||
| 396 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
| 397 | : ExplicitCastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
| 398 | ||||
| 399 | public: | |||
| 400 | const char *getCastName() const; | |||
| 401 | ||||
| 402 | /// Retrieve the location of the cast operator keyword, e.g., | |||
| 403 | /// \c static_cast. | |||
| 404 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return Loc; } | |||
| 405 | ||||
| 406 | /// Retrieve the location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
| 407 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 408 | ||||
| 409 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 410 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 411 | SourceRange getAngleBrackets() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return AngleBrackets; } | |||
| 412 | ||||
| 413 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 414 | switch (T->getStmtClass()) { | |||
| 415 | case CXXStaticCastExprClass: | |||
| 416 | case CXXDynamicCastExprClass: | |||
| 417 | case CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: | |||
| 418 | case CXXConstCastExprClass: | |||
| 419 | case CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass: | |||
| 420 | return true; | |||
| 421 | default: | |||
| 422 | return false; | |||
| 423 | } | |||
| 424 | } | |||
| 425 | }; | |||
| 426 | ||||
| 427 | /// A C++ \c static_cast expression (C++ [expr.static.cast]). | |||
| 428 | /// | |||
| 429 | /// This expression node represents a C++ static cast, e.g., | |||
| 430 | /// \c static_cast<int>(1.0). | |||
| 431 | class CXXStaticCastExpr final | |||
| 432 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
| 433 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXStaticCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | |||
| 434 | FPOptionsOverride> { | |||
| 435 | CXXStaticCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
| 436 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
| 437 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation l, | |||
| 438 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 439 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op, pathSize, | |||
| 440 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
| 441 | AngleBrackets) { | |||
| 442 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | |||
| 443 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | |||
| 444 | } | |||
| 445 | ||||
| 446 | explicit CXXStaticCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned PathSize, | |||
| 447 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
| 448 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXStaticCastExprClass, Empty, PathSize, | |||
| 449 | HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
| 450 | ||||
| 451 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | |||
| 452 | return path_size(); | |||
| 453 | } | |||
| 454 | ||||
| 455 | public: | |||
| 456 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 457 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 458 | ||||
| 459 | static CXXStaticCastExpr * | |||
| 460 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, | |||
| 461 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *Path, TypeSourceInfo *Written, | |||
| 462 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 463 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
| 464 | static CXXStaticCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 465 | unsigned PathSize, bool hasFPFeatures); | |||
| 466 | ||||
| 467 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 468 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXStaticCastExprClass; | |||
| 469 | } | |||
| 470 | }; | |||
| 471 | ||||
| 472 | /// A C++ @c dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]). | |||
| 473 | /// | |||
| 474 | /// This expression node represents a dynamic cast, e.g., | |||
| 475 | /// \c dynamic_cast<Derived*>(BasePtr). Such a cast may perform a run-time | |||
| 476 | /// check to determine how to perform the type conversion. | |||
| 477 | class CXXDynamicCastExpr final | |||
| 478 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
| 479 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXDynamicCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
| 480 | CXXDynamicCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
| 481 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
| 482 | SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 483 | SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 484 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, pathSize, | |||
| 485 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
| 486 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
| 487 | ||||
| 488 | explicit CXXDynamicCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize) | |||
| 489 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXDynamicCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize, | |||
| 490 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
| 491 | ||||
| 492 | public: | |||
| 493 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 494 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 495 | ||||
| 496 | static CXXDynamicCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
| 497 | ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, Expr *Op, | |||
| 498 | const CXXCastPath *Path, | |||
| 499 | TypeSourceInfo *Written, SourceLocation L, | |||
| 500 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 501 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
| 502 | ||||
| 503 | static CXXDynamicCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 504 | unsigned pathSize); | |||
| 505 | ||||
| 506 | bool isAlwaysNull() const; | |||
| 507 | ||||
| 508 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 509 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDynamicCastExprClass; | |||
| 510 | } | |||
| 511 | }; | |||
| 512 | ||||
| 513 | /// A C++ @c reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]). | |||
| 514 | /// | |||
| 515 | /// This expression node represents a reinterpret cast, e.g., | |||
| 516 | /// @c reinterpret_cast<int>(VoidPtr). | |||
| 517 | /// | |||
| 518 | /// A reinterpret_cast provides a differently-typed view of a value but | |||
| 519 | /// (in Clang, as in most C++ implementations) performs no actual work at | |||
| 520 | /// run time. | |||
| 521 | class CXXReinterpretCastExpr final | |||
| 522 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
| 523 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXReinterpretCastExpr, | |||
| 524 | CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
| 525 | CXXReinterpretCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | |||
| 526 | unsigned pathSize, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, | |||
| 527 | SourceLocation l, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 528 | SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 529 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, ty, vk, kind, op, | |||
| 530 | pathSize, /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, | |||
| 531 | RParenLoc, AngleBrackets) {} | |||
| 532 | ||||
| 533 | CXXReinterpretCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned pathSize) | |||
| 534 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXReinterpretCastExprClass, Empty, pathSize, | |||
| 535 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
| 536 | ||||
| 537 | public: | |||
| 538 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 539 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 540 | ||||
| 541 | static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
| 542 | ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, | |||
| 543 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *Path, | |||
| 544 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
| 545 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 546 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
| 547 | static CXXReinterpretCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 548 | unsigned pathSize); | |||
| 549 | ||||
| 550 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 551 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXReinterpretCastExprClass; | |||
| 552 | } | |||
| 553 | }; | |||
| 554 | ||||
| 555 | /// A C++ \c const_cast expression (C++ [expr.const.cast]). | |||
| 556 | /// | |||
| 557 | /// This expression node represents a const cast, e.g., | |||
| 558 | /// \c const_cast<char*>(PtrToConstChar). | |||
| 559 | /// | |||
| 560 | /// A const_cast can remove type qualifiers but does not change the underlying | |||
| 561 | /// value. | |||
| 562 | class CXXConstCastExpr final | |||
| 563 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
| 564 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXConstCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
| 565 | CXXConstCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *op, | |||
| 566 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
| 567 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 568 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, ty, VK, CK_NoOp, op, 0, | |||
| 569 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
| 570 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
| 571 | ||||
| 572 | explicit CXXConstCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 573 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXConstCastExprClass, Empty, 0, | |||
| 574 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
| 575 | ||||
| 576 | public: | |||
| 577 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 578 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 579 | ||||
| 580 | static CXXConstCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
| 581 | ExprValueKind VK, Expr *Op, | |||
| 582 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
| 583 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 584 | SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
| 585 | static CXXConstCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context); | |||
| 586 | ||||
| 587 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 588 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstCastExprClass; | |||
| 589 | } | |||
| 590 | }; | |||
| 591 | ||||
| 592 | /// A C++ addrspace_cast expression (currently only enabled for OpenCL). | |||
| 593 | /// | |||
| 594 | /// This expression node represents a cast between pointers to objects in | |||
| 595 | /// different address spaces e.g., | |||
| 596 | /// \c addrspace_cast<global int*>(PtrToGenericInt). | |||
| 597 | /// | |||
| 598 | /// A addrspace_cast can cast address space type qualifiers but does not change | |||
| 599 | /// the underlying value. | |||
| 600 | class CXXAddrspaceCastExpr final | |||
| 601 | : public CXXNamedCastExpr, | |||
| 602 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXAddrspaceCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
| 603 | CXXAddrspaceCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, Expr *op, | |||
| 604 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, | |||
| 605 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets) | |||
| 606 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass, ty, VK, Kind, op, 0, | |||
| 607 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false, writtenTy, l, RParenLoc, | |||
| 608 | AngleBrackets) {} | |||
| 609 | ||||
| 610 | explicit CXXAddrspaceCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 611 | : CXXNamedCastExpr(CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass, Empty, 0, | |||
| 612 | /*HasFPFeatures*/ false) {} | |||
| 613 | ||||
| 614 | public: | |||
| 615 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 616 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 617 | ||||
| 618 | static CXXAddrspaceCastExpr * | |||
| 619 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind Kind, | |||
| 620 | Expr *Op, TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, | |||
| 621 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceRange AngleBrackets); | |||
| 622 | static CXXAddrspaceCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context); | |||
| 623 | ||||
| 624 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 625 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass; | |||
| 626 | } | |||
| 627 | }; | |||
| 628 | ||||
| 629 | /// A call to a literal operator (C++11 [over.literal]) | |||
| 630 | /// written as a user-defined literal (C++11 [lit.ext]). | |||
| 631 | /// | |||
| 632 | /// Represents a user-defined literal, e.g. "foo"_bar or 1.23_xyz. While this | |||
| 633 | /// is semantically equivalent to a normal call, this AST node provides better | |||
| 634 | /// information about the syntactic representation of the literal. | |||
| 635 | /// | |||
| 636 | /// Since literal operators are never found by ADL and can only be declared at | |||
| 637 | /// namespace scope, a user-defined literal is never dependent. | |||
| 638 | class UserDefinedLiteral final : public CallExpr { | |||
| 639 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 640 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 641 | ||||
| 642 | /// The location of a ud-suffix within the literal. | |||
| 643 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc; | |||
| 644 | ||||
| 645 | // UserDefinedLiteral has some trailing objects belonging | |||
| 646 | // to CallExpr. See CallExpr for the details. | |||
| 647 | ||||
| 648 | UserDefinedLiteral(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
| 649 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | |||
| 650 | SourceLocation SuffixLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | |||
| 651 | ||||
| 652 | UserDefinedLiteral(unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 653 | ||||
| 654 | public: | |||
| 655 | static UserDefinedLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | |||
| 656 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, | |||
| 657 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | |||
| 658 | SourceLocation SuffixLoc, | |||
| 659 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | |||
| 660 | ||||
| 661 | static UserDefinedLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
| 662 | unsigned NumArgs, bool HasFPOptions, | |||
| 663 | EmptyShell Empty); | |||
| 664 | ||||
| 665 | /// The kind of literal operator which is invoked. | |||
| 666 | enum LiteralOperatorKind { | |||
| 667 | /// Raw form: operator "" X (const char *) | |||
| 668 | LOK_Raw, | |||
| 669 | ||||
| 670 | /// Raw form: operator "" X<cs...> () | |||
| 671 | LOK_Template, | |||
| 672 | ||||
| 673 | /// operator "" X (unsigned long long) | |||
| 674 | LOK_Integer, | |||
| 675 | ||||
| 676 | /// operator "" X (long double) | |||
| 677 | LOK_Floating, | |||
| 678 | ||||
| 679 | /// operator "" X (const CharT *, size_t) | |||
| 680 | LOK_String, | |||
| 681 | ||||
| 682 | /// operator "" X (CharT) | |||
| 683 | LOK_Character | |||
| 684 | }; | |||
| 685 | ||||
| 686 | /// Returns the kind of literal operator invocation | |||
| 687 | /// which this expression represents. | |||
| 688 | LiteralOperatorKind getLiteralOperatorKind() const; | |||
| 689 | ||||
| 690 | /// If this is not a raw user-defined literal, get the | |||
| 691 | /// underlying cooked literal (representing the literal with the suffix | |||
| 692 | /// removed). | |||
| 693 | Expr *getCookedLiteral(); | |||
| 694 | const Expr *getCookedLiteral() const { | |||
| 695 | return const_cast<UserDefinedLiteral*>(this)->getCookedLiteral(); | |||
| 696 | } | |||
| 697 | ||||
| 698 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { | |||
| 699 | if (getLiteralOperatorKind() == LOK_Template) | |||
| 700 | return getRParenLoc(); | |||
| 701 | return getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 702 | } | |||
| 703 | ||||
| 704 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
| 705 | ||||
| 706 | /// Returns the location of a ud-suffix in the expression. | |||
| 707 | /// | |||
| 708 | /// For a string literal, there may be multiple identical suffixes. This | |||
| 709 | /// returns the first. | |||
| 710 | SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc() const { return UDSuffixLoc; } | |||
| 711 | ||||
| 712 | /// Returns the ud-suffix specified for this literal. | |||
| 713 | const IdentifierInfo *getUDSuffix() const; | |||
| 714 | ||||
| 715 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | |||
| 716 | return S->getStmtClass() == UserDefinedLiteralClass; | |||
| 717 | } | |||
| 718 | }; | |||
| 719 | ||||
| 720 | /// A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals). | |||
| 721 | class CXXBoolLiteralExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 722 | public: | |||
| 723 | CXXBoolLiteralExpr(bool Val, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
| 724 | : Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
| 725 | CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value = Val; | |||
| 726 | CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
| 727 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
| 728 | } | |||
| 729 | ||||
| 730 | explicit CXXBoolLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 731 | : Expr(CXXBoolLiteralExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 732 | ||||
| 733 | bool getValue() const { return CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value; } | |||
| 734 | void setValue(bool V) { CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Value = V; } | |||
| 735 | ||||
| 736 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 737 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 738 | ||||
| 739 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 740 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXBoolLiteralExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
| 741 | ||||
| 742 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 743 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBoolLiteralExprClass; | |||
| 744 | } | |||
| 745 | ||||
| 746 | // Iterators | |||
| 747 | child_range children() { | |||
| 748 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 749 | } | |||
| 750 | ||||
| 751 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 752 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 753 | } | |||
| 754 | }; | |||
| 755 | ||||
| 756 | /// The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr]) | |||
| 757 | /// | |||
| 758 | /// Introduced in C++11, the only literal of type \c nullptr_t is \c nullptr. | |||
| 759 | class CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 760 | public: | |||
| 761 | CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
| 762 | : Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
| 763 | CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
| 764 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
| 765 | } | |||
| 766 | ||||
| 767 | explicit CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 768 | : Expr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 769 | ||||
| 770 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 771 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 772 | ||||
| 773 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 774 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXNullPtrLiteralExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
| 775 | ||||
| 776 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 777 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass; | |||
| 778 | } | |||
| 779 | ||||
| 780 | child_range children() { | |||
| 781 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 782 | } | |||
| 783 | ||||
| 784 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 785 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 786 | } | |||
| 787 | }; | |||
| 788 | ||||
| 789 | /// Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an | |||
| 790 | /// array temporary within list-initialization (C++11 [dcl.init.list]p5). | |||
| 791 | class CXXStdInitializerListExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 792 | Stmt *SubExpr = nullptr; | |||
| 793 | ||||
| 794 | CXXStdInitializerListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 795 | : Expr(CXXStdInitializerListExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 796 | ||||
| 797 | public: | |||
| 798 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
| 799 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 800 | ||||
| 801 | CXXStdInitializerListExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *SubExpr) | |||
| 802 | : Expr(CXXStdInitializerListExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 803 | SubExpr(SubExpr) { | |||
| 804 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 805 | } | |||
| 806 | ||||
| 807 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExpr); } | |||
| 808 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return static_cast<const Expr*>(SubExpr); } | |||
| 809 | ||||
| 810 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 811 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 812 | } | |||
| 813 | ||||
| 814 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 815 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 816 | } | |||
| 817 | ||||
| 818 | /// Retrieve the source range of the expression. | |||
| 819 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 820 | return SubExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
| 821 | } | |||
| 822 | ||||
| 823 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | |||
| 824 | return S->getStmtClass() == CXXStdInitializerListExprClass; | |||
| 825 | } | |||
| 826 | ||||
| 827 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
| 828 | ||||
| 829 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 830 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
| 831 | } | |||
| 832 | }; | |||
| 833 | ||||
| 834 | /// A C++ \c typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets | |||
| 835 | /// the \c type_info that corresponds to the supplied type, or the (possibly | |||
| 836 | /// dynamic) type of the supplied expression. | |||
| 837 | /// | |||
| 838 | /// This represents code like \c typeid(int) or \c typeid(*objPtr) | |||
| 839 | class CXXTypeidExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 840 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 841 | ||||
| 842 | private: | |||
| 843 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand; | |||
| 844 | SourceRange Range; | |||
| 845 | ||||
| 846 | public: | |||
| 847 | CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceRange R) | |||
| 848 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
| 849 | Range(R) { | |||
| 850 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 851 | } | |||
| 852 | ||||
| 853 | CXXTypeidExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, SourceRange R) | |||
| 854 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
| 855 | Range(R) { | |||
| 856 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 857 | } | |||
| 858 | ||||
| 859 | CXXTypeidExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr) | |||
| 860 | : Expr(CXXTypeidExprClass, Empty) { | |||
| 861 | if (isExpr) | |||
| 862 | Operand = (Expr*)nullptr; | |||
| 863 | else | |||
| 864 | Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)nullptr; | |||
| 865 | } | |||
| 866 | ||||
| 867 | /// Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially | |||
| 868 | /// evaluated, per C++11 [expr.typeid]p3. | |||
| 869 | bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const; | |||
| 870 | ||||
| 871 | /// Best-effort check if the expression operand refers to a most derived | |||
| 872 | /// object. This is not a strong guarantee. | |||
| 873 | bool isMostDerived(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
| 874 | ||||
| 875 | bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); } | |||
| 876 | ||||
| 877 | /// Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after | |||
| 878 | /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers). | |||
| 879 | QualType getTypeOperand(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
| 880 | ||||
| 881 | /// Retrieve source information for the type operand. | |||
| 882 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const { | |||
| 883 | assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getTypeOperand for typeid(expr)\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 883, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 884 | return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
| 885 | } | |||
| 886 | Expr *getExprOperand() const { | |||
| 887 | assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)")(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getExprOperand for typeid(type)\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 887, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 888 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>()); | |||
| 889 | } | |||
| 890 | ||||
| 891 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
| 892 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
| 893 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } | |||
| 894 | void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; } | |||
| 895 | ||||
| 896 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 897 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTypeidExprClass; | |||
| 898 | } | |||
| 899 | ||||
| 900 | // Iterators | |||
| 901 | child_range children() { | |||
| 902 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
| 903 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 904 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&Operand); | |||
| 905 | return child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
| 906 | } | |||
| 907 | ||||
| 908 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 909 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
| 910 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 911 | ||||
| 912 | auto **begin = | |||
| 913 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&const_cast<CXXTypeidExpr *>(this)->Operand); | |||
| 914 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
| 915 | } | |||
| 916 | }; | |||
| 917 | ||||
| 918 | /// A member reference to an MSPropertyDecl. | |||
| 919 | /// | |||
| 920 | /// This expression always has pseudo-object type, and therefore it is | |||
| 921 | /// typically not encountered in a fully-typechecked expression except | |||
| 922 | /// within the syntactic form of a PseudoObjectExpr. | |||
| 923 | class MSPropertyRefExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 924 | Expr *BaseExpr; | |||
| 925 | MSPropertyDecl *TheDecl; | |||
| 926 | SourceLocation MemberLoc; | |||
| 927 | bool IsArrow; | |||
| 928 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
| 929 | ||||
| 930 | public: | |||
| 931 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 932 | ||||
| 933 | MSPropertyRefExpr(Expr *baseExpr, MSPropertyDecl *decl, bool isArrow, | |||
| 934 | QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 935 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc qualifierLoc, SourceLocation nameLoc) | |||
| 936 | : Expr(MSPropertyRefExprClass, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), BaseExpr(baseExpr), | |||
| 937 | TheDecl(decl), MemberLoc(nameLoc), IsArrow(isArrow), | |||
| 938 | QualifierLoc(qualifierLoc) { | |||
| 939 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 940 | } | |||
| 941 | ||||
| 942 | MSPropertyRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(MSPropertyRefExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 943 | ||||
| 944 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 945 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); | |||
| 946 | } | |||
| 947 | ||||
| 948 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { | |||
| 949 | return getBaseExpr() && getBaseExpr()->isImplicitCXXThis(); | |||
| 950 | } | |||
| 951 | ||||
| 952 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { | |||
| 953 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 954 | return BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 955 | else if (QualifierLoc) | |||
| 956 | return QualifierLoc.getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 957 | else | |||
| 958 | return MemberLoc; | |||
| 959 | } | |||
| 960 | ||||
| 961 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getMemberLoc(); } | |||
| 962 | ||||
| 963 | child_range children() { | |||
| 964 | return child_range((Stmt**)&BaseExpr, (Stmt**)&BaseExpr + 1); | |||
| 965 | } | |||
| 966 | ||||
| 967 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 968 | auto Children = const_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr *>(this)->children(); | |||
| 969 | return const_child_range(Children.begin(), Children.end()); | |||
| 970 | } | |||
| 971 | ||||
| 972 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 973 | return T->getStmtClass() == MSPropertyRefExprClass; | |||
| 974 | } | |||
| 975 | ||||
| 976 | Expr *getBaseExpr() const { return BaseExpr; } | |||
| 977 | MSPropertyDecl *getPropertyDecl() const { return TheDecl; } | |||
| 978 | bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; } | |||
| 979 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; } | |||
| 980 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
| 981 | }; | |||
| 982 | ||||
| 983 | /// MS property subscript expression. | |||
| 984 | /// MSVC supports 'property' attribute and allows to apply it to the | |||
| 985 | /// declaration of an empty array in a class or structure definition. | |||
| 986 | /// For example: | |||
| 987 | /// \code | |||
| 988 | /// __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; | |||
| 989 | /// \endcode | |||
| 990 | /// The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array | |||
| 991 | /// indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), and | |||
| 992 | /// p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i). | |||
| 993 | /// This is a syntactic pseudo-object expression. | |||
| 994 | class MSPropertySubscriptExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 995 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 996 | ||||
| 997 | enum { BASE_EXPR, IDX_EXPR, NUM_SUBEXPRS = 2 }; | |||
| 998 | ||||
| 999 | Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS]; | |||
| 1000 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc; | |||
| 1001 | ||||
| 1002 | void setBase(Expr *Base) { SubExprs[BASE_EXPR] = Base; } | |||
| 1003 | void setIdx(Expr *Idx) { SubExprs[IDX_EXPR] = Idx; } | |||
| 1004 | ||||
| 1005 | public: | |||
| 1006 | MSPropertySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *Idx, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 1007 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | |||
| 1008 | : Expr(MSPropertySubscriptExprClass, Ty, VK, OK), | |||
| 1009 | RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) { | |||
| 1010 | SubExprs[BASE_EXPR] = Base; | |||
| 1011 | SubExprs[IDX_EXPR] = Idx; | |||
| 1012 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1013 | } | |||
| 1014 | ||||
| 1015 | /// Create an empty array subscript expression. | |||
| 1016 | explicit MSPropertySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
| 1017 | : Expr(MSPropertySubscriptExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
| 1018 | ||||
| 1019 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE_EXPR]); } | |||
| 1020 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE_EXPR]); } | |||
| 1021 | ||||
| 1022 | Expr *getIdx() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[IDX_EXPR]); } | |||
| 1023 | const Expr *getIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[IDX_EXPR]); } | |||
| 1024 | ||||
| 1025 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 1026 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 1027 | } | |||
| 1028 | ||||
| 1029 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RBracketLoc; } | |||
| 1030 | ||||
| 1031 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return RBracketLoc; } | |||
| 1032 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracketLoc = L; } | |||
| 1033 | ||||
| 1034 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 1035 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); | |||
| 1036 | } | |||
| 1037 | ||||
| 1038 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1039 | return T->getStmtClass() == MSPropertySubscriptExprClass; | |||
| 1040 | } | |||
| 1041 | ||||
| 1042 | // Iterators | |||
| 1043 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1044 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | |||
| 1045 | } | |||
| 1046 | ||||
| 1047 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1048 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | |||
| 1049 | } | |||
| 1050 | }; | |||
| 1051 | ||||
| 1052 | /// A Microsoft C++ @c __uuidof expression, which gets | |||
| 1053 | /// the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or expression. | |||
| 1054 | /// | |||
| 1055 | /// This represents code like @c __uuidof(COMTYPE) or @c __uuidof(*comPtr) | |||
| 1056 | class CXXUuidofExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1057 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1058 | ||||
| 1059 | private: | |||
| 1060 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, TypeSourceInfo *> Operand; | |||
| 1061 | MSGuidDecl *Guid; | |||
| 1062 | SourceRange Range; | |||
| 1063 | ||||
| 1064 | public: | |||
| 1065 | CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *Operand, MSGuidDecl *Guid, | |||
| 1066 | SourceRange R) | |||
| 1067 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
| 1068 | Guid(Guid), Range(R) { | |||
| 1069 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1070 | } | |||
| 1071 | ||||
| 1072 | CXXUuidofExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, MSGuidDecl *Guid, SourceRange R) | |||
| 1073 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Ty, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand), | |||
| 1074 | Guid(Guid), Range(R) { | |||
| 1075 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1076 | } | |||
| 1077 | ||||
| 1078 | CXXUuidofExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool isExpr) | |||
| 1079 | : Expr(CXXUuidofExprClass, Empty) { | |||
| 1080 | if (isExpr) | |||
| 1081 | Operand = (Expr*)nullptr; | |||
| 1082 | else | |||
| 1083 | Operand = (TypeSourceInfo*)nullptr; | |||
| 1084 | } | |||
| 1085 | ||||
| 1086 | bool isTypeOperand() const { return Operand.is<TypeSourceInfo *>(); } | |||
| 1087 | ||||
| 1088 | /// Retrieves the type operand of this __uuidof() expression after | |||
| 1089 | /// various required adjustments (removing reference types, cv-qualifiers). | |||
| 1090 | QualType getTypeOperand(ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
| 1091 | ||||
| 1092 | /// Retrieve source information for the type operand. | |||
| 1093 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeOperandSourceInfo() const { | |||
| 1094 | assert(isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getTypeOperand for __uuidof(expr)\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1094, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1095 | return Operand.get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
| 1096 | } | |||
| 1097 | Expr *getExprOperand() const { | |||
| 1098 | assert(!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)")(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeOperand() && "Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeOperand() && \"Cannot call getExprOperand for __uuidof(type)\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1098, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1099 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Operand.get<Stmt *>()); | |||
| 1100 | } | |||
| 1101 | ||||
| 1102 | MSGuidDecl *getGuidDecl() const { return Guid; } | |||
| 1103 | ||||
| 1104 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
| 1105 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
| 1106 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } | |||
| 1107 | void setSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; } | |||
| 1108 | ||||
| 1109 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1110 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUuidofExprClass; | |||
| 1111 | } | |||
| 1112 | ||||
| 1113 | // Iterators | |||
| 1114 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1115 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
| 1116 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 1117 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&Operand); | |||
| 1118 | return child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
| 1119 | } | |||
| 1120 | ||||
| 1121 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1122 | if (isTypeOperand()) | |||
| 1123 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 1124 | auto **begin = | |||
| 1125 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(&const_cast<CXXUuidofExpr *>(this)->Operand); | |||
| 1126 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + 1); | |||
| 1127 | } | |||
| 1128 | }; | |||
| 1129 | ||||
| 1130 | /// Represents the \c this expression in C++. | |||
| 1131 | /// | |||
| 1132 | /// This is a pointer to the object on which the current member function is | |||
| 1133 | /// executing (C++ [expr.prim]p3). Example: | |||
| 1134 | /// | |||
| 1135 | /// \code | |||
| 1136 | /// class Foo { | |||
| 1137 | /// public: | |||
| 1138 | /// void bar(); | |||
| 1139 | /// void test() { this->bar(); } | |||
| 1140 | /// }; | |||
| 1141 | /// \endcode | |||
| 1142 | class CXXThisExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1143 | public: | |||
| 1144 | CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType Ty, bool IsImplicit) | |||
| 1145 | : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | |||
| 1146 | CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
| 1147 | CXXThisExprBits.Loc = L; | |||
| 1148 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1149 | } | |||
| 1150 | ||||
| 1151 | CXXThisExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThisExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 1152 | ||||
| 1153 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXThisExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 1154 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { CXXThisExprBits.Loc = L; } | |||
| 1155 | ||||
| 1156 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 1157 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | |||
| 1158 | ||||
| 1159 | bool isImplicit() const { return CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit; } | |||
| 1160 | void setImplicit(bool I) { CXXThisExprBits.IsImplicit = I; } | |||
| 1161 | ||||
| 1162 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1163 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThisExprClass; | |||
| 1164 | } | |||
| 1165 | ||||
| 1166 | // Iterators | |||
| 1167 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1168 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 1169 | } | |||
| 1170 | ||||
| 1171 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1172 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 1173 | } | |||
| 1174 | }; | |||
| 1175 | ||||
| 1176 | /// A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]). | |||
| 1177 | /// | |||
| 1178 | /// This handles 'throw' (for re-throwing the current exception) and | |||
| 1179 | /// 'throw' assignment-expression. When assignment-expression isn't | |||
| 1180 | /// present, Op will be null. | |||
| 1181 | class CXXThrowExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1182 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1183 | ||||
| 1184 | /// The optional expression in the throw statement. | |||
| 1185 | Stmt *Operand; | |||
| 1186 | ||||
| 1187 | public: | |||
| 1188 | // \p Ty is the void type which is used as the result type of the | |||
| 1189 | // expression. The \p Loc is the location of the throw keyword. | |||
| 1190 | // \p Operand is the expression in the throw statement, and can be | |||
| 1191 | // null if not present. | |||
| 1192 | CXXThrowExpr(Expr *Operand, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1193 | bool IsThrownVariableInScope) | |||
| 1194 | : Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Operand(Operand) { | |||
| 1195 | CXXThrowExprBits.ThrowLoc = Loc; | |||
| 1196 | CXXThrowExprBits.IsThrownVariableInScope = IsThrownVariableInScope; | |||
| 1197 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1198 | } | |||
| 1199 | CXXThrowExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXThrowExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 1200 | ||||
| 1201 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Operand); } | |||
| 1202 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(Operand); } | |||
| 1203 | ||||
| 1204 | SourceLocation getThrowLoc() const { return CXXThrowExprBits.ThrowLoc; } | |||
| 1205 | ||||
| 1206 | /// Determines whether the variable thrown by this expression (if any!) | |||
| 1207 | /// is within the innermost try block. | |||
| 1208 | /// | |||
| 1209 | /// This information is required to determine whether the NRVO can apply to | |||
| 1210 | /// this variable. | |||
| 1211 | bool isThrownVariableInScope() const { | |||
| 1212 | return CXXThrowExprBits.IsThrownVariableInScope; | |||
| 1213 | } | |||
| 1214 | ||||
| 1215 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getThrowLoc(); } | |||
| 1216 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 1217 | if (!getSubExpr()) | |||
| 1218 | return getThrowLoc(); | |||
| 1219 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 1220 | } | |||
| 1221 | ||||
| 1222 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1223 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXThrowExprClass; | |||
| 1224 | } | |||
| 1225 | ||||
| 1226 | // Iterators | |||
| 1227 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1228 | return child_range(&Operand, Operand ? &Operand + 1 : &Operand); | |||
| 1229 | } | |||
| 1230 | ||||
| 1231 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1232 | return const_child_range(&Operand, Operand ? &Operand + 1 : &Operand); | |||
| 1233 | } | |||
| 1234 | }; | |||
| 1235 | ||||
| 1236 | /// A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]). | |||
| 1237 | /// | |||
| 1238 | /// This wraps up a function call argument that was created from the | |||
| 1239 | /// corresponding parameter's default argument, when the call did not | |||
| 1240 | /// explicitly supply arguments for all of the parameters. | |||
| 1241 | class CXXDefaultArgExpr final : public Expr { | |||
| 1242 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1243 | ||||
| 1244 | /// The parameter whose default is being used. | |||
| 1245 | ParmVarDecl *Param; | |||
| 1246 | ||||
| 1247 | /// The context where the default argument expression was used. | |||
| 1248 | DeclContext *UsedContext; | |||
| 1249 | ||||
| 1250 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation Loc, ParmVarDecl *Param, | |||
| 1251 | DeclContext *UsedContext) | |||
| 1252 | : Expr(SC, | |||
| 1253 | Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg() | |||
| 1254 | ? Param->getType().getNonReferenceType() | |||
| 1255 | : Param->getDefaultArg()->getType(), | |||
| 1256 | Param->getDefaultArg()->getValueKind(), | |||
| 1257 | Param->getDefaultArg()->getObjectKind()), | |||
| 1258 | Param(Param), UsedContext(UsedContext) { | |||
| 1259 | CXXDefaultArgExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
| 1260 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1261 | } | |||
| 1262 | ||||
| 1263 | public: | |||
| 1264 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 1265 | ||||
| 1266 | // \p Param is the parameter whose default argument is used by this | |||
| 1267 | // expression. | |||
| 1268 | static CXXDefaultArgExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1269 | ParmVarDecl *Param, | |||
| 1270 | DeclContext *UsedContext) { | |||
| 1271 | return new (C) | |||
| 1272 | CXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExprClass, Loc, Param, UsedContext); | |||
| 1273 | } | |||
| 1274 | ||||
| 1275 | // Retrieve the parameter that the argument was created from. | |||
| 1276 | const ParmVarDecl *getParam() const { return Param; } | |||
| 1277 | ParmVarDecl *getParam() { return Param; } | |||
| 1278 | ||||
| 1279 | // Retrieve the actual argument to the function call. | |||
| 1280 | const Expr *getExpr() const { return getParam()->getDefaultArg(); } | |||
| 1281 | Expr *getExpr() { return getParam()->getDefaultArg(); } | |||
| 1282 | ||||
| 1283 | const DeclContext *getUsedContext() const { return UsedContext; } | |||
| 1284 | DeclContext *getUsedContext() { return UsedContext; } | |||
| 1285 | ||||
| 1286 | /// Retrieve the location where this default argument was actually used. | |||
| 1287 | SourceLocation getUsedLocation() const { return CXXDefaultArgExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 1288 | ||||
| 1289 | /// Default argument expressions have no representation in the | |||
| 1290 | /// source, so they have an empty source range. | |||
| 1291 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return SourceLocation(); } | |||
| 1292 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return SourceLocation(); } | |||
| 1293 | ||||
| 1294 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getUsedLocation(); } | |||
| 1295 | ||||
| 1296 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1297 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDefaultArgExprClass; | |||
| 1298 | } | |||
| 1299 | ||||
| 1300 | // Iterators | |||
| 1301 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1302 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 1303 | } | |||
| 1304 | ||||
| 1305 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1306 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 1307 | } | |||
| 1308 | }; | |||
| 1309 | ||||
| 1310 | /// A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate | |||
| 1311 | /// initialization. | |||
| 1312 | /// | |||
| 1313 | /// This wraps a use of a C++ default initializer (technically, | |||
| 1314 | /// a brace-or-equal-initializer for a non-static data member) when it | |||
| 1315 | /// is implicitly used in a mem-initializer-list in a constructor | |||
| 1316 | /// (C++11 [class.base.init]p8) or in aggregate initialization | |||
| 1317 | /// (C++1y [dcl.init.aggr]p7). | |||
| 1318 | class CXXDefaultInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1319 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
| 1320 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1321 | ||||
| 1322 | /// The field whose default is being used. | |||
| 1323 | FieldDecl *Field; | |||
| 1324 | ||||
| 1325 | /// The context where the default initializer expression was used. | |||
| 1326 | DeclContext *UsedContext; | |||
| 1327 | ||||
| 1328 | CXXDefaultInitExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1329 | FieldDecl *Field, QualType Ty, DeclContext *UsedContext); | |||
| 1330 | ||||
| 1331 | CXXDefaultInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXDefaultInitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 1332 | ||||
| 1333 | public: | |||
| 1334 | /// \p Field is the non-static data member whose default initializer is used | |||
| 1335 | /// by this expression. | |||
| 1336 | static CXXDefaultInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1337 | FieldDecl *Field, DeclContext *UsedContext) { | |||
| 1338 | return new (Ctx) CXXDefaultInitExpr(Ctx, Loc, Field, Field->getType(), UsedContext); | |||
| 1339 | } | |||
| 1340 | ||||
| 1341 | /// Get the field whose initializer will be used. | |||
| 1342 | FieldDecl *getField() { return Field; } | |||
| 1343 | const FieldDecl *getField() const { return Field; } | |||
| 1344 | ||||
| 1345 | /// Get the initialization expression that will be used. | |||
| 1346 | const Expr *getExpr() const { | |||
| 1347 | assert(Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed")(static_cast <bool> (Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field->getInClassInitializer() && \"initializer hasn't been parsed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1348 | return Field->getInClassInitializer(); | |||
| 1349 | } | |||
| 1350 | Expr *getExpr() { | |||
| 1351 | assert(Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed")(static_cast <bool> (Field->getInClassInitializer() && "initializer hasn't been parsed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field->getInClassInitializer() && \"initializer hasn't been parsed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1352 | return Field->getInClassInitializer(); | |||
| 1353 | } | |||
| 1354 | ||||
| 1355 | const DeclContext *getUsedContext() const { return UsedContext; } | |||
| 1356 | DeclContext *getUsedContext() { return UsedContext; } | |||
| 1357 | ||||
| 1358 | /// Retrieve the location where this default initializer expression was | |||
| 1359 | /// actually used. | |||
| 1360 | SourceLocation getUsedLocation() const { return getBeginLoc(); } | |||
| 1361 | ||||
| 1362 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return CXXDefaultInitExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 1363 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return CXXDefaultInitExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 1364 | ||||
| 1365 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1366 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDefaultInitExprClass; | |||
| 1367 | } | |||
| 1368 | ||||
| 1369 | // Iterators | |||
| 1370 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1371 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 1372 | } | |||
| 1373 | ||||
| 1374 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1375 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 1376 | } | |||
| 1377 | }; | |||
| 1378 | ||||
| 1379 | /// Represents a C++ temporary. | |||
| 1380 | class CXXTemporary { | |||
| 1381 | /// The destructor that needs to be called. | |||
| 1382 | const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor; | |||
| 1383 | ||||
| 1384 | explicit CXXTemporary(const CXXDestructorDecl *destructor) | |||
| 1385 | : Destructor(destructor) {} | |||
| 1386 | ||||
| 1387 | public: | |||
| 1388 | static CXXTemporary *Create(const ASTContext &C, | |||
| 1389 | const CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); | |||
| 1390 | ||||
| 1391 | const CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const { return Destructor; } | |||
| 1392 | ||||
| 1393 | void setDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) { | |||
| 1394 | Destructor = Dtor; | |||
| 1395 | } | |||
| 1396 | }; | |||
| 1397 | ||||
| 1398 | /// Represents binding an expression to a temporary. | |||
| 1399 | /// | |||
| 1400 | /// This ensures the destructor is called for the temporary. It should only be | |||
| 1401 | /// needed for non-POD, non-trivially destructable class types. For example: | |||
| 1402 | /// | |||
| 1403 | /// \code | |||
| 1404 | /// struct S { | |||
| 1405 | /// S() { } // User defined constructor makes S non-POD. | |||
| 1406 | /// ~S() { } // User defined destructor makes it non-trivial. | |||
| 1407 | /// }; | |||
| 1408 | /// void test() { | |||
| 1409 | /// const S &s_ref = S(); // Requires a CXXBindTemporaryExpr. | |||
| 1410 | /// } | |||
| 1411 | /// \endcode | |||
| 1412 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1413 | CXXTemporary *Temp = nullptr; | |||
| 1414 | Stmt *SubExpr = nullptr; | |||
| 1415 | ||||
| 1416 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXTemporary *temp, Expr *SubExpr) | |||
| 1417 | : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, SubExpr->getType(), VK_PRValue, | |||
| 1418 | OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 1419 | Temp(temp), SubExpr(SubExpr) { | |||
| 1420 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 1421 | } | |||
| 1422 | ||||
| 1423 | public: | |||
| 1424 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 1425 | : Expr(CXXBindTemporaryExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 1426 | ||||
| 1427 | static CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, CXXTemporary *Temp, | |||
| 1428 | Expr* SubExpr); | |||
| 1429 | ||||
| 1430 | CXXTemporary *getTemporary() { return Temp; } | |||
| 1431 | const CXXTemporary *getTemporary() const { return Temp; } | |||
| 1432 | void setTemporary(CXXTemporary *T) { Temp = T; } | |||
| 1433 | ||||
| 1434 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | |||
| 1435 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | |||
| 1436 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; } | |||
| 1437 | ||||
| 1438 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 1439 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 1440 | } | |||
| 1441 | ||||
| 1442 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 1443 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 1444 | } | |||
| 1445 | ||||
| 1446 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. | |||
| 1447 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1448 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXBindTemporaryExprClass; | |||
| 1449 | } | |||
| 1450 | ||||
| 1451 | // Iterators | |||
| 1452 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
| 1453 | ||||
| 1454 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1455 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
| 1456 | } | |||
| 1457 | }; | |||
| 1458 | ||||
| 1459 | /// Represents a call to a C++ constructor. | |||
| 1460 | class CXXConstructExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1461 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1462 | ||||
| 1463 | public: | |||
| 1464 | enum ConstructionKind { | |||
| 1465 | CK_Complete, | |||
| 1466 | CK_NonVirtualBase, | |||
| 1467 | CK_VirtualBase, | |||
| 1468 | CK_Delegating | |||
| 1469 | }; | |||
| 1470 | ||||
| 1471 | private: | |||
| 1472 | /// A pointer to the constructor which will be ultimately called. | |||
| 1473 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor; | |||
| 1474 | ||||
| 1475 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange; | |||
| 1476 | ||||
| 1477 | /// The number of arguments. | |||
| 1478 | unsigned NumArgs; | |||
| 1479 | ||||
| 1480 | // We would like to stash the arguments of the constructor call after | |||
| 1481 | // CXXConstructExpr. However CXXConstructExpr is used as a base class of | |||
| 1482 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr which makes the use of llvm::TrailingObjects | |||
| 1483 | // impossible. | |||
| 1484 | // | |||
| 1485 | // Instead we manually stash the trailing object after the full object | |||
| 1486 | // containing CXXConstructExpr (that is either CXXConstructExpr or | |||
| 1487 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr). | |||
| 1488 | // | |||
| 1489 | // The trailing objects are: | |||
| 1490 | // | |||
| 1491 | // * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the arguments of the | |||
| 1492 | // constructor call. | |||
| 1493 | ||||
| 1494 | /// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing arguments. | |||
| 1495 | /// Defined just after CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. | |||
| 1496 | inline Stmt **getTrailingArgs(); | |||
| 1497 | const Stmt *const *getTrailingArgs() const { | |||
| 1498 | return const_cast<CXXConstructExpr *>(this)->getTrailingArgs(); | |||
| 1499 | } | |||
| 1500 | ||||
| 1501 | protected: | |||
| 1502 | /// Build a C++ construction expression. | |||
| 1503 | CXXConstructExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1504 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool Elidable, | |||
| 1505 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
| 1506 | bool ListInitialization, bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
| 1507 | bool ZeroInitialization, ConstructionKind ConstructKind, | |||
| 1508 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange); | |||
| 1509 | ||||
| 1510 | /// Build an empty C++ construction expression. | |||
| 1511 | CXXConstructExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 1512 | ||||
| 1513 | /// Return the size in bytes of the trailing objects. Used by | |||
| 1514 | /// CXXTemporaryObjectExpr to allocate the right amount of storage. | |||
| 1515 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumArgs) { | |||
| 1516 | return NumArgs * sizeof(Stmt *); | |||
| 1517 | } | |||
| 1518 | ||||
| 1519 | public: | |||
| 1520 | /// Create a C++ construction expression. | |||
| 1521 | static CXXConstructExpr * | |||
| 1522 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 1523 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool Elidable, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 1524 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool ListInitialization, | |||
| 1525 | bool StdInitListInitialization, bool ZeroInitialization, | |||
| 1526 | ConstructionKind ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange); | |||
| 1527 | ||||
| 1528 | /// Create an empty C++ construction expression. | |||
| 1529 | static CXXConstructExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 1530 | ||||
| 1531 | /// Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call. | |||
| 1532 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return Constructor; } | |||
| 1533 | ||||
| 1534 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return CXXConstructExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 1535 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Loc) { CXXConstructExprBits.Loc = Loc; } | |||
| 1536 | ||||
| 1537 | /// Whether this construction is elidable. | |||
| 1538 | bool isElidable() const { return CXXConstructExprBits.Elidable; } | |||
| 1539 | void setElidable(bool E) { CXXConstructExprBits.Elidable = E; } | |||
| 1540 | ||||
| 1541 | /// Whether the referred constructor was resolved from | |||
| 1542 | /// an overloaded set having size greater than 1. | |||
| 1543 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { | |||
| 1544 | return CXXConstructExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; | |||
| 1545 | } | |||
| 1546 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V) { | |||
| 1547 | CXXConstructExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; | |||
| 1548 | } | |||
| 1549 | ||||
| 1550 | /// Whether this constructor call was written as list-initialization. | |||
| 1551 | bool isListInitialization() const { | |||
| 1552 | return CXXConstructExprBits.ListInitialization; | |||
| 1553 | } | |||
| 1554 | void setListInitialization(bool V) { | |||
| 1555 | CXXConstructExprBits.ListInitialization = V; | |||
| 1556 | } | |||
| 1557 | ||||
| 1558 | /// Whether this constructor call was written as list-initialization, | |||
| 1559 | /// but was interpreted as forming a std::initializer_list<T> from the list | |||
| 1560 | /// and passing that as a single constructor argument. | |||
| 1561 | /// See C++11 [over.match.list]p1 bullet 1. | |||
| 1562 | bool isStdInitListInitialization() const { | |||
| 1563 | return CXXConstructExprBits.StdInitListInitialization; | |||
| 1564 | } | |||
| 1565 | void setStdInitListInitialization(bool V) { | |||
| 1566 | CXXConstructExprBits.StdInitListInitialization = V; | |||
| 1567 | } | |||
| 1568 | ||||
| 1569 | /// Whether this construction first requires | |||
| 1570 | /// zero-initialization before the initializer is called. | |||
| 1571 | bool requiresZeroInitialization() const { | |||
| 1572 | return CXXConstructExprBits.ZeroInitialization; | |||
| 1573 | } | |||
| 1574 | void setRequiresZeroInitialization(bool ZeroInit) { | |||
| 1575 | CXXConstructExprBits.ZeroInitialization = ZeroInit; | |||
| 1576 | } | |||
| 1577 | ||||
| 1578 | /// Determine whether this constructor is actually constructing | |||
| 1579 | /// a base class (rather than a complete object). | |||
| 1580 | ConstructionKind getConstructionKind() const { | |||
| 1581 | return static_cast<ConstructionKind>(CXXConstructExprBits.ConstructionKind); | |||
| 1582 | } | |||
| 1583 | void setConstructionKind(ConstructionKind CK) { | |||
| 1584 | CXXConstructExprBits.ConstructionKind = CK; | |||
| 1585 | } | |||
| 1586 | ||||
| 1587 | using arg_iterator = ExprIterator; | |||
| 1588 | using const_arg_iterator = ConstExprIterator; | |||
| 1589 | using arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator>; | |||
| 1590 | using const_arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator>; | |||
| 1591 | ||||
| 1592 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } | |||
| 1593 | const_arg_range arguments() const { | |||
| 1594 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); | |||
| 1595 | } | |||
| 1596 | ||||
| 1597 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { return getTrailingArgs(); } | |||
| 1598 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
| 1599 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return getTrailingArgs(); } | |||
| 1600 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
| 1601 | ||||
| 1602 | Expr **getArgs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingArgs()); } | |||
| 1603 | const Expr *const *getArgs() const { | |||
| 1604 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>(getTrailingArgs()); | |||
| 1605 | } | |||
| 1606 | ||||
| 1607 | /// Return the number of arguments to the constructor call. | |||
| 1608 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } | |||
| 1609 | ||||
| 1610 | /// Return the specified argument. | |||
| 1611 | Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) { | |||
| 1612 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1612, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1613 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | |||
| 1614 | } | |||
| 1615 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const { | |||
| 1616 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1616, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1617 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | |||
| 1618 | } | |||
| 1619 | ||||
| 1620 | /// Set the specified argument. | |||
| 1621 | void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) { | |||
| 1622 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg < getNumArgs() && \"Arg access out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1622, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1623 | getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr; | |||
| 1624 | } | |||
| 1625 | ||||
| 1626 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1627 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1628 | SourceRange getParenOrBraceRange() const { return ParenOrBraceRange; } | |||
| 1629 | void setParenOrBraceRange(SourceRange Range) { ParenOrBraceRange = Range; } | |||
| 1630 | ||||
| 1631 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1632 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass || | |||
| 1633 | T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass; | |||
| 1634 | } | |||
| 1635 | ||||
| 1636 | // Iterators | |||
| 1637 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1638 | return child_range(getTrailingArgs(), getTrailingArgs() + getNumArgs()); | |||
| 1639 | } | |||
| 1640 | ||||
| 1641 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1642 | auto Children = const_cast<CXXConstructExpr *>(this)->children(); | |||
| 1643 | return const_child_range(Children.begin(), Children.end()); | |||
| 1644 | } | |||
| 1645 | }; | |||
| 1646 | ||||
| 1647 | /// Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an | |||
| 1648 | /// inheriting constructor. This call implicitly forwards the arguments from | |||
| 1649 | /// the enclosing context (an inheriting constructor) to the specified inherited | |||
| 1650 | /// base class constructor. | |||
| 1651 | class CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 1652 | private: | |||
| 1653 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = nullptr; | |||
| 1654 | ||||
| 1655 | /// The location of the using declaration. | |||
| 1656 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
| 1657 | ||||
| 1658 | /// Whether this is the construction of a virtual base. | |||
| 1659 | unsigned ConstructsVirtualBase : 1; | |||
| 1660 | ||||
| 1661 | /// Whether the constructor is inherited from a virtual base class of the | |||
| 1662 | /// class that we construct. | |||
| 1663 | unsigned InheritedFromVirtualBase : 1; | |||
| 1664 | ||||
| 1665 | public: | |||
| 1666 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1667 | ||||
| 1668 | /// Construct a C++ inheriting construction expression. | |||
| 1669 | CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | |||
| 1670 | CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, bool ConstructsVirtualBase, | |||
| 1671 | bool InheritedFromVirtualBase) | |||
| 1672 | : Expr(CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 1673 | Constructor(Ctor), Loc(Loc), | |||
| 1674 | ConstructsVirtualBase(ConstructsVirtualBase), | |||
| 1675 | InheritedFromVirtualBase(InheritedFromVirtualBase) { | |||
| 1676 | assert(!T->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (!T->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!T->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1676, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1677 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | |||
| 1678 | } | |||
| 1679 | ||||
| 1680 | /// Construct an empty C++ inheriting construction expression. | |||
| 1681 | explicit CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 1682 | : Expr(CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass, Empty), | |||
| 1683 | ConstructsVirtualBase(false), InheritedFromVirtualBase(false) {} | |||
| 1684 | ||||
| 1685 | /// Get the constructor that this expression will call. | |||
| 1686 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return Constructor; } | |||
| 1687 | ||||
| 1688 | /// Determine whether this constructor is actually constructing | |||
| 1689 | /// a base class (rather than a complete object). | |||
| 1690 | bool constructsVBase() const { return ConstructsVirtualBase; } | |||
| 1691 | CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind getConstructionKind() const { | |||
| 1692 | return ConstructsVirtualBase ? CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase | |||
| 1693 | : CXXConstructExpr::CK_NonVirtualBase; | |||
| 1694 | } | |||
| 1695 | ||||
| 1696 | /// Determine whether the inherited constructor is inherited from a | |||
| 1697 | /// virtual base of the object we construct. If so, we are not responsible | |||
| 1698 | /// for calling the inherited constructor (the complete object constructor | |||
| 1699 | /// does that), and so we don't need to pass any arguments. | |||
| 1700 | bool inheritedFromVBase() const { return InheritedFromVirtualBase; } | |||
| 1701 | ||||
| 1702 | SourceLocation getLocation() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 1703 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 1704 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 1705 | ||||
| 1706 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1707 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass; | |||
| 1708 | } | |||
| 1709 | ||||
| 1710 | child_range children() { | |||
| 1711 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 1712 | } | |||
| 1713 | ||||
| 1714 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 1715 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 1716 | } | |||
| 1717 | }; | |||
| 1718 | ||||
| 1719 | /// Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional" | |||
| 1720 | /// notation (C++ [expr.type.conv]). | |||
| 1721 | /// | |||
| 1722 | /// Example: | |||
| 1723 | /// \code | |||
| 1724 | /// x = int(0.5); | |||
| 1725 | /// \endcode | |||
| 1726 | class CXXFunctionalCastExpr final | |||
| 1727 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, | |||
| 1728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXFunctionalCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | |||
| 1729 | FPOptionsOverride> { | |||
| 1730 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
| 1731 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 1732 | ||||
| 1733 | CXXFunctionalCastExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 1734 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, CastKind kind, | |||
| 1735 | Expr *castExpr, unsigned pathSize, | |||
| 1736 | FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation lParenLoc, | |||
| 1737 | SourceLocation rParenLoc) | |||
| 1738 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, castExpr, | |||
| 1739 | pathSize, FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy), | |||
| 1740 | LParenLoc(lParenLoc), RParenLoc(rParenLoc) { | |||
| 1741 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | |||
| 1742 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | |||
| 1743 | } | |||
| 1744 | ||||
| 1745 | explicit CXXFunctionalCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | |||
| 1746 | bool HasFPFeatures) | |||
| 1747 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CXXFunctionalCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, | |||
| 1748 | HasFPFeatures) {} | |||
| 1749 | ||||
| 1750 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | |||
| 1751 | return path_size(); | |||
| 1752 | } | |||
| 1753 | ||||
| 1754 | public: | |||
| 1755 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 1756 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 1757 | ||||
| 1758 | static CXXFunctionalCastExpr * | |||
| 1759 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | |||
| 1760 | TypeSourceInfo *Written, CastKind Kind, Expr *Op, | |||
| 1761 | const CXXCastPath *Path, FPOptionsOverride FPO, SourceLocation LPLoc, | |||
| 1762 | SourceLocation RPLoc); | |||
| 1763 | static CXXFunctionalCastExpr * | |||
| 1764 | CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); | |||
| 1765 | ||||
| 1766 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
| 1767 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | |||
| 1768 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 1769 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | |||
| 1770 | ||||
| 1771 | /// Determine whether this expression models list-initialization. | |||
| 1772 | bool isListInitialization() const { return LParenLoc.isInvalid(); } | |||
| 1773 | ||||
| 1774 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1775 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1776 | ||||
| 1777 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1778 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXFunctionalCastExprClass; | |||
| 1779 | } | |||
| 1780 | }; | |||
| 1781 | ||||
| 1782 | /// Represents a C++ functional cast expression that builds a | |||
| 1783 | /// temporary object. | |||
| 1784 | /// | |||
| 1785 | /// This expression type represents a C++ "functional" cast | |||
| 1786 | /// (C++[expr.type.conv]) with N != 1 arguments that invokes a | |||
| 1787 | /// constructor to build a temporary object. With N == 1 arguments the | |||
| 1788 | /// functional cast expression will be represented by CXXFunctionalCastExpr. | |||
| 1789 | /// Example: | |||
| 1790 | /// \code | |||
| 1791 | /// struct X { X(int, float); } | |||
| 1792 | /// | |||
| 1793 | /// X create_X() { | |||
| 1794 | /// return X(1, 3.14f); // creates a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr | |||
| 1795 | /// }; | |||
| 1796 | /// \endcode | |||
| 1797 | class CXXTemporaryObjectExpr final : public CXXConstructExpr { | |||
| 1798 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1799 | ||||
| 1800 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr has some trailing objects belonging | |||
| 1801 | // to CXXConstructExpr. See the comment inside CXXConstructExpr | |||
| 1802 | // for more details. | |||
| 1803 | ||||
| 1804 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI; | |||
| 1805 | ||||
| 1806 | CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXConstructorDecl *Cons, QualType Ty, | |||
| 1807 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 1808 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange, | |||
| 1809 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool ListInitialization, | |||
| 1810 | bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
| 1811 | bool ZeroInitialization); | |||
| 1812 | ||||
| 1813 | CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 1814 | ||||
| 1815 | public: | |||
| 1816 | static CXXTemporaryObjectExpr * | |||
| 1817 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, CXXConstructorDecl *Cons, QualType Ty, | |||
| 1818 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 1819 | SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
| 1820 | bool ListInitialization, bool StdInitListInitialization, | |||
| 1821 | bool ZeroInitialization); | |||
| 1822 | ||||
| 1823 | static CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
| 1824 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 1825 | ||||
| 1826 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } | |||
| 1827 | ||||
| 1828 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1829 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 1830 | ||||
| 1831 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 1832 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass; | |||
| 1833 | } | |||
| 1834 | }; | |||
| 1835 | ||||
| 1836 | Stmt **CXXConstructExpr::getTrailingArgs() { | |||
| 1837 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(this)) | |||
| 1838 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(E + 1); | |||
| 1839 | assert((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) &&(static_cast <bool> ((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass ) && "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) && \"Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 1840 | "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!")(static_cast <bool> ((getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass ) && "Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStmtClass() == CXXConstructExprClass) && \"Unexpected class deriving from CXXConstructExpr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 1840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 1841 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1); | |||
| 1842 | } | |||
| 1843 | ||||
| 1844 | /// A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object | |||
| 1845 | /// (of unspecified type) that can be invoked later. | |||
| 1846 | /// | |||
| 1847 | /// Example: | |||
| 1848 | /// \code | |||
| 1849 | /// void low_pass_filter(std::vector<double> &values, double cutoff) { | |||
| 1850 | /// values.erase(std::remove_if(values.begin(), values.end(), | |||
| 1851 | /// [=](double value) { return value > cutoff; }); | |||
| 1852 | /// } | |||
| 1853 | /// \endcode | |||
| 1854 | /// | |||
| 1855 | /// C++11 lambda expressions can capture local variables, either by copying | |||
| 1856 | /// the values of those local variables at the time the function | |||
| 1857 | /// object is constructed (not when it is called!) or by holding a | |||
| 1858 | /// reference to the local variable. These captures can occur either | |||
| 1859 | /// implicitly or can be written explicitly between the square | |||
| 1860 | /// brackets ([...]) that start the lambda expression. | |||
| 1861 | /// | |||
| 1862 | /// C++1y introduces a new form of "capture" called an init-capture that | |||
| 1863 | /// includes an initializing expression (rather than capturing a variable), | |||
| 1864 | /// and which can never occur implicitly. | |||
| 1865 | class LambdaExpr final : public Expr, | |||
| 1866 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<LambdaExpr, Stmt *> { | |||
| 1867 | // LambdaExpr has some data stored in LambdaExprBits. | |||
| 1868 | ||||
| 1869 | /// The source range that covers the lambda introducer ([...]). | |||
| 1870 | SourceRange IntroducerRange; | |||
| 1871 | ||||
| 1872 | /// The source location of this lambda's capture-default ('=' or '&'). | |||
| 1873 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc; | |||
| 1874 | ||||
| 1875 | /// The location of the closing brace ('}') that completes | |||
| 1876 | /// the lambda. | |||
| 1877 | /// | |||
| 1878 | /// The location of the brace is also available by looking up the | |||
| 1879 | /// function call operator in the lambda class. However, it is | |||
| 1880 | /// stored here to improve the performance of getSourceRange(), and | |||
| 1881 | /// to avoid having to deserialize the function call operator from a | |||
| 1882 | /// module file just to determine the source range. | |||
| 1883 | SourceLocation ClosingBrace; | |||
| 1884 | ||||
| 1885 | /// Construct a lambda expression. | |||
| 1886 | LambdaExpr(QualType T, SourceRange IntroducerRange, | |||
| 1887 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, | |||
| 1888 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, bool ExplicitParams, | |||
| 1889 | bool ExplicitResultType, ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits, | |||
| 1890 | SourceLocation ClosingBrace, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
| 1891 | ||||
| 1892 | /// Construct an empty lambda expression. | |||
| 1893 | LambdaExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumCaptures); | |||
| 1894 | ||||
| 1895 | Stmt **getStoredStmts() { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
| 1896 | Stmt *const *getStoredStmts() const { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
| 1897 | ||||
| 1898 | void initBodyIfNeeded() const; | |||
| 1899 | ||||
| 1900 | public: | |||
| 1901 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 1902 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 1903 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 1904 | ||||
| 1905 | /// Construct a new lambda expression. | |||
| 1906 | static LambdaExpr * | |||
| 1907 | Create(const ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *Class, SourceRange IntroducerRange, | |||
| 1908 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, | |||
| 1909 | bool ExplicitParams, bool ExplicitResultType, | |||
| 1910 | ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits, SourceLocation ClosingBrace, | |||
| 1911 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
| 1912 | ||||
| 1913 | /// Construct a new lambda expression that will be deserialized from | |||
| 1914 | /// an external source. | |||
| 1915 | static LambdaExpr *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, | |||
| 1916 | unsigned NumCaptures); | |||
| 1917 | ||||
| 1918 | /// Determine the default capture kind for this lambda. | |||
| 1919 | LambdaCaptureDefault getCaptureDefault() const { | |||
| 1920 | return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(LambdaExprBits.CaptureDefault); | |||
| 1921 | } | |||
| 1922 | ||||
| 1923 | /// Retrieve the location of this lambda's capture-default, if any. | |||
| 1924 | SourceLocation getCaptureDefaultLoc() const { return CaptureDefaultLoc; } | |||
| 1925 | ||||
| 1926 | /// Determine whether one of this lambda's captures is an init-capture. | |||
| 1927 | bool isInitCapture(const LambdaCapture *Capture) const; | |||
| 1928 | ||||
| 1929 | /// An iterator that walks over the captures of the lambda, | |||
| 1930 | /// both implicit and explicit. | |||
| 1931 | using capture_iterator = const LambdaCapture *; | |||
| 1932 | ||||
| 1933 | /// An iterator over a range of lambda captures. | |||
| 1934 | using capture_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_iterator>; | |||
| 1935 | ||||
| 1936 | /// Retrieve this lambda's captures. | |||
| 1937 | capture_range captures() const; | |||
| 1938 | ||||
| 1939 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first lambda capture. | |||
| 1940 | capture_iterator capture_begin() const; | |||
| 1941 | ||||
| 1942 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the | |||
| 1943 | /// sequence of lambda captures. | |||
| 1944 | capture_iterator capture_end() const; | |||
| 1945 | ||||
| 1946 | /// Determine the number of captures in this lambda. | |||
| 1947 | unsigned capture_size() const { return LambdaExprBits.NumCaptures; } | |||
| 1948 | ||||
| 1949 | /// Retrieve this lambda's explicit captures. | |||
| 1950 | capture_range explicit_captures() const; | |||
| 1951 | ||||
| 1952 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first explicit | |||
| 1953 | /// lambda capture. | |||
| 1954 | capture_iterator explicit_capture_begin() const; | |||
| 1955 | ||||
| 1956 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of | |||
| 1957 | /// explicit lambda captures. | |||
| 1958 | capture_iterator explicit_capture_end() const; | |||
| 1959 | ||||
| 1960 | /// Retrieve this lambda's implicit captures. | |||
| 1961 | capture_range implicit_captures() const; | |||
| 1962 | ||||
| 1963 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first implicit | |||
| 1964 | /// lambda capture. | |||
| 1965 | capture_iterator implicit_capture_begin() const; | |||
| 1966 | ||||
| 1967 | /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of | |||
| 1968 | /// implicit lambda captures. | |||
| 1969 | capture_iterator implicit_capture_end() const; | |||
| 1970 | ||||
| 1971 | /// Iterator that walks over the capture initialization | |||
| 1972 | /// arguments. | |||
| 1973 | using capture_init_iterator = Expr **; | |||
| 1974 | ||||
| 1975 | /// Const iterator that walks over the capture initialization | |||
| 1976 | /// arguments. | |||
| 1977 | /// FIXME: This interface is prone to being used incorrectly. | |||
| 1978 | using const_capture_init_iterator = Expr *const *; | |||
| 1979 | ||||
| 1980 | /// Retrieve the initialization expressions for this lambda's captures. | |||
| 1981 | llvm::iterator_range<capture_init_iterator> capture_inits() { | |||
| 1982 | return llvm::make_range(capture_init_begin(), capture_init_end()); | |||
| 1983 | } | |||
| 1984 | ||||
| 1985 | /// Retrieve the initialization expressions for this lambda's captures. | |||
| 1986 | llvm::iterator_range<const_capture_init_iterator> capture_inits() const { | |||
| 1987 | return llvm::make_range(capture_init_begin(), capture_init_end()); | |||
| 1988 | } | |||
| 1989 | ||||
| 1990 | /// Retrieve the first initialization argument for this | |||
| 1991 | /// lambda expression (which initializes the first capture field). | |||
| 1992 | capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() { | |||
| 1993 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getStoredStmts()); | |||
| 1994 | } | |||
| 1995 | ||||
| 1996 | /// Retrieve the first initialization argument for this | |||
| 1997 | /// lambda expression (which initializes the first capture field). | |||
| 1998 | const_capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() const { | |||
| 1999 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getStoredStmts()); | |||
| 2000 | } | |||
| 2001 | ||||
| 2002 | /// Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last | |||
| 2003 | /// initialization argument for this lambda expression. | |||
| 2004 | capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() { | |||
| 2005 | return capture_init_begin() + capture_size(); | |||
| 2006 | } | |||
| 2007 | ||||
| 2008 | /// Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last | |||
| 2009 | /// initialization argument for this lambda expression. | |||
| 2010 | const_capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() const { | |||
| 2011 | return capture_init_begin() + capture_size(); | |||
| 2012 | } | |||
| 2013 | ||||
| 2014 | /// Retrieve the source range covering the lambda introducer, | |||
| 2015 | /// which contains the explicit capture list surrounded by square | |||
| 2016 | /// brackets ([...]). | |||
| 2017 | SourceRange getIntroducerRange() const { return IntroducerRange; } | |||
| 2018 | ||||
| 2019 | /// Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda. | |||
| 2020 | /// | |||
| 2021 | /// This is the "closure type" (C++1y [expr.prim.lambda]), and stores the | |||
| 2022 | /// captures in its fields and provides the various operations permitted | |||
| 2023 | /// on a lambda (copying, calling). | |||
| 2024 | CXXRecordDecl *getLambdaClass() const; | |||
| 2025 | ||||
| 2026 | /// Retrieve the function call operator associated with this | |||
| 2027 | /// lambda expression. | |||
| 2028 | CXXMethodDecl *getCallOperator() const; | |||
| 2029 | ||||
| 2030 | /// Retrieve the function template call operator associated with this | |||
| 2031 | /// lambda expression. | |||
| 2032 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDependentCallOperator() const; | |||
| 2033 | ||||
| 2034 | /// If this is a generic lambda expression, retrieve the template | |||
| 2035 | /// parameter list associated with it, or else return null. | |||
| 2036 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList() const; | |||
| 2037 | ||||
| 2038 | /// Get the template parameters were explicitly specified (as opposed to being | |||
| 2039 | /// invented by use of an auto parameter). | |||
| 2040 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getExplicitTemplateParameters() const; | |||
| 2041 | ||||
| 2042 | /// Get the trailing requires clause, if any. | |||
| 2043 | Expr *getTrailingRequiresClause() const; | |||
| 2044 | ||||
| 2045 | /// Whether this is a generic lambda. | |||
| 2046 | bool isGenericLambda() const { return getTemplateParameterList(); } | |||
| 2047 | ||||
| 2048 | /// Retrieve the body of the lambda. This will be most of the time | |||
| 2049 | /// a \p CompoundStmt, but can also be \p CoroutineBodyStmt wrapping | |||
| 2050 | /// a \p CompoundStmt. Note that unlike functions, lambda-expressions | |||
| 2051 | /// cannot have a function-try-block. | |||
| 2052 | Stmt *getBody() const; | |||
| 2053 | ||||
| 2054 | /// Retrieve the \p CompoundStmt representing the body of the lambda. | |||
| 2055 | /// This is a convenience function for callers who do not need | |||
| 2056 | /// to handle node(s) which may wrap a \p CompoundStmt. | |||
| 2057 | const CompoundStmt *getCompoundStmtBody() const; | |||
| 2058 | CompoundStmt *getCompoundStmtBody() { | |||
| 2059 | const auto *ConstThis = this; | |||
| 2060 | return const_cast<CompoundStmt *>(ConstThis->getCompoundStmtBody()); | |||
| 2061 | } | |||
| 2062 | ||||
| 2063 | /// Determine whether the lambda is mutable, meaning that any | |||
| 2064 | /// captures values can be modified. | |||
| 2065 | bool isMutable() const; | |||
| 2066 | ||||
| 2067 | /// Determine whether this lambda has an explicit parameter | |||
| 2068 | /// list vs. an implicit (empty) parameter list. | |||
| 2069 | bool hasExplicitParameters() const { return LambdaExprBits.ExplicitParams; } | |||
| 2070 | ||||
| 2071 | /// Whether this lambda had its result type explicitly specified. | |||
| 2072 | bool hasExplicitResultType() const { | |||
| 2073 | return LambdaExprBits.ExplicitResultType; | |||
| 2074 | } | |||
| 2075 | ||||
| 2076 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2077 | return T->getStmtClass() == LambdaExprClass; | |||
| 2078 | } | |||
| 2079 | ||||
| 2080 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 2081 | return IntroducerRange.getBegin(); | |||
| 2082 | } | |||
| 2083 | ||||
| 2084 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return ClosingBrace; } | |||
| 2085 | ||||
| 2086 | /// Includes the captures and the body of the lambda. | |||
| 2087 | child_range children(); | |||
| 2088 | const_child_range children() const; | |||
| 2089 | }; | |||
| 2090 | ||||
| 2091 | /// An expression "T()" which creates a value-initialized rvalue of type | |||
| 2092 | /// T, which is a non-class type. See (C++98 [5.2.3p2]). | |||
| 2093 | class CXXScalarValueInitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2094 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2095 | ||||
| 2096 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; | |||
| 2097 | ||||
| 2098 | public: | |||
| 2099 | /// Create an explicitly-written scalar-value initialization | |||
| 2100 | /// expression. | |||
| 2101 | CXXScalarValueInitExpr(QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo, | |||
| 2102 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) | |||
| 2103 | : Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 2104 | TypeInfo(TypeInfo) { | |||
| 2105 | CXXScalarValueInitExprBits.RParenLoc = RParenLoc; | |||
| 2106 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 2107 | } | |||
| 2108 | ||||
| 2109 | explicit CXXScalarValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
| 2110 | : Expr(CXXScalarValueInitExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
| 2111 | ||||
| 2112 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
| 2113 | return TypeInfo; | |||
| 2114 | } | |||
| 2115 | ||||
| 2116 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { | |||
| 2117 | return CXXScalarValueInitExprBits.RParenLoc; | |||
| 2118 | } | |||
| 2119 | ||||
| 2120 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 2121 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | |||
| 2122 | ||||
| 2123 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2124 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXScalarValueInitExprClass; | |||
| 2125 | } | |||
| 2126 | ||||
| 2127 | // Iterators | |||
| 2128 | child_range children() { | |||
| 2129 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 2130 | } | |||
| 2131 | ||||
| 2132 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2133 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 2134 | } | |||
| 2135 | }; | |||
| 2136 | ||||
| 2137 | /// Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor | |||
| 2138 | /// calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)". | |||
| 2139 | class CXXNewExpr final | |||
| 2140 | : public Expr, | |||
| 2141 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXNewExpr, Stmt *, SourceRange> { | |||
| 2142 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2143 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 2144 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 2145 | ||||
| 2146 | /// Points to the allocation function used. | |||
| 2147 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNew; | |||
| 2148 | ||||
| 2149 | /// Points to the deallocation function used in case of error. May be null. | |||
| 2150 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete; | |||
| 2151 | ||||
| 2152 | /// The allocated type-source information, as written in the source. | |||
| 2153 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo; | |||
| 2154 | ||||
| 2155 | /// Range of the entire new expression. | |||
| 2156 | SourceRange Range; | |||
| 2157 | ||||
| 2158 | /// Source-range of a paren-delimited initializer. | |||
| 2159 | SourceRange DirectInitRange; | |||
| 2160 | ||||
| 2161 | // CXXNewExpr is followed by several optional trailing objects. | |||
| 2162 | // They are in order: | |||
| 2163 | // | |||
| 2164 | // * An optional "Stmt *" for the array size expression. | |||
| 2165 | // Present if and ony if isArray(). | |||
| 2166 | // | |||
| 2167 | // * An optional "Stmt *" for the init expression. | |||
| 2168 | // Present if and only if hasInitializer(). | |||
| 2169 | // | |||
| 2170 | // * An array of getNumPlacementArgs() "Stmt *" for the placement new | |||
| 2171 | // arguments, if any. | |||
| 2172 | // | |||
| 2173 | // * An optional SourceRange for the range covering the parenthesized type-id | |||
| 2174 | // if the allocated type was expressed as a parenthesized type-id. | |||
| 2175 | // Present if and only if isParenTypeId(). | |||
| 2176 | unsigned arraySizeOffset() const { return 0; } | |||
| 2177 | unsigned initExprOffset() const { return arraySizeOffset() + isArray(); } | |||
| 2178 | unsigned placementNewArgsOffset() const { | |||
| 2179 | return initExprOffset() + hasInitializer(); | |||
| 2180 | } | |||
| 2181 | ||||
| 2182 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { | |||
| 2183 | return isArray() + hasInitializer() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
| 2184 | } | |||
| 2185 | ||||
| 2186 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceRange>) const { | |||
| 2187 | return isParenTypeId(); | |||
| 2188 | } | |||
| 2189 | ||||
| 2190 | public: | |||
| 2191 | enum InitializationStyle { | |||
| 2192 | /// New-expression has no initializer as written. | |||
| 2193 | NoInit, | |||
| 2194 | ||||
| 2195 | /// New-expression has a C++98 paren-delimited initializer. | |||
| 2196 | CallInit, | |||
| 2197 | ||||
| 2198 | /// New-expression has a C++11 list-initializer. | |||
| 2199 | ListInit | |||
| 2200 | }; | |||
| 2201 | ||||
| 2202 | private: | |||
| 2203 | /// Build a c++ new expression. | |||
| 2204 | CXXNewExpr(bool IsGlobalNew, FunctionDecl *OperatorNew, | |||
| 2205 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, bool ShouldPassAlignment, | |||
| 2206 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, ArrayRef<Expr *> PlacementArgs, | |||
| 2207 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, | |||
| 2208 | InitializationStyle InitializationStyle, Expr *Initializer, | |||
| 2209 | QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo, SourceRange Range, | |||
| 2210 | SourceRange DirectInitRange); | |||
| 2211 | ||||
| 2212 | /// Build an empty c++ new expression. | |||
| 2213 | CXXNewExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool IsArray, unsigned NumPlacementArgs, | |||
| 2214 | bool IsParenTypeId); | |||
| 2215 | ||||
| 2216 | public: | |||
| 2217 | /// Create a c++ new expression. | |||
| 2218 | static CXXNewExpr * | |||
| 2219 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IsGlobalNew, FunctionDecl *OperatorNew, | |||
| 2220 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, bool ShouldPassAlignment, | |||
| 2221 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, ArrayRef<Expr *> PlacementArgs, | |||
| 2222 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, | |||
| 2223 | InitializationStyle InitializationStyle, Expr *Initializer, | |||
| 2224 | QualType Ty, TypeSourceInfo *AllocatedTypeInfo, SourceRange Range, | |||
| 2225 | SourceRange DirectInitRange); | |||
| 2226 | ||||
| 2227 | /// Create an empty c++ new expression. | |||
| 2228 | static CXXNewExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IsArray, | |||
| 2229 | bool HasInit, unsigned NumPlacementArgs, | |||
| 2230 | bool IsParenTypeId); | |||
| 2231 | ||||
| 2232 | QualType getAllocatedType() const { | |||
| 2233 | return getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | |||
| 2234 | } | |||
| 2235 | ||||
| 2236 | TypeSourceInfo *getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
| 2237 | return AllocatedTypeInfo; | |||
| 2238 | } | |||
| 2239 | ||||
| 2240 | /// True if the allocation result needs to be null-checked. | |||
| 2241 | /// | |||
| 2242 | /// C++11 [expr.new]p13: | |||
| 2243 | /// If the allocation function returns null, initialization shall | |||
| 2244 | /// not be done, the deallocation function shall not be called, | |||
| 2245 | /// and the value of the new-expression shall be null. | |||
| 2246 | /// | |||
| 2247 | /// C++ DR1748: | |||
| 2248 | /// If the allocation function is a reserved placement allocation | |||
| 2249 | /// function that returns null, the behavior is undefined. | |||
| 2250 | /// | |||
| 2251 | /// An allocation function is not allowed to return null unless it | |||
| 2252 | /// has a non-throwing exception-specification. The '03 rule is | |||
| 2253 | /// identical except that the definition of a non-throwing | |||
| 2254 | /// exception specification is just "is it throw()?". | |||
| 2255 | bool shouldNullCheckAllocation() const; | |||
| 2256 | ||||
| 2257 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorNew() const { return OperatorNew; } | |||
| 2258 | void setOperatorNew(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorNew = D; } | |||
| 2259 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; } | |||
| 2260 | void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *D) { OperatorDelete = D; } | |||
| 2261 | ||||
| 2262 | bool isArray() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsArray; } | |||
| 2263 | ||||
| 2264 | Optional<Expr *> getArraySize() { | |||
| 2265 | if (!isArray()) | |||
| 2266 | return None; | |||
| 2267 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[arraySizeOffset()]); | |||
| 2268 | } | |||
| 2269 | Optional<const Expr *> getArraySize() const { | |||
| 2270 | if (!isArray()) | |||
| 2271 | return None; | |||
| 2272 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[arraySizeOffset()]); | |||
| 2273 | } | |||
| 2274 | ||||
| 2275 | unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const { | |||
| 2276 | return CXXNewExprBits.NumPlacementArgs; | |||
| 2277 | } | |||
| 2278 | ||||
| 2279 | Expr **getPlacementArgs() { | |||
| 2280 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | |||
| 2281 | placementNewArgsOffset()); | |||
| 2282 | } | |||
| 2283 | ||||
| 2284 | Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned I) { | |||
| 2285 | assert((I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && "Index out of range!")(static_cast <bool> ((I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && "Index out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(I < getNumPlacementArgs()) && \"Index out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2285, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2286 | return getPlacementArgs()[I]; | |||
| 2287 | } | |||
| 2288 | const Expr *getPlacementArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
| 2289 | return const_cast<CXXNewExpr *>(this)->getPlacementArg(I); | |||
| 2290 | } | |||
| 2291 | ||||
| 2292 | bool isParenTypeId() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsParenTypeId; } | |||
| 2293 | SourceRange getTypeIdParens() const { | |||
| 2294 | return isParenTypeId() ? getTrailingObjects<SourceRange>()[0] | |||
| 2295 | : SourceRange(); | |||
| 2296 | } | |||
| 2297 | ||||
| 2298 | bool isGlobalNew() const { return CXXNewExprBits.IsGlobalNew; } | |||
| 2299 | ||||
| 2300 | /// Whether this new-expression has any initializer at all. | |||
| 2301 | bool hasInitializer() const { | |||
| 2302 | return CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle > 0; | |||
| 2303 | } | |||
| 2304 | ||||
| 2305 | /// The kind of initializer this new-expression has. | |||
| 2306 | InitializationStyle getInitializationStyle() const { | |||
| 2307 | if (CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle == 0) | |||
| 2308 | return NoInit; | |||
| 2309 | return static_cast<InitializationStyle>( | |||
| 2310 | CXXNewExprBits.StoredInitializationStyle - 1); | |||
| 2311 | } | |||
| 2312 | ||||
| 2313 | /// The initializer of this new-expression. | |||
| 2314 | Expr *getInitializer() { | |||
| 2315 | return hasInitializer() | |||
| 2316 | ? cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[initExprOffset()]) | |||
| 2317 | : nullptr; | |||
| 2318 | } | |||
| 2319 | const Expr *getInitializer() const { | |||
| 2320 | return hasInitializer() | |||
| 2321 | ? cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[initExprOffset()]) | |||
| 2322 | : nullptr; | |||
| 2323 | } | |||
| 2324 | ||||
| 2325 | /// Returns the CXXConstructExpr from this new-expression, or null. | |||
| 2326 | const CXXConstructExpr *getConstructExpr() const { | |||
| 2327 | return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructExpr>(getInitializer()); | |||
| 2328 | } | |||
| 2329 | ||||
| 2330 | /// Indicates whether the required alignment should be implicitly passed to | |||
| 2331 | /// the allocation function. | |||
| 2332 | bool passAlignment() const { return CXXNewExprBits.ShouldPassAlignment; } | |||
| 2333 | ||||
| 2334 | /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the | |||
| 2335 | /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a | |||
| 2336 | /// parameter. | |||
| 2337 | bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const { | |||
| 2338 | return CXXNewExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
| 2339 | } | |||
| 2340 | ||||
| 2341 | using arg_iterator = ExprIterator; | |||
| 2342 | using const_arg_iterator = ConstExprIterator; | |||
| 2343 | ||||
| 2344 | llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> placement_arguments() { | |||
| 2345 | return llvm::make_range(placement_arg_begin(), placement_arg_end()); | |||
| 2346 | } | |||
| 2347 | ||||
| 2348 | llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> placement_arguments() const { | |||
| 2349 | return llvm::make_range(placement_arg_begin(), placement_arg_end()); | |||
| 2350 | } | |||
| 2351 | ||||
| 2352 | arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() { | |||
| 2353 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + placementNewArgsOffset(); | |||
| 2354 | } | |||
| 2355 | arg_iterator placement_arg_end() { | |||
| 2356 | return placement_arg_begin() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
| 2357 | } | |||
| 2358 | const_arg_iterator placement_arg_begin() const { | |||
| 2359 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + placementNewArgsOffset(); | |||
| 2360 | } | |||
| 2361 | const_arg_iterator placement_arg_end() const { | |||
| 2362 | return placement_arg_begin() + getNumPlacementArgs(); | |||
| 2363 | } | |||
| 2364 | ||||
| 2365 | using raw_arg_iterator = Stmt **; | |||
| 2366 | ||||
| 2367 | raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() { return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); } | |||
| 2368 | raw_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() { | |||
| 2369 | return raw_arg_begin() + numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()); | |||
| 2370 | } | |||
| 2371 | const_arg_iterator raw_arg_begin() const { | |||
| 2372 | return getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); | |||
| 2373 | } | |||
| 2374 | const_arg_iterator raw_arg_end() const { | |||
| 2375 | return raw_arg_begin() + numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()); | |||
| 2376 | } | |||
| 2377 | ||||
| 2378 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
| 2379 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
| 2380 | ||||
| 2381 | SourceRange getDirectInitRange() const { return DirectInitRange; } | |||
| 2382 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
| 2383 | ||||
| 2384 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2385 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNewExprClass; | |||
| 2386 | } | |||
| 2387 | ||||
| 2388 | // Iterators | |||
| 2389 | child_range children() { return child_range(raw_arg_begin(), raw_arg_end()); } | |||
| 2390 | ||||
| 2391 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2392 | return const_child_range(const_cast<CXXNewExpr *>(this)->children()); | |||
| 2393 | } | |||
| 2394 | }; | |||
| 2395 | ||||
| 2396 | /// Represents a \c delete expression for memory deallocation and | |||
| 2397 | /// destructor calls, e.g. "delete[] pArray". | |||
| 2398 | class CXXDeleteExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2399 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2400 | ||||
| 2401 | /// Points to the operator delete overload that is used. Could be a member. | |||
| 2402 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
| 2403 | ||||
| 2404 | /// The pointer expression to be deleted. | |||
| 2405 | Stmt *Argument = nullptr; | |||
| 2406 | ||||
| 2407 | public: | |||
| 2408 | CXXDeleteExpr(QualType Ty, bool GlobalDelete, bool ArrayForm, | |||
| 2409 | bool ArrayFormAsWritten, bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, | |||
| 2410 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, Expr *Arg, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
| 2411 | : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 2412 | OperatorDelete(OperatorDelete), Argument(Arg) { | |||
| 2413 | CXXDeleteExprBits.GlobalDelete = GlobalDelete; | |||
| 2414 | CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayForm = ArrayForm; | |||
| 2415 | CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayFormAsWritten; | |||
| 2416 | CXXDeleteExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
| 2417 | CXXDeleteExprBits.Loc = Loc; | |||
| 2418 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 2419 | } | |||
| 2420 | ||||
| 2421 | explicit CXXDeleteExpr(EmptyShell Shell) : Expr(CXXDeleteExprClass, Shell) {} | |||
| 2422 | ||||
| 2423 | bool isGlobalDelete() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.GlobalDelete; } | |||
| 2424 | bool isArrayForm() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayForm; } | |||
| 2425 | bool isArrayFormAsWritten() const { | |||
| 2426 | return CXXDeleteExprBits.ArrayFormAsWritten; | |||
| 2427 | } | |||
| 2428 | ||||
| 2429 | /// Answers whether the usual array deallocation function for the | |||
| 2430 | /// allocated type expects the size of the allocation as a | |||
| 2431 | /// parameter. This can be true even if the actual deallocation | |||
| 2432 | /// function that we're using doesn't want a size. | |||
| 2433 | bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize() const { | |||
| 2434 | return CXXDeleteExprBits.UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize; | |||
| 2435 | } | |||
| 2436 | ||||
| 2437 | FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { return OperatorDelete; } | |||
| 2438 | ||||
| 2439 | Expr *getArgument() { return cast<Expr>(Argument); } | |||
| 2440 | const Expr *getArgument() const { return cast<Expr>(Argument); } | |||
| 2441 | ||||
| 2442 | /// Retrieve the type being destroyed. | |||
| 2443 | /// | |||
| 2444 | /// If the type being destroyed is a dependent type which may or may not | |||
| 2445 | /// be a pointer, return an invalid type. | |||
| 2446 | QualType getDestroyedType() const; | |||
| 2447 | ||||
| 2448 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return CXXDeleteExprBits.Loc; } | |||
| 2449 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 2450 | return Argument->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 2451 | } | |||
| 2452 | ||||
| 2453 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2454 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDeleteExprClass; | |||
| 2455 | } | |||
| 2456 | ||||
| 2457 | // Iterators | |||
| 2458 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Argument, &Argument + 1); } | |||
| 2459 | ||||
| 2460 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2461 | return const_child_range(&Argument, &Argument + 1); | |||
| 2462 | } | |||
| 2463 | }; | |||
| 2464 | ||||
| 2465 | /// Stores the type being destroyed by a pseudo-destructor expression. | |||
| 2466 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage { | |||
| 2467 | /// Either the type source information or the name of the type, if | |||
| 2468 | /// it couldn't be resolved due to type-dependence. | |||
| 2469 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, IdentifierInfo *> Type; | |||
| 2470 | ||||
| 2471 | /// The starting source location of the pseudo-destructor type. | |||
| 2472 | SourceLocation Location; | |||
| 2473 | ||||
| 2474 | public: | |||
| 2475 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage() = default; | |||
| 2476 | ||||
| 2477 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
| 2478 | : Type(II), Location(Loc) {} | |||
| 2479 | ||||
| 2480 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(TypeSourceInfo *Info); | |||
| 2481 | ||||
| 2482 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
| 2483 | return Type.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(); | |||
| 2484 | } | |||
| 2485 | ||||
| 2486 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { | |||
| 2487 | return Type.dyn_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(); | |||
| 2488 | } | |||
| 2489 | ||||
| 2490 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Location; } | |||
| 2491 | }; | |||
| 2492 | ||||
| 2493 | /// Represents a C++ pseudo-destructor (C++ [expr.pseudo]). | |||
| 2494 | /// | |||
| 2495 | /// A pseudo-destructor is an expression that looks like a member access to a | |||
| 2496 | /// destructor of a scalar type, except that scalar types don't have | |||
| 2497 | /// destructors. For example: | |||
| 2498 | /// | |||
| 2499 | /// \code | |||
| 2500 | /// typedef int T; | |||
| 2501 | /// void f(int *p) { | |||
| 2502 | /// p->T::~T(); | |||
| 2503 | /// } | |||
| 2504 | /// \endcode | |||
| 2505 | /// | |||
| 2506 | /// Pseudo-destructors typically occur when instantiating templates such as: | |||
| 2507 | /// | |||
| 2508 | /// \code | |||
| 2509 | /// template<typename T> | |||
| 2510 | /// void destroy(T* ptr) { | |||
| 2511 | /// ptr->T::~T(); | |||
| 2512 | /// } | |||
| 2513 | /// \endcode | |||
| 2514 | /// | |||
| 2515 | /// for scalar types. A pseudo-destructor expression has no run-time semantics | |||
| 2516 | /// beyond evaluating the base expression. | |||
| 2517 | class CXXPseudoDestructorExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2518 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2519 | ||||
| 2520 | /// The base expression (that is being destroyed). | |||
| 2521 | Stmt *Base = nullptr; | |||
| 2522 | ||||
| 2523 | /// Whether the operator was an arrow ('->'); otherwise, it was a | |||
| 2524 | /// period ('.'). | |||
| 2525 | bool IsArrow : 1; | |||
| 2526 | ||||
| 2527 | /// The location of the '.' or '->' operator. | |||
| 2528 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
| 2529 | ||||
| 2530 | /// The nested-name-specifier that follows the operator, if present. | |||
| 2531 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
| 2532 | ||||
| 2533 | /// The type that precedes the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2534 | /// expression. | |||
| 2535 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType = nullptr; | |||
| 2536 | ||||
| 2537 | /// The location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2538 | /// expression. | |||
| 2539 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc; | |||
| 2540 | ||||
| 2541 | /// The location of the '~'. | |||
| 2542 | SourceLocation TildeLoc; | |||
| 2543 | ||||
| 2544 | /// The type being destroyed, or its name if we were unable to | |||
| 2545 | /// resolve the name. | |||
| 2546 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType; | |||
| 2547 | ||||
| 2548 | public: | |||
| 2549 | CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 2550 | Expr *Base, bool isArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
| 2551 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 2552 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, | |||
| 2553 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, | |||
| 2554 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
| 2555 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); | |||
| 2556 | ||||
| 2557 | explicit CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | |||
| 2558 | : Expr(CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass, Shell), IsArrow(false) {} | |||
| 2559 | ||||
| 2560 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } | |||
| 2561 | ||||
| 2562 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had | |||
| 2563 | /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g., | |||
| 2564 | /// x->Base::foo. | |||
| 2565 | bool hasQualifier() const { return QualifierLoc.hasQualifier(); } | |||
| 2566 | ||||
| 2567 | /// Retrieves the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the type name, | |||
| 2568 | /// with source-location information. | |||
| 2569 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
| 2570 | ||||
| 2571 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the | |||
| 2572 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns | |||
| 2573 | /// null. | |||
| 2574 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
| 2575 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
| 2576 | } | |||
| 2577 | ||||
| 2578 | /// Determine whether this pseudo-destructor expression was written | |||
| 2579 | /// using an '->' (otherwise, it used a '.'). | |||
| 2580 | bool isArrow() const { return IsArrow; } | |||
| 2581 | ||||
| 2582 | /// Retrieve the location of the '.' or '->' operator. | |||
| 2583 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
| 2584 | ||||
| 2585 | /// Retrieve the scope type in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2586 | /// expression. | |||
| 2587 | /// | |||
| 2588 | /// Pseudo-destructor expressions can have extra qualification within them | |||
| 2589 | /// that is not part of the nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c p->T::~T(). | |||
| 2590 | /// Here, if the object type of the expression is (or may be) a scalar type, | |||
| 2591 | /// \p T may also be a scalar type and, therefore, cannot be part of a | |||
| 2592 | /// nested-name-specifier. It is stored as the "scope type" of the pseudo- | |||
| 2593 | /// destructor expression. | |||
| 2594 | TypeSourceInfo *getScopeTypeInfo() const { return ScopeType; } | |||
| 2595 | ||||
| 2596 | /// Retrieve the location of the '::' in a qualified pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2597 | /// expression. | |||
| 2598 | SourceLocation getColonColonLoc() const { return ColonColonLoc; } | |||
| 2599 | ||||
| 2600 | /// Retrieve the location of the '~'. | |||
| 2601 | SourceLocation getTildeLoc() const { return TildeLoc; } | |||
| 2602 | ||||
| 2603 | /// Retrieve the source location information for the type | |||
| 2604 | /// being destroyed. | |||
| 2605 | /// | |||
| 2606 | /// This type-source information is available for non-dependent | |||
| 2607 | /// pseudo-destructor expressions and some dependent pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2608 | /// expressions. Returns null if we only have the identifier for a | |||
| 2609 | /// dependent pseudo-destructor expression. | |||
| 2610 | TypeSourceInfo *getDestroyedTypeInfo() const { | |||
| 2611 | return DestroyedType.getTypeSourceInfo(); | |||
| 2612 | } | |||
| 2613 | ||||
| 2614 | /// In a dependent pseudo-destructor expression for which we do not | |||
| 2615 | /// have full type information on the destroyed type, provides the name | |||
| 2616 | /// of the destroyed type. | |||
| 2617 | IdentifierInfo *getDestroyedTypeIdentifier() const { | |||
| 2618 | return DestroyedType.getIdentifier(); | |||
| 2619 | } | |||
| 2620 | ||||
| 2621 | /// Retrieve the type being destroyed. | |||
| 2622 | QualType getDestroyedType() const; | |||
| 2623 | ||||
| 2624 | /// Retrieve the starting location of the type being destroyed. | |||
| 2625 | SourceLocation getDestroyedTypeLoc() const { | |||
| 2626 | return DestroyedType.getLocation(); | |||
| 2627 | } | |||
| 2628 | ||||
| 2629 | /// Set the name of destroyed type for a dependent pseudo-destructor | |||
| 2630 | /// expression. | |||
| 2631 | void setDestroyedType(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
| 2632 | DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(II, Loc); | |||
| 2633 | } | |||
| 2634 | ||||
| 2635 | /// Set the destroyed type. | |||
| 2636 | void setDestroyedType(TypeSourceInfo *Info) { | |||
| 2637 | DestroyedType = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(Info); | |||
| 2638 | } | |||
| 2639 | ||||
| 2640 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 2641 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 2642 | } | |||
| 2643 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 2644 | ||||
| 2645 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2646 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass; | |||
| 2647 | } | |||
| 2648 | ||||
| 2649 | // Iterators | |||
| 2650 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); } | |||
| 2651 | ||||
| 2652 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2653 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
| 2654 | } | |||
| 2655 | }; | |||
| 2656 | ||||
| 2657 | /// A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and | |||
| 2658 | /// Library TR1 trait templates. | |||
| 2659 | /// | |||
| 2660 | /// \code | |||
| 2661 | /// __is_pod(int) == true | |||
| 2662 | /// __is_enum(std::string) == false | |||
| 2663 | /// __is_trivially_constructible(vector<int>, int*, int*) | |||
| 2664 | /// \endcode | |||
| 2665 | class TypeTraitExpr final | |||
| 2666 | : public Expr, | |||
| 2667 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<TypeTraitExpr, TypeSourceInfo *> { | |||
| 2668 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
| 2669 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
| 2670 | ||||
| 2671 | /// The location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
| 2672 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 2673 | ||||
| 2674 | // Note: The TypeSourceInfos for the arguments are allocated after the | |||
| 2675 | // TypeTraitExpr. | |||
| 2676 | ||||
| 2677 | TypeTraitExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, TypeTrait Kind, | |||
| 2678 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
| 2679 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 2680 | bool Value); | |||
| 2681 | ||||
| 2682 | TypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(TypeTraitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 2683 | ||||
| 2684 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const { | |||
| 2685 | return getNumArgs(); | |||
| 2686 | } | |||
| 2687 | ||||
| 2688 | public: | |||
| 2689 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2690 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 2691 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 2692 | ||||
| 2693 | /// Create a new type trait expression. | |||
| 2694 | static TypeTraitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType T, | |||
| 2695 | SourceLocation Loc, TypeTrait Kind, | |||
| 2696 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
| 2697 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 2698 | bool Value); | |||
| 2699 | ||||
| 2700 | static TypeTraitExpr *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, | |||
| 2701 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 2702 | ||||
| 2703 | /// Determine which type trait this expression uses. | |||
| 2704 | TypeTrait getTrait() const { | |||
| 2705 | return static_cast<TypeTrait>(TypeTraitExprBits.Kind); | |||
| 2706 | } | |||
| 2707 | ||||
| 2708 | bool getValue() const { | |||
| 2709 | assert(!isValueDependent())(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2709, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2710 | return TypeTraitExprBits.Value; | |||
| 2711 | } | |||
| 2712 | ||||
| 2713 | /// Determine the number of arguments to this type trait. | |||
| 2714 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return TypeTraitExprBits.NumArgs; } | |||
| 2715 | ||||
| 2716 | /// Retrieve the Ith argument. | |||
| 2717 | TypeSourceInfo *getArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
| 2718 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument out-of-range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2718, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2719 | return getArgs()[I]; | |||
| 2720 | } | |||
| 2721 | ||||
| 2722 | /// Retrieve the argument types. | |||
| 2723 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getArgs() const { | |||
| 2724 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), | |||
| 2725 | getNumArgs()); | |||
| 2726 | } | |||
| 2727 | ||||
| 2728 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 2729 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 2730 | ||||
| 2731 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2732 | return T->getStmtClass() == TypeTraitExprClass; | |||
| 2733 | } | |||
| 2734 | ||||
| 2735 | // Iterators | |||
| 2736 | child_range children() { | |||
| 2737 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 2738 | } | |||
| 2739 | ||||
| 2740 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2741 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 2742 | } | |||
| 2743 | }; | |||
| 2744 | ||||
| 2745 | /// An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of | |||
| 2746 | /// __array_rank and __array_extent. | |||
| 2747 | /// | |||
| 2748 | /// Example: | |||
| 2749 | /// \code | |||
| 2750 | /// __array_rank(int[10][20]) == 2 | |||
| 2751 | /// __array_extent(int, 1) == 20 | |||
| 2752 | /// \endcode | |||
| 2753 | class ArrayTypeTraitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2754 | /// The trait. An ArrayTypeTrait enum in MSVC compat unsigned. | |||
| 2755 | unsigned ATT : 2; | |||
| 2756 | ||||
| 2757 | /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent. | |||
| 2758 | uint64_t Value = 0; | |||
| 2759 | ||||
| 2760 | /// The array dimension being queried, or -1 if not used. | |||
| 2761 | Expr *Dimension; | |||
| 2762 | ||||
| 2763 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
| 2764 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
| 2765 | ||||
| 2766 | /// The location of the closing paren. | |||
| 2767 | SourceLocation RParen; | |||
| 2768 | ||||
| 2769 | /// The type being queried. | |||
| 2770 | TypeSourceInfo *QueriedType = nullptr; | |||
| 2771 | ||||
| 2772 | public: | |||
| 2773 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2774 | ||||
| 2775 | ArrayTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ArrayTypeTrait att, | |||
| 2776 | TypeSourceInfo *queried, uint64_t value, Expr *dimension, | |||
| 2777 | SourceLocation rparen, QualType ty) | |||
| 2778 | : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), ATT(att), | |||
| 2779 | Value(value), Dimension(dimension), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), | |||
| 2780 | QueriedType(queried) { | |||
| 2781 | assert(att <= ATT_Last && "invalid enum value!")(static_cast <bool> (att <= ATT_Last && "invalid enum value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("att <= ATT_Last && \"invalid enum value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2781, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2782 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && "ATT overflow!")(static_cast <bool> (static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && "ATT overflow!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "static_cast<unsigned>(att) == ATT && \"ATT overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2783 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 2784 | } | |||
| 2785 | ||||
| 2786 | explicit ArrayTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 2787 | : Expr(ArrayTypeTraitExprClass, Empty), ATT(0) {} | |||
| 2788 | ||||
| 2789 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 2790 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParen; } | |||
| 2791 | ||||
| 2792 | ArrayTypeTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ArrayTypeTrait>(ATT); } | |||
| 2793 | ||||
| 2794 | QualType getQueriedType() const { return QueriedType->getType(); } | |||
| 2795 | ||||
| 2796 | TypeSourceInfo *getQueriedTypeSourceInfo() const { return QueriedType; } | |||
| 2797 | ||||
| 2798 | uint64_t getValue() const { assert(!isTypeDependent())(static_cast <bool> (!isTypeDependent()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isTypeDependent()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2798, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return Value; } | |||
| 2799 | ||||
| 2800 | Expr *getDimensionExpression() const { return Dimension; } | |||
| 2801 | ||||
| 2802 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2803 | return T->getStmtClass() == ArrayTypeTraitExprClass; | |||
| 2804 | } | |||
| 2805 | ||||
| 2806 | // Iterators | |||
| 2807 | child_range children() { | |||
| 2808 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 2809 | } | |||
| 2810 | ||||
| 2811 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2812 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 2813 | } | |||
| 2814 | }; | |||
| 2815 | ||||
| 2816 | /// An expression trait intrinsic. | |||
| 2817 | /// | |||
| 2818 | /// Example: | |||
| 2819 | /// \code | |||
| 2820 | /// __is_lvalue_expr(std::cout) == true | |||
| 2821 | /// __is_lvalue_expr(1) == false | |||
| 2822 | /// \endcode | |||
| 2823 | class ExpressionTraitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2824 | /// The trait. A ExpressionTrait enum in MSVC compatible unsigned. | |||
| 2825 | unsigned ET : 31; | |||
| 2826 | ||||
| 2827 | /// The value of the type trait. Unspecified if dependent. | |||
| 2828 | unsigned Value : 1; | |||
| 2829 | ||||
| 2830 | /// The location of the type trait keyword. | |||
| 2831 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
| 2832 | ||||
| 2833 | /// The location of the closing paren. | |||
| 2834 | SourceLocation RParen; | |||
| 2835 | ||||
| 2836 | /// The expression being queried. | |||
| 2837 | Expr* QueriedExpression = nullptr; | |||
| 2838 | ||||
| 2839 | public: | |||
| 2840 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2841 | ||||
| 2842 | ExpressionTraitExpr(SourceLocation loc, ExpressionTrait et, Expr *queried, | |||
| 2843 | bool value, SourceLocation rparen, QualType resultType) | |||
| 2844 | : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 2845 | ET(et), Value(value), Loc(loc), RParen(rparen), | |||
| 2846 | QueriedExpression(queried) { | |||
| 2847 | assert(et <= ET_Last && "invalid enum value!")(static_cast <bool> (et <= ET_Last && "invalid enum value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("et <= ET_Last && \"invalid enum value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2847, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2848 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && "ET overflow!")(static_cast <bool> (static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && "ET overflow!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("static_cast<unsigned>(et) == ET && \"ET overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2848, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2849 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 2850 | } | |||
| 2851 | ||||
| 2852 | explicit ExpressionTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 2853 | : Expr(ExpressionTraitExprClass, Empty), ET(0), Value(false) {} | |||
| 2854 | ||||
| 2855 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Loc; } | |||
| 2856 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParen; } | |||
| 2857 | ||||
| 2858 | ExpressionTrait getTrait() const { return static_cast<ExpressionTrait>(ET); } | |||
| 2859 | ||||
| 2860 | Expr *getQueriedExpression() const { return QueriedExpression; } | |||
| 2861 | ||||
| 2862 | bool getValue() const { return Value; } | |||
| 2863 | ||||
| 2864 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 2865 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExpressionTraitExprClass; | |||
| 2866 | } | |||
| 2867 | ||||
| 2868 | // Iterators | |||
| 2869 | child_range children() { | |||
| 2870 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 2871 | } | |||
| 2872 | ||||
| 2873 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 2874 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 2875 | } | |||
| 2876 | }; | |||
| 2877 | ||||
| 2878 | /// A reference to an overloaded function set, either an | |||
| 2879 | /// \c UnresolvedLookupExpr or an \c UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
| 2880 | class OverloadExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 2881 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 2882 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 2883 | ||||
| 2884 | /// The common name of these declarations. | |||
| 2885 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | |||
| 2886 | ||||
| 2887 | /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, if any. | |||
| 2888 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
| 2889 | ||||
| 2890 | protected: | |||
| 2891 | OverloadExpr(StmtClass SC, const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 2892 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 2893 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 2894 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
| 2895 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
| 2896 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End, | |||
| 2897 | bool KnownDependent, bool KnownInstantiationDependent, | |||
| 2898 | bool KnownContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | |||
| 2899 | ||||
| 2900 | OverloadExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
| 2901 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
| 2902 | ||||
| 2903 | /// Return the results. Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
| 2904 | inline DeclAccessPair *getTrailingResults(); | |||
| 2905 | const DeclAccessPair *getTrailingResults() const { | |||
| 2906 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingResults(); | |||
| 2907 | } | |||
| 2908 | ||||
| 2909 | /// Return the optional template keyword and arguments info. | |||
| 2910 | /// Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
| 2911 | inline ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 2912 | const ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
| 2913 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this) | |||
| 2914 | ->getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 2915 | } | |||
| 2916 | ||||
| 2917 | /// Return the optional template arguments. Defined after | |||
| 2918 | /// UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
| 2919 | inline TemplateArgumentLoc *getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
| 2920 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc() const { | |||
| 2921 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
| 2922 | } | |||
| 2923 | ||||
| 2924 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
| 2925 | return OverloadExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
| 2926 | } | |||
| 2927 | ||||
| 2928 | public: | |||
| 2929 | struct FindResult { | |||
| 2930 | OverloadExpr *Expression; | |||
| 2931 | bool IsAddressOfOperand; | |||
| 2932 | bool HasFormOfMemberPointer; | |||
| 2933 | }; | |||
| 2934 | ||||
| 2935 | /// Finds the overloaded expression in the given expression \p E of | |||
| 2936 | /// OverloadTy. | |||
| 2937 | /// | |||
| 2938 | /// \return the expression (which must be there) and true if it has | |||
| 2939 | /// the particular form of a member pointer expression | |||
| 2940 | static FindResult find(Expr *E) { | |||
| 2941 | assert(E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Overload))(static_cast <bool> (E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType (BuiltinType::Overload)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Overload)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2941, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2942 | ||||
| 2943 | FindResult Result; | |||
| 2944 | ||||
| 2945 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | |||
| 2946 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | |||
| 2947 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 2947, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 2948 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr(); | |||
| 2949 | auto *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()); | |||
| 2950 | ||||
| 2951 | Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = (E == Ovl && Ovl->getQualifier()); | |||
| 2952 | Result.IsAddressOfOperand = true; | |||
| 2953 | Result.Expression = Ovl; | |||
| 2954 | } else { | |||
| 2955 | Result.HasFormOfMemberPointer = false; | |||
| 2956 | Result.IsAddressOfOperand = false; | |||
| 2957 | Result.Expression = cast<OverloadExpr>(E); | |||
| 2958 | } | |||
| 2959 | ||||
| 2960 | return Result; | |||
| 2961 | } | |||
| 2962 | ||||
| 2963 | /// Gets the naming class of this lookup, if any. | |||
| 2964 | /// Defined after UnresolvedMemberExpr. | |||
| 2965 | inline CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass(); | |||
| 2966 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { | |||
| 2967 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
| 2968 | } | |||
| 2969 | ||||
| 2970 | using decls_iterator = UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator; | |||
| 2971 | ||||
| 2972 | decls_iterator decls_begin() const { | |||
| 2973 | return UnresolvedSetIterator(getTrailingResults()); | |||
| 2974 | } | |||
| 2975 | decls_iterator decls_end() const { | |||
| 2976 | return UnresolvedSetIterator(getTrailingResults() + getNumDecls()); | |||
| 2977 | } | |||
| 2978 | llvm::iterator_range<decls_iterator> decls() const { | |||
| 2979 | return llvm::make_range(decls_begin(), decls_end()); | |||
| 2980 | } | |||
| 2981 | ||||
| 2982 | /// Gets the number of declarations in the unresolved set. | |||
| 2983 | unsigned getNumDecls() const { return OverloadExprBits.NumResults; } | |||
| 2984 | ||||
| 2985 | /// Gets the full name info. | |||
| 2986 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; } | |||
| 2987 | ||||
| 2988 | /// Gets the name looked up. | |||
| 2989 | DeclarationName getName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); } | |||
| 2990 | ||||
| 2991 | /// Gets the location of the name. | |||
| 2992 | SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
| 2993 | ||||
| 2994 | /// Fetches the nested-name qualifier, if one was given. | |||
| 2995 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
| 2996 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
| 2997 | } | |||
| 2998 | ||||
| 2999 | /// Fetches the nested-name qualifier with source-location | |||
| 3000 | /// information, if one was given. | |||
| 3001 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
| 3002 | ||||
| 3003 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | |||
| 3004 | /// this name, if any. | |||
| 3005 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
| 3006 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3007 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3008 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
| 3009 | } | |||
| 3010 | ||||
| 3011 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
| 3012 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
| 3013 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3014 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3015 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3016 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->LAngleLoc; | |||
| 3017 | } | |||
| 3018 | ||||
| 3019 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
| 3020 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
| 3021 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3022 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3023 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3024 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->RAngleLoc; | |||
| 3025 | } | |||
| 3026 | ||||
| 3027 | /// Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
| 3028 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3029 | ||||
| 3030 | /// Determines whether this expression had explicit template arguments. | |||
| 3031 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3032 | ||||
| 3033 | TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3034 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3035 | return nullptr; | |||
| 3036 | return const_cast<OverloadExpr *>(this)->getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc(); | |||
| 3037 | } | |||
| 3038 | ||||
| 3039 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3040 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3041 | return 0; | |||
| 3042 | ||||
| 3043 | return getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
| 3044 | } | |||
| 3045 | ||||
| 3046 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
| 3047 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
| 3048 | } | |||
| 3049 | ||||
| 3050 | /// Copies the template arguments into the given structure. | |||
| 3051 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
| 3052 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3053 | getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()->copyInto(getTemplateArgs(), List); | |||
| 3054 | } | |||
| 3055 | ||||
| 3056 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3057 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass || | |||
| 3058 | T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass; | |||
| 3059 | } | |||
| 3060 | }; | |||
| 3061 | ||||
| 3062 | /// A reference to a name which we were able to look up during | |||
| 3063 | /// parsing but could not resolve to a specific declaration. | |||
| 3064 | /// | |||
| 3065 | /// This arises in several ways: | |||
| 3066 | /// * we might be waiting for argument-dependent lookup; | |||
| 3067 | /// * the name might resolve to an overloaded function; | |||
| 3068 | /// and eventually: | |||
| 3069 | /// * the lookup might have included a function template. | |||
| 3070 | /// | |||
| 3071 | /// These never include UnresolvedUsingValueDecls, which are always class | |||
| 3072 | /// members and therefore appear only in UnresolvedMemberLookupExprs. | |||
| 3073 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr final | |||
| 3074 | : public OverloadExpr, | |||
| 3075 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnresolvedLookupExpr, DeclAccessPair, | |||
| 3076 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3077 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
| 3078 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3079 | friend class OverloadExpr; | |||
| 3080 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3081 | ||||
| 3082 | /// The naming class (C++ [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup, if | |||
| 3083 | /// any. This can generally be recalculated from the context chain, | |||
| 3084 | /// but that can be fairly expensive for unqualified lookups. | |||
| 3085 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; | |||
| 3086 | ||||
| 3087 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr is followed by several trailing objects. | |||
| 3088 | // They are in order: | |||
| 3089 | // | |||
| 3090 | // * An array of getNumResults() DeclAccessPair for the results. These are | |||
| 3091 | // undesugared, which is to say, they may include UsingShadowDecls. | |||
| 3092 | // Access is relative to the naming class. | |||
| 3093 | // | |||
| 3094 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
| 3095 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
| 3096 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
| 3097 | // | |||
| 3098 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing | |||
| 3099 | // location information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
| 3100 | ||||
| 3101 | UnresolvedLookupExpr(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
| 3102 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3103 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3104 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, | |||
| 3105 | bool Overloaded, | |||
| 3106 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
| 3107 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
| 3108 | ||||
| 3109 | UnresolvedLookupExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
| 3110 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
| 3111 | ||||
| 3112 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const { | |||
| 3113 | return getNumDecls(); | |||
| 3114 | } | |||
| 3115 | ||||
| 3116 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
| 3117 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 3118 | } | |||
| 3119 | ||||
| 3120 | public: | |||
| 3121 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr * | |||
| 3122 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
| 3123 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3124 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, bool Overloaded, | |||
| 3125 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
| 3126 | ||||
| 3127 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr * | |||
| 3128 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | |||
| 3129 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3130 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool RequiresADL, | |||
| 3131 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args, UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, | |||
| 3132 | UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
| 3133 | ||||
| 3134 | static UnresolvedLookupExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 3135 | unsigned NumResults, | |||
| 3136 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3137 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
| 3138 | ||||
| 3139 | /// True if this declaration should be extended by | |||
| 3140 | /// argument-dependent lookup. | |||
| 3141 | bool requiresADL() const { return UnresolvedLookupExprBits.RequiresADL; } | |||
| 3142 | ||||
| 3143 | /// True if this lookup is overloaded. | |||
| 3144 | bool isOverloaded() const { return UnresolvedLookupExprBits.Overloaded; } | |||
| 3145 | ||||
| 3146 | /// Gets the 'naming class' (in the sense of C++0x | |||
| 3147 | /// [class.access.base]p5) of the lookup. This is the scope | |||
| 3148 | /// that was looked in to find these results. | |||
| 3149 | CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() { return NamingClass; } | |||
| 3150 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { return NamingClass; } | |||
| 3151 | ||||
| 3152 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3153 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc()) | |||
| 3154 | return l.getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3155 | return getNameInfo().getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3156 | } | |||
| 3157 | ||||
| 3158 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3159 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3160 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
| 3161 | return getNameInfo().getEndLoc(); | |||
| 3162 | } | |||
| 3163 | ||||
| 3164 | child_range children() { | |||
| 3165 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 3166 | } | |||
| 3167 | ||||
| 3168 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3169 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 3170 | } | |||
| 3171 | ||||
| 3172 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3173 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedLookupExprClass; | |||
| 3174 | } | |||
| 3175 | }; | |||
| 3176 | ||||
| 3177 | /// A qualified reference to a name whose declaration cannot | |||
| 3178 | /// yet be resolved. | |||
| 3179 | /// | |||
| 3180 | /// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr is similar to DeclRefExpr in that | |||
| 3181 | /// it expresses a reference to a declaration such as | |||
| 3182 | /// X<T>::value. The difference, however, is that an | |||
| 3183 | /// DependentScopeDeclRefExpr node is used only within C++ templates when | |||
| 3184 | /// the qualification (e.g., X<T>::) refers to a dependent type. In | |||
| 3185 | /// this case, X<T>::value cannot resolve to a declaration because the | |||
| 3186 | /// declaration will differ from one instantiation of X<T> to the | |||
| 3187 | /// next. Therefore, DependentScopeDeclRefExpr keeps track of the | |||
| 3188 | /// qualifier (X<T>::) and the name of the entity being referenced | |||
| 3189 | /// ("value"). Such expressions will instantiate to a DeclRefExpr once the | |||
| 3190 | /// declaration can be found. | |||
| 3191 | class DependentScopeDeclRefExpr final | |||
| 3192 | : public Expr, | |||
| 3193 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr, | |||
| 3194 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3195 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
| 3196 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3197 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 3198 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3199 | ||||
| 3200 | /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies this unresolved | |||
| 3201 | /// declaration name. | |||
| 3202 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
| 3203 | ||||
| 3204 | /// The name of the entity we will be referencing. | |||
| 3205 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | |||
| 3206 | ||||
| 3207 | DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(QualType Ty, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3208 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3209 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
| 3210 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *Args); | |||
| 3211 | ||||
| 3212 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
| 3213 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 3214 | } | |||
| 3215 | ||||
| 3216 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
| 3217 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
| 3218 | } | |||
| 3219 | ||||
| 3220 | public: | |||
| 3221 | static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr * | |||
| 3222 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3223 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | |||
| 3224 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
| 3225 | ||||
| 3226 | static DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 3227 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3228 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
| 3229 | ||||
| 3230 | /// Retrieve the name that this expression refers to. | |||
| 3231 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; } | |||
| 3232 | ||||
| 3233 | /// Retrieve the name that this expression refers to. | |||
| 3234 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return NameInfo.getName(); } | |||
| 3235 | ||||
| 3236 | /// Retrieve the location of the name within the expression. | |||
| 3237 | /// | |||
| 3238 | /// For example, in "X<T>::value" this is the location of "value". | |||
| 3239 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return NameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
| 3240 | ||||
| 3241 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the | |||
| 3242 | /// name, with source location information. | |||
| 3243 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
| 3244 | ||||
| 3245 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this | |||
| 3246 | /// declaration. | |||
| 3247 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
| 3248 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
| 3249 | } | |||
| 3250 | ||||
| 3251 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | |||
| 3252 | /// this name, if any. | |||
| 3253 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
| 3254 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3255 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3256 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
| 3257 | } | |||
| 3258 | ||||
| 3259 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
| 3260 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
| 3261 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3262 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3263 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3264 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | |||
| 3265 | } | |||
| 3266 | ||||
| 3267 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
| 3268 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | |||
| 3269 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3270 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3271 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3272 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | |||
| 3273 | } | |||
| 3274 | ||||
| 3275 | /// Determines whether the name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
| 3276 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3277 | ||||
| 3278 | /// Determines whether this lookup had explicit template arguments. | |||
| 3279 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3280 | ||||
| 3281 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | |||
| 3282 | /// structure. | |||
| 3283 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
| 3284 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3285 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | |||
| 3286 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | |||
| 3287 | } | |||
| 3288 | ||||
| 3289 | TemplateArgumentLoc const *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3290 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3291 | return nullptr; | |||
| 3292 | ||||
| 3293 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
| 3294 | } | |||
| 3295 | ||||
| 3296 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3297 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3298 | return 0; | |||
| 3299 | ||||
| 3300 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
| 3301 | } | |||
| 3302 | ||||
| 3303 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
| 3304 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
| 3305 | } | |||
| 3306 | ||||
| 3307 | /// Note: getBeginLoc() is the start of the whole DependentScopeDeclRefExpr, | |||
| 3308 | /// and differs from getLocation().getStart(). | |||
| 3309 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3310 | return QualifierLoc.getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3311 | } | |||
| 3312 | ||||
| 3313 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3314 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3315 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
| 3316 | return getLocation(); | |||
| 3317 | } | |||
| 3318 | ||||
| 3319 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3320 | return T->getStmtClass() == DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass; | |||
| 3321 | } | |||
| 3322 | ||||
| 3323 | child_range children() { | |||
| 3324 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 3325 | } | |||
| 3326 | ||||
| 3327 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3328 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 3329 | } | |||
| 3330 | }; | |||
| 3331 | ||||
| 3332 | /// Represents an expression -- generally a full-expression -- that | |||
| 3333 | /// introduces cleanups to be run at the end of the sub-expression's | |||
| 3334 | /// evaluation. The most common source of expression-introduced | |||
| 3335 | /// cleanups is temporary objects in C++, but several other kinds of | |||
| 3336 | /// expressions can create cleanups, including basically every | |||
| 3337 | /// call in ARC that returns an Objective-C pointer. | |||
| 3338 | /// | |||
| 3339 | /// This expression also tracks whether the sub-expression contains a | |||
| 3340 | /// potentially-evaluated block literal. The lifetime of a block | |||
| 3341 | /// literal is the extent of the enclosing scope. | |||
| 3342 | class ExprWithCleanups final | |||
| 3343 | : public FullExpr, | |||
| 3344 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< | |||
| 3345 | ExprWithCleanups, | |||
| 3346 | llvm::PointerUnion<BlockDecl *, CompoundLiteralExpr *>> { | |||
| 3347 | public: | |||
| 3348 | /// The type of objects that are kept in the cleanup. | |||
| 3349 | /// It's useful to remember the set of blocks and block-scoped compound | |||
| 3350 | /// literals; we could also remember the set of temporaries, but there's | |||
| 3351 | /// currently no need. | |||
| 3352 | using CleanupObject = llvm::PointerUnion<BlockDecl *, CompoundLiteralExpr *>; | |||
| 3353 | ||||
| 3354 | private: | |||
| 3355 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3356 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3357 | ||||
| 3358 | ExprWithCleanups(EmptyShell, unsigned NumObjects); | |||
| 3359 | ExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr, bool CleanupsHaveSideEffects, | |||
| 3360 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> Objects); | |||
| 3361 | ||||
| 3362 | public: | |||
| 3363 | static ExprWithCleanups *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell empty, | |||
| 3364 | unsigned numObjects); | |||
| 3365 | ||||
| 3366 | static ExprWithCleanups *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *subexpr, | |||
| 3367 | bool CleanupsHaveSideEffects, | |||
| 3368 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> objects); | |||
| 3369 | ||||
| 3370 | ArrayRef<CleanupObject> getObjects() const { | |||
| 3371 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<CleanupObject>(), | |||
| 3372 | getNumObjects()); | |||
| 3373 | } | |||
| 3374 | ||||
| 3375 | unsigned getNumObjects() const { return ExprWithCleanupsBits.NumObjects; } | |||
| 3376 | ||||
| 3377 | CleanupObject getObject(unsigned i) const { | |||
| 3378 | assert(i < getNumObjects() && "Index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumObjects() && "Index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumObjects() && \"Index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3378, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3379 | return getObjects()[i]; | |||
| 3380 | } | |||
| 3381 | ||||
| 3382 | bool cleanupsHaveSideEffects() const { | |||
| 3383 | return ExprWithCleanupsBits.CleanupsHaveSideEffects; | |||
| 3384 | } | |||
| 3385 | ||||
| 3386 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3387 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3388 | } | |||
| 3389 | ||||
| 3390 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3391 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 3392 | } | |||
| 3393 | ||||
| 3394 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. | |||
| 3395 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3396 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExprWithCleanupsClass; | |||
| 3397 | } | |||
| 3398 | ||||
| 3399 | // Iterators | |||
| 3400 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); } | |||
| 3401 | ||||
| 3402 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3403 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | |||
| 3404 | } | |||
| 3405 | }; | |||
| 3406 | ||||
| 3407 | /// Describes an explicit type conversion that uses functional | |||
| 3408 | /// notion but could not be resolved because one or more arguments are | |||
| 3409 | /// type-dependent. | |||
| 3410 | /// | |||
| 3411 | /// The explicit type conversions expressed by | |||
| 3412 | /// CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr have the form <tt>T(a1, a2, ..., aN)</tt>, | |||
| 3413 | /// where \c T is some type and \c a1, \c a2, ..., \c aN are values, and | |||
| 3414 | /// either \c T is a dependent type or one or more of the <tt>a</tt>'s is | |||
| 3415 | /// type-dependent. For example, this would occur in a template such | |||
| 3416 | /// as: | |||
| 3417 | /// | |||
| 3418 | /// \code | |||
| 3419 | /// template<typename T, typename A1> | |||
| 3420 | /// inline T make_a(const A1& a1) { | |||
| 3421 | /// return T(a1); | |||
| 3422 | /// } | |||
| 3423 | /// \endcode | |||
| 3424 | /// | |||
| 3425 | /// When the returned expression is instantiated, it may resolve to a | |||
| 3426 | /// constructor call, conversion function call, or some kind of type | |||
| 3427 | /// conversion. | |||
| 3428 | class CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr final | |||
| 3429 | : public Expr, | |||
| 3430 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr, Expr *> { | |||
| 3431 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3432 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3433 | ||||
| 3434 | /// The type being constructed. | |||
| 3435 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI; | |||
| 3436 | ||||
| 3437 | /// The location of the left parentheses ('('). | |||
| 3438 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
| 3439 | ||||
| 3440 | /// The location of the right parentheses (')'). | |||
| 3441 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 3442 | ||||
| 3443 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, | |||
| 3444 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 3445 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | |||
| 3446 | ||||
| 3447 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumArgs) | |||
| 3448 | : Expr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass, Empty), TSI(nullptr) { | |||
| 3449 | CXXUnresolvedConstructExprBits.NumArgs = NumArgs; | |||
| 3450 | } | |||
| 3451 | ||||
| 3452 | public: | |||
| 3453 | static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 3454 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, | |||
| 3455 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
| 3456 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
| 3457 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | |||
| 3458 | ||||
| 3459 | static CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 3460 | unsigned NumArgs); | |||
| 3461 | ||||
| 3462 | /// Retrieve the type that is being constructed, as specified | |||
| 3463 | /// in the source code. | |||
| 3464 | QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TSI->getType(); } | |||
| 3465 | ||||
| 3466 | /// Retrieve the type source information for the type being | |||
| 3467 | /// constructed. | |||
| 3468 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } | |||
| 3469 | ||||
| 3470 | /// Retrieve the location of the left parentheses ('(') that | |||
| 3471 | /// precedes the argument list. | |||
| 3472 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
| 3473 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | |||
| 3474 | ||||
| 3475 | /// Retrieve the location of the right parentheses (')') that | |||
| 3476 | /// follows the argument list. | |||
| 3477 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 3478 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | |||
| 3479 | ||||
| 3480 | /// Determine whether this expression models list-initialization. | |||
| 3481 | /// If so, there will be exactly one subexpression, which will be | |||
| 3482 | /// an InitListExpr. | |||
| 3483 | bool isListInitialization() const { return LParenLoc.isInvalid(); } | |||
| 3484 | ||||
| 3485 | /// Retrieve the number of arguments. | |||
| 3486 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return CXXUnresolvedConstructExprBits.NumArgs; } | |||
| 3487 | ||||
| 3488 | using arg_iterator = Expr **; | |||
| 3489 | using arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator>; | |||
| 3490 | ||||
| 3491 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } | |||
| 3492 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
| 3493 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } | |||
| 3494 | ||||
| 3495 | using const_arg_iterator = const Expr* const *; | |||
| 3496 | using const_arg_range = llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator>; | |||
| 3497 | ||||
| 3498 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } | |||
| 3499 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | |||
| 3500 | const_arg_range arguments() const { | |||
| 3501 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); | |||
| 3502 | } | |||
| 3503 | ||||
| 3504 | Expr *getArg(unsigned I) { | |||
| 3505 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3505, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3506 | return arg_begin()[I]; | |||
| 3507 | } | |||
| 3508 | ||||
| 3509 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned I) const { | |||
| 3510 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3510, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3511 | return arg_begin()[I]; | |||
| 3512 | } | |||
| 3513 | ||||
| 3514 | void setArg(unsigned I, Expr *E) { | |||
| 3515 | assert(I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumArgs() && "Argument index out-of-range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumArgs() && \"Argument index out-of-range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3515, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3516 | arg_begin()[I] = E; | |||
| 3517 | } | |||
| 3518 | ||||
| 3519 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | |||
| 3520 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3521 | if (!RParenLoc.isValid() && getNumArgs() > 0) | |||
| 3522 | return getArg(getNumArgs() - 1)->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 3523 | return RParenLoc; | |||
| 3524 | } | |||
| 3525 | ||||
| 3526 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3527 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass; | |||
| 3528 | } | |||
| 3529 | ||||
| 3530 | // Iterators | |||
| 3531 | child_range children() { | |||
| 3532 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(arg_begin()); | |||
| 3533 | return child_range(begin, begin + getNumArgs()); | |||
| 3534 | } | |||
| 3535 | ||||
| 3536 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3537 | auto **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>( | |||
| 3538 | const_cast<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *>(this)->arg_begin()); | |||
| 3539 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + getNumArgs()); | |||
| 3540 | } | |||
| 3541 | }; | |||
| 3542 | ||||
| 3543 | /// Represents a C++ member access expression where the actual | |||
| 3544 | /// member referenced could not be resolved because the base | |||
| 3545 | /// expression or the member name was dependent. | |||
| 3546 | /// | |||
| 3547 | /// Like UnresolvedMemberExprs, these can be either implicit or | |||
| 3548 | /// explicit accesses. It is only possible to get one of these with | |||
| 3549 | /// an implicit access if a qualifier is provided. | |||
| 3550 | class CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr final | |||
| 3551 | : public Expr, | |||
| 3552 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr, | |||
| 3553 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3554 | TemplateArgumentLoc, NamedDecl *> { | |||
| 3555 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3556 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 3557 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3558 | ||||
| 3559 | /// The expression for the base pointer or class reference, | |||
| 3560 | /// e.g., the \c x in x.f. Can be null in implicit accesses. | |||
| 3561 | Stmt *Base; | |||
| 3562 | ||||
| 3563 | /// The type of the base expression. Never null, even for | |||
| 3564 | /// implicit accesses. | |||
| 3565 | QualType BaseType; | |||
| 3566 | ||||
| 3567 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, if any. | |||
| 3568 | /// FIXME: This could be in principle store as a trailing object. | |||
| 3569 | /// However the performance impact of doing so should be investigated first. | |||
| 3570 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | |||
| 3571 | ||||
| 3572 | /// The member to which this member expression refers, which | |||
| 3573 | /// can be name, overloaded operator, or destructor. | |||
| 3574 | /// | |||
| 3575 | /// FIXME: could also be a template-id | |||
| 3576 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo; | |||
| 3577 | ||||
| 3578 | // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr is followed by several trailing objects, | |||
| 3579 | // some of which optional. They are in order: | |||
| 3580 | // | |||
| 3581 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
| 3582 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
| 3583 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
| 3584 | // | |||
| 3585 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing location | |||
| 3586 | // information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
| 3587 | // | |||
| 3588 | // * An optional NamedDecl *. In a qualified member access expression such | |||
| 3589 | // as t->Base::f, this member stores the resolves of name lookup in the | |||
| 3590 | // context of the member access expression, to be used at instantiation | |||
| 3591 | // time. Present if and only if hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope(). | |||
| 3592 | ||||
| 3593 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | |||
| 3594 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | |||
| 3595 | } | |||
| 3596 | ||||
| 3597 | bool hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope() const { | |||
| 3598 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope; | |||
| 3599 | } | |||
| 3600 | ||||
| 3601 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
| 3602 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 3603 | } | |||
| 3604 | ||||
| 3605 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TemplateArgumentLoc>) const { | |||
| 3606 | return getNumTemplateArgs(); | |||
| 3607 | } | |||
| 3608 | ||||
| 3609 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const { | |||
| 3610 | return hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope(); | |||
| 3611 | } | |||
| 3612 | ||||
| 3613 | CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Base, | |||
| 3614 | QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
| 3615 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
| 3616 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3617 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3618 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope, | |||
| 3619 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, | |||
| 3620 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
| 3621 | ||||
| 3622 | CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3623 | bool HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope); | |||
| 3624 | ||||
| 3625 | public: | |||
| 3626 | static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr * | |||
| 3627 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
| 3628 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3629 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, NamedDecl *FirstQualifierFoundInScope, | |||
| 3630 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, | |||
| 3631 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); | |||
| 3632 | ||||
| 3633 | static CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr * | |||
| 3634 | CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3635 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs, bool HasFirstQualifierFoundInScope); | |||
| 3636 | ||||
| 3637 | /// True if this is an implicit access, i.e. one in which the | |||
| 3638 | /// member being accessed was not written in the source. The source | |||
| 3639 | /// location of the operator is invalid in this case. | |||
| 3640 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { | |||
| 3641 | if (!Base) | |||
| 3642 | return true; | |||
| 3643 | return cast<Expr>(Base)->isImplicitCXXThis(); | |||
| 3644 | } | |||
| 3645 | ||||
| 3646 | /// Retrieve the base object of this member expressions, | |||
| 3647 | /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m. | |||
| 3648 | Expr *getBase() const { | |||
| 3649 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3649, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3650 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
| 3651 | } | |||
| 3652 | ||||
| 3653 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | |||
| 3654 | ||||
| 3655 | /// Determine whether this member expression used the '->' | |||
| 3656 | /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator. | |||
| 3657 | bool isArrow() const { return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.IsArrow; } | |||
| 3658 | ||||
| 3659 | /// Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
| 3660 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { | |||
| 3661 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; | |||
| 3662 | } | |||
| 3663 | ||||
| 3664 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member name. | |||
| 3665 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | |||
| 3666 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); | |||
| 3667 | } | |||
| 3668 | ||||
| 3669 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the member | |||
| 3670 | /// name, with source location information. | |||
| 3671 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } | |||
| 3672 | ||||
| 3673 | /// Retrieve the first part of the nested-name-specifier that was | |||
| 3674 | /// found in the scope of the member access expression when the member access | |||
| 3675 | /// was initially parsed. | |||
| 3676 | /// | |||
| 3677 | /// This function only returns a useful result when member access expression | |||
| 3678 | /// uses a qualified member name, e.g., "x.Base::f". Here, the declaration | |||
| 3679 | /// returned by this function describes what was found by unqualified name | |||
| 3680 | /// lookup for the identifier "Base" within the scope of the member access | |||
| 3681 | /// expression itself. At template instantiation time, this information is | |||
| 3682 | /// combined with the results of name lookup into the type of the object | |||
| 3683 | /// expression itself (the class type of x). | |||
| 3684 | NamedDecl *getFirstQualifierFoundInScope() const { | |||
| 3685 | if (!hasFirstQualifierFoundInScope()) | |||
| 3686 | return nullptr; | |||
| 3687 | return *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>(); | |||
| 3688 | } | |||
| 3689 | ||||
| 3690 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
| 3691 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const { | |||
| 3692 | return MemberNameInfo; | |||
| 3693 | } | |||
| 3694 | ||||
| 3695 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
| 3696 | DeclarationName getMember() const { return MemberNameInfo.getName(); } | |||
| 3697 | ||||
| 3698 | // Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this | |||
| 3699 | // expression refers to. | |||
| 3700 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberNameInfo.getLoc(); } | |||
| 3701 | ||||
| 3702 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding the | |||
| 3703 | /// member name, if any. | |||
| 3704 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | |||
| 3705 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3706 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3707 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | |||
| 3708 | } | |||
| 3709 | ||||
| 3710 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | |||
| 3711 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | |||
| 3712 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3713 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3714 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3715 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | |||
| 3716 | } | |||
| 3717 | ||||
| 3718 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | |||
| 3719 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | |||
| 3720 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | |||
| 3721 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3722 | return SourceLocation(); | |||
| 3723 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | |||
| 3724 | } | |||
| 3725 | ||||
| 3726 | /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword. | |||
| 3727 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3728 | ||||
| 3729 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had a C++ | |||
| 3730 | /// template argument list explicitly specified, e.g., x.f<int>. | |||
| 3731 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | |||
| 3732 | ||||
| 3733 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | |||
| 3734 | /// structure. | |||
| 3735 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | |||
| 3736 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3737 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | |||
| 3738 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | |||
| 3739 | } | |||
| 3740 | ||||
| 3741 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this | |||
| 3742 | /// template-id. | |||
| 3743 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3744 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3745 | return nullptr; | |||
| 3746 | ||||
| 3747 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
| 3748 | } | |||
| 3749 | ||||
| 3750 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this | |||
| 3751 | /// template-id. | |||
| 3752 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | |||
| 3753 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3754 | return 0; | |||
| 3755 | ||||
| 3756 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | |||
| 3757 | } | |||
| 3758 | ||||
| 3759 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | |||
| 3760 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | |||
| 3761 | } | |||
| 3762 | ||||
| 3763 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3764 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3765 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3766 | if (getQualifier()) | |||
| 3767 | return getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3768 | return MemberNameInfo.getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3769 | } | |||
| 3770 | ||||
| 3771 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3772 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3773 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
| 3774 | return MemberNameInfo.getEndLoc(); | |||
| 3775 | } | |||
| 3776 | ||||
| 3777 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3778 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass; | |||
| 3779 | } | |||
| 3780 | ||||
| 3781 | // Iterators | |||
| 3782 | child_range children() { | |||
| 3783 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3784 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 3785 | return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
| 3786 | } | |||
| 3787 | ||||
| 3788 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3789 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3790 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 3791 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
| 3792 | } | |||
| 3793 | }; | |||
| 3794 | ||||
| 3795 | /// Represents a C++ member access expression for which lookup | |||
| 3796 | /// produced a set of overloaded functions. | |||
| 3797 | /// | |||
| 3798 | /// The member access may be explicit or implicit: | |||
| 3799 | /// \code | |||
| 3800 | /// struct A { | |||
| 3801 | /// int a, b; | |||
| 3802 | /// int explicitAccess() { return this->a + this->A::b; } | |||
| 3803 | /// int implicitAccess() { return a + A::b; } | |||
| 3804 | /// }; | |||
| 3805 | /// \endcode | |||
| 3806 | /// | |||
| 3807 | /// In the final AST, an explicit access always becomes a MemberExpr. | |||
| 3808 | /// An implicit access may become either a MemberExpr or a | |||
| 3809 | /// DeclRefExpr, depending on whether the member is static. | |||
| 3810 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr final | |||
| 3811 | : public OverloadExpr, | |||
| 3812 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnresolvedMemberExpr, DeclAccessPair, | |||
| 3813 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3814 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | |||
| 3815 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3816 | friend class OverloadExpr; | |||
| 3817 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 3818 | ||||
| 3819 | /// The expression for the base pointer or class reference, | |||
| 3820 | /// e.g., the \c x in x.f. | |||
| 3821 | /// | |||
| 3822 | /// This can be null if this is an 'unbased' member expression. | |||
| 3823 | Stmt *Base; | |||
| 3824 | ||||
| 3825 | /// The type of the base expression; never null. | |||
| 3826 | QualType BaseType; | |||
| 3827 | ||||
| 3828 | /// The location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
| 3829 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
| 3830 | ||||
| 3831 | // UnresolvedMemberExpr is followed by several trailing objects. | |||
| 3832 | // They are in order: | |||
| 3833 | // | |||
| 3834 | // * An array of getNumResults() DeclAccessPair for the results. These are | |||
| 3835 | // undesugared, which is to say, they may include UsingShadowDecls. | |||
| 3836 | // Access is relative to the naming class. | |||
| 3837 | // | |||
| 3838 | // * An optional ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo for the explicitly specified | |||
| 3839 | // template keyword and arguments. Present if and only if | |||
| 3840 | // hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(). | |||
| 3841 | // | |||
| 3842 | // * An array of getNumTemplateArgs() TemplateArgumentLoc containing | |||
| 3843 | // location information for the explicitly specified template arguments. | |||
| 3844 | ||||
| 3845 | UnresolvedMemberExpr(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasUnresolvedUsing, | |||
| 3846 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, | |||
| 3847 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
| 3848 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | |||
| 3849 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3850 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, | |||
| 3851 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
| 3852 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
| 3853 | ||||
| 3854 | UnresolvedMemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumResults, | |||
| 3855 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo); | |||
| 3856 | ||||
| 3857 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const { | |||
| 3858 | return getNumDecls(); | |||
| 3859 | } | |||
| 3860 | ||||
| 3861 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | |||
| 3862 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | |||
| 3863 | } | |||
| 3864 | ||||
| 3865 | public: | |||
| 3866 | static UnresolvedMemberExpr * | |||
| 3867 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasUnresolvedUsing, Expr *Base, | |||
| 3868 | QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
| 3869 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | |||
| 3870 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, | |||
| 3871 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | |||
| 3872 | UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End); | |||
| 3873 | ||||
| 3874 | static UnresolvedMemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 3875 | unsigned NumResults, | |||
| 3876 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | |||
| 3877 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | |||
| 3878 | ||||
| 3879 | /// True if this is an implicit access, i.e., one in which the | |||
| 3880 | /// member being accessed was not written in the source. | |||
| 3881 | /// | |||
| 3882 | /// The source location of the operator is invalid in this case. | |||
| 3883 | bool isImplicitAccess() const; | |||
| 3884 | ||||
| 3885 | /// Retrieve the base object of this member expressions, | |||
| 3886 | /// e.g., the \c x in \c x.m. | |||
| 3887 | Expr *getBase() { | |||
| 3888 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3888, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3889 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
| 3890 | } | |||
| 3891 | const Expr *getBase() const { | |||
| 3892 | assert(!isImplicitAccess())(static_cast <bool> (!isImplicitAccess()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isImplicitAccess()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 3892, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 3893 | return cast<Expr>(Base); | |||
| 3894 | } | |||
| 3895 | ||||
| 3896 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | |||
| 3897 | ||||
| 3898 | /// Determine whether the lookup results contain an unresolved using | |||
| 3899 | /// declaration. | |||
| 3900 | bool hasUnresolvedUsing() const { | |||
| 3901 | return UnresolvedMemberExprBits.HasUnresolvedUsing; | |||
| 3902 | } | |||
| 3903 | ||||
| 3904 | /// Determine whether this member expression used the '->' | |||
| 3905 | /// operator; otherwise, it used the '.' operator. | |||
| 3906 | bool isArrow() const { return UnresolvedMemberExprBits.IsArrow; } | |||
| 3907 | ||||
| 3908 | /// Retrieve the location of the '->' or '.' operator. | |||
| 3909 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
| 3910 | ||||
| 3911 | /// Retrieve the naming class of this lookup. | |||
| 3912 | CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass(); | |||
| 3913 | const CXXRecordDecl *getNamingClass() const { | |||
| 3914 | return const_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr *>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
| 3915 | } | |||
| 3916 | ||||
| 3917 | /// Retrieve the full name info for the member that this expression | |||
| 3918 | /// refers to. | |||
| 3919 | const DeclarationNameInfo &getMemberNameInfo() const { return getNameInfo(); } | |||
| 3920 | ||||
| 3921 | /// Retrieve the name of the member that this expression refers to. | |||
| 3922 | DeclarationName getMemberName() const { return getName(); } | |||
| 3923 | ||||
| 3924 | /// Retrieve the location of the name of the member that this | |||
| 3925 | /// expression refers to. | |||
| 3926 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
| 3927 | ||||
| 3928 | /// Return the preferred location (the member name) for the arrow when | |||
| 3929 | /// diagnosing a problem with this expression. | |||
| 3930 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return getMemberLoc(); } | |||
| 3931 | ||||
| 3932 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3933 | if (!isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3934 | return Base->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3935 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc l = getQualifierLoc()) | |||
| 3936 | return l.getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3937 | return getMemberNameInfo().getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 3938 | } | |||
| 3939 | ||||
| 3940 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 3941 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
| 3942 | return getRAngleLoc(); | |||
| 3943 | return getMemberNameInfo().getEndLoc(); | |||
| 3944 | } | |||
| 3945 | ||||
| 3946 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 3947 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnresolvedMemberExprClass; | |||
| 3948 | } | |||
| 3949 | ||||
| 3950 | // Iterators | |||
| 3951 | child_range children() { | |||
| 3952 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3953 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 3954 | return child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
| 3955 | } | |||
| 3956 | ||||
| 3957 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 3958 | if (isImplicitAccess()) | |||
| 3959 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 3960 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | |||
| 3961 | } | |||
| 3962 | }; | |||
| 3963 | ||||
| 3964 | DeclAccessPair *OverloadExpr::getTrailingResults() { | |||
| 3965 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
| 3966 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(); | |||
| 3967 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this)->getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>(); | |||
| 3968 | } | |||
| 3969 | ||||
| 3970 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo *OverloadExpr::getTrailingASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() { | |||
| 3971 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | |||
| 3972 | return nullptr; | |||
| 3973 | ||||
| 3974 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
| 3975 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>(); | |||
| 3976 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this) | |||
| 3977 | ->getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>(); | |||
| 3978 | } | |||
| 3979 | ||||
| 3980 | TemplateArgumentLoc *OverloadExpr::getTrailingTemplateArgumentLoc() { | |||
| 3981 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
| 3982 | return ULE->getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
| 3983 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this) | |||
| 3984 | ->getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | |||
| 3985 | } | |||
| 3986 | ||||
| 3987 | CXXRecordDecl *OverloadExpr::getNamingClass() { | |||
| 3988 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(this)) | |||
| 3989 | return ULE->getNamingClass(); | |||
| 3990 | return cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(this)->getNamingClass(); | |||
| 3991 | } | |||
| 3992 | ||||
| 3993 | /// Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]). | |||
| 3994 | /// | |||
| 3995 | /// The noexcept expression tests whether a given expression might throw. Its | |||
| 3996 | /// result is a boolean constant. | |||
| 3997 | class CXXNoexceptExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 3998 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 3999 | ||||
| 4000 | Stmt *Operand; | |||
| 4001 | SourceRange Range; | |||
| 4002 | ||||
| 4003 | public: | |||
| 4004 | CXXNoexceptExpr(QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, CanThrowResult Val, | |||
| 4005 | SourceLocation Keyword, SourceLocation RParen) | |||
| 4006 | : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 4007 | Operand(Operand), Range(Keyword, RParen) { | |||
| 4008 | CXXNoexceptExprBits.Value = Val == CT_Cannot; | |||
| 4009 | setDependence(computeDependence(this, Val)); | |||
| 4010 | } | |||
| 4011 | ||||
| 4012 | CXXNoexceptExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXNoexceptExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4013 | ||||
| 4014 | Expr *getOperand() const { return static_cast<Expr *>(Operand); } | |||
| 4015 | ||||
| 4016 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); } | |||
| 4017 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); } | |||
| 4018 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return Range; } | |||
| 4019 | ||||
| 4020 | bool getValue() const { return CXXNoexceptExprBits.Value; } | |||
| 4021 | ||||
| 4022 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4023 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXNoexceptExprClass; | |||
| 4024 | } | |||
| 4025 | ||||
| 4026 | // Iterators | |||
| 4027 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Operand, &Operand + 1); } | |||
| 4028 | ||||
| 4029 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4030 | return const_child_range(&Operand, &Operand + 1); | |||
| 4031 | } | |||
| 4032 | }; | |||
| 4033 | ||||
| 4034 | /// Represents a C++11 pack expansion that produces a sequence of | |||
| 4035 | /// expressions. | |||
| 4036 | /// | |||
| 4037 | /// A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an | |||
| 4038 | /// expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example: | |||
| 4039 | /// | |||
| 4040 | /// \code | |||
| 4041 | /// template<typename F, typename ...Types> | |||
| 4042 | /// void forward(F f, Types &&...args) { | |||
| 4043 | /// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...); | |||
| 4044 | /// } | |||
| 4045 | /// \endcode | |||
| 4046 | /// | |||
| 4047 | /// Here, the argument to the function object \c f is a pack expansion whose | |||
| 4048 | /// pattern is \c static_cast<Types&&>(args). When the \c forward function | |||
| 4049 | /// template is instantiated, the pack expansion will instantiate to zero or | |||
| 4050 | /// or more function arguments to the function object \c f. | |||
| 4051 | class PackExpansionExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4052 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4053 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 4054 | ||||
| 4055 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | |||
| 4056 | ||||
| 4057 | /// The number of expansions that will be produced by this pack | |||
| 4058 | /// expansion expression, if known. | |||
| 4059 | /// | |||
| 4060 | /// When zero, the number of expansions is not known. Otherwise, this value | |||
| 4061 | /// is the number of expansions + 1. | |||
| 4062 | unsigned NumExpansions; | |||
| 4063 | ||||
| 4064 | Stmt *Pattern; | |||
| 4065 | ||||
| 4066 | public: | |||
| 4067 | PackExpansionExpr(QualType T, Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, | |||
| 4068 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | |||
| 4069 | : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, T, Pattern->getValueKind(), | |||
| 4070 | Pattern->getObjectKind()), | |||
| 4071 | EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), | |||
| 4072 | NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0), | |||
| 4073 | Pattern(Pattern) { | |||
| 4074 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4075 | } | |||
| 4076 | ||||
| 4077 | PackExpansionExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(PackExpansionExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4078 | ||||
| 4079 | /// Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion. | |||
| 4080 | Expr *getPattern() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); } | |||
| 4081 | ||||
| 4082 | /// Retrieve the pattern of the pack expansion. | |||
| 4083 | const Expr *getPattern() const { return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(Pattern); } | |||
| 4084 | ||||
| 4085 | /// Retrieve the location of the ellipsis that describes this pack | |||
| 4086 | /// expansion. | |||
| 4087 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
| 4088 | ||||
| 4089 | /// Determine the number of expansions that will be produced when | |||
| 4090 | /// this pack expansion is instantiated, if already known. | |||
| 4091 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | |||
| 4092 | if (NumExpansions) | |||
| 4093 | return NumExpansions - 1; | |||
| 4094 | ||||
| 4095 | return None; | |||
| 4096 | } | |||
| 4097 | ||||
| 4098 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4099 | return Pattern->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 4100 | } | |||
| 4101 | ||||
| 4102 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
| 4103 | ||||
| 4104 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4105 | return T->getStmtClass() == PackExpansionExprClass; | |||
| 4106 | } | |||
| 4107 | ||||
| 4108 | // Iterators | |||
| 4109 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4110 | return child_range(&Pattern, &Pattern + 1); | |||
| 4111 | } | |||
| 4112 | ||||
| 4113 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4114 | return const_child_range(&Pattern, &Pattern + 1); | |||
| 4115 | } | |||
| 4116 | }; | |||
| 4117 | ||||
| 4118 | /// Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter | |||
| 4119 | /// pack. | |||
| 4120 | /// | |||
| 4121 | /// \code | |||
| 4122 | /// template<typename ...Types> | |||
| 4123 | /// struct count { | |||
| 4124 | /// static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types); | |||
| 4125 | /// }; | |||
| 4126 | /// \endcode | |||
| 4127 | class SizeOfPackExpr final | |||
| 4128 | : public Expr, | |||
| 4129 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<SizeOfPackExpr, TemplateArgument> { | |||
| 4130 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4131 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 4132 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 4133 | ||||
| 4134 | /// The location of the \c sizeof keyword. | |||
| 4135 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc; | |||
| 4136 | ||||
| 4137 | /// The location of the name of the parameter pack. | |||
| 4138 | SourceLocation PackLoc; | |||
| 4139 | ||||
| 4140 | /// The location of the closing parenthesis. | |||
| 4141 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 4142 | ||||
| 4143 | /// The length of the parameter pack, if known. | |||
| 4144 | /// | |||
| 4145 | /// When this expression is not value-dependent, this is the length of | |||
| 4146 | /// the pack. When the expression was parsed rather than instantiated | |||
| 4147 | /// (and thus is value-dependent), this is zero. | |||
| 4148 | /// | |||
| 4149 | /// After partial substitution into a sizeof...(X) expression (for instance, | |||
| 4150 | /// within an alias template or during function template argument deduction), | |||
| 4151 | /// we store a trailing array of partially-substituted TemplateArguments, | |||
| 4152 | /// and this is the length of that array. | |||
| 4153 | unsigned Length; | |||
| 4154 | ||||
| 4155 | /// The parameter pack. | |||
| 4156 | NamedDecl *Pack = nullptr; | |||
| 4157 | ||||
| 4158 | /// Create an expression that computes the length of | |||
| 4159 | /// the given parameter pack. | |||
| 4160 | SizeOfPackExpr(QualType SizeType, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, NamedDecl *Pack, | |||
| 4161 | SourceLocation PackLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 4162 | Optional<unsigned> Length, | |||
| 4163 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> PartialArgs) | |||
| 4164 | : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, SizeType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 4165 | OperatorLoc(OperatorLoc), PackLoc(PackLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), | |||
| 4166 | Length(Length ? *Length : PartialArgs.size()), Pack(Pack) { | |||
| 4167 | assert((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && \"have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 4168 | "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression")(static_cast <bool> ((!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && "have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Length || PartialArgs.empty()) && \"have partial args for non-dependent sizeof... expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4169 | auto *Args = getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgument>(); | |||
| 4170 | std::uninitialized_copy(PartialArgs.begin(), PartialArgs.end(), Args); | |||
| 4171 | setDependence(Length ? ExprDependence::None | |||
| 4172 | : ExprDependence::ValueInstantiation); | |||
| 4173 | } | |||
| 4174 | ||||
| 4175 | /// Create an empty expression. | |||
| 4176 | SizeOfPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumPartialArgs) | |||
| 4177 | : Expr(SizeOfPackExprClass, Empty), Length(NumPartialArgs) {} | |||
| 4178 | ||||
| 4179 | public: | |||
| 4180 | static SizeOfPackExpr *Create(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | |||
| 4181 | NamedDecl *Pack, SourceLocation PackLoc, | |||
| 4182 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 4183 | Optional<unsigned> Length = None, | |||
| 4184 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> PartialArgs = None); | |||
| 4185 | static SizeOfPackExpr *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 4186 | unsigned NumPartialArgs); | |||
| 4187 | ||||
| 4188 | /// Determine the location of the 'sizeof' keyword. | |||
| 4189 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
| 4190 | ||||
| 4191 | /// Determine the location of the parameter pack. | |||
| 4192 | SourceLocation getPackLoc() const { return PackLoc; } | |||
| 4193 | ||||
| 4194 | /// Determine the location of the right parenthesis. | |||
| 4195 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 4196 | ||||
| 4197 | /// Retrieve the parameter pack. | |||
| 4198 | NamedDecl *getPack() const { return Pack; } | |||
| 4199 | ||||
| 4200 | /// Retrieve the length of the parameter pack. | |||
| 4201 | /// | |||
| 4202 | /// This routine may only be invoked when the expression is not | |||
| 4203 | /// value-dependent. | |||
| 4204 | unsigned getPackLength() const { | |||
| 4205 | assert(!isValueDependent() &&(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent() && "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent() && \"Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4206, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 4206 | "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression")(static_cast <bool> (!isValueDependent() && "Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isValueDependent() && \"Cannot get the length of a value-dependent pack size expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4206, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4207 | return Length; | |||
| 4208 | } | |||
| 4209 | ||||
| 4210 | /// Determine whether this represents a partially-substituted sizeof... | |||
| 4211 | /// expression, such as is produced for: | |||
| 4212 | /// | |||
| 4213 | /// template<typename ...Ts> using X = int[sizeof...(Ts)]; | |||
| 4214 | /// template<typename ...Us> void f(X<Us..., 1, 2, 3, Us...>); | |||
| 4215 | bool isPartiallySubstituted() const { | |||
| 4216 | return isValueDependent() && Length; | |||
| 4217 | } | |||
| 4218 | ||||
| 4219 | /// Get | |||
| 4220 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getPartialArguments() const { | |||
| 4221 | assert(isPartiallySubstituted())(static_cast <bool> (isPartiallySubstituted()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isPartiallySubstituted()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4221, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4222 | const auto *Args = getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgument>(); | |||
| 4223 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, Args + Length); | |||
| 4224 | } | |||
| 4225 | ||||
| 4226 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return OperatorLoc; } | |||
| 4227 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 4228 | ||||
| 4229 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4230 | return T->getStmtClass() == SizeOfPackExprClass; | |||
| 4231 | } | |||
| 4232 | ||||
| 4233 | // Iterators | |||
| 4234 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4235 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 4236 | } | |||
| 4237 | ||||
| 4238 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4239 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 4240 | } | |||
| 4241 | }; | |||
| 4242 | ||||
| 4243 | /// Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter | |||
| 4244 | /// that has been substituted with a template argument. | |||
| 4245 | class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4246 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
| 4247 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4248 | ||||
| 4249 | /// The replaced parameter and a flag indicating if it was a reference | |||
| 4250 | /// parameter. For class NTTPs, we can't determine that based on the value | |||
| 4251 | /// category alone. | |||
| 4252 | llvm::PointerIntPair<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*, 1, bool> ParamAndRef; | |||
| 4253 | ||||
| 4254 | /// The replacement expression. | |||
| 4255 | Stmt *Replacement; | |||
| 4256 | ||||
| 4257 | explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4258 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4259 | ||||
| 4260 | public: | |||
| 4261 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(QualType Ty, ExprValueKind ValueKind, | |||
| 4262 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
| 4263 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, bool RefParam, | |||
| 4264 | Expr *Replacement) | |||
| 4265 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass, Ty, ValueKind, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 4266 | ParamAndRef(Param, RefParam), Replacement(Replacement) { | |||
| 4267 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprBits.NameLoc = Loc; | |||
| 4268 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4269 | } | |||
| 4270 | ||||
| 4271 | SourceLocation getNameLoc() const { | |||
| 4272 | return SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprBits.NameLoc; | |||
| 4273 | } | |||
| 4274 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
| 4275 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getNameLoc(); } | |||
| 4276 | ||||
| 4277 | Expr *getReplacement() const { return cast<Expr>(Replacement); } | |||
| 4278 | ||||
| 4279 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameter() const { | |||
| 4280 | return ParamAndRef.getPointer(); | |||
| 4281 | } | |||
| 4282 | ||||
| 4283 | bool isReferenceParameter() const { return ParamAndRef.getInt(); } | |||
| 4284 | ||||
| 4285 | /// Determine the substituted type of the template parameter. | |||
| 4286 | QualType getParameterType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | |||
| 4287 | ||||
| 4288 | static bool classof(const Stmt *s) { | |||
| 4289 | return s->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass; | |||
| 4290 | } | |||
| 4291 | ||||
| 4292 | // Iterators | |||
| 4293 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Replacement, &Replacement + 1); } | |||
| 4294 | ||||
| 4295 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4296 | return const_child_range(&Replacement, &Replacement + 1); | |||
| 4297 | } | |||
| 4298 | }; | |||
| 4299 | ||||
| 4300 | /// Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter pack that | |||
| 4301 | /// has been substituted with a non-template argument pack. | |||
| 4302 | /// | |||
| 4303 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs | |||
| 4304 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template | |||
| 4305 | /// parameter lists, this node is used to represent a non-type template | |||
| 4306 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack | |||
| 4307 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself | |||
| 4308 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into | |||
| 4309 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding | |||
| 4310 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the appropriate underlying | |||
| 4311 | /// expression at the current pack substitution index. | |||
| 4312 | class SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4313 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
| 4314 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4315 | ||||
| 4316 | /// The non-type template parameter pack itself. | |||
| 4317 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; | |||
| 4318 | ||||
| 4319 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this | |||
| 4320 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. | |||
| 4321 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; | |||
| 4322 | ||||
| 4323 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments. | |||
| 4324 | unsigned NumArguments; | |||
| 4325 | ||||
| 4326 | /// The location of the non-type template parameter pack reference. | |||
| 4327 | SourceLocation NameLoc; | |||
| 4328 | ||||
| 4329 | explicit SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4330 | : Expr(SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4331 | ||||
| 4332 | public: | |||
| 4333 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr(QualType T, | |||
| 4334 | ExprValueKind ValueKind, | |||
| 4335 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, | |||
| 4336 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
| 4337 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | |||
| 4338 | ||||
| 4339 | /// Retrieve the non-type template parameter pack being substituted. | |||
| 4340 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *getParameterPack() const { return Param; } | |||
| 4341 | ||||
| 4342 | /// Retrieve the location of the parameter pack name. | |||
| 4343 | SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4344 | ||||
| 4345 | /// Retrieve the template argument pack containing the substituted | |||
| 4346 | /// template arguments. | |||
| 4347 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; | |||
| 4348 | ||||
| 4349 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4350 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4351 | ||||
| 4352 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4353 | return T->getStmtClass() == SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass; | |||
| 4354 | } | |||
| 4355 | ||||
| 4356 | // Iterators | |||
| 4357 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4358 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 4359 | } | |||
| 4360 | ||||
| 4361 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4362 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 4363 | } | |||
| 4364 | }; | |||
| 4365 | ||||
| 4366 | /// Represents a reference to a function parameter pack or init-capture pack | |||
| 4367 | /// that has been substituted but not yet expanded. | |||
| 4368 | /// | |||
| 4369 | /// When a pack expansion contains multiple parameter packs at different levels, | |||
| 4370 | /// this node is used to represent a function parameter pack at an outer level | |||
| 4371 | /// which we have already substituted to refer to expanded parameters, but where | |||
| 4372 | /// the containing pack expansion cannot yet be expanded. | |||
| 4373 | /// | |||
| 4374 | /// \code | |||
| 4375 | /// template<typename...Ts> struct S { | |||
| 4376 | /// template<typename...Us> auto f(Ts ...ts) -> decltype(g(Us(ts)...)); | |||
| 4377 | /// }; | |||
| 4378 | /// template struct S<int, int>; | |||
| 4379 | /// \endcode | |||
| 4380 | class FunctionParmPackExpr final | |||
| 4381 | : public Expr, | |||
| 4382 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<FunctionParmPackExpr, VarDecl *> { | |||
| 4383 | friend class ASTReader; | |||
| 4384 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4385 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 4386 | ||||
| 4387 | /// The function parameter pack which was referenced. | |||
| 4388 | VarDecl *ParamPack; | |||
| 4389 | ||||
| 4390 | /// The location of the function parameter pack reference. | |||
| 4391 | SourceLocation NameLoc; | |||
| 4392 | ||||
| 4393 | /// The number of expansions of this pack. | |||
| 4394 | unsigned NumParameters; | |||
| 4395 | ||||
| 4396 | FunctionParmPackExpr(QualType T, VarDecl *ParamPack, | |||
| 4397 | SourceLocation NameLoc, unsigned NumParams, | |||
| 4398 | VarDecl *const *Params); | |||
| 4399 | ||||
| 4400 | public: | |||
| 4401 | static FunctionParmPackExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | |||
| 4402 | VarDecl *ParamPack, | |||
| 4403 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
| 4404 | ArrayRef<VarDecl *> Params); | |||
| 4405 | static FunctionParmPackExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
| 4406 | unsigned NumParams); | |||
| 4407 | ||||
| 4408 | /// Get the parameter pack which this expression refers to. | |||
| 4409 | VarDecl *getParameterPack() const { return ParamPack; } | |||
| 4410 | ||||
| 4411 | /// Get the location of the parameter pack. | |||
| 4412 | SourceLocation getParameterPackLocation() const { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4413 | ||||
| 4414 | /// Iterators over the parameters which the parameter pack expanded | |||
| 4415 | /// into. | |||
| 4416 | using iterator = VarDecl * const *; | |||
| 4417 | iterator begin() const { return getTrailingObjects<VarDecl *>(); } | |||
| 4418 | iterator end() const { return begin() + NumParameters; } | |||
| 4419 | ||||
| 4420 | /// Get the number of parameters in this parameter pack. | |||
| 4421 | unsigned getNumExpansions() const { return NumParameters; } | |||
| 4422 | ||||
| 4423 | /// Get an expansion of the parameter pack by index. | |||
| 4424 | VarDecl *getExpansion(unsigned I) const { return begin()[I]; } | |||
| 4425 | ||||
| 4426 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4427 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return NameLoc; } | |||
| 4428 | ||||
| 4429 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4430 | return T->getStmtClass() == FunctionParmPackExprClass; | |||
| 4431 | } | |||
| 4432 | ||||
| 4433 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4434 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | |||
| 4435 | } | |||
| 4436 | ||||
| 4437 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4438 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | |||
| 4439 | } | |||
| 4440 | }; | |||
| 4441 | ||||
| 4442 | /// Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that | |||
| 4443 | /// a reference can bind to it. | |||
| 4444 | /// | |||
| 4445 | /// Prvalue expressions are materialized when they need to have an address | |||
| 4446 | /// in memory for a reference to bind to. This happens when binding a | |||
| 4447 | /// reference to the result of a conversion, e.g., | |||
| 4448 | /// | |||
| 4449 | /// \code | |||
| 4450 | /// const int &r = 1.0; | |||
| 4451 | /// \endcode | |||
| 4452 | /// | |||
| 4453 | /// Here, 1.0 is implicitly converted to an \c int. That resulting \c int is | |||
| 4454 | /// then materialized via a \c MaterializeTemporaryExpr, and the reference | |||
| 4455 | /// binds to the temporary. \c MaterializeTemporaryExprs are always glvalues | |||
| 4456 | /// (either an lvalue or an xvalue, depending on the kind of reference binding | |||
| 4457 | /// to it), maintaining the invariant that references always bind to glvalues. | |||
| 4458 | /// | |||
| 4459 | /// Reference binding and copy-elision can both extend the lifetime of a | |||
| 4460 | /// temporary. When either happens, the expression will also track the | |||
| 4461 | /// declaration which is responsible for the lifetime extension. | |||
| 4462 | class MaterializeTemporaryExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4463 | private: | |||
| 4464 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4465 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 4466 | ||||
| 4467 | llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *> State; | |||
| 4468 | ||||
| 4469 | public: | |||
| 4470 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, | |||
| 4471 | bool BoundToLvalueReference, | |||
| 4472 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *MTD = nullptr); | |||
| 4473 | ||||
| 4474 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4475 | : Expr(MaterializeTemporaryExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4476 | ||||
| 4477 | /// Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will | |||
| 4478 | /// be materialized into a glvalue. | |||
| 4479 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { | |||
| 4480 | return cast<Expr>( | |||
| 4481 | State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
| 4482 | ? State.get<Stmt *>() | |||
| 4483 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->getTemporaryExpr()); | |||
| 4484 | } | |||
| 4485 | ||||
| 4486 | /// Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary. | |||
| 4487 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const { | |||
| 4488 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? SD_FullExpression | |||
| 4489 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
| 4490 | ->getStorageDuration(); | |||
| 4491 | } | |||
| 4492 | ||||
| 4493 | /// Get the storage for the constant value of a materialized temporary | |||
| 4494 | /// of static storage duration. | |||
| 4495 | APValue *getOrCreateValue(bool MayCreate) const { | |||
| 4496 | assert(State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() &&(static_cast <bool> (State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && "the temporary has not been lifetime extended" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && \"the temporary has not been lifetime extended\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 4497 | "the temporary has not been lifetime extended")(static_cast <bool> (State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && "the temporary has not been lifetime extended" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("State.is<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() && \"the temporary has not been lifetime extended\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4498 | return State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->getOrCreateValue( | |||
| 4499 | MayCreate); | |||
| 4500 | } | |||
| 4501 | ||||
| 4502 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl() { | |||
| 4503 | return State.dyn_cast<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>(); | |||
| 4504 | } | |||
| 4505 | const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * | |||
| 4506 | getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl() const { | |||
| 4507 | return State.dyn_cast<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>(); | |||
| 4508 | } | |||
| 4509 | ||||
| 4510 | /// Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this | |||
| 4511 | /// temporary, if any. | |||
| 4512 | ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() { | |||
| 4513 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? nullptr | |||
| 4514 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
| 4515 | ->getExtendingDecl(); | |||
| 4516 | } | |||
| 4517 | const ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() const { | |||
| 4518 | return const_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *>(this)->getExtendingDecl(); | |||
| 4519 | } | |||
| 4520 | ||||
| 4521 | void setExtendingDecl(ValueDecl *ExtendedBy, unsigned ManglingNumber); | |||
| 4522 | ||||
| 4523 | unsigned getManglingNumber() const { | |||
| 4524 | return State.is<Stmt *>() ? 0 | |||
| 4525 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>() | |||
| 4526 | ->getManglingNumber(); | |||
| 4527 | } | |||
| 4528 | ||||
| 4529 | /// Determine whether this materialized temporary is bound to an | |||
| 4530 | /// lvalue reference; otherwise, it's bound to an rvalue reference. | |||
| 4531 | bool isBoundToLvalueReference() const { return isLValue(); } | |||
| 4532 | ||||
| 4533 | /// Determine whether this temporary object is usable in constant | |||
| 4534 | /// expressions, as specified in C++20 [expr.const]p4. | |||
| 4535 | bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(const ASTContext &Context) const; | |||
| 4536 | ||||
| 4537 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4538 | return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 4539 | } | |||
| 4540 | ||||
| 4541 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4542 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 4543 | } | |||
| 4544 | ||||
| 4545 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4546 | return T->getStmtClass() == MaterializeTemporaryExprClass; | |||
| 4547 | } | |||
| 4548 | ||||
| 4549 | // Iterators | |||
| 4550 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4551 | return State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
| 4552 | ? child_range(State.getAddrOfPtr1(), State.getAddrOfPtr1() + 1) | |||
| 4553 | : State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()->childrenExpr(); | |||
| 4554 | } | |||
| 4555 | ||||
| 4556 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4557 | return State.is<Stmt *>() | |||
| 4558 | ? const_child_range(State.getAddrOfPtr1(), | |||
| 4559 | State.getAddrOfPtr1() + 1) | |||
| 4560 | : const_cast<const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>( | |||
| 4561 | State.get<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *>()) | |||
| 4562 | ->childrenExpr(); | |||
| 4563 | } | |||
| 4564 | }; | |||
| 4565 | ||||
| 4566 | /// Represents a folding of a pack over an operator. | |||
| 4567 | /// | |||
| 4568 | /// This expression is always dependent and represents a pack expansion of the | |||
| 4569 | /// forms: | |||
| 4570 | /// | |||
| 4571 | /// ( expr op ... ) | |||
| 4572 | /// ( ... op expr ) | |||
| 4573 | /// ( expr op ... op expr ) | |||
| 4574 | class CXXFoldExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4575 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4576 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | |||
| 4577 | ||||
| 4578 | enum SubExpr { Callee, LHS, RHS, Count }; | |||
| 4579 | ||||
| 4580 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; | |||
| 4581 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | |||
| 4582 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 4583 | // When 0, the number of expansions is not known. Otherwise, this is one more | |||
| 4584 | // than the number of expansions. | |||
| 4585 | unsigned NumExpansions; | |||
| 4586 | Stmt *SubExprs[SubExpr::Count]; | |||
| 4587 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | |||
| 4588 | ||||
| 4589 | public: | |||
| 4590 | CXXFoldExpr(QualType T, UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, | |||
| 4591 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | |||
| 4592 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
| 4593 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | |||
| 4594 | : Expr(CXXFoldExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 4595 | LParenLoc(LParenLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc), | |||
| 4596 | NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0), Opcode(Opcode) { | |||
| 4597 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Callee] = Callee; | |||
| 4598 | SubExprs[SubExpr::LHS] = LHS; | |||
| 4599 | SubExprs[SubExpr::RHS] = RHS; | |||
| 4600 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4601 | } | |||
| 4602 | ||||
| 4603 | CXXFoldExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CXXFoldExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4604 | ||||
| 4605 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *getCallee() const { | |||
| 4606 | return static_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr *>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Callee]); | |||
| 4607 | } | |||
| 4608 | Expr *getLHS() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::LHS]); } | |||
| 4609 | Expr *getRHS() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::RHS]); } | |||
| 4610 | ||||
| 4611 | /// Does this produce a right-associated sequence of operators? | |||
| 4612 | bool isRightFold() const { | |||
| 4613 | return getLHS() && getLHS()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); | |||
| 4614 | } | |||
| 4615 | ||||
| 4616 | /// Does this produce a left-associated sequence of operators? | |||
| 4617 | bool isLeftFold() const { return !isRightFold(); } | |||
| 4618 | ||||
| 4619 | /// Get the pattern, that is, the operand that contains an unexpanded pack. | |||
| 4620 | Expr *getPattern() const { return isLeftFold() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } | |||
| 4621 | ||||
| 4622 | /// Get the operand that doesn't contain a pack, for a binary fold. | |||
| 4623 | Expr *getInit() const { return isLeftFold() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } | |||
| 4624 | ||||
| 4625 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | |||
| 4626 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 4627 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; } | |||
| 4628 | BinaryOperatorKind getOperator() const { return Opcode; } | |||
| 4629 | ||||
| 4630 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | |||
| 4631 | if (NumExpansions) | |||
| 4632 | return NumExpansions - 1; | |||
| 4633 | return None; | |||
| 4634 | } | |||
| 4635 | ||||
| 4636 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4637 | if (LParenLoc.isValid()) | |||
| 4638 | return LParenLoc; | |||
| 4639 | if (isLeftFold()) | |||
| 4640 | return getEllipsisLoc(); | |||
| 4641 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); | |||
| 4642 | } | |||
| 4643 | ||||
| 4644 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4645 | if (RParenLoc.isValid()) | |||
| 4646 | return RParenLoc; | |||
| 4647 | if (isRightFold()) | |||
| 4648 | return getEllipsisLoc(); | |||
| 4649 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 4650 | } | |||
| 4651 | ||||
| 4652 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4653 | return T->getStmtClass() == CXXFoldExprClass; | |||
| 4654 | } | |||
| 4655 | ||||
| 4656 | // Iterators | |||
| 4657 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4658 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
| 4659 | } | |||
| 4660 | ||||
| 4661 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4662 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
| 4663 | } | |||
| 4664 | }; | |||
| 4665 | ||||
| 4666 | /// Represents an expression that might suspend coroutine execution; | |||
| 4667 | /// either a co_await or co_yield expression. | |||
| 4668 | /// | |||
| 4669 | /// Evaluation of this expression first evaluates its 'ready' expression. If | |||
| 4670 | /// that returns 'false': | |||
| 4671 | /// -- execution of the coroutine is suspended | |||
| 4672 | /// -- the 'suspend' expression is evaluated | |||
| 4673 | /// -- if the 'suspend' expression returns 'false', the coroutine is | |||
| 4674 | /// resumed | |||
| 4675 | /// -- otherwise, control passes back to the resumer. | |||
| 4676 | /// If the coroutine is not suspended, or when it is resumed, the 'resume' | |||
| 4677 | /// expression is evaluated, and its result is the result of the overall | |||
| 4678 | /// expression. | |||
| 4679 | class CoroutineSuspendExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4680 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4681 | ||||
| 4682 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc; | |||
| 4683 | ||||
| 4684 | enum SubExpr { Common, Ready, Suspend, Resume, Count }; | |||
| 4685 | ||||
| 4686 | Stmt *SubExprs[SubExpr::Count]; | |||
| 4687 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue = nullptr; | |||
| 4688 | ||||
| 4689 | public: | |||
| 4690 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, Expr *Common, | |||
| 4691 | Expr *Ready, Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, | |||
| 4692 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue) | |||
| 4693 | : Expr(SC, Resume->getType(), Resume->getValueKind(), | |||
| ||||
| 4694 | Resume->getObjectKind()), | |||
| 4695 | KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc), OpaqueValue(OpaqueValue) { | |||
| 4696 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = Common; | |||
| 4697 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = Ready; | |||
| 4698 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = Suspend; | |||
| 4699 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = Resume; | |||
| 4700 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4701 | } | |||
| 4702 | ||||
| 4703 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, QualType Ty, | |||
| 4704 | Expr *Common) | |||
| 4705 | : Expr(SC, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc) { | |||
| 4706 | assert(Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4707, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 4707 | "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression")(static_cast <bool> (Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Common->isTypeDependent() && Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4707, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4708 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = Common; | |||
| 4709 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = nullptr; | |||
| 4710 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = nullptr; | |||
| 4711 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = nullptr; | |||
| 4712 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4713 | } | |||
| 4714 | ||||
| 4715 | CoroutineSuspendExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) { | |||
| 4716 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Common] = nullptr; | |||
| 4717 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready] = nullptr; | |||
| 4718 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend] = nullptr; | |||
| 4719 | SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume] = nullptr; | |||
| 4720 | } | |||
| 4721 | ||||
| 4722 | SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
| 4723 | ||||
| 4724 | Expr *getCommonExpr() const { | |||
| 4725 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Common]); | |||
| 4726 | } | |||
| 4727 | ||||
| 4728 | /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder. | |||
| 4729 | OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; } | |||
| 4730 | ||||
| 4731 | Expr *getReadyExpr() const { | |||
| 4732 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Ready]); | |||
| 4733 | } | |||
| 4734 | ||||
| 4735 | Expr *getSuspendExpr() const { | |||
| 4736 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Suspend]); | |||
| 4737 | } | |||
| 4738 | ||||
| 4739 | Expr *getResumeExpr() const { | |||
| 4740 | return static_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[SubExpr::Resume]); | |||
| 4741 | } | |||
| 4742 | ||||
| 4743 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
| 4744 | ||||
| 4745 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4746 | return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 4747 | } | |||
| 4748 | ||||
| 4749 | child_range children() { | |||
| 4750 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
| 4751 | } | |||
| 4752 | ||||
| 4753 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4754 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + SubExpr::Count); | |||
| 4755 | } | |||
| 4756 | ||||
| 4757 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4758 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoawaitExprClass || | |||
| 4759 | T->getStmtClass() == CoyieldExprClass; | |||
| 4760 | } | |||
| 4761 | }; | |||
| 4762 | ||||
| 4763 | /// Represents a 'co_await' expression. | |||
| 4764 | class CoawaitExpr : public CoroutineSuspendExpr { | |||
| 4765 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4766 | ||||
| 4767 | public: | |||
| 4768 | CoawaitExpr(SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, Expr *Operand, Expr *Ready, | |||
| 4769 | Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue, | |||
| 4770 | bool IsImplicit = false) | |||
| 4771 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, CoawaitLoc, Operand, Ready, | |||
| 4772 | Suspend, Resume, OpaqueValue) { | |||
| 4773 | CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
| 4774 | } | |||
| 4775 | ||||
| 4776 | CoawaitExpr(SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Operand, | |||
| 4777 | bool IsImplicit = false) | |||
| 4778 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, CoawaitLoc, Ty, Operand) { | |||
| 4779 | CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = IsImplicit; | |||
| 4780 | } | |||
| 4781 | ||||
| 4782 | CoawaitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4783 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoawaitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4784 | ||||
| 4785 | Expr *getOperand() const { | |||
| 4786 | // FIXME: Dig out the actual operand or store it. | |||
| 4787 | return getCommonExpr(); | |||
| 4788 | } | |||
| 4789 | ||||
| 4790 | bool isImplicit() const { return CoawaitBits.IsImplicit; } | |||
| 4791 | void setIsImplicit(bool value = true) { CoawaitBits.IsImplicit = value; } | |||
| 4792 | ||||
| 4793 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4794 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoawaitExprClass; | |||
| 4795 | } | |||
| 4796 | }; | |||
| 4797 | ||||
| 4798 | /// Represents a 'co_await' expression while the type of the promise | |||
| 4799 | /// is dependent. | |||
| 4800 | class DependentCoawaitExpr : public Expr { | |||
| 4801 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4802 | ||||
| 4803 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc; | |||
| 4804 | Stmt *SubExprs[2]; | |||
| 4805 | ||||
| 4806 | public: | |||
| 4807 | DependentCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Op, | |||
| 4808 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *OpCoawait) | |||
| 4809 | : Expr(DependentCoawaitExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | |||
| 4810 | KeywordLoc(KeywordLoc) { | |||
| 4811 | // NOTE: A co_await expression is dependent on the coroutines promise | |||
| 4812 | // type and may be dependent even when the `Op` expression is not. | |||
| 4813 | assert(Ty->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4814, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
| 4814 | "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression")(static_cast <bool> (Ty->isDependentType() && "wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isDependentType() && \"wrong constructor for non-dependent co_await/co_yield expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" , 4814, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
| 4815 | SubExprs[0] = Op; | |||
| 4816 | SubExprs[1] = OpCoawait; | |||
| 4817 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | |||
| 4818 | } | |||
| 4819 | ||||
| 4820 | DependentCoawaitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4821 | : Expr(DependentCoawaitExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4822 | ||||
| 4823 | Expr *getOperand() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[0]); } | |||
| 4824 | ||||
| 4825 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *getOperatorCoawaitLookup() const { | |||
| 4826 | return cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(SubExprs[1]); | |||
| 4827 | } | |||
| 4828 | ||||
| 4829 | SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
| 4830 | ||||
| 4831 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KeywordLoc; } | |||
| 4832 | ||||
| 4833 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { | |||
| 4834 | return getOperand()->getEndLoc(); | |||
| 4835 | } | |||
| 4836 | ||||
| 4837 | child_range children() { return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); } | |||
| 4838 | ||||
| 4839 | const_child_range children() const { | |||
| 4840 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); | |||
| 4841 | } | |||
| 4842 | ||||
| 4843 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4844 | return T->getStmtClass() == DependentCoawaitExprClass; | |||
| 4845 | } | |||
| 4846 | }; | |||
| 4847 | ||||
| 4848 | /// Represents a 'co_yield' expression. | |||
| 4849 | class CoyieldExpr : public CoroutineSuspendExpr { | |||
| 4850 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4851 | ||||
| 4852 | public: | |||
| 4853 | CoyieldExpr(SourceLocation CoyieldLoc, Expr *Operand, Expr *Ready, | |||
| 4854 | Expr *Suspend, Expr *Resume, OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue) | |||
| 4855 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, CoyieldLoc, Operand, Ready, | |||
| 4856 | Suspend, Resume, OpaqueValue) {} | |||
| 4857 | CoyieldExpr(SourceLocation CoyieldLoc, QualType Ty, Expr *Operand) | |||
| 4858 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, CoyieldLoc, Ty, Operand) {} | |||
| 4859 | CoyieldExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4860 | : CoroutineSuspendExpr(CoyieldExprClass, Empty) {} | |||
| 4861 | ||||
| 4862 | Expr *getOperand() const { | |||
| 4863 | // FIXME: Dig out the actual operand or store it. | |||
| 4864 | return getCommonExpr(); | |||
| 4865 | } | |||
| 4866 | ||||
| 4867 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4868 | return T->getStmtClass() == CoyieldExprClass; | |||
| 4869 | } | |||
| 4870 | }; | |||
| 4871 | ||||
| 4872 | /// Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression. Used to implement | |||
| 4873 | /// std::bit_cast. These can sometimes be evaluated as part of a constant | |||
| 4874 | /// expression, but otherwise CodeGen to a simple memcpy in general. | |||
| 4875 | class BuiltinBitCastExpr final | |||
| 4876 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, | |||
| 4877 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<BuiltinBitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *> { | |||
| 4878 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | |||
| 4879 | friend class CastExpr; | |||
| 4880 | friend TrailingObjects; | |||
| 4881 | ||||
| 4882 | SourceLocation KWLoc; | |||
| 4883 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; | |||
| 4884 | ||||
| 4885 | public: | |||
| 4886 | BuiltinBitCastExpr(QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind CK, Expr *SrcExpr, | |||
| 4887 | TypeSourceInfo *DstType, SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
| 4888 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) | |||
| 4889 | : ExplicitCastExpr(BuiltinBitCastExprClass, T, VK, CK, SrcExpr, 0, false, | |||
| 4890 | DstType), | |||
| 4891 | KWLoc(KWLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {} | |||
| 4892 | BuiltinBitCastExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | |||
| 4893 | : ExplicitCastExpr(BuiltinBitCastExprClass, Empty, 0, false) {} | |||
| 4894 | ||||
| 4895 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return KWLoc; } | |||
| 4896 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return RParenLoc; } | |||
| 4897 | ||||
| 4898 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | |||
| 4899 | return T->getStmtClass() == BuiltinBitCastExprClass; | |||
| 4900 | } | |||
| 4901 | }; | |||
| 4902 | ||||
| 4903 | } // namespace clang | |||
| 4904 | ||||
| 4905 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPRCXX_H |